June 2024 Current Affairs

Table of contents

1   Monthly Current Affairs

●  

Coalition Government and Economic Governance

●  

Two lakh plus NOTA votes in Indore

●  

Demand for Special Category Status

●  

Mission Karmayogi: National Programme for Civil Services

●  

Representation of Women in the Lok Sabha

●  

CIC Jurisdiction over MPLADS Funds

●  

Issues Faced by the AP Post-Bifurcation

●  

Scope of Shifting to Proportional Representation

●  

Transforming India’s Criminal Justice System

●  

Accreditation: Empowering and Shaping the Future of

●  

Cooperative Societies not bound by RTI Act

●  

Agnipath Scheme

●  

Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana

●  

Government’s Tax Devolution to States

●  

First All-India Survey on AYUSH

●  

Time for india Census

●  

Pro-Tem Speaker of Lok Sabha

●  

Krishi Sakhis

●  

An Ageing Population of India

●  

Complexities of Indian Federalism

●  

NEET Crisis

●  

‘Blood Money’ in Islamic Law

●  

The Public Examinations (Prevention of Unfair Means) Bill

●  

Centre notifies new Telecom Act

●  

Finance Commission and Indian cities

●  

PESA has boosted forest conservation in India

●  

Kerala Assembly Passes Resolution to Change State's Name

●  

Poori Padhai Desh Ki Bhalai

●  

Deputy Speaker of Lok Sabha

●  

Public Examination Rules, 2024

●  

NEET/NET fiasco: Time for Technology

●  

50th Year of the Imposition of Emergency in India

●  

WIPO Treaty: Big win for India and Global South

●  

Chabahar port

●  

Pandemic Treaty

●  

Pakistan and China Agree to Upgrade CPEC

●  

Relooking India’s Neighborhood First Policy

●  

Highs and Lows of India–US Convergence

●  

IPEF Ministerial Meeting 2024

●  

European Parliament election: The rise of right-wing parties

●  

A chance to reboot relations with the West

●  

China’s ‘grey-zone’ warfare tactics against Taiwan

●  

India refuses to endorse Ukraine meet statement

●  

Kafala System

●  

50th G7 Summit

●  

India-Italy Strategic Partnership

●  

U.S.-India Initiative on Critical and Emerging Technology

●  

QUAD: Diplomacy and Cooperation in the Indo-Pacific

●  

Sri Lanka's constitution - Strides in the right direction

●  

Russia-North Korea pact

●  

India – Bangladesh Bilateral Relationship

●  

Indian policy on Myanmar outlined

●  

India's position with respect to the G-7

●  

China balancing with Beijing and Delhi

●  

The Resolve Tibet Act

●  

Sri Lanka Seals Debt Deal with Official Creditor Committee

●  

India to reclaim on Tibet

●  

Tajikistan Hijab Ban

●  

IUCN Report on Mangrove Ecosystems

●  

Global Food Policy Report 2024

●  

Conservation planning for Gangetic dolphin

●  

KAZA Summit 2024

●  

Bellied Eagle Owl

●  

Achievement of Paris Agreement Climate

●  

Flight Turbulence And Climate Change

●  

Diadromous Fish

●  

Tonga Volcano Impacting Weather

●  

Rewilding of Vultures in Tiger Reserves

●  

Speciation without geographic barriers

●  

UNESCO State of Ocean Report 2024

●  

Cassowary

●  

Remoulding the Global Plastics Treaty

●  

Delhi’s Water Crisis

●  

Two bird sanctuaries of Bihar added to Ramsar list

●  

Regional Rapid Transit System (RRTS)

●  

High Seas Biodiversity Treaty

●  

Greater Adjutant (Leptoptilos dubius)

●  

Conservation of seals at Alaska

●  

Przewalski horses (Equus ferus ssp. przewalskii)

●  

Lipulekh Pass

●  

Cascadia Subduction Zone

●  

Eco-Sensitive Zones in Western Ghats

●  

Gandhi Sagar Sanctuary

●  

Nitrous oxide emissions up 40% in 40 years

●  

Baobab tree (Adansonia digitata) in India

●  

Seabirds

●  

ICIMOD, Report 2024 on Hindu-Kush Himalayan

●  

Olympus Mons

●  

Environmental Performance Index 2024

●  

Bengaluru Municipal impose Solid Waste Management Cess

●  

50th year of India’s saurian conservation

●  

Water Management: From Scarcity to Sustainability

●  

Monsoon in India

●  

Tamil Nadu Seeks GI Tag for Seven Agricultural Products

●  

Filoboletus manipularis

●  

Earth’s Inner Core Rotation Slowing Down

●  

Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPs)

●  

Eucalyptus Tree

●  

Markhor (Capra falconeri)

●  

Oedocladium sahyadricum (Algae)

●  

Snake Eel Discovered in Odisha

●  

GM Crops promise Food Security

●  

Iberian Lynx

●  

A New Diatom Genus Discovered

●  

Striped caecilian

●  

Pink Sand in Australia

●  

World’s oldest termite mound found in South Africa

●  

School in a Box Initiative

●  

Create the space for governance with a green heart

●  

Government Offers Ten New Critical Mineral Blocks

●  

Lithium Mining in India

●  

Underground Coal Gasification

●  

Energy Transition Index

●  

Maharashtra’s Water Crisis

●  

Water deficit in flagship Jal Jeevan Mission

●  

CDRI Policy Brief on Developing Power Sector Resilience

●  

Sustainable Development in the Indian Himalayan Region

●  

Himalayan Serow

●  

Indian Painted Frog (Uperodon taprobanicus)

●  

RBI annual report 2023-24

●  

Decline in FDI Equity Inflows in FY 2024

●  

India Questioned at the WTO For Its Rice Export Policy

●  

India GDP growth -Surge

●  

RBI to expand Unified Payment Interface (UPI) by 2028-29

●  

Consumption Divide Across Indian States

●  

India's Leap Towards Green Energy

●  

Women in Corporates Roles in India

●  

External Commercial Borrowings (ECBs)

●  

Reimagining India’s Agriculture

●  

Pradhan Mantri Kisan Samman Nidhi (PM-Kisan) Scheme

●  

India’s Economic Growth Outlook

●  

ONDC Records Transactions

●  

Direct Seeded Rice Method

●  

Preston Curve

●  

RBI policy panel kept repo rate unchanged

●  

World Wealth Report 2024

●  

The message from rural India

●  

Household Consumption Expenditure Survey 2022-23

●  

Pump and Dump Scheme

●  

UN Report on Global Debt Crisis

●  

Imperatives to Enhance Agricultural Performance in India

●  

India’s Looming Financial Crisis

●  

India’s Leading Start-up Ecosystem: Fintechs

●  

Global Economic Prospects Report

●  

Gig Economy and Platform Workers in India

●  

New Economic Brain Power: India

●  

India's Journey to a Developed Economy

●  

World Lagging on Sustainable Development Goals

●  

MSP Hikes for 14 Kharif Crops

●  

National Forensic Infrastructure Enhancement

●  

VGF Scheme for Offshore Wind Energy Projects

●  

National Monetisation Pipeline

●  

Angel Tax

●  

IBBI proposes amendments to insolvency rules

●  

World Investment Report 2024

●  

GST Council

●  

Indian Railways and Safety Challenges

●  

Transforming Indian Agriculture

●  

Diseases Associated with Coal Mining

●  

SEBI Tightens Norms on Financial Influencers

●  

SAARC & Currency Swap Agreement

●  

International Sugar Organisation

●  

Fiscal Federalism future in India

●  

India Inclusion in JP Morgan EM Bond Index

●  

RBI releases the Financial Stability Report, 2024

●  

Earth CARE Mission

●  

LignoSat: World’s First Wooden Satellite

●  

India's First 3D-Printed Rocket Launched

●  

Non-infectious Nipah virus-like particles (VLPs)

●  

Red Flag 24 Exercise

●  

Cryonics

●  

Draft Digital Competition Bill 2024

●  

Role of Nuclear Technology in Global Food Safety

●  

Pneumothorax

●  

TRISHNA - ISRO announces Indo-French Thermal Imaging Mission

●  

Coronal Mass Ejections (CMEs)

●  

2025 Year of Quantum Science and Technology

●  

SpaceX’s Starship Mega Rocket

●  

Atomic Clock

●  

Visceral Leishmaniasis (VL)

●  

Chlorella Growth Factor

●  

Rift Valley Fever (RVF)

●  

India’s Prospects Through Artificial General Intelligence

●  

DRDO developed Woman-led start-up : Divya Drishti

●  

Nagastra – 1

●  

Tarang Shakti - 2024

●  

Democratisation of Technology

●  

H5N1 for humans

●  

CRISPR Cas9 Gene Therapy

●  

SIPRI Annual Report2024

●  

Hooch tragedy

●  

Space economy of India

●  

Plutonium Isotope Fission (PIF)

●  

Breast cancer detecting by microRNAs

●  

ISRO’s Reusable Launch Vehicle

●  

10th Spectrum Auction for Radio Waves

●  

Chang’e-6: China’s Lunar Mission

●  

India face tobacco epidemic

●  

Why Exam Paper Leaks in India Became

●  

Social science shelter for the excluded students

●  

Global gender gap index 2024

●  

Kerala Migration Survey 2023 report

●  

eSakhsya App 2024

●  

Why India needs a third aircraft carrier ?

●  

Need for a National Security Doctrine in India

●  

India face refugee crisis

●  

Jammu & Kashmir

2   Monthly Editorial Analysis

●  

Water Management: From Scarcity to Sustainability

●  

In Andamans, It Can Protect National Security and Ecology

●  

India’s Big Reform Push

●  

Building on Foreign Policy

●  

Fiscal Federalism future in India

●  

Sustainable Development in the Indian Himalayan Region

●  

Transforming Indian Agriculture

●  

Indian Railways and Safety Challenges

●  

India's position with respect to the G-7

●  

India – Bangladesh Bilateral Relationship

●  

Complexities of Indian Federalism

●  

An Ageing Population of India

●  

World Lagging on Sustainable Development Goals

●  

JOURNEY TO 2047: INDIA’S PATH TO BECOMING A DEVELOPED

●  

India's Journey to a Developed Economy

●  

India’s Prospects Through Artificial General Intelligence

●  

A chance to reboot relations with the West

●  

European Parliament election: The rise of right-wing

●  

Imperatives to Enhance Agricultural Performance in India

●  

Transforming India’s Criminal Justice System

●  

The message from rural India

●  

Transforming India's Healthcare

●  

Mission Karmayogi: National Programme for Civil Services

●  

India’s Economic Growth Outlook

●  

Reimagining India’s Agriculture

●  

Chabahar port

.... Show less Show more
Monthly Current Affairs

Coalition Government and Economic Governance


In News:

  • Recently, the National Democratic Alliance (NDA) has secured a third consecutive term at the Centre, but the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) fell short of the 272 majority, necessitating a coalition government.
  • India's economic history since 1991 shows that coalition governments have initiated some of the most transformative reforms, laying the foundation for the country's resurgence.

Coalition Government

  • A coalition government is one in which multiple political parties come together and often reduce the dominance of the party that has won the highest number of seats.
  • Coalition governments are formed as seldom does a political party win the necessary number of seats to form the government on its own.
  • First in India: In India, the first coalition government to complete its full-term was the Atal Bihari Vajpayee-led National Democratic Alliance from 1999 to 2004.
  • Implications: While some say that coalition governments generate more inclusive policies, others believe that coalitions impose constraints on policy making.
  • In the words of Montek Singh Ahluwalia (former Deputy Chairman of the erstwhile Planning Commission), a coalition government is a strong consensus for weak reforms.

Notable Reforms Brought by Previous Coalition Governments

Under the P V Narasimha Rao-led Government:

  • It discarded centralised planning and opened the Indian economy to global competition by removing the licence-permit raj.
  • The country became a member of the World Trade Organisation.
  • Since 1991, when India was compelled to open its economy and abandon the planned economy model, all governments were coalitions where even the lead party was far from a majority.

Under the short-lived Deve Gowda Government:

  • It introduced the "dream budget," which reduced tax rates for personal income, corporate taxes, and customs duties, showing faith in Indian taxpayers.

Under the Atal Bihari Vajpayee-led Government:

  • It enacted the Fiscal Responsibility & Budget Management (FRBM) law for fiscal discipline, limiting the government's borrowing within prudential limits.
  • It advanced the disinvestment of loss-making Public Sector Undertakings (PSUs).
  • It focused on rural infrastructure and connectivity through the PM Gram Sadak Yojana.
  • It introduced the Information Technology Act in 2000, laying the foundation for India’s burgeoning e-commerce sector.

Under the Manmohan Singh-led Government:

  • It implemented several rights-based reforms, providing robust guarantees beyond personal assurances.
  • The Right to Information Act boosted transparency in India's democracy.
  • The Right to Food ensured no Indian would go hungry.
  • The Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (MG-NREGA) provided minimum employment to the rural poor.
  • It deregulated fuel prices and initiated work on direct benefit transfers, Aadhaar, and GST before leaving office.

The Statistics:

  • BJP-led Majority Government (10-year period): Average growth rate: 6%, including a 5.8% contraction in FY21 amid Covid-related disruptions.
  • BJP-led Government (2014-2019): Achieved an average annual growth of 7.4% in its first term, the fastest since 1989.
  • Congress-led United Progressive Alliance (UPA) Government: Achieved 6.7% growth in its five years preceding the BJP government in 2014. Recorded 6.9% growth in the previous five years of its first term. The compound annual growth rate (CAGR) during its 10-year rule was 6.8%, the fastest in India’s history.
  • Growth between 1991 and 1999: Averaged 5.6%, spanning from Congress forming a minority coalition with Janata Dal to Atal Bihari Vajpayee-led NDA returning to power.
  • Concerns Faced by Coalition Government:
    • Inflation for industrial workers was 5.4% during the last decade, when the BJP had an absolute majority, but was 10.3% for UPA’s second stint and 6% in the first one.
    • While it was low for Vajpayee’s years between 1999 and 2004, industrial worker inflation was 9.6% between 1991 and 1999.

Can a coalition government derail India’s economic reforms trajectory?

  • This is not true in the Indian context as many notable reforms were brought by the previous coalition governments. Coalition govt and economic reform - strong consensus for weak reforms.
  • Coalition govts in India have historically faced challenges in implementing strong economic reforms due to differing priorities among coalition partners.
  • Diverse Interests: Coalition partners often have varied political and economic agendas, leading to compromises and diluted reforms. This can slow down or alter the trajectory of economic reforms.
  • Consensus Building: While coalition governments can foster broader consensus, the need to appease various factions might lead to weaker reform measures. Achieving a unified stance on complex economic issues becomes difficult.
  • Policy Stability Frequent changes in coalition partners or internal disagreements can lead to policy instability, affecting investor confidence and long-term economic planning.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-2, Polity & Governance- Coalition Government
Monthly Current Affairs

Two lakh plus NOTA votes in Indore


In news:

  • In The Recent Lok sabha election in Indore, BJP's Shankar Lalwani secured a resounding victory with a remarkable margin of 10.09 lakh votes, garnering a total of 12,26,751 votes.
  • Interestingly, the nearest contender was NOTA, amassing 2,18,674 votes. This outcome marks the highest count of NOTA votes ever recorded in any constituency.
  • Previously, the record stood at 51,660 NOTA votes in Gopalganj, Bihar, during the 2019 elections.

NOTA:

  • NOTA stands for "None of the Above." It is an option provided to voters in Indian elections, allowing them to indicate disapproval of all candidates listed on the ballot.
  • This choice enables voters to exercise their right to vote without endorsing any of the contesting candidates.
  • In its 170th Report in 1999, the Law Commission explored the concept of negative voting alongside a 50%+1 voting system, but practical challenges led to no final recommendations on the matter.
  • The ECI backed NOTA in 2001 and 2004 as a response to concerns about voter secrecy due to EVMs. They proposed adding "NOTA" as an option to address this.

What are the Landmark Cases Related to NOTA?

Lily Thomas v. Speaker, Lok Sabha (1993):

  • The Supreme Court held that “Voting is a formal expression of will or opinion by the person entitled to exercise the right on the subject or issue in question” and that “right to vote means right to exercise the right in favour of or against the motion or resolution. Such a right implies the right to remain neutral as well”.

People's Union for Civil Liberties & Anr v. Union of India & Anr (2013):

  • In 2004, the People's Union for Civil Liberties filed a PIL.
  • The Supreme Court mandated the provision of a "None of the Above" (NOTA) button on EVMs to allow voters to express dissatisfaction with contesting candidates while maintaining secrecy.
  • This decision came to enhance democracy by empowering voters and promoting fair elections.
  • The Election Commission was directed to implement this provision with government assistance, along with conducting awareness programs.

Shailesh Manubhai Parmar v. Election Commission of India Through the Chief Election Commissioner & Ors. (2018):

  • The Supreme Court held that “The option of NOTA may serve as an elixir in direct elections but in respect of the election to the Council of States which is different from other elections, it would not only undermine the purity of democracy but also serve the Satan of defection and corruption.
  • Hence the court scrapped NOTA from Rajya Sabha elections.

What are the Legal Provisions related to NOTA?

Article 21 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights:

  • It ensures voting secrecy, aligning with the principle that government authority derives from the people's will, as outlined in genuine elections conducted through universal suffrage and secret ballot, as mentioned in the article.

Section 25(b) of International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights:

  • The provision ensures universal suffrage, allowing citizens the right to vote and stand for elections freely and fairly, without discrimination or undue restrictions. Elections must be genuine, periodic, and conducted via secret ballot, ensuring the unfettered expression of voters' will.

Section 79(d) in The Representation of the People Act, 1951:

  • “Electoral right” means the right of a person to stand or not to stand as, or to withdraw or not to withdraw from being, a candidate, or to vote or refrain from voting at an election.

What happens if NOTA receives the highest number of votes in a constituency?

NOTA's Legal Implications:

  • Experts emphasise that if NOTA receives the most votes, it holds no legal consequence; the candidate with the second-highest votes is declared the winner.
  • While NOTA hasn't impacted Lok Sabha elections in this manner, instances like the Indore case indicate its potential.

Supreme Court Involvement:

  • Currently, the Supreme Court is deliberating on a petition regarding the nullification of elections if NOTA secures the highest votes.
  • Filed by Shiv Khera in April 2024, the petition seeks uniform implementation of NOTA by the Election Commission of India (ECI) and repercussions for candidates failing to surpass NOTA.

Petition's Highlights:

  • Khera's petition cites instances from various states like Maharashtra, Haryana, Puducherry, Delhi, and Chandigarh, where NOTA is treated as a "Fictional Electoral Candidate" in local elections.
  • It suggests that if NOTA outvoted individual candidates, fresh elections should be conducted.

Arguments Presented:

  • The petition advocates for consistent rules across all elections where NOTA secures a majority.
  • It argues that NOTA, since its inception in 2013, hasn't led to increased voter participation or enhanced candidate quality.
  • Describing NOTA as a "potent weapon," the petition stresses the need for greater impact to compel political parties to improve.
  • Additionally, it proposes barring candidates receiving fewer votes than NOTA from contesting elections for five years and urges the Supreme Court to direct the ECI to formulate such regulations

Conclusion:

Hence, NOTA serves as a valuable tool for voters to express dissent without abstaining from the electoral process altogether. It formalises protest votes, indicating dissatisfaction with the candidate pool to political parties. This mechanism enhances transparency and accountability in the democratic process, empowering citizens to voice their concerns effectively.

Source: IE

Keywords: Polity & Governance- Election- Constitutional election law
Monthly Current Affairs

Demand for Special Category Status


In News:

  • The discussion regarding the special category status for Bihar and Andhra Pradesh has regained momentum following the Lok Sabha elections.

Special Category Status:

  • It is a designation provided by the Central government to aid the progress of states encountering geographical or socio-economic challenges.
  • The concept originated in 1969 under the recommendation of the fifth Finance Commission (FC), aiming to offer additional assistance to certain states grappling with geographical and infrastructural limitations.
  • Factors are considered before granting SCS includes
    • hilly and difficult terrain.
    • low population density.
    • a significant tribal population.
    • strategic positioning along international borders.
    • economic and infrastructural backwardness, and the non-viability of state finances.
  • States Covered:
    • In 1969, the SCS was initially granted to three states: Jammu & Kashmir, Assam, and Nagaland.
    • Subsequently, eight more states, namely Arunachal Pradesh, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Sikkim, Tripura, Himachal Pradesh, and Uttarakhand, were bestowed with the SCS by the former National Development Council.

Why is Bihar Demanding Special Category Status (SCS)?

  • Bihar contends with significant economic challenges, like lack of industrial development and limited investment opportunities. The state's partition led to industrial migration to Jharkhand, exacerbating unemployment and impeding economic progress.
  • Bihar frequently confronts natural disasters such as floods in the north and severe droughts in the south. These calamities disrupt agricultural activities, impacting livelihoods and economic stability.
  • Infrastructure deficiencies persist, particularly in irrigation facilities and water supply. Insufficient irrigation resources hamper agricultural productivity, a critical livelihood source for many.
  • Bihar has a high poverty rate, With a per-capita GDP of around Rs 54,000, Bihar has consistently been one of the poorest States. BIhar is home to around 94 lakh poor families and the granting of SCS will help the government get about RS 2.5 lakh crore required to fund various welfare measures over the next five years.
  • It is estimated that SCS designation could provide approximately Rs 2.5 lakh crore over the next five years, facilitating the implementation of various welfare measures.

Why is Andhra Pradesh Demanding SCS?

  • When Andhra Pradesh was bifurcated to create Telangana in 2014 through the AP Reorganisation Act, the union government promised Special Category Status (SCS) to AP to compensate for the loss of revenue and Hyderabad, where much development was concentrated.
  • AP inherited 59% of the undivided state’s population, debt, and liabilities but only 47% of the revenue.
  • The SCS would get higher grants-in-aid from the Centre, and such states enjoy special incentives such as Income-tax exemptions, GST concessions, Customs duty waivers, etc.
  • In SCS states, the Centre funds central schemes up to 90%, compared to 70% in non-SCS states.
  • AP argues that SCS is vital for the state’s rapid industrialisation, employment generation, and overall development, and it would encourage investments in sectors like healthcare, manufacturing, IT, etc.

Benefits of Special Category Status (SCS):

  • Historically, SCS states received approximately 30% of central assistance, determined by the Gadgil-Mukherjee formula.
  • Increased Devolution of Funds: With the recommendations of the 14th and 15th Finance Commissions (FC) and the dissolution of the Planning Commission, this assistance has been merged into an enhanced devolution of the divisible pool funds for all states, increasing to 41% in the 15th FC from 32%.
  • Higher Funding in Centrally-Sponsored Schemes: The Centre provides 90% of the funds required in a Centrally-Sponsored Scheme to special category status states, compared to 60% or 75% for other states. The remaining funds are contributed by the state governments.
  • Carry Forward of Unspent Funds: Unspent money in a financial year does not lapse for SCS states; it is carried forward, providing flexibility in utilising allocated funds for developmental projects.
  • Concessions in Taxes: SCS states receive significant concessions in excise and customs duties, income tax, and corporate tax, promoting industrial and economic growth within these regions.
  • Higher Share of Centre’s Budget: Approximately 30% of the Centre’s Gross Budget is allocated to Special Category states, ensuring a substantial portion of resources for their development needs.

The Concerns Related to Special Category Status:

  • Resource Allocation: Granting Special Category Status (SCS) involves providing additional financial assistance to the state, which can strain the central government's resources. Balancing the allocation of funds among various states becomes crucial, and granting SCS might lead to disparities or dissatisfaction among non-SCS states.
  • Dependency on Central Assistance: States bestowed with SCS often become heavily reliant on central assistance. This could potentially discourage efforts toward self-sufficiency and independent economic growth strategies as they may become complacent in seeking external support.
  • Implementation Challenges: Even after receiving the SCS designation, there might be challenges in effectively utilising the allocated funds due to administrative inefficiencies, corruption, or lack of proper planning. .

Way forward:

  • As India marches towards achieving a $5 trillion economy, the ongoing debate surrounding Special Category Status (SCS) highlights the necessity for a nuanced approach to development.
  • The insights gleaned from the SCS experience can serve as valuable lessons informing future strategies aimed at mitigating disparities and fostering a more balanced development trajectory nationwide.
  • It is crucial that the principles of cooperative federalism steer the discourse on SCS, guaranteeing that every region of India has the opportunity to partake in the benefits of economic advancement.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS- 2, Polity & governance–Indian Constitution– Federalism — Centre-State Relations
Monthly Current Affairs

Mission Karmayogi: National Programme for Civil Services


Context:

  • Recently, the Indian Institute of Public Administration assessed the impact of Mission Karmayogi by soliciting feedback on trained staff. The assessment reported increased proficiency in data analytics and e-governance tools among the personnel.

Mission Karmayogi:

  • Mission Karmayogi is India's National Programme for Civil Services Capacity Building, launched by the Prime Minister to enhance the efficiency of governance and empower civil servants.
  • The mission aims to transform three million civil servants into citizen-centric, future-ready, and result-oriented 'Karmayogis'.
  • This initiative is crucial for realising India's vision of becoming a global manufacturing hub, a significant exporter of value-added services, and a major supplier of human skills to the developed world by 2047.

How will it work?

  • The capacity building programme will operate through the Integrated Government Online Training (iGOT-Karmayogi) digital platform, offering content sourced from global best practices rooted in Indian national ethos.
  • This platform will serve as the cornerstone for the National Programme for Civil Services Capacity Building (NPCSCB), enabling comprehensive reform of capacity building at individual, institutional, and process levels.
  • Officers will undergo evaluation based on the courses they undertake throughout their careers to enhance their skills.
  • An online database will track their completed courses, performance, areas of expertise, etc.
  • This database will facilitate easy access for appointing authorities to review officers' training records when considering vacancies or appointments.

Need for Transformation:

  • The historical challenges of delayed infrastructure projects in India, stemming from inter-ministerial permissions and siloed approaches, necessitated transformation.
  • The emergence of the PM Gati Shakti platform aimed to address these issues by integrating legal, geographic, and planning layers to facilitate a holistic approach to infrastructure development.
  • However, for the platform to succeed, civil servants require expertise in emerging technologies and Geographic Information Systems (GIS).
  • India's aspirations to become a global manufacturing hub, a significant exporter of value-added services, and a mass supplier of human skills to developed countries underscore the importance of this transformation.
  • With 46 lakh Central government employees at all levels, the civil service needs to evolve to meet the demands of a $30 trillion economy by 2047.

Approach For Mission Karmayogi:

  • Capacity Building Commission (CBC): Providing policy guidance and tools to enhance civil servants' capabilities at all levels.
  • Collaboration with Institutions: Partnering with institutions like Gati Shakti Vishwavidyalaya and the National Academy of Customs, Indirect Taxes, and Narcotics to curate digital training courses.
  • Competence Rooted in Indian Ethos: Fostering a competent civil service grounded in Indian values, with a shared understanding of the country's priorities for effective public service delivery.
  • Technology-Enabled Karmayogis: Focusing on making civil servants more creative, constructive, imaginative, and proactive, while promoting transparency and leveraging technology for better governance.
  • Content Development: Offering carefully crafted and vetted content from top-notch institutions, universities, private content providers, and individual resources as training modules, either in-house or through knowledge partner

Under Mission Karmayogi, six key pillars form the foundation:

  • Policy Framework: Offers strategic direction for capacity-building initiatives.
  • Institutional Framework: Establishes the organisational structure to support the program's implementation.
  • Competency Framework: Defines the skills and knowledge necessary for effective civil service.
  • Digital Learning Framework (iGOT-Karmayogi): Provides a comprehensive online learning platform.
  • Electronic Human Resource Management System (e-HRMS): Streamlines personnel management processes.
  • Monitoring and Evaluation Framework: Ensures continuous improvement and impact assessment of the program.

iGOT Karmayogi:

  • It is an online learning platform integral to the Digital India stack, aimed at capacity building for all government employees.
  • It seeks to offer 'anytime-anywhere-any device' learning, reaching around 2.0 crores users, a feat unattainable through traditional methods.
  • Envisioned as a vibrant marketplace for content modelled on FRACs, it will be supported by a robust e-learning content industry, with content curated by individual government ministries or organisations.

Potential of Mission Karmayogi:

  • Enhanced Proficiency: Recent assessments by the Indian Institute of Public Administration have highlighted increased proficiency among trained staff in areas such as data analytics and e-governance tools.
  • Continuous Capacity Building: Mission Karmayogi offers a mechanism for ongoing capacity building, ensuring that civil servants remain updated and skilled in evolving domains.
  • Equal Opportunities: The program strives to provide equal opportunities for personal and professional growth to government officials at all levels, fostering inclusivity and meritocracy.
  • Ideal Civil Servants: Through enhanced post-recruitment training mechanisms, Mission Karmayogi aims to cultivate ideal civil servants who are citizen-centric, future-ready, and result-oriented, aligning with the evolving needs of governance.

Key Outcome Under Mission Karmayogi:

  • PM Gati Shakti Platform for Infrastructure Development:
    • Integration of Layers: Integrates legal, geographic, and planning layers for mega infrastructure projects, streamlining development processes.
    • Training and Certification: Over 24,000 officials completed PM Gati Shakti learning modules, with 3,88,000 personnel certified in emerging technologies, enhancing project implementation capabilities.
    • Increased Infrastructure Pace: New rail lines increased from 4 km/day to 12 km/day by 2024, demonstrating accelerated infrastructure development.
    • Project Preparation: Facilitated preparation of 15 highway projects under Bharatmala-2, contributing to enhanced connectivity and economic growth.
    • Environmental Sensitivity: Efforts to avoid sensitive wildlife habitats during rail and highway alignments, demonstrating environmental consciousness.
  • Mission Karmayogi for Citizen-Centric Policing:
    • Personnel Training: Over 50,000 police personnel underwent two-day training sessions on self-reflection and proactive problem-solving, enhancing service delivery.
    • Addressing Biassed Behavior: Field research addressed complaints regarding biassed behaviour, fostering accountability and trust in law enforcement.
    • Enhanced Citizen Satisfaction: Impact assessment revealed increased citizen satisfaction in Puducherry post-training, with notable improvements observed in Mumbai, Asansol, Bengaluru, and Lucknow divisions.
    • Extension to Rural Areas: Gramin Dak Sevaks and village-level Common Service Centers (CSCs) also received enhanced training, ensuring comprehensive coverage of citizen-centric policing initiatives.

Challenges:

  • Skill Gap: Despite training efforts, bridging the skill gap across diverse ministries and field-level officials remains a challenge. Proficiency in emerging technologies and Geographic Information Systems (GIS) is critical for successful implementation of initiatives like PM Gati Shakti.
  • Inter-Ministerial Coordination: Achieving a 'whole of government' approach requires seamless coordination among ministries. Overcoming silos and ensuring collaboration remains an ongoing challenge, impacting the efficiency of governance.
  • Adaptation to Change: Transforming civil services necessitates a cultural shift. Encouraging civil servants to embrace technology, innovation, and citizen-centric approaches may face resistance due to entrenched practices and bureaucratic inertia.
  • Monitoring and Evaluation: Effective monitoring mechanisms are essential to track progress and address bottlenecks. Establishing robust evaluation processes is crucial for identifying areas of improvement and optimising resource allocation.

Conclusion:

Hence, mission Karmayogi stands as a transformative endeavour aimed at revolutionising India's civil services, equipping them to meet the nation's evolving needs and aspirations. By fostering a cadre of citizen-oriented and technologically adept civil servants, the initiative aligns with India's vision for inclusive growth and development. As we empower Karmayogis to lead with dedication and innovation, we lay the foundation for a prosperous and developed India by 2047.

Source: (IE)

Keywords: GS-2, Polity & Governance- Education– E-Governance- Government Policy and Intervention
Monthly Current Affairs

Representation of Women in the Lok Sabha


Why in the News ?

  • Recently, in the Lok Sabha election 2024, A total of 74 women have won the Lok Sabha elections, a slight dip from 78 elected in 2019 and West Bengal leads with 11 female MPs.

About the Women in the 18th Lok Sabha:

  • A total of 797 women candidates had contested the elections with the BJP fielding the maximum at 69 followed by the Congress at 41.
  • These 74 women constitute just 13.63% of the elected strength of the Lower House, which is much less than the 33% that will be reserved for women after the next delimitation exercise.

Global Comparison:

  • According to the Inter-Parliamentary Union, women make up roughly 26% of lawmakers worldwide.
  • One of the few nations with a majority of female legislators is New Zealand.
  • For example, 46% of MPs in South Africa, 35% in the UK, and 29% in the US, are women.

Reasons for low Participation of Women:

  • Low Literacy: In general, female candidates are less educated and experienced than male candidates. In India, women have a literacy rate of 65% compared to men’s 82%.
  • Lack of Political Will: The repeated defeat of the bill reserving one-third of the seats for women shows a lack of political will among lawmakers. Although all parties' platforms include the measure, it has never been enacted.
  • Masking of Identity: In the 2019 elections, 206 women individually participated, but only one won. This highlights the significant role political parties and a person’s background play in determining political success, often concealing the individual's true identity behind the party and family.
  • Patriarchy: Despite having the majority, women often do not experience their authority because male spouses or other family members influence their decisions. The formation of "Sarpanchpati" in Panchayati Raj institutions is a clear example of this.
  • Gender Disparities: Women still face obstacles in the form of gender biases and disparities in education, resource ownership, and attitudes.
  • Lack of Confidence and Finance: Lack of confidence and financial resources are major obstacles that prevent women from pursuing careers in politics.

Significance of Women Participation:

  • Representation: Women lawmakers ensure that the interests and issues of women are represented in policy-making.
  • Diversity: They bring diverse perspectives and experiences to the table, leading to more comprehensive and inclusive policies.
  • Empowerment: Their presence in law-making bodies can empower other women and girls by providing them with role models.
  • Equality:It is a matter of gender equality. Women make up half of the population and should therefore have an equal say in the laws that govern society.

Efforts to reduce the gap:

  • National Commission for Women
    • The National Commission for Women in India have organised consultations on women's rights under property law and assessed the impact of the 73rd and 74th Amendments (1992), which focus on women's roles in Panchayati Raj Institutions (PRIs) and Urban Local Bodies (ULBs).
  • National Human Rights Commission (NHRC):
    • The NHRC has conducted an analytical study on the United Nations Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination against Women (CEDAW) and its implementation in India.
    • This study is valuable to lawmakers, policymakers, executives, civil society, academicians, and students of gender studies and human rights.
  • Nari Shakti Vandan Adhiniyam (2023):
    • The Women’s Reservation Bill proposes reserving one-third of seats for women in the Lok Sabha and state legislative assemblies.
    • Pending presidential assent, this amendment represents a significant step toward greater female representation in national politics.
  • National Policy for Women Empowerment:
    • This policy aims to advance, develop, and empower women. It encourages active participation from all stakeholders to achieve its goals through widespread dissemination.

Conclusion:

Hence, the representation of women in the Lok Sabha is a  mirror of the broader societal attitudes towards gender equality. The upcoming delimitation exercise, which aims to reserve 33% of seats for women, is a positive step. However, it is crucial to continue the discourse on this issue and strive towards creating an inclusive and representative political system.

UPSC Civil Services Examination Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Mains

 

Q:1 What are the continued challenges for Women in India against time and space? (2019)

Q:2 Discuss the desirability of greater representation to women in the higher judiciary to ensure diversity, equity and inclusiveness. (2021)

Source: IE

Keywords: GS- 2, Polity & Governance- parliament- lok sabha - Representation
Monthly Current Affairs

CIC Jurisdiction over MPLADS Funds


Why in the News?

  • Recently, the Delhi High Court ruled that the Central Information Commission (CIC) does not have jurisdiction to comment on the utilisation of funds under the Members of Parliament Local Area Development Scheme (MPLADS).

Court’s Ruling:

  • The Delhi High Court determined that the Central Information Commission (CIC) lacks jurisdiction to comment on the utilisation of funds by Members of Parliament (MPs) under the Members of Parliament Local Area Development Scheme (MPLADS).
  • The scope of the Right to Information (RTI) Act is confined to providing access to information under the control of public authorities.
  • The court clarified that under Section 18 of the RTI Act, the CIC can "only address issues pertaining to the information requested under the RTI Act or any other matter leading to the disclosure of information as requested by the applicant."
  • However, the court upheld a portion of the CIC's order instructing the public authority to disclose details of funds allocated MP-wise, Constituency-wise, and projectwise under the RTI Act.

What is the MPLADS Scheme?

  • About MPLADS:
    • MPLADS is a Central Sector Scheme introduced in 1993.
  • Objective:
    • It empowers Members of Parliaments (MPs) to propose developmental projects aimed at creating durable community assets in various sectors such as drinking water, primary education, public health, sanitation, roads, etc., primarily within their constituencies.
  • Expansion of Scope:
    • Since June 2016, MPLAD funds can also be utilised for implementing schemes like Swachh Bharat Abhiyan, Accessible India Campaign (Sugamya Bharat Abhiyan), rainwater harvesting for water conservation, and Sansad Aadarsh Gram Yojana.
  • Implementation:
    • The concerned Nodal District Authority is responsible for executing the eligible projects recommended by the MPs and maintaining records of the works completed and funds expended under the Scheme.
  • Functioning:
    • MPs receive Rs. 5 crore annually, disbursed in two instalments of Rs. 2.5 crore each. MPLAD funds are non-lapsable.
    • Lok Sabha MPs recommend projects to the district authorities within their Lok Sabha constituencies, while Rajya Sabha MPs utilise the funds in the states that have elected them to the House.
    • Nominated Members of both the Rajya Sabha and Lok Sabha can recommend projects anywhere in the country.

Concerns Regarding MPLADS:

  • Breach of Federalism:
    • MPLADS is seen as encroaching upon the domain of local self-governing institutions, thus violating the principles outlined in Part IX and IX-A of the Constitution.
  • Implementation Lapses:
    • The scheme enables MPs to use funds for patronage, resulting in discretionary spending. The CAG has noted cases of financial mismanagement and inflated expenditure.
    • Critics argue that the scheme fosters a nexus between MPs and private firms, resulting in the misuse of funds for private projects, allocation to ineligible agencies, and diversion of funds to private trusts.
  • Lack of Statutory Backing:
    • MPLADS operates without any statutory law governing it, making it vulnerable to arbitrary changes by the ruling government.
  • Criticism and Recommendations:
    • The National Commission to Review the Working of the Constitution (2002) and the 2nd Administrative Reforms Commission (2007) have recommended the termination of the scheme.
    • Critics argue that MPLADS is incompatible with the division of power between the central and state governments, as outlined in the Constitution

Key Events:

  • Central Information Commission (CIC) Order, 2018:
    • In 2018, the CIC raised concerns about MPs saving MPLADS funds until their term's end, possibly for electoral advantage.
  • CIC's Recommendations:
    • The CIC recommended measures to MoSPI to prevent perceived fund abuse, proposing guidelines for equal MPLADS fund distribution throughout MPs' five-year terms.
  • Legal Challenge Filed by MoSPI:
    • MoSPI challenged the CIC's ruling on an RTI application in the Delhi High Court, reflecting a disagreement over the interpretation and implementation of the CIC's recommendations.

Central Information Commission (CIC):

  • Established in 2005 under the Right to Information Act, the Central Information Commission (CIC) is a non-constitutional body tasked with overseeing access to information held by central government agencies.
  • The CIC is composed of a Chief Information Commissioner (CIC) and up to 10 Information Commissioners (ICs), appointed by the central government for set terms (with a maximum age limit of 65) and are ineligible for reappointment.

 

Key functions of the CIC include:

  • Receiving and investigating complaints regarding information requests submitted under the RTI Act.
  • Initiating inquiries into relevant matters based on reasonable grounds (suo moto power).
  • Exercising powers akin to a civil court to summon individuals and request documents during investigations.
  • Each state in India has its own State Information Commission (SIC) with a similar structure, mirroring the functions and powers of the Central Information Commission.

What are the Concerns Related to Autonomy of CIC?

  • Appointment Process: Political influence in the selection of CIC and ICs due to the committee comprising politicians.
  • Tenure and Removal: The government's control over the terms of ICs post the 2019 amendment raises concerns about their independence.
  • Salaries, Wages, and Allowances: Government's authority over determining pay and benefits of CIC and ICs, undermining their autonomy.
  • Funding and Resources: Dependence on the central government for budgetary allocations and administrative support limits CIC's autonomy and effectiveness.
  • Enforcement Powers: Lack of a robust enforcement mechanism diminishes CIC's ability to ensure compliance with its orders effective

What are the Reforms Proposed to Strengthen the Central Information Commission?

  • Establishment of an Independent Selection Committee:
    • The selection committee should comprise representatives from the judiciary, civil society, and independent bodies to minimise political influence and ensure competent and impartial leadership for the CIC.
  • Fixed and Non-Renewable Tenures:
    • Propose a fixed term (e.g., 5 years) for CIC officials without the option for renewal. Robust safeguards against premature removal should be implemented to ensure their independence.
  • Financial and Administrative Autonomy:
    • Allocate a separate budget for the CIC to provide financial autonomy and ensure timely disbursement of funds.
    • Empower the CIC to manage its administrative affairs, including staff recruitment and infrastructure, independently.
  • Enhanced Enforcement Powers:
    • Provide contempt powers to the CIC to hold non-compliant individuals or organisations accountable.
    • Grant the authority to impose fines on public authorities failing to comply with CIC orders.
    • Establish an execution mechanism to enforce CIC decisions effectively and ensure compliance

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

 

Prelims:

Q:1 With reference to the funds under the Members of Parliament Local Area Development Scheme (MPLADS), which of the following statements are correct? (2020)

  1. MPLADS funds must be used to create durable assets like physical infrastructure for health, education, etc.
  2. A specified portion of each MP’s fund must benefit SC/ST populations.
  3. MPLADS funds are sanctioned on a yearly basis and the unused funds cannot be carried forward to the next year.
  4. The district authority must inspect at least 10% of all works under implementation every year.

 

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

  1. 1 and 2 only
  2. 3 and 4 only
  3. 1, 2 and 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 4 only

 

Mains:

Q:1 The Right to Information Act is not all about citizens’ empowerment alone, it essentially redefines the concept of accountability.” Discuss. (2018)

Source: IE

Keywords: GS - 2, Polity & Governance- Right to Information— Quasi Judicial Bodies— Transparency & Accountability—Separation of Powers
Monthly Current Affairs

Issues Faced by the AP Post-Bifurcation


Why in the News?

  • Several unresolved issues remain between Telangana and Andhra Pradesh under the Andhra Pradesh Reorganisation Act 2014 (APRA), a decade after their bifurcation.

  • The TDP's role as a kingmaker in the NDA have largely centred on Chandrababu Naidu's persistent endeavours to obtain Special Category Status for Andhra Pradesh.

What Issues Faced by the AP Post-Bifurcation ?

  • State without a capital:
    • As per the Andhra Pradesh Reorganisation Act 2014, Hyderabad was designated as the common capital for both Andhra Pradesh and Telangana until June 2, 2024.
    • Despite the establishment of interim office spaces and a High Court, successive governments have struggled to transition to Amaravati as the capital.
  • Lagging Economic Development:
    • Andhra Pradesh's economy has not witnessed significant growth compared to states like Maharashtra and Gujarat. With the exception of Kia Motors in Anantapur, there has been limited investment from major corporations in the state.
  • Delayed Major Projects:
    • Key projects such as the Polavaram project, the Kadapa Steel Plant, and the South Coast Railway Zone in Visakhapatnam have faced delays due to technical and economic challenges, remaining as unfulfilled aspirations.
  • High Revenue Deficit:
    • Although the Union government was mandated to assist Andhra Pradesh in bridging its resource gap for 2014-15, the state's revenue deficit has continued to escalate.
    • Initial estimates placed the deficit at ₹16,078 crore, which later increased to ₹31,479.88 crore by March 2024.
  • Unresolved Issues with Telangana:
    • Assets belonging to nearly 245 institutions worth about ₹1.42 lakh crore are yet to be divided between the two states.
  • Dependency on Hyderabad:
    • Many residents of Andhra Pradesh continue to rely on Hyderabad for essential services like healthcare and education.
    • Despite policymakers and bureaucrats relocating, there remains an emotional attachment to the city, possibly contributing to the sluggish progress in Andhra Pradesh.

What Needs to be Done?

  • Establishing a Capital in the State:
    • The proposal of three capitals by the YSRCP may encounter legal hurdles, while the ambitious capital envisioned by the TDP could face fiscal challenges if welfare schemes promised in manifestos are executed.
    • To instil investor confidence, the government must focus on developing a capital with existing resources.
  • Development of Infrastructural Facilities:
    • Investment in infrastructure can catalyse growth in the industry and service sectors, particularly leveraging the coastal advantage for port-led development, a priority for the Union government.
  • Resolution of Pending Issues with Telangana:
    • Addressing outstanding issues with Telangana is crucial, including the payment of ₹6,756 crore owed to AP for post-bifurcation power supply.
    • Additionally, shifting river management boards and resolving disputes on assets division and water sharing should be prioritised.
  • Discussion on Special Category Status to AP:
    • Deliberations on granting Special Category Status to AP are essential to compensate for revenue losses incurred post-bifurcation.
    • This status would aid in addressing economic disparities and promoting development in the state

UPSC Civil Services Examination Previous Year Question (PYQ)

 

Prelims

Q:1 The power of the Supreme Court of India to decide disputes between the Centre and the States falls under its (2014)

(a)     advisory jurisdiction

(b)     appellate jurisdiction

(c)     original jurisdiction

(d)     writ jurisdiction

 

Ans: (c)

Source:   DH | TH

Keywords: GS-2, Polity & Governance- Inter state relation– Bifurcation
Monthly Current Affairs

Scope of Shifting to Proportional Representation


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, there is growing consensus among a wide range of citizens and political parties in India that the current First-Past-The-Post (FPTP) electoral system should be replaced with proportional representation.

What is First Past the Post System?

  • The FPTP is a straightforward electoral system utilised in various countries, including the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, and India.
  • Under this system, the candidate with the highest number of votes in a constituency or district secures the seat, irrespective of whether they have attained an absolute majority (more than 50% of the votes).

Features of the FPTP:

  • Voting: Each voter casts one vote for their favoured candidate from a list representing various political parties or independent candidates.
  • Counting Votes: Following the close of voting, the votes are tallied, and the candidate garnering the most votes is announced as the victor. There is no stipulation for the winning candidate to secure more than 50% of the total votes cast.
  • Winner Takes All: The candidate who acquires the highest number of votes in a constituency or district claims the seat, with other candidates receiving no representation, regardless of their share of the vote.

Significance of the FPTP:

  • The FPTP system is regarded as simple and practical, particularly in a vast country like India.
  • It offers stability to the executive branch in a parliamentary democracy, as the ruling party or coalition can secure a majority in the Lok Sabha or Legislative assembly without necessarily garnering a majority of votes (over 50%) across constituencies.

Criticism of the FPTP :

  • A common critique is its potential to yield disproportionate representation, where parties with substantial overall support may not win a proportional number of seats.
  • It can lead to either over or under-representation of political parties compared to their share of the vote.
  • The system tends to discourage smaller parties or independent candidates from participating, as they may struggle to secure seats.
  • Elected representatives often prioritise constituents who voted for them, fostering vote-bank politics and competitive or sectoral politics to ensure re-election

Proportional Representation (PR):

  • PR is an electoral system designed to allocate seats in a legislative body in proportion to the votes received by each participating political party or group.
  • Unlike First Past the Post (FPTP), where the candidate with the most votes in each constituency wins, PR strives to align the composition of the legislative body with the overall distribution of voter preferences.

Various types of proportional representation systems:

  • Party List PR:
    • Voters vote for a political party instead of individual candidates.
    • Seats are allocated to parties based on the proportion of votes each party receives.
    • Parties present a ranked list of candidates, and seats are filled according to this list.
  • Mixed-Member Proportional (MMP):
    • Combines aspects of both FPTP and PR.
    • Voters cast two votes: one for a local candidate and one for a political party.
    • Some seats are filled by winners of local races, while additional seats ensure overall proportionality based on party votes.
  • Single Transferable Vote (STV):
    • Voters rank candidates in order of preference in multi-member constituencies.
    • Candidates are elected based on reaching a certain quota of votes, with surplus votes redistributed until all seats are filled.
  • Mixed-Member Majoritarian (MMM):
    • Blends FPTP with proportional seats.
    • Some seats are won through FPTP, while additional seats ensure overall proportionality based on party votes.

Significance of Proportional Representation:

  • Fairer Representation: Proportional representation aims to ensure that the distribution of seats in the legislative body closely reflects the overall distribution of voter preferences, providing a more accurate representation of the electorate's views.
  • Inclusiveness: It allows for a wider range of political viewpoints to be represented, ensuring that minority parties and smaller groups have a voice in the legislative process.
  • Reduction of Wasted Votes: By aligning seat allocation with the proportion of votes received, fewer votes are wasted, which can increase the overall sense of voter efficacy and satisfaction.
  • Encouragement of Voter Turnout: The perception that every vote counts in a proportional representation system can lead to higher voter turnout, as people feel their vote is more likely to influence the outcome.
  • Coalition Building: It often necessitates coalition governments, encouraging parties to work together and collaborate on policies, which can lead to more balanced and comprehensive governance.
  • Mitigation of Extremism: By representing a broader spectrum of political views, proportional representation can help mitigate the influence of extremist positions and promote moderate policymaking.

Criticism of PR:

  • Potential for Instability: The PR system could result in instability as no party or coalition may obtain a majority to form the government in a parliamentary democracy.
  • Slow Decision-Making: Some experts assert that the PR system slows down decision-making, weakening the government itself.
  • Minority Parties' Influence: Extreme pluralism can allow tiny minority parties to hold larger parties to ransom in coalition negotiations, making the inclusiveness of the PR system a drawback.
  • Reduced Accountability: The PR system may reduce accountability to voters because an ousted party can still remain in office by forming new coalitions after an election.
  • Difficulty Removing Centre Parties: Under a PR system, it may be challenging to remove a reasonably sized centre party from power.

Way Ahead

  • Addressing FPTP Discrepancies: Efforts should be made to reduce the flaws and discrepancies of the First-Past-The-Post (FPTP) system to ensure India’s democratic system better reflects the will of the people.
  • Balanced Representation: There is a consensus that both the ruling party and the opposition are crucial for the sustainability and effective functioning of democracy. Ensuring fair representation for the opposition is essential.
  • Historical Impact of FPTP: The FPTP system has historically resulted in the significant reduction or elimination of the opposition, as seen in the elections of 1984, 2014, and the first three general elections after Independence.
  • Law Commission's Recommendation: The Law Commission, in its 170th report titled "Reform of the Electoral Laws" (1999), recommended the introduction of the Mixed-Member Proportional Representation (MMPR) system on an experimental basis.
  • Proposed Implementation: It was suggested that 25% of the seats could be filled through a proportional representation system by increasing the strength of the Lok Sabha

UPSC Civil Services Examination Previous Year’s Question (PYQs)

Prelims:

Q:1 Consider the following statements: (2017)

  1. The Election Commission of India is a five-member body.
  2. The Union Ministry of Home Affairs decides the election schedule for the conduct of both general elections and bye-elections.
  3. Election Commission resolves the disputes relating to splits/mergers of recognised political parties.

 

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

  1. 1 and 2 only
  2. 2 only
  3. 2 and 3 only
  4. 3 only

 

Ans: (d)

 

Mains:

Q:1 Discuss the role of the Election Commission of India in the light of the evolution of the Model Code of Conduct. (2022)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2, Polity & Governance - Indian Constitution- electoral system - First-Past-The-Post (FPTP) & Proportional Representation
Monthly Current Affairs

Transforming India’s Criminal Justice System


Context:

  • The recent case in Bareilly, Uttar Pradesh, where a woman was jailed and fined over an alleged false rape accusation, underscores significant systemic deficiencies within India’s criminal justice framework.
  • The government extended the Fast Track Special Courts scheme till 2026 with increased funding.
  • To prevent wrongful imprisonments and ensure prompt justice, police investigation protocols, prosecutorial autonomy, and judicial supervision need improvement.

What is the Structure of the Criminal Justice System in India?

  • About:
    • The criminal justice system ensures justice for offenders and victims, ensuring fairness and rights for the accused. India's system relies on the Indian Penal Code (IPC) and Criminal Procedure Code, soon to be replaced.
  • Main Pillars:
    • Police: Conducts investigations and law enforcement under state jurisdiction.
    • Judiciary: Interprets and delivers judgments, with the Supreme Court and High Courts overseeing.
    • Correction System: Manages prisons, focusing on punishment and rehabilitation.
  • Key Principles:
    • Presumption of Innocence: Accused are innocent until proven guilty.
    • Right to Fair Trial: Ensures a fair, public trial with defence and evidence presentation.
    • Due Process: Legal procedures must be correctly followed for fairness.

What are the Major Challenges Related to India’s Criminal Justice System?

  • Pendency and Delays in Justice:
    • With over 5.02 crore pending cases as of July 2023, the judicial system faces a severe backlog, denying timely justice as each delayed case reflects systemic failure.
    • Even "fast-track" courts, like in the Bareilly case, often exceed timelines, violating the right to speedy trial.
  • Inadequate Resources and Infrastructure:
    • India's ratio of 21 judges per million people (December 2023) leads to overworked judges, rushed proceedings, and compromised judgments.
    • Vacancies of 35% in lower judiciary and around 400 in High Courts exacerbate the issue, resulting in shoddy investigations and judicial delays.
  • Politicisation of the Police Force:
    • Despite the Prakash Singh v. Union of India (2006) judgement advocating separation of investigation from law and order duties, politicisation persists.
    • Cases like the 2021 Lakhimpur Kheri violence highlight delays and political interference, undermining impartial investigations and eroding public trust in the police.
  • Bail as the Exception, Not the Rule:
    • Despite the Supreme Court's directive in Balchand alias Baliay case V. State of Rajasthan (1978) to prioritise bail over incarceration, over 75% of India's prison population are undertrials, with prisons operating at 130% occupancy.
    • Certain acts like the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act shift the burden of proof to the accused, exacerbating bail challenges.
  • Gender Bias in Sexual Violence Cases:
    • Despite the Supreme Court's condemnation of gender stereotypes in Aparna Bhat v. State of Madhya Pradesh (2021), instances like a Karnataka High Court judge's remarks on a rape victim's work schedule reveal persistent biases that hinder justice in sexual violence cases.
  • Outdated Prison Manual and Mental Health Crisis:
    • While the Model Prison Manual 2016 mandates mental health services, overcrowding and lack of care contribute to high rates of mental illness among prisoners.
    • For example, Maharashtra, with 42,577 prisoners in 2022, had only one psychiatrist and two psychologists.
  • Non-Implementation of Police Complaints Authority:
    • Mandated by the Supreme Court in Prakash Singh (2006), Police Complaints Authorities (PCAs) to address grievances against the police remain largely unestablished or ineffective in most states, perpetuating police impunity.
  • Human Rights Violations:
    • India's criminal justice system faces accusations of custodial torture, extrajudicial killings, false arrests, and illegal detentions, with 175 reported deaths in police custody during 2021-2022 alone.

What Measures Should be Adopted to Reform Criminal Justice System in India?

  • Transitioning to a victim-centric approach by offering dedicated support services, including counselling and legal aid navigation, empowering victims, and ensuring their voices are heard in court.
  • Exploring AI for streamlined processes, identifying low-risk cases, and ensuring transparency to prevent bias.
  • Increasing funding for legal aid and implementing performance-based incentives for providers to ensure quality representation, particularly for disadvantaged defendants.
  • Urgent measures to curtail detention length and revise bail laws to prevent prolonged undertrial detention and full implementation of the Witness Protection Scheme with adequate funding and oversight to ensure safety.
  • Mandatory training for judicial officers, integrating gender perspectives, and mechanisms to address gender bias.
  • Mandatory segregation of inmates, comprehensive implementation of health insurance schemes, and improvements in infrastructure.
  • Enhancing infrastructure and introducing case management systems for efficient resolution of cases.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Mains:

Q:1 We are witnessing increasing instances of sexual violence against women in the country. Despite existing legal provisions against it, the number of such incidences is on the rise. Suggest some innovative measures to tackle this menace. (2014)

Q:2 Mob violence is emerging as a serious law and order problem in India. By giving suitable examples, analyse the causes and consequences of such violence. (2015)

Source:  TH

Keywords: GS – 2, Polity & Governance– Constitutional Amendments – Judiciary – Government Policies & Interventions
Monthly Current Affairs

Accreditation: Empowering and Shaping the Future of


Why in the news ?

  • The Quality Council of India (QCI) recently commemorated 'World Accreditation Day' in more than 20 locations throughout the country.

What is Accreditation ?

  • This involves a third-party affirmation regarding the competence of a Conformity Assessment Body (CAB) to perform specific conformity assessment activities.
  • CAB encompasses various entities such as Testing Laboratories, including medical laboratories, Calibration Laboratories, Proficiency Testing Providers, and Certified Reference Material Producers.
  • It aids institutions in recognizing their strengths and weaknesses through a comprehensive review process, enabling them to identify areas for internal planning and resource allocation.
  • Accreditation enhances customer confidence in accepting testing/calibration reports issued by accredited laboratories.
  • Accreditation holds importance in India as it helps ascertain whether an institution meets or surpasses minimum standards of quality

What are the Benefits of Accreditation ?

  • Facilitating Global Trade and Access to Markets: Multilateral arrangements foster confidence and robust frameworks, laying the groundwork for Government-to-Government (G2G) bilateral and multilateral trade agreements.
  • Regulatory Assurance: Accreditation assures technical competence, allowing regulators to prescribe Third-party NABCB accredited conformity assessment, enhancing harmonisation within national regulatory structures.
  • Process Harmonisation: Accreditation promotes harmonisation within national regulatory and legislative structures, facilitating continual improvements.
  • Competitive Advantage: NABCB accreditation provides credible evidence of conformance with national and international standards, enabling organisations to distinguish themselves in the marketplace.
  • Risk Management and Quality Assurance: Conformity assessment bodies undergo assessment according to international standards, ensuring rigorous risk analysis and the delivery of quality services.
  • Confidence and Trust: NABCB accreditation instils confidence and reliability in government, industry, and consumers, fostering trust and assurance in products and processes.
  • Additional Benefits: Enhanced customer confidence and satisfaction, robust Quality Management Systems, improved operational control, cost reduction, and prevention of loss due to defects are among the supplementary advantages

Quality Council of India (QCI):

  • It was established, in 1997, as a National body for Accreditation on recommendations of the Expert Mission of the EU.
  • It was set up through a PPP model, non-profit, independent, autonomous organisation with the support of Government of India and the Indian Industry represented by:Associated Chambers of Commerce and Industry of India

Sector-wise Accreditation in India:

  • IT Sector:
    • The Information Technology Act, 2000 delineates the responsibilities of certifying authorities in issuing Digital Signature Certificates.
    • This ensures that certifying authorities adhere to stringent standards, safeguarding the security and authenticity of digital signatures and electronic records.
  • Archival Management:
    • The National Archives of India, entrusted with archival records, adheres to rigorous standards to preserve and provide access to these invaluable resources for future generations.
  • Legal Framework:
    • The India Code, maintained by the Ministry of Law and Justice, serves as an accredited repository of central and state Acts, rules, regulations, and statutes, ensuring legal accessibility and reliability.
  • Education:
    • India's expansive educational landscape is pivotal in shaping the nation's future and is undergoing accreditation initiatives.
    • With a target of achieving a 50% Gross Enrollment Ratio (GER) in higher education by 2037, enhancing education quality is paramount.
    • The implementation of the National Education Policy (NEP 2020) is driving rapid transformation in the Indian higher education system.

What are the challenges Related to Accreditation in India ?

  • Standardisation and Implementation of Guidelines: In certifying authorities issuing Digital Signature Certificates (per the Information Technology Act, 2000), where varying standards and guidelines may lead to inconsistencies.
  • Resource Management: Managing the extensive records held by the National Archives of India, essential for future generations, presents challenges in preservation and accessibility due to the sheer volume of records.
  • Low Participation: Reluctance among institutions to engage in the accreditation process remains a persistent concern, hindering progress in quality assurance initiatives.
  • Complex Process: Accreditation procedures involve lengthy and intricate information collection processes, raising concerns about subjectivity and inconsistencies across assessments conducted by different agencies.
  • Multiplicity of Agencies: The existence of multiple agencies within the Union Government of India tasked with periodic approvals, assessment, accreditation, and ranking of Higher Education Institutions (HEIs) complicates the accreditation landscape.
  • Quality of Education: Elevating education quality requires comprehensive improvements in teaching-learning methodologies, research, innovation, and skill development, emphasising sustainability and societal integration over mere infrastructure and inputs

Major Reforms in Accreditation:

  • The Ministry of Education has established a high-level panel, chaired by Dr. K Radhakrishnan, to enhance the assessment and accreditation of higher educational institutions.
  • Proposed reforms aim to strengthen periodic approval, assessment, accreditation, and ranking of all higher educational institutions (HEIs) in India.
  • Reforms advocate for Binary Accreditation (accredited or not accredited) rather than graded assessments.
  • Maturity-Based Graded Accreditation (Levels 1 to 5) is proposed to incentivize accredited institutions to continually enhance their standards and broaden their expertise.
  • Both NABL and NABCB constitute India's accreditation infrastructure and are members of the Multilateral Recognition Arrangements of the International Accreditation Forum (IAF) and the International Laboratory Accreditation Cooperation (ILAC).
  • NABL boasts over 8000 accredited labs, while NABCB has accredited over 260 CABs (Conformity Assessment Bodies).

Conclusion:

Hence, Accreditation in India plays a pivotal role in driving quality education, fostering innovation, and nurturing excellence, thereby shaping the future for all stakeholders. As India's economy integrates into the global market and the government's liberalisation policies aim to enhance exports, it becomes increasingly crucial for accredited laboratories to meet international standards of competence.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Q:1 With reference to ‘Quality Council of India (QCI)’, consider the following statements: (2017)

  1. QCI was set up jointly by the Government of India and the Indian Industry.
  2. The Chairman of QCI is appointed by the Prime Minister on the recommendations of the industry to the Government.

 

Which of the above statements is/are correct?

  1. 1 only
  2. 2 only
  3. Both 1 and 2
  4. Neither 1 nor 2

 

Ans: (c)

Source: PIB

Keywords: GS2 - Polity & Governance- Government Policies and Intervention
Monthly Current Affairs

Cooperative Societies not bound by RTI Act


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, the Madras High Court has held that cooperative societies in the state are exempt from the Right to Information (RTI) Act, 2005, as they do not qualify as public authorities, thus not obligated to provide information on their functions to citizens.

  • Justice V. Bhavani Subbaroyan stated that cooperative societies do not qualify as ‘public authoritiesunder Section 2(h) of the RTI Act. The court’s decision aligns with previous rulings, including a 2013 Supreme Court verdic

Key Implications of Judgement:

  • Positive Implications:
    • Autonomy Affirmed: Upholds the autonomy of cooperative societies by exempting them from the obligations of the RTI Act, preserving their independence in decision-making and operations.
    • Legal Clarity Established: Offers a definitive legal interpretation that sets a precedent for similar cases in the future, providing clarity and guidance for cooperative societies and stakeholders.
    • Operational Streamlining: Relieves cooperative societies from the administrative burden of RTI compliance, potentially enhancing operational efficiency and resource allocation.
  • Negative Implications:
    • Transparency Reduction: Limits public access to information regarding cooperative societies, potentially diminishing transparency and hindering public oversight of their activities.
    • Increased Risk of Misuse: Without RTI oversight, there may be an elevated risk of corruption or mismanagement of funds within cooperative societies, posing a threat to financial integrity and accountability.
    • Potential Public Distrust: The ruling could contribute to public scepticism and mistrust, particularly if cooperative societies are perceived as non-transparent entities, eroding confidence in their governance and practices.

About the Cooperative societies:

  • Cooperative societies are formed voluntarily by individuals who share common economic, social, and cultural interests, pooling their resources to achieve common goals.
  • The roots of India's cooperative movement lie in the agriculture and related sectors, originating as a response to protect farmers from exploitation by money lenders.
  • The formalisation of India's cooperative movement occurred towards the end of the 19th century, drawing inspiration from the German model of agricultural credit banks.
  • Cooperative societies in India serve diverse functions, ranging from providing credit facilities to engaging in the production, procurement, and marketing of various products such as fertilisers, milk, sugar, and fish.

Constitutional provisions cooperative societies:

  • The first five-year plan (1951-56) post-independence underscored the importance of adopting cooperatives to address various aspects of community development.
  • The 97th Constitutional Amendment Act of 2011 introduced significant changes related to cooperative societies:
    • It recognized the right to form cooperative societies as a fundamental right (Article 19).
    • It incorporated a new Directive Principle of State Policy focusing on the Promotion of Cooperative Societies (Article 43-B).
    • It added a new Part IX-B to the Constitution titled "The Co-operative Societies" (Articles 243-ZH to 243-ZT).
    • It empowered the Parliament to enact laws concerning multi-state cooperative societies (MSCS), while state legislatures were given authority over other cooperative societies.
  • In 2021, the Union Ministry of Cooperation was established, taking over the responsibilities previously held by the Ministry of Agriculture.
  • The Multi-State Co-operative Societies (Amendment) Bill, 2022 was passed by Parliament in 2023 with the aim of enhancing the regulation of Multi-State Co-operative Societies

Issues Faced by the Cooperatives:

  • Governance Deficiencies: Cooperatives frequently encounter issues related to governance, including insufficient transparency, accountability, participation, and democratic decision-making processes.
  • Politicisation and Government Overreach: Political parties and government bodies often exert undue influence on cooperatives, compromising their autonomy and ability to function independently.
  • Membership Engagement Challenges: Cooperatives struggle to engage and retain active members who are willing to contribute to their capital, management, and day-to-day operations.
  • Capital Mobilization Hurdles: Cooperatives face difficulties in raising sufficient capital to support their operational and investment requirements, hindering their growth and sustainability.
  • Lack of Professional Talent: Cooperatives often face a shortage of skilled and qualified professionals capable of effectively managing their affairs, leading to operational inefficiencies and limited growth prospects.

Steps Taken to Address Cooperative Challenges:

  • Establishment of Multi-State Cooperative Societies (MSCS): Formed to facilitate the functioning of cooperatives across the nation, promoting collaboration and synergy among diverse regions.
  • Enactment of MSCS (Amendment) Act & Rules, 2023: Notified to bolster governance standards, enhance transparency, ensure accountability, and reform electoral procedures within multi-state cooperative societies, aiming to foster better management and operations.
  • Creation of Ministry of Cooperation: Instituted by transferring pertinent functions from the erstwhile Ministry of Agriculture, Cooperation, and Farmers Welfare, with a focus on promoting cooperation and coordinating cooperative activities nationwide.
  • Emphasis on Ease of Doing Business: Prioritising streamlining processes to facilitate ease of doing business for cooperatives, aiming to reduce bureaucratic hurdles and enhance operational efficiency.
  • Development of Multi-State Co-operative Societies: Facilitating the development and growth of multi-state cooperative societies, fostering their expansion and enabling them to effectively cater to diverse needs and regions across the country.

Conclusion:

Thus, while cooperatives have played a vital role in poverty alleviation, food security, and environmental management, their autonomy remains essential for effective operation. Hence, reform and revitalization efforts are imperative for the cooperative movement.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

 

Mains

Q:1 “In the villages itself no form of credit organisation will be suitable except the cooperative society.” – All India Rural Credit Survey. Discuss this statement in the background of agricultural finance in India. What constraints and challenges do financial institutions supplying agricultural finance face? How can technology be used to better reach and serve rural clients? (2014)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2 . Polity & Governance- RTI Act–Cooperative Societies
Monthly Current Affairs

Agnipath Scheme


Why in the news ?

  • The ruling-party government's introduced Agnipath scheme,in June 2022, has encountered resistance from multiple political factions and Armed Forces veterans, primarily due to concerns regarding its effects on military recruitment and soldier welfare

What is the Agnipath Scheme ?

  • The Agnipath Scheme introduces a new military rank called "Agniveer," translating to "Fire-Warriors."
  • It aims to recruit non-commissioned officers, including soldiers, airmen, and sailors, into the Indian Armed Forces.
  • These recruits serve for a four-year term, with up to 25% eligible to transition to permanent commission status for an additional 15 years based on merit and organisational needs.
  • Currently, all non-technical cadre personnel, except for the medical branch, are enlisted under this scheme.

Eligibility Criteria:

  • Candidates aged between 17.5 and 23 years are eligible to apply, with the upper age limit increased from 21.
  • Girls within the specified age range can apply for the Agnipath entry, with no specific reservation for women under this scheme.

Pay & Benefits:

  • Death on Duty: Families receive a combined sum of Rs 1 crore, comprising the Seva Nidhi package and the soldier's unserved salary.
  • Disability: Agniveers can receive compensation up to Rs 44 lakh, depending on the severity of the disability, caused by or worsened due to military service.
  • Pensions: Agniveers do not receive a regular pension after their 4-year service, except for the 25% selected for permanent commission, who become eligible for a pension.

Goal of Agnipath:

  • The scheme aims to maintain a youthful armed forces and reduce the number of permanent soldiers, leading to significant savings in government pension spending on defence forces.

Why was the Agnipath Scheme Introduced?

  • Younger, Fitter Force: Create a more agile fighting force by emphasising younger recruits, leading to faster response times and better adaptation on the battlefield. Implementation of Agnipath is expected to reduce the average age in the Armed Forces from 32 years to 26 years.
  • Reduce Pension Bill: It aims to alleviate the burden of the growing defence pension bill, projected to reach Rs 2.5 lakh crore by 2025. Agnipath's shorter service duration for most recruits could help manage this expenditure effectively.
  • Technological Integration: The scheme seeks to capitalise on the tech-savviness of younger recruits to integrate emerging technologies into the Armed Forces more effectively.
  • Skilled Workforce for Civilian Sector: Agniveers are envisioned to transition to the civilian workforce with valuable skills and discipline gained during their service, contributing to a more skilled national workforce and economic growth.
  • More Employment Opportunities: The scheme is expected to increase employment opportunities, as soldiers with skills and experience acquired during the four-year service can find employment in various fields.

What are the Issues Associated with Agnipath Scheme?

  • Lack of Retirement Benefits: The absence of gratuity or pension upon completion of the 4-year tenure has led to dissatisfaction among aspirants seeking job security and retirement benefits.
  • Short Service Duration: The 4-year term is perceived as insufficient, raising concerns about inadequate motivation and training compared to permanent soldiers. It may also result in a deficit of skills and experience in the armed forces.
  • Age Limit Issues: The upper age limit of 23 years has excluded many potential applicants, particularly those affected by pandemic-related disruptions in recruitment.
  • Unemployment Concerns: Limited permanent absorption (only 25%) exacerbates existing youth unemployment, particularly amid broader economic challenges like inflation and inequalities.
  • Perceived Political Motives: Experts question the scheme's rushed implementation without sufficient consultation, raising suspicions of political motivations, especially ahead of elections. Lack of endorsement from defence forces adds to the scepticism.
  • Pension Bill Reduction: The scheme is viewed as a means for the government to reduce defence pension expenditure, prioritising financial savings over long-term force development.

Way Forward:

  • Raising the Age Limit and Permanent Retention Quota:
    • Extend the service period for Agniveers to 7-8 years and increase the entry age for technical roles to 23 years.
    • Enhance the regular service retention rate for Agniveers from the current 25% to 60-70%.
  • Enhanced Entitlements and Benefits:
    • Provide Agniveers with a contributory pension scheme, generous gratuity, and ex-gratia for disabilities incurred during training.
    • Offer opportunities in other security forces, veteran status, and preference for government jobs, employing a transparent, merit-based retention system.
  • Implement Robust Skilling and Resettlement Programs:
    • Develop comprehensive skilling and resettlement programs in partnership with the private sector and government agencies.
    • Mandate the compulsory absorption of Agniveers by private employers and corporations through legislation.
  • Raising Educational Standards:
    • Increase educational requirements for Agniveers from 10 to 10+2 and introduce a more rigorous national entrance exam to ensure a higher quality of recruits.

Conclusion:

Hence, the Agnipath scheme marks a significant shift in India's defence recruitment strategy, showcasing early indicators of enhanced motivation, intelligence, and physical standards among Agniveers. This emphasis on the human element fosters unit pride and cohesion, essential for effective defence operations.

UPSC Civil Services Examination Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims

Q:1 Department of Border Management is a Department of which one of the following Union Ministries? (2008)

(a)     Ministry of Defence

(b)     Ministry of Home Affairs

(c)     Ministry of Shipping, Road Transport and Highways

(d)     Ministry of Environment and Forests

 

Ans: (b)

 

Mains

Q1: Analyse the multidimensional challenges posed by external state and non-state actors, to the internal security of India. Also discuss measures required to be taken to combat these threats. (2021)

Source: IE

Keywords: GS - 2, Polity & Governance– Government Policies & Interventions – Issues Relating to Development
Monthly Current Affairs

Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, the Cabinet has decided to further expand the Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana and construct 3 crore additional rural and urban houses.

About Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana (PMAY):

  • The Government of India launched the Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana (PMAY) in 2015-16 with the objective of providing assistance to eligible rural and urban households for constructing houses equipped with basic amenities.
  • The newly formed government has approved the proposal to provide 3 crore additional rural and urban houses under PMAY.
  • The scheme has two components: PMAY-U for the urban poor and PMAY-G and PMAY-R for the rural poor.

PMAY-U (Urban):

  • The Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs has been implementing PMAY-U under ‘Housing for All’ Mission since June, 2015.
  • Objective: To provide housing for all segments of society in urban areas.
  • Beneficiaries: Economically Weaker Section (EWS), Low-Income Group (LIG), and Middle-Income Group (MIG).
  • Subsidy Schemes:
    • Credit Linked Subsidy Scheme: Offers interest subsidy on home loans for EWS, LIG, and MIG categories.
    • In-Situ Slum Redevelopment: Uses existing land to provide housing to eligible slum dwellers.
    • Affordable Housing in Partnership: Promotes collaboration between public and private sectors to develop affordable housing projects.
    • Beneficiary-Led Construction: Provides financial assistance to individuals for self-construction or improvement of their houses.

PMAY-G (Gramin):

  • In order to achieve the target of “Housing for All” in rural areas, the Ministry of Rural Development is implementing PMAY-G with effect from 1st April 2016.
  • Objective: To provide pucca houses with basic amenities to rural families who are homeless or living in kutcha or dilapidated houses.
  • Beneficiaries: Identified using the Socio-Economic and Caste Census (SECC) 2011.
  • Features:
    • Financial Assistance: Provided financial Assistance of Rs.1.20 lakh in plain areas and Rs.1.30 lakh in hilly States (including North-eastern States and UTs of Jammu & Kashmir and Ladakh), difficult areas and Integrated Action Plan (IAP) districts.
    • Construction: Overall target to construct 2.95 crore pucca houses with basic amenities by March, 2024.
    • Convergence with Other Schemes: Promotes collaboration with schemes like Swachh Bharat Mission (SBM) for toilet construction( Rs.12000/) and Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (MGNREGA) for wage employment.

Importance and Progress of Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana (PMAY):

  • In a nation where millions aspire to own a home, the Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana (PMAY) stands as a beacon of hope and progress.
  • It underscores the government’s unwavering commitment to providing affordable housing and enhancing the quality of life for its citizens.
  • PMAY is not merely a housing scheme; it embodies a mission to empower individuals with dignity and security.
  • Over the past decade, PMAY has successfully completed construction of a total of 4.21 Crore houses for eligible poor families across the country

Source: PIB

Keywords: GS—2 , Poverty – Welfare Schemes – Government Policies & Interventions
Monthly Current Affairs

Government’s Tax Devolution to States


Why in the news:

  • Recently, the Central Government has released an instalment of ₹1.39 lakh crore for tax devolution to the states.

About:

  • The regular devolution amount for June 2024 includes an additional instalment, enabling State Governments to accelerate development and capital spending.
  • These additional funds will support State Governments in enhancing their developmental activities and infrastructure projects, thereby boosting economic growth at the state level.
  • The Interim Budget for FY25 had earmarked Rs. 12.19 trillion towards the devolution of taxes to states.
  • With this release, the total amount devolved for FY25 to states till 10 June stands at Rs. 2.8 trillion.

What is the tax devolution ?

  • Tax devolution refers to the distribution of tax revenues between the central government and state governments.
  • It is a constitutional mechanism designed to allocate the proceeds of certain taxes among the Union and the states in a fair and equitable manner.
  • Article 280(3)(a) of the Constitution of India mandates that the Finance Commission (FC) is responsible for making recommendations on the division of the net proceeds of taxes between the Union and the states.
  • Article 270 of the Constitution provides for the scheme of distribution of net tax proceeds collected by the Union government between the Centre and the States.

The basis for allocation by recommendations of 15th Finance Commission:

  • Share of States in Central Taxes (Vertical Devolution):
    • 2021-26 Period: States' share in central taxes is set at 41%, the same as in 2020-21.
    • Comparison with 2015-20: This is lower than the 42% recommended by the 14th Finance Commission.
    • Reason for Adjustment: The 1% reduction accounts for the resources needed for the newly formed union territories of Jammu and Kashmir, and Ladakh.
  • Horizontal Devolution (Allocation Between the States):
    • Demographic Performance: 12.5% weightage.
    • Income: 45% weightage.
    • Population: 15% weightage.
    • Area: 15% weightage.
    • Forest and Ecology: 10% weightage.
    • Tax and Fiscal Efforts:5% weightage.
  • Revenue Deficit Grants to States:
    • Definition: Revenue deficit is the gap between revenue expenditure and revenue receipts, including tax and non-tax income.
    • Recommendation: Post-devolution revenue deficit grants totaling approximately Rs. 3 trillion over the five years ending FY26.
  • Performance-Based Incentives and Grants to States:
    • Themes:
      • Social Sector: Focuses on health and education.
      • Rural Economy: Emphasises agriculture and maintenance of rural roads, crucial for two-thirds of the population, 70% of the workforce, and 46% of national income.
      • Governance and Administrative Reforms: Includes grants for judiciary, statistics, and aspirational districts and blocks.
      • Power Sector: Implements a performance-based incentive system, offering an additional borrowing window for states, not linked to grants.
  • Grants to Local Governments:
    • Municipal Services and Local Government Bodies: Includes performance-based grants for new city incubation and health grants.
    • Urban Local Bodies:
      • Basic Grants: For cities/towns with populations under a million.
      • Million-Plus Cities: 100% performance-linked through the Million-Plus Cities Challenge Fund (MCF).
      • MCF: Linked to performance in improving air quality and meeting benchmarks for urban drinking water supply, sanitation, and solid waste management

Criticism and Issues:

  • Centralised Constitutional Scheme: Historically, India's constitutional framework has favoured a strong central authority in legislative, administrative, and financial matters.
  • Federalism Concerns: Despite federalism being a fundamental feature, there is a concern that states might feel disadvantaged in resource distribution.
  • Political Dynamics: Political differences between the Union government and Opposition-ruled states exacerbate these issues, alongside genuine concerns that merit attention.

Suggestions and Way Ahead:

  • Enlarge Divisible Pool: Include portions of cess and surcharge in the divisible pool to increase resources available for distribution.
  • Rationalise Tax Structure: Gradually phase out various cesses and surcharges while rationalising tax slabs to simplify the tax regime.
  • Efficiency Criteria in Horizontal Devolution: Increase the weightage given to efficiency criteria in horizontal devolution to promote effective resource utilisation.
  • Incorporate GST Contributions: Considering GST's role as a consumption-based destination tax, include states' relative GST contributions as a criterion in future Finance Commissions.
  • Formal State Participation: Establish a formal mechanism, akin to the GST Council, for states' participation in the constitution and functioning of the Finance Commission.
  • Consultative Approach: Implement these measures through inclusive discussions with all states to ensure consensus and cooperation.
  • Fiscal Federalism: Uphold principles of fiscal federalism by ensuring adequate devolution of resources to local bodies for robust and accountable development.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims

Q:1 Consider the following: (2023)

  1. Demographic performance
  2. Forest and ecology
  3. Governance reforms
  4. Stable government
  5. Tax and fiscal efforts

 

For the horizontal tax devolution, the Fifteenth Finance Commission used how many of the above as criteria other than population area and income distance?

(a)     Only two

(b)     Only three

(c)     Only four

(d)     All five

 

Ans: (b)

 

Mains

Q:1 Discuss the recommendations of the 13th Finance Commission which have been a departure from the previous commissions for strengthening the local government finances. (2013)

Source: ET

Keywords: GS - 2, Polity & Governance- Constitution Centre-State Relations – – Cooperative Federalism – Constitutional Bodies
Monthly Current Affairs

First All-India Survey on AYUSH


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, the Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation (MoSPI) published the results of a national survey on Ayurveda, Yoga & Naturopathy, Unani, Siddha, and Homoeopathy (AYUSH) systems of medicine.

What are the Highlights of the Survey?

About:

  • The recently concluded national survey on AYUSH conducted by the National Sample Survey Office (NSSO) from July 2022 to June 2023 marks the first comprehensive effort to capture utilisation patterns of traditional healthcare practices across India.

Objectives:

  • Assess awareness levels among the population regarding the AYUSH system of medicine.
  • Document the use of AYUSH for both preventive healthcare and treatment of ailments.
  • Record household awareness of home remedies, medicinal plants, and local health traditions.
  • Gather data on household expenditures related to treatments using AYUSH systems of medicine.
  • Note: The survey covered the entire Indian Union, except for a few remote villages in the Andaman & Nicobar Islands.

Key Findings:

  • Awareness of AYUSH:
    • In rural India, approximately 95% of males and females aged 15 and above are familiar with AYUSH, while in urban areas, the awareness rate is around 96%.
    • About 79% of households in rural India and 80% in urban India have at least one member knowledgeable about medicinal plants and home remedies.
    • Around 24% of households in both rural and urban India have at least one member aware of folk medicine or local health traditions.

  • Use of AYUSH:
    • Approximately 53% of people in urban areas and 46% in rural areas have utilised AYUSH for prevention or treatment of ailments in the past year (365 days).
  • Expenditure Incurred for Availing Treatment of AYUSH:
    • The average expenditure per person for prevention or treatment of ailments using AYUSH was Rs. 574 in urban areas and Rs. 472 in rural areas.
  • Use of AYUSH System by Purpose:

 

    • Practice of Yoga:
      • In rural India, approximately 11 million households, and in urban India, around 14 million households, have at least one member who practises yoga regularly.

AYUSH:

  • AYUSH stands for Ayurveda, Yoga, Naturopathy, Unani, Siddha, and Homoeopathy. These systems represent traditional Indian medical practices with distinct philosophies focused on holistic well-being, natural healing, and self-healing responses. Here's a brief overview of each:
    • Ayurveda: An ancient system emphasising balance in bodily systems through diet, herbal treatment, and yogic breathing.
    • Yoga: A spiritual and physical discipline aimed at integrating body, mind, and spirit through postures (asanas), breathing exercises (pranayama), and meditation.
    • Naturopathy: Uses natural elements like water, air, and diet to stimulate the body's self-healing mechanisms.
    • Unani: Focuses on balance restoration through herbal medicines, dietary regulation, and practices rooted in the humoral theory.
    • Siddha: Traditional Tamil medicine based on the concept of five elements and the humours, emphasising prevention and treatment through diet, yoga, and herbal remedies.
    • Homoeopathy: Treats ailments with highly diluted substances that stimulate the body's self-healing processes based on the principle of "like cures like

What are the Government Schemes Related to Promotion of AYUSH in India?

  • National Ayush Mission:
    • Launched in 2014 to promote traditional and cost-effective AYUSH systems of medicine in India.
    • Focuses on infrastructure development, education, research, manpower augmentation, and quality control in AYUSH.
  • Ayur Gyan:
    • Aimed at promoting education, research, and innovation in AYUSH.
    • Components include Capacity Building and Continuing Medical Education (CME) for AYUSH professionals, and Research & Innovation focusing on priority health areas.
  • AYURSWASTHYA:
    • Supports AYUSH organisations and institutes through grants to enhance facilities, research capabilities, and overall operations.
  • Champion Service Sector Scheme:
    • Aims to boost medical tourism in India, particularly in traditional medicine systems like Ayurveda and Yoga.
    • Seeks to attract international patients, tourists, and visitors interested in AYUSH healthcare options.
  • Promotion of International Cooperation in AYUSH:
    • Focuses on raising awareness and interest in AYUSH systems globally.
    • Aims to facilitate international promotion, development, and recognition of AYUSH practices.
  • Ayush Oushadhi Gunvatta Evam Uttpadan Samvardhan Yojana:
    • Aims to improve the quality and manufacturing standards of AYUSH medicines in India.
    • Seeks to make these medicines safer, more reliable, and potentially exportable.
  • Management of Medicinal Plants:
    • Aims to promote cultivation, preservation, and sustainable management of medicinal plants.
    • Led by the National Medicinal Plant Board under the Ministry of AYUSH to coordinate efforts across various ministries and departments for development.

Other Schemes Related to AYUSH:

  • New Portals on AYUSH Sector
  • AYUSH Entrepreneurship Programme
  • AYUSH Wellness Centers
  • ACCR Portal and AYUSH Sanjivani App
  • AYUSH Holistic Wellness Centre (AYUSH HWC)

 

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Mains

Q:1 How is the Government of India protecting traditional knowledge of medicine from patenting by pharmaceutical companies? (2019)

Source: PIB

Keywords: GS - 2- Polity & Governance– Government Policies & Interventions– Central Sector Schemes
Monthly Current Affairs

Time for india Census


Why in the news?

  • The 2021 Census has been delayed for so long because the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) is delaying the Census because it wants to fast-track the “delimitation” exercise in anticipation of the 2029 Lok Sabha elections.

The 84th Amendment of the Constitution:

  • The 84th Amendment of the Constitution mandates that the next delimitation exercise must be based on the first census conducted after 2026.
  • Delimitation will be postponed until after the subsequent census in the 2030s if the next census occurs before 2026.
  • Delimitation aims to adjust the allocation of Lok Sabha seats among states to align with their population shares and ensure equitable representation across constituencies.
  • The upcoming delimitation is anticipated to benefit northern states that have experienced rapid population growth since 1973, possibly resulting in a redistribution of seats that could disadvantage southern states.

About the 106th Amendment:

  • Background: The 106th Amendment was passed in 2019 and received presidential assent in January 2020.
  • Increase in Reservation: The amendment extends the reservation of seats in the Lok Sabha and state legislatures for another 10 years, up to January 25, 2030. This provision was set to expire in January 2020 before the amendment was passed.
  • Constitutional Provisions: Article 330 deals with reservation of seats for SCs and STs in the Lok Sabha, while Article 332 deals with similar reservation in state legislative assemblies.
  • Women’s Reservation: Passed in September 2023, this amendment mandates one-third reservation of seats for women in the Lok Sabha and State Assemblies.
  • Implementation Clause: The reservation will be implemented after delimitation is conducted based on the first census figures post-2023.
  • Separate Delimitation: The amendment suggests a separate delimitation process may be initiated specifically for implementing women’s reservation.
  • Interpretation: This provision allows for the possibility of initiating women’s reservation based on an early census, independent of the broader delimitation exercise mandated by the 84th Amendment.

Overall Implications:

  • Impact on Southern States:
    • Seat Redistribution: Delimitation may transfer more Lok Sabha seats to northern states, potentially reducing southern states' representation.
    • Political Tensions: This shift could provoke regional tensions and increase opposition to the BJP in southern states.
  • Women’s Reservation:
    • Implementation Delay: Delaying the census could postpone the implementation of the 106th amendment, which reserves one-third of seats for women.
    • Separate Delimitation: Women’s reservation may be initiated through a separate delimitation process, distinct from the broader exercise mandated by the 84th Amendment.
  • Welfare and Entitlements:
    • Updated Data Requirement: Census data are essential for implementing welfare schemes and ensuring equitable resource allocation.
    • Impact on Beneficiaries: A delayed census could deprive millions of updated entitlements like food rations under the National Food Security Act, affecting their access to essential services.

Way forward:

  • Timely Census Completion:
    • Conduct the 2021 Census promptly to obtain accurate population data.
    • Ensure timely completion to support effective implementation of welfare schemes and equitable resource allocation.
    • Facilitate access to essential services for millions of citizens reliant on updated population figures.
  • Separate Delimitation for Women’s Reservation:
    • Implement women’s reservation through a distinct delimitation exercise, as permitted by the 106th Amendment.
    • Allow women’s reservation to take effect independently of the broader delimitation mandated by the 84th Amendment.
    • Expedite the process to realise gender parity in legislative bodies without delay.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Years Question (PYQ)

Q:1 Consider the following statements: (2009)

  1. Between Census 1951 and Census 2001, the density of the population of India has increased more than three times.
  2. Between Census 1951 and Census 2001, the annual growth rate (exponential) of the population of India has doubled.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

  1. 1 only
  2. 2 only
  3. Both 1 and 2
  4. Neither 1 nor 2

 

Ans: (d)

 

Mains

Q:1 Empowering women is the key to controlling population growth.” Discuss. (2019)

Source:TH

Keywords: GS-2-Polity & Governance- Indian Constitution - historical underpinnings-Delimitation Commission— 2021 Census
Monthly Current Affairs

Pro-Tem Speaker of Lok Sabha


Why in the News?

  • The first session of the 18th Lok Sabha is set to convene soon. Until the election of the new Speaker, a pro-tem Speaker will be appointed to administer the oath to the newly elected Members of Parliament.

Who is a Pro-tem Speaker?

  • Role of the Lok Sabha Speaker: The Speaker of the Lok Sabha manages the daily proceedings of the House.
  • Outgoing Speaker's Tenure: According to Article 94 of the Indian Constitution, the outgoing Speaker remains in office until the first meeting of the new Lok Sabha.
  • Temporary Appointment: A pro-tem Speaker is appointed temporarily to handle specific duties until the new Speaker is elected.
  • Constitutional Mention: The Constitution does not explicitly mention the post of pro-tem Speaker.
  • Guidelines: The ‘Handbook on the Working of the Ministry of Parliamentary Affairs’ provides guidelines on the appointment and duties of the Speaker pro-tem.
  • Administering Oaths: The primary duty of the pro-tem Speaker is to administer oaths to new MPs, as required by Article 99 of the Constitution.

Appointment of the Pro-tem Speaker:

  • Presidential Appointment: When the Speaker’s post is vacant before the new Lok Sabha convenes, the President appoints a Member of the House as the Speaker pro-tem.
  • Oath Administration: The President administers the oath to the Speaker pro-tem at the Rashtrapati Bhawan.
  • Assistants in Oath-taking: Generally, three other elected members of the Lok Sabha are also appointed by the President to assist in the oath-taking process.
  • Selection Criteria: The senior most members, in terms of years of service, are usually chosen for this role, though exceptions can occur.

Process of Administering Oaths:

  • Preparation of Senior Members List: The Legislative I Section of the Government of India prepares a list of the seniormost Lok Sabha members after the formation of the new government.
  • Identification of Speaker Pro-tem: This list is submitted to the Minister of Parliamentary Affairs or the Prime Minister, who identifies the Speaker pro-tem and the three other members for oath-taking.
  • Approval and Consent: After the Prime Minister’s approval, the consent of the selected members is obtained by the Minister of Parliamentary Affairs, usually over the telephone.
  • Submission to the President: The Minister then submits a note to the President seeking approval for the appointments and the date and time for the swearing-in ceremony.
  • Notification of Appointments: Upon the President’s approval, the Ministry informs the Speaker pro-tem and the other members about their appointments.
  • Oath Administration: The Speaker pro-tem then administers the oath to the other three members in the Lok Sabha.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Prelims

Q:1 With reference to Deputy Speaker of Lok Sabha, consider the following statements: (2022)

  1. As per the Rules of Procedure and Conduct of Business in Lok Sabha, the election of Deputy Speaker shall be held on such date as the Speaker may fix.
  2. There is a mandatory provision that the election of a candidate as Deputy Speaker of Lok Sabha shall be from either the principal opposition party or the ruling party.
  3. The Deputy Speaker has the same power as of the Speaker when presiding over the sitting of the House and no appeal lies against his rulings.
  4. The well-established parliamentary practice regarding the appointment of Deputy Speaker is that the motion is moved by the Speaker and duly seconded by the Prime Minister.

 

Which of the statements given above are correct?

  1. 1 and 3 only
  2. 1, 2 and 3
  3. 3 and 4 only
  4. 2 and 4 only

 

Ans: (b)

 

Q:2 With reference to the Speaker of the Lok Sabha, consider the following statements :

While any resolution for the removal of the Speaker of the Lok Sabha is under consideration

  1. He/She shall not preside.
  2. He/She shall not have the right to speak.
  3. He/She shall not be entitled to vote on the resolution in the first instance.

 

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

  1. 1 only
  2. 1 and 2 only
  3. 2 and 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

 

Answer: A

 

Mains:

Q:1 To what extent, in your view, the Parliament is able to ensure accountability of the executive in India? (2021)

Q:2 How far do you think cooperation, competition and confrontation have shaped the nature of federation in India? Cite some recent examples to validate your answer. (2020)

Souce:  IE

Keywords: GS-2, — Polity – Parliament – Pro-Tem Speaker of Lok Sabha
Monthly Current Affairs

Krishi Sakhis


Why in the news ?

  • The Prime Minister granted certificates to more than 30,000 women from Self Help Groups (SHGs) as Krishi Sakhis.
  • This certification course aligns with the objectives of the ‘Lakhpati Didi’ Program.

About KSCP:

  • The Krishi Sakhi Convergence Program (KSCP) aims to transform rural India by empowering rural women as Krishi Sakhi by imparting training and certification of Krishi Sakhi as Para-extension Workers.
  • This initiative aims to create three crore Lakhpati Didis by training and certifying women as Krishi Sakhis, thereby enhancing their agricultural skills and providing new employment opportunities.
  • This initiative, supported by the Ministry of Agriculture and Farmers Welfare and the Ministry of Rural Development, aims to improve rural livelihoods and standards of living.
  • Krishi Sakhi is envisaged to create awareness and capacity building in the community regarding agricultural activities and facilitate the aggregation and marketing of agricultural products.
  • Krishi Sakhis are chosen as agriculture para-extension workers because they are trusted community resource persons and experienced farmers. Their deep roots in farming communities ensure they are welcomed and respected.

Women Workforce in Agriculture Sector:

  • Agriculture employs approximately 80% of rural women, according to NITI Aayog.
  • The percentage of female operational holdings has risen from 12.78% in 2010-11 to 13.78% in 2015-16.
  • Significance:
    • Women are responsible for producing 60-80% of the country's food.
    • The ratio of women to men working in agriculture has increased, contributing more significantly to GDP per capita.
    • Women's leadership in agriculture can effectively address and reduce gender inequality

The kind of training provided:

  • Agro Ecological Practices from land preparation to harvest
  • Organising Farmer Field schools
  • Seed banks establishment and management
  • Soil health, soil and moisture conservation practices
  • Integrated Farming Systems
  • Basics of Livestock Management
  • Preparation and use of Bio inputs and establishment of Bio inputs shops
  • Basic communication skills

Government Schemes for Women Farmers:

  • Mahila Kisan Sashaktikaran Pariyojana: To empower women farmers by making systematic investments aimed at enhancing their participation and productivity in agriculture.
  • Namo Drone Didi: To provide training to women from selected Women Self-Help Groups (SHGs) on the use of drones, enabling them to offer rental services for agricultural purposes.
  • Pradhan Mantri Kisan Samman Nidhi (PM-KISAN): To offer financial assistance to landholding farmer families, including women farmers, supporting their agricultural activities and financial stability.

Source: PIB

Keywords: GS-2, Polity & Governance- SHGs- Govt. Schemes & Initiatives
Monthly Current Affairs

An Ageing Population of India


Conext:

  • The ageing phenomenon stands out as a defining experience of the 21st century, characterised by significant improvements in human longevity alongside historically low reproduction rates.

About the Ageing Population in India:

  • Projected Growth of Elderly Population
    • Current Population: India’s elderly population, currently at 153 million (aged 60 and above), is expected to nearly double, reaching 347 million by 2050.
  • India Ageing Report 2023
    • Percentage Growth: The elderly population is projected to grow from 10.5% of the total population in 2022 to 20.8% by 2050.
    • Population Increase: The number of individuals aged 60 and above is anticipated to rise from 14.9 crore to an estimated 34.7 crore.
  • Age Structure Reversal
    • By 2046, the elderly population is expected to surpass the number of children (aged 0 to 15 years), indicating a shift from a historically young populace to an ageing demographic.
  • National Commission on Population Report (2020)
    • Growth Rate and Projections: The elderly population is currently growing at an estimated decadal rate of 41% and is projected to constitute over 20% of the total population by 2050.
  • Comprehensive Review:
    • Data Sources: The report draws on data from the Longitudinal Ageing Survey in India (LASI), Census of India, and Population Projections by the Government of India.
    • Growth Rate: The elderly population is currently growing at an estimated rate of 41% per decade, with projections showing it will double to 20.8% of the total population by 2050.
  • Sex Ratio Among Elderly
    • Trend: The sex ratio (females per 1,000 males) among the elderly has been steadily increasing since 1991, unlike the stagnating ratio in the general population.
    • Census 2011 Data: India has 104 million older people (60+ years), making up 8.6% of the total population, with females outnumbering males in this age group.

Who Qualifies as Elderly?

  • WHO Definition: Age Group: 60-74 years. Classification: Elderly
  • UN Recommendations (1980): Age of Transition: 60 years

Categories:

  • Young Old: 60-75 years
  • Old-Old: 75-85 years
  • Very Old: 85 years and above

World Population Data Sheet (2002): Age Group: 65+ years. Classification: Aged Population

Indian Context:

  • Age Group: 60 years and above
  • Basis: Census of India and age of retirement in the government sector.

Demographics of the Elderly:

  • Gender Ratio: Predominantly female with 1,065 females per thousand males.
  • Widowhood: 54% of elderly women will be widows.
  • Living Alone: 6% of elderly men and 9% of elderly women live alone.
  • Rural Elderly: 70% residing in rural areas.

Primary Factors Contributing to the Ageing Phenomenon in India:

  • Increased Longevity
    • Healthcare Advancements: Significant improvements in healthcare services, medical technology, treatments, and preventive care.
    • Life Expectancy: WHO reports an increase in life expectancy from 62.1 years in 2000 to 67.3 years in 2021.
  • Improved Living Conditions
    • Better Living Standards: Access to clean water, sanitation, and improved nutrition.
    • Sanitation Coverage: The Swachh Bharat Abhiyan has reduced waterborne diseases through increased sanitation coverage.
  • Decreased Fertility Rates
    • Family Planning: Successful implementation of family planning programs.
    • Total Fertility Rate: According to NFHS 2019-21, TFR has declined to 2.0 children per woman, below the replacement level of 2.1.
  • Socio-Economic Changes
    • Female Education and Workforce Participation: Higher education and workforce participation among women lead to delayed marriages and fewer children.
    • Urbanisation: Smaller family norms due to the higher cost and demands of raising children in urban areas.
    • Kerala Model: High literacy rates and advanced healthcare contribute to high life expectancy and low fertility rates, serving as a model for managing the ageing population.

The Various Challenges Associated with Elderly Population in India:

  • Restrictions in Activities of Daily Living (ADL)
    • Prevalence of Restrictions: Approximately 20% of the elderly face limitations in activities like bathing, dressing, eating, and mobility.
    • Impact of Support Systems: Elders living alone or lacking family support often struggle with ADLs, increasing their dependence on caregiving services.
  • Multi-Morbidity
    • Chronic Conditions: About 75% of the elderly in India suffer from multiple chronic diseases such as hypertension, diabetes, arthritis, and cardiovascular issues.
    • Impact on Quality of Life: Coexistence of these conditions reduces quality of life and escalates healthcare requirements.
  • Poverty
    • Economic Vulnerability: More than 40% of India's elderly belong to the poorest wealth quintile, with about 18.7% having no income.
    • Quality of Life Impact: Economic instability affects their healthcare access and overall well-being significantly.
  • Changing Healthcare Needs
    • Demographic Challenge: With elder population growth outpacing younger generations, meeting diverse healthcare needs becomes crucial.
    • Specialised Services: Elderly require specialised medical services like telemedicine, physiotherapy, mental health counselling, and pharmaceutical support at home.
  • Social Issues:
    • Neglect and Stigma: Factors like familial neglect, low education, socio-cultural beliefs, and distrust in institutional healthcare worsen conditions for elders.
    • Access Inequity: Inequitable access to facilities compounds challenges, limiting physical, financial, and psychological support for the elderly.
  • Inherently Gendered’:
    • Feminization of Ageing: A higher proportion of elderly women compared to men face challenges like widowhood, economic dependency, and limited assets.
    • Sex Ratio Trends: The sex ratio among the elderly has varied, showing higher ratios in earlier decades but stabilising around 1033 females per 1000 males in 2011.
  • Inadequate Welfare Schemes:
    • Healthcare Coverage Gaps: Despite schemes like Ayushman Bharat, 400 million Indians lack financial health coverage.
    • Pension Challenges: State and central pension schemes offer minimal support, with some providing as little as ₹350-₹400 monthly, which isn't universally accessible.

Steps Should be Taken to Empower the Elderly Population in India:

  • Protection from Destitution
    • Besides pensions, access to healthcare, disability aids, assistance with daily tasks, recreational opportunities, and social engagement are crucial for their well-being.
  • Emulating the Frontrunners
    • States like Odisha and Rajasthan have achieved near-universal social security pensions, setting examples for others.
    • Revamping the National Social Assistance Programme (NSAP) nationwide would streamline pension distribution and benefit all states uniformly.
  • Recognising
    • Policies must address the needs of elderly women, particularly widows. Focus should be on supporting vulnerable older women to live independently and respectfully.
  • Welfare & Bills:
    • Senior Citizens (Amendment) Bill, 2019, Bill aims to regulate and set standards for home-based elder care services, yet awaits parliamentary approval since its introduction in 2019.
  • Building Elderly Inclusive Society
    • Promoting community integration ensures elderly remain active contributors rather than isolated in facilities. Leveraging their skills and experience benefits society, fostering their active participation in community life.
  • Transforming the Perception of the Elderly
    • Innovative programs like U3A offer continuous learning opportunities, empowering elderly with knowledge and skills.
    • Schemes like Singapore's Senior Employment Scheme match elderly job seekers with employers, recognizing their reliability and experience.

Initiatives Taken by Indian Government:

  • SACRED Portal
  • SAGE (Seniorcare Aging Growth Engine)
  • Elder Line
  • Integrated Programme for Older Persons (IPOP)
  • Rashtriya Vayoshri Yojana (RVY)
  • Indira Gandhi National Old Age Pension Scheme (IGNOAPS)
  • The Pradhan Mantri Vaya Vandana Yojana
  • Vayoshreshtha Samman
  • Maintenance and Welfare of Parents and Senior Citizens (MWPSC) Act, 2007

Conclusion:

Innovative institutions and social agencies are pivotal in reshaping the elderly's perception from burdens to valuable assets. Through initiatives promoting education, employment, volunteering, health, wellness, and social inclusion, policies must empower the elderly and integrate them into active societal roles.

UPSC Civil Services Examination Previous Year Question

 

Prelims:

Q:1 Consider the following statements with reference to Indira Gandhi National Old Age Pension Scheme (IGNOAPS): (2008)

  1. All persons of 60 years or above belonging to the households below poverty line in rural areas are eligible.
  2. The Central Assistance under this Scheme is at the rate of `300 per month per beneficiary. Under the Scheme, States have been urged to give matching amounts.

 

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a)     1 only

(b)     2 only

(c)     Both 1 and 2

(d)     Neither 1 nor 2

 

Ans: D

 

Mains:

Q:1 Performance of welfare schemes that are implemented for vulnerable sections is not so effective due to the absence of their awareness and active involvement at all stages of the policy process. Discuss. (2019)

Source:TH

Keywords: GS - 2. Govt. Policies & Interventions– Issues Related to Elderly – Human Resource
Monthly Current Affairs

Complexities of Indian Federalism


Context:

  • In recent years, disputes between the Union government and the States have become increasingly common.

Federalism in India:

  • Meaning:
    • Federalism involves a vertical division of power in a political system, where authority is distributed between a central government and other constituent units.
    • For instance, in India, political power is divided among the Central government, state governments, and local governance institutions.
  • Features of a federal system:
    • Multiple levels of government: Federalism necessitates the functioning of multiple levels of government within their respective jurisdictions.
    • Division of Power: Power is distributed among different entities according to the division of subjects, minimising chances of conflict.
    • Written Constitution: A written and rigid constitution ensures clarity in the allocation of powers and stability in governance.
    • Independent Judiciary: The judiciary acts as a mediator to resolve disputes between various levels of government.
    • Interdependence of state and Central Government: India adopted a form of federalism where the Union and State governments are interdependent, with states more reliant on the Union government, contrary to the autonomous spheres characteristic of federal constitutions.
  • ‘Holding together’ Federalism:
    • India's centralised federal structure was established through 'holding together' and 'putting together' processes, rather than the 'coming together' process typical of federal systems.
  • Indestructible & Flexibility:
    • R. Ambedkar termed India's federation a Union because it is indestructible, hence the Constitution avoids using explicit federal terms.
    • He also noted the Constitution's flexibility to function as federal or unitary based on necessity.

Types of Federalism:

  • Cooperative Federalism:
    • Cooperative federalism involves the horizontal relationship between entities within a federal structure.
    • It emphasises cooperation between different levels of government to achieve unified socio-economic development.
  • Competitive Federalism:
    • Competitive federalism promotes healthy competition among states to encourage economic development.
    • Lagging states are incentivized to improve, while leading states strive to maintain their position in various indices.
  • Fiscal Federalism:
    • Fiscal federalism deals with the division of financial powers and functions between different levels of government.
    • It includes the imposition and division of taxes, as well as joint tax collections with fair fund allocation based on objective criteria.
    • Institutions like India's Finance Commission ensure equitable distribution.

About the Increasing Federal Frictions:

  • Dependence on Public Expenditure:
    • Despite economic reforms since 1991 granting some autonomy, state governments still rely on the central government for revenue.
    • This dependency often leads to friction between the Centre and states, limiting negotiation space.
  • Other Areas of Conflict:
    • Apart from resource allocation, conflicts arise in social sector policies, regulatory institution functioning, and the powers of central agencies.
    • States ideally should have discretion in these matters, but central bodies sometimes seek to extend influence over state decision

Economic Consequences of Federal Frictions

  • Dilemma of Investments:
    • The expanding role of the Centre often results in crowding out state investments, particularly in infrastructure development.
    • For instance, initiatives like PM Gati Shakti integrate schemes across Ministries and States under a national master plan, limiting state flexibility in planning and implementation.
  • Concentrated Spending:
    • Between 2021-22 and 2023-24, nearly half of the total expenditure by 16 states was concentrated in Uttar Pradesh, Maharashtra, and Gujarat.
    • This concentration affects regional economies, as investments by these states generate significant local linkages compared to national projects that focus on global economic ties.
      • Data for 25 States shows that a total of ₹7.49 lakh crore was budgeted for by these States but they spent only ₹5.71 lakh crore which is 76.2% of the total.
  • Limited Competition:
    • Frictions with the Centre reduce competitive dynamics among states and between states and the Centre, particularly in welfare provisioning.
    • The Centre's larger fiscal space allows it greater spending power, while states face constraints in raising non-tax revenues due to the Centre's direct provision of many services.
  • Inefficiencies of Parallel Policies:
    • Federal tensions often lead to duplication of policies between the Centre and states, resulting in parallel schemes and a trust deficit within the federal system.
    • These inefficiencies impose long-term fiscal costs on the economy, impacting overall efficiency and development outcomes.

Way Forward

  • Securing Implementation:
    • The Centre relies on states, especially in concurrent areas, to effectively implement laws and policies.
    • This interdependence underscores the need for collaborative governance frameworks that enhance coordination and mutual support.
  • Executive Functions:
    • States, with the Centre's consent under Article 258A, delegate their executive functions to central government agencies or bodies. #
    • This mutual delegation acknowledges the practical necessity of cooperation and coordination between different levels of governance.
  • Preserving Interdependence:
    • Given India's vast size, diversity, and developmental challenges, maintaining and nurturing interdependence between the Centre and states is crucial.
    • This ensures efficient governance, effective policy implementation, and equitable development across the country.

UPSC Civil Services Examination Previous Year’s Question (PYQs)

Prelims:

Q:1 Which one of the following is not a feature of Indian federalism? (2017)

(a)     There is an independent judiciary in India.

(b)     Powers have been clearly divided between the Centre and the States.

(c)     The federating units have been given unequal representation in the Rajya Sabha.

(d)     It is the result of an agreement among the federating units.

Ans: (d)

 

Q:2 Local self-government can be best explained as an exercise in (2017)

(a)     Federalism

(b)     Democratic decentralisation

(c)     Administrative delegation

(d)     Direct democracy

 

Ans: (b)

Mains:

Q:1 Though the federal principle is dominant in our constitution and that principle is one of its basic features, but it is equally true that federalism under the Indian Constitution leans in favour of a strong Center, a feature that militates against the concept of strong federalism. Discuss. (2014)

Source:   IE

Keywords: GS-2, Polity & Governance- union - state relation- Federalism
Monthly Current Affairs

NEET Crisis


Why in the news?

  • Recently, issues such as paper leaks, incorrect results prompting aspirant suicides, and inconsistent grace marks allocation have severely undermined public confidence in the National Testing Agency (NTA).

Recent Paper Leaks and Their Impact

  • Recent incidents surrounding NEET have exposed serious flaws in its administration.
  • Instances of leaked examination papers and the dissemination of incorrect results have not only shattered trust but have also been linked to tragic suicides among aspirants.
  • In a concerning development, an unprecedented 67 students scored perfect marks, raising suspicions of systemic manipulation.
  • Moreover, over 1,560 students received grace marks without transparent justification, exacerbating doubts about the fairness of assessments conducted by the National Testing Agency (NTA).
  • The government's decision to cancel the National Eligibility Test (NET) due to similar issues further compounds concerns about the integrity of these examinations.

Origin of NEET Policy, its Objectives and Implementation Challenges:

  • Standardising Educational Competence:
    • The implementation of NEET was primarily driven by the necessity to standardise the educational competence of students entering medical colleges.
    • Before NEET, there was a noticeable disparity in foundational knowledge of basic sciences like Chemistry, Physics, and Biology among students from different educational backgrounds.
    • This variation often resulted in significant differences in the quality of medical graduates, with some students lacking adequate understanding of these critical subjects.
    • NEET aimed to establish a minimum standard of competence in the basic sciences for all medical aspirants, regardless of their educational origins.
  • Reducing the Number of Entrance Examinations:
    • Prior to NEET, India's medical aspirants had to contend with multiple entrance examinations—approximately 46 exams administered by various medical colleges and institutions, each with its unique syllabus, format, and evaluation criteria.
    • This proliferation of exams caused considerable stress and confusion for students, who were required to prepare for and appear in numerous tests within a short timeframe.
    • NEET sought to consolidate these disparate exams into a single, standardised test, simplifying the admission process, reducing financial and logistical burdens, and ensuring a more straightforward and equitable selection process.
    • The government aimed to streamline admissions by implementing a unified entrance examination that would be efficient and less cumbersome for all stakeholders involved.
  • Eliminating Capitation Fees:
    • NEET also aimed to tackle the widespread practice of capitation fees in private medical colleges.
    • Capitation fees are payments made by students to secure admission, often bypassing merit-based selection criteria.
    • This practice compromised the quality of medical education and created barriers for economically disadvantaged students seeking admission.
    • By basing admissions solely on NEET scores, the policy aimed to curb the discretion of private medical colleges in student selection.
    • This merit-based approach was intended to ensure that admissions were granted solely to the most qualified candidates, irrespective of their financial background.
    • The elimination of capitation fees was viewed as a crucial step towards promoting transparency and fairness in the admission process, thereby enhancing the credibility of medical education in India.

Challenges in Implementation:

  • Initially, in 2013, the Supreme Court suspended the scheme following challenges from private colleges, which argued that NEET's centralised process encroached upon their autonomy.
  • However, in 2016, a five-judge bench reinstated NEET, underscoring the necessity of a unified examination system.
  • A persistent challenge was the lack of a uniform standard for school education across India.
  • Central government schools followed the CBSE syllabus, known for its rigour, while state boards and private schools, including those offering International Baccalaureate (IB) programs, had different curricula.
  • This disparity sparked accusations of bias, with NEET's standards perceived to favour students from CBSE backgrounds.

 Case study: The Opposition of NEET in Tamil Nadu:

  • Tamil Nadu has consistently opposed NEET, advocating for its state policy of linking medical college admissions to high school performance.
  • The state’s Expert Committee, led by Justice A.K. Rajan, revealed that rural students and those from Tamil medium schools were disproportionately disadvantaged by NEET.
  • Between 2017 and 2021, admissions of Tamil medium students plummeted from 15% to as low as 1.6%, and rural student admissions dropped from 62% to 50%.
  • This decline has significant implications for Tamil Nadu’s public health system, which relies on rural students to work in primary health centres.

Necessary Key Reforms to Address the Crisis of NEET:

  • Extending the MBBS Degree:
    • Consider extending the MBBS degree to six years, including a pre-medical year to standardise knowledge in Zoology, Chemistry, and Physics.
    • This approach has historical precedent in India's medical education system, ensuring all students meet essential foundational requirements.
  • Decentralising Examinations:
    • Implement decentralisation of the examination process, allowing states and universities to conduct their own entrance exams.
    • Centralisation under NEET has caused disparities, especially for students from non-CBSE backgrounds.
    • State and university-level exams can better align with local curricula, enhancing relevance and fairness.
  • Constituting Regional Boards:
    • Introduce regional examination boards to standardise exams within specific geographic areas.
    • These boards can operate under central guidance while adapting to local educational standards.
    • This approach balances national standardisation with local relevance, ensuring comprehensive and equitable assessments.
  • Improving School Education:
    • Focus on improving the quality of school education nationwide through governance, curriculum reform, and infrastructure enhancement.
    • Transition from rote learning to inquiry-based and critical thinking-oriented education.
    • Regular curriculum updates should reflect the latest scientific and educational advancements.

Conclusion:

The NEET crisis exposes systemic failures in India's school education system. To resolve this, reforms should focus on improving schools, decentralising exams, and strengthening oversight. These efforts are crucial to restoring confidence, fairness, and integrity in the examination process for all students.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS – 2- Governance-Issues relating to development and management of Social Sector- Education
Monthly Current Affairs

‘Blood Money’ in Islamic Law


Why in the news?

  • The Indian Government has authorised the transfer of $40,000 for initial discussions on securing Nimisha Priya's release from a Yemeni prison.
  • Priya's mother is currently in Yemen, seeking to commute her death sentence by offering "blood money" to the family of the deceased.

About Nimisha Priya’s Case:

  • Priya, a nurse who relocated to Yemen in 2008, married Tomy Thomas in 2011, and later returned to Yemen, where she encountered abuse and exploitation from Talal Abdo Mahdi.
  • This situation culminated in Mahdi's death and Priya's subsequent arrest. The $40,000 payment is intended to start negotiations for Priya's release.
  • To commute the death penalty, Priya's family may need to gather between $300,000 to $400,000.
  • The 'Save Nimisha Priya International Action Council' is actively fundraising to meet this financial requirement.

What is Blood Money?

  • According to Islamic law, victims of crimes, particularly in cases of murder, have the authority to decide on the punishment of the criminals.
  • This principle applies specifically to the families of the victims.
  • While murder typically incurs the death penalty, the victim's family, known as heirs, have the option to "forgive" the perpetrator in exchange for monetary compensation.
  • This compensation is known as Diyya or "blood money" and finds its basis in the Holy Quran.
  • The concept of blood money is applicable in cases of unintentional homicide (Qatl Khata) or accidental death, as well as in situations involving bodily injury or harm caused by negligence or unintentional actions.

The implications of blood money in Islamic law:

  • Encouragement of Forgiveness:
    • It allows the victim's family to choose to forgive the perpetrator in exchange for compensation, reflecting mercy and the importance of reconciliation.
  • Flexible Compensation:
    • Unlike rigidly defined amounts, Islamic scriptures do not specify a fixed sum for blood money.
    • Instead, the compensation is typically determined through negotiations between the families involved or their representatives.
  • Negotiation Process:
    • This negotiation involves discussions between the perpetrator's family and the victim's family, seeking a resolution that both parties find acceptable.
  • Minimum Compensation in Some Countries:
    • While the Quran does not prescribe specific amounts, certain Islamic countries have established minimum compensation thresholds.
    • These standards aim to ensure fairness and consistency in resolving cases involving blood money.

The significance of blood money in Islamic law:

  • Encouragement of Forgiveness:
    • Forgiveness from the victim's family is deeply valued and praised in Islam.
    • By accepting blood money, the family of the victim demonstrates mercy and compassion towards the perpetrator or their family.
  • Prevention of Retaliation:
    • Blood money serves as a mechanism to prevent cycles of vengeance or retaliation (known as Qisas).
    • Instead of seeking revenge through retributive justice, accepting blood money allows for the resolution of disputes in a peaceful and reconciliatory manner.
  • Promotion of Reconciliation:
    • The concept of blood money promotes reconciliation between conflicting parties.
    • By negotiating and agreeing on a compensation amount, both the victim's family and the perpetrator's family can reach a mutual understanding and closure.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-2, Polity & Governance- Transparency & Accountability – Citizens Charters
Monthly Current Affairs

The Public Examinations (Prevention of Unfair Means) Bill


Why in the news?

  • Amidst recent controversies, both NEET UG-2024 and UGC-NET 2024 have faced scrutiny.
  • UGC-NET was cancelled on June 19 due to concerns over exam integrity, marking the first cancellation under the new Public Examinations (Prevention Of Unfair Means) Act passed in February 2024.

Public Examinations (Prevention Of Unfair Means) Act 2024:

  • About:
    • The Indian Parliament enacted the Public Examinations (Prevention Of Unfair Means) Act in February 2024 to enhance transparency, fairness, and credibility in public examinations by preventing unfair practices.
  • Wide scope of application:
    • This legislation marks the first federal effort to address unfair practices in public examinations across India. It provides flexibility for future inclusion of other agencies through government notifications.
  • Protection of Candidates:
    • The Act ensures that bona fide candidates participating in public examinations are exempt from its provisions.
    • Defaulting candidates are not penalised under the Act, but appropriate actions are taken by the respective public examination authorities.

Unfair means in an examination has been defined:

  • Section 3 of the Act, detailing over 15 actions that constitute unfair practices in public examinations for monetary or wrongful gain. These actions include:
    • Leaking question papers or answer keys, and involvement in such leaks.
    • Unauthorised access to question papers or Optical Mark Recognition (OMR) response sheets.
    • Tampering with answer sheets, including OMR sheets.
    • Unauthorised persons providing solutions during exams.
    • Direct or indirect assistance to candidates.
    • Tampering with documents used for shortlisting or ranking candidates.
    • Tampering with computer systems or networks.
    • Creating fraudulent websites.
    • Conducting fake exams and issuing counterfeit admit cards or offer letters for cheating or monetary gain.
  • Comprehensive Coverage:
    • The Act spans 19 sections across six chapters, comprehensively addressing all aspects of preventing unfair means in public examinations.
    • It provides detailed definitions that encompass various unfair practices such as leaks of question papers, candidate assistance, breaches in security, and manipulation of computer systems.
    • Additionally, the Act addresses specifics like manipulation of seating arrangements to ensure integrity in examinations.
  • Punishments:

 

    • Section 9 of the Act mandates that all offences shall be cognizable, non-bailable, and non-compoundable, allowing for arrest without a warrant and requiring a magistrate's discretion for bail eligibility.
  • Public Examination Defined:
    • Section 2(k) defines a public examination as any examination conducted by a public examination authority listed in the Act's Schedule or designated by the Central Government through notification, with provisions for adding new authorities via notification.
  • Power to Refer Investigations:
    • The Act grants the Central Government authority to refer cases under its purview to a Central Investigating Agency for prompt and careful resolution.
  • Designation of Public Servants:
    • Officials of public examination authorities are designated as public servants under the Act, ensuring accountability and transparency.
    • This designation allows for appropriate administrative action according to the authority's service rules and procedures.
  • Status of Organized Crime:
    • Section 11 of the Act addresses organised crime related to public examinations, imposing penalties ranging from 5 to 10 years imprisonment and fines up to ₹1 crore

Criticism and Way Forward:

  • Rescheduling Cancelled Exams:
    • The Act lacks a specified timeframe for rescheduling exams cancelled due to unfair means, impacting candidates' merit and preparation.
    • Recommendations include conducting rescheduled exams within six months to ensure fair opportunities for all candidates.
  • Training and Eligibility of Invigilators:
    • Inefficient exam supervision due to inadequate training of invigilators and administrative officers leaves room for malpractice.
    • Addressing this requires setting clear eligibility criteria for invigilators and conducting intensive training programs and workshops to equip them with necessary skills.
  • Specialized Investigation Authority:
    • Designating officers of at least Deputy Superintendent of Police (DSP) rank to investigate exam malpractice may not suffice given the scale and impact.
    • Establishing a dedicated investigation and regulation authority can ensure systematic handling of such cases, preserving exam integrity and candidates' trust.
  • Harnessing Technology and AI
    • Underutilization of technology in exam processes allows offenders to exploit gaps.
    • Implementing electronic question paper-setting, centralised question banks, and AI-enhanced evaluation can streamline operations, enhance security, and minimise the risk of malpractice

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2, Polity & Governance - Govt. Policies & Acts- Judgements
Monthly Current Affairs

Centre notifies new Telecom Act


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, the Centre has partially notified the Telecommunications Act, making provisions including sections 1, 2, 10, and 30 effective from June 26.
  • The Telecom Bill was passed in December 2023 by the Indian Parliament.

What are the Key Provisions of Telecommunications Act, 2023?

  • Authorization and Licensing Requirements:
    • Prior central government authorization is mandatory for telecommunication services or networks.
    • Existing licences remain valid for their period or up to five years.
  • Spectrum Allocation and Usage:
    • Spectrum assigned via auctions, except for national security, disaster management, and satellite services.
    • Government can re-purpose frequencies and allows spectrum sharing, trading, leasing, and surrender.
  • Satellite Internet Provision:
    • Legislation allocates spectrum to satellite internet providers like OneWeb and Starlink.
    • Active authorizations granted to OneWeb and Jio for satellite-based internet.
  • Surveillance and Suspension Powers:
    • Government can intercept, monitor, or block messages for public safety or emergencies.
    • Telecom services can be suspended and infrastructure temporarily possessed during emergencies.
  • Regulation and Standards:
    • Central government prescribes standards for telecom equipment and infrastructure.
    • Amendments to TRAI Act require chairpersons and members to have extensive professional experience.
    • Chairpersons need 30 years of experience and board-level or CEO experience; members need 25 years.
  • Digital Bharat Nidhi and OTT Services:
    • USOF was retained as Digital Bharat Nidhi for research and development.
    • OTT services excluded from the Telecom Act, regulated under the potential Digital India Act, 2023.
  • Legal Offences and Penalties:
    • Bill specifies criminal and civil offences, including unauthorised telecom services and term breaches.
    • Penalties range from fines to imprisonment, adjudicated by designated officers and committees.
  • National Security Measures:
    • Post-2020 India-China conflict measures integrated, preventing telecom equipment imports from adversarial nations.

What are the Merits and Demerits of the Telecommunications Act, 2023?

Merits:

  • Shifts to New Paradigms:
    • The Telecommunication Act 2023 replaces outdated acts, accommodating the evolving landscape of human-human, human-machine, and machine-machine communications.
  • Navigates Different Communication Technologies:
    • The Act navigates generations of communication technologies, including voice calls, messaging, video calls, wearables, and Industry 4.0.
    • It anticipates the integration of AI, IoT, and quantum computing in future communications.
  • Forward Steps:
    • Emphasises promoting competition and mobilising resources for infrastructure upgrades in a debt-laden industry.
  • Technology Neutrality in Spectrum Use:
    • Advocates for technology neutrality in spectrum use, ensuring telecom services are not defined by technology type.
    • Ensures non-discriminatory, non-exclusive access to infrastructure for new market entrants on commercial terms.
  • Regulatory Convergence for Digital Technologies:
    • Addresses the convergence of telecommunications and the internet, stressing the need for regulatory convergence.
    • Acknowledges the challenge of fragmented oversight over converged services, questioning the efficacy of separate licences and administrative departments.

Demerits:

  • Contested Provisions and Privacy Concerns:
    • The Act does not adequately address concerns about government powers during safety standards and emergencies, potentially infringing on privacy with limited accountability.
    • Balancing safety with privacy is a critical concern for governing officers.
  • Challenges in 5G/6G Implementation:
    • India faces challenges in 5G adoption due to unattractive use cases, poor monetization, and insufficient infrastructure investment.
    • Reliance Jio and Bharti Airtel's commitment to reducing capex post-2023-24 raises concerns.
    • The Act lacks a specific approach to promote 5G and 6G infrastructure development in a timely manner.

What Government Initiatives to Improve the Telecom Sector In India?

  • Prime Minister Wi-Fi Access Network Interface (PM-WANI)
    • Objective: Enhance internet access and connectivity.
    • Implementation: Public data offices (PDOs) set up nationwide.
    • Cost: Provides free or affordable internet services.
    • Infrastructure: Utilises existing Wi-Fi networks.
    • Impact: Increases digital inclusion, especially in rural areas.
  • Bharatnet Project:
    • Objective: Provide high-speed broadband to rural India.
    • Scope: Connects all Gram Panchayats (GPs) via optical fibre.
    • Phases: Three phases for comprehensive coverage.
    • Speed: Aims for minimum 100 Mbps speed.
    • Reach: Targets 2.5 lakh GPs across the country.
  • Production Linked Incentive (PLI):
    • Objective: Boost domestic telecom equipment manufacturing.
    • Incentives: Financial incentives for manufacturers.
    • Focus Areas: Covers various telecom and networking products.
    • Duration: Spread over five years.
    • Impact: Aims to make India a global manufacturing hub.
  • Bharat 6G Alliance:
    • Objective: Research and development of 6G technology.
    • Collaboration: Involves government, industry, and academia.
    • Innovation: Focuses on future telecom technologies.
    • Strategy: Prepares India for 6G deployment by 2030.
    • Global Leadership: Aims to position India as a leader in 6G.

Conclusion

Hence, India's telecom sector expansion is crucial for digital transformation. The Telecommunications Act, 2023 aims to foster service competition, shift to fibre-based networks, and promote technological dynamism, focusing on tangible progress and ushering in a new telecommunications era.

UPSC Civil Services Examination Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims

Q:1 In India, which of the following reviews the Independent regulators in sectors like telecommunications, insurance, electricity, etc.? (2019)

  1. Ad Hoc Committees set up by the Parliament
  2. Parliamentary Department Related Standing Committees
  3. Finance Commission
  4. Financial Sector Legislative Reforms Commission
  5. NITI Aayog

 

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

  1. 1 and 2 only
  2. 1, 3 and 4 only
  3. 3, 4 and 5 only
  4. 2 and 5 only

 

Ans: (a)

 

Q:2 In India, the term “Public Key Infrastructure” is used in the context of (2020)

  1. Digital security infrastructure
  2. Food security infrastructure
  3. Health care and education infrastructure
  4. Telecommunication and transportation infrastructure

 

Ans: (a)

 

Q:3 Which of the following is/are the aims/aims of the “Digital India” Plan of the Government of India? (2018)

  1. Formation of India’s own Internet companies like China did.
  2. Establish a policy framework to encourage overseas multinational corporations that collect Big Data to build their large data centres within our national geographical boundaries.
  3. Connect many of our villages to the Internet and bring Wi-Fi to many of our schools, public places and major tourist centres.

 

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

  1. 1 and 2 only
  2. 3 only
  3. 2 and 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

 

Ans: (b)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS- 2, Government Policies & Interventions – E-Governance, GS - 3, Sci. & Tech. Achievements of Indians in Science & Technology
Monthly Current Affairs

Finance Commission and Indian cities


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, the 18th Lok Sabha and Union government established this govt. focused on the 16th Finance Commission in spearheading significant public finance reforms for India's urban areas.

Note:

  • The Sixteenth Finance Commission has been requested to make its recommendations available by October 31, 2025, covering an award period of 5 years commencing 1st April, 2026.

The 16th Finance Commission  lookout Five recommendations:

  • Substantial Increase in Funds to Cities:
    • The 15th Finance Commission (FC) has allocated Rs 1.55 lakh crore over five years (FY21-22 to FY25-26), marking a 78 percent increase over the grants given during the 14th FC period.
    • The 14th FC allocated 4.31 percent of the divisible pool (Rs 2,87,436 crore) to local governments, with 30 percent (Rs 87,000 crore) earmarked for municipalities.
    • In contrast, the 15th FC allocated 4.15 percent of the divisible pool (Rs 4,36,361 crore) to local governments, slightly reducing the share for municipalities to 35 percent in its final report.
  • Mainstreaming Metropolitan Governance:
    • The 15th FC introduced 100 percent outcome funding of Rs 38,000 crore for urban agglomerations (UAs) with populations over 50 million, totaling 150 million people.
    • This funding is tied to performance indicators for air quality, water, and sanitation, complemented by shared municipal services.
    • This marks the first major policy intervention since the 74th Constitutional Amendment Act (CAA) of 1992 to integrate metropolitan governance effectively. 

  • Two Game-Changing Entry Conditions:
    • The 15th FC introduced two critical entry conditions for accessing grants: the mandatory publication of audited annual accounts and the notification of minimum floor rates for property tax by every municipality.
    • These reforms aim to enhance financial governance and transparency across municipalities, leveraging property tax as a significant revenue source.
    • These reforms represent a significant push towards financial governance, supported by the Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs' initiative with the www.cityfinance.in portal.
  • Deadline for Strengthening State Finance Commissions:
    • The 15th FC set a deadline of March 2024 for states to strengthen their State Finance Commissions (SFCs) and present action taken reports in state legislatures.
    • SFCs are essential for formula-based fiscal transfers to panchayats and municipalities, mandated under the 74th CAA.
    • Progressive voices within state governments may gain strength, catalysing fiscal decentralisation despite potential challenges in compliance.
  • National Platform for Municipal Finance Transparency:
    • Municipalities are mandated to disclose financial data (budgets, audited accounts, contractor payments) and operational performance (e.g., garbage collection coverage, water supply adequacy) publicly.
    • The Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs initiated Service Level Benchmarks in the mid-2000s, focusing on water supply, sanitation, waste management, and stormwater drains.
    • Over 1,000 municipalities in five states publish these benchmarks on www.pas.org.in, enhancing transparency.
    • Enhanced transparency aids data-driven decision-making at municipal and state levels, fostering citizen engagement and accountability in democratic governance.

Need for the Reforms:

  • Inadequate Funding and Resource Utilisation: Cities face significant financial shortfalls and struggle to effectively utilise allocated funds, resulting in underdeveloped infrastructure and insufficient services.
  • Lack of Accountability: There is minimal transparency in how municipal funds are spent and their impact on improving citizens' lives, leading to inefficient resource allocation and unmet public needs.
  • Fiscal Decentralisation: Cities require predictable fiscal transfers from state governments for effective planning, yet delays in establishing State Finance Commissions (SFCs) and implementing their recommendations hinder financial autonomy.
  • Revenue Optimization: Cities often fail to leverage their revenue-generating powers due to outdated valuation processes controlled by state authorities. Overhaul of revenue collection mechanisms is essential to maximise income potential.
  • Transparency and Fiscal Responsibility: Financial reporting standards vary widely across states, necessitating standardised formats, mandatory accounting norms, and robust management systems to enhance transparency and accountability in municipal governance.

Activities by State Governments:

  • Timely Constitution and Implementation of State Finance Commissions (SFCs): State governments should ensure the prompt establishment of SFCs and effective implementation of their recommendations. This supports fiscal decentralisation by providing cities with predictable funding.
  • Updating Valuation Processes: States need to regularly update guidance values or circle rates to reflect current market values. This enables cities to optimise revenue collection from property taxes and ensures financial sustainability.
  • Enhancing Legal and Institutional Frameworks: States should establish standardised formats for financial accounting, reporting, and budgeting across municipalities. This promotes consistency, transparency, and comparability in financial practices.
  • Empowering Local Governments: States should delegate adequate expenditure authority to city councils, reducing dependency on state-level approvals. This empowers local governments to make timely decisions and enhances operational efficiency.
  • Mandating Transparency and Citizen Participation: States should mandate the public disclosure of municipal financial data and project details in accessible formats. Supporting participatory budgeting initiatives can enhance transparency and citizen engagement in local governance processes.

Conclusion:

Hence, the 16th Finance Commission plays a pivotal role in driving crucial municipal financial reforms through strengthening state finance commissions, promoting fiscal decentralisation, optimising revenues, enhancing fiscal responsibility, and encouraging transparency and citizen participation in governance.

UPSC Civil Services Examination Previous Year’s Question (PYQs)

Prelims:

Q:1 Consider the following: (2023)

  1. Demographic performance
  2. Forest and ecology
  3. Governance reforms
  4. Stable government
  5. Tax and fiscal efforts

For the horizontal tax devolution, the Fifteenth Finance Commission used how many of the above as criteria other than population area and income distance?

(a)     Only two

(b)     Only three

(c)     Only four

(d)     All five

 

Ans: (b)

 

Mains

Q:1 Discuss the recommendations of the 13th Finance Commission which have been a departure from the previous commissions for strengthening the local government finances. (2013)

Q:2 Q How is the Finance Commission of India constituted? What do you know about the terms of reference of the recently constituted Finance Commission? Discuss. (2018)

Source: LM

Keywords: GS-2, Polity & Governance– Constitutional Bodies- Finance Commission
Monthly Current Affairs

PESA has boosted forest conservation in India


Why in the news ?

  • The Panchayat (Extension to Scheduled Areas) Act empowered the Scheduled Tribes as political actors; and as they needed to protect trees for their livelihoods, it made them hostile to commercial timber and mining.

What is the PESA Act ?

About:

  • The Panchayat (Extension to Scheduled Areas) Act (PESA), enacted in 1996, mandates that local government councils in Scheduled Areas reserve all chairperson positions and at least half of the seats for Scheduled Tribes (ST).
  • This legislative framework aims to empower marginalised communities by enabling their direct participation in local governance and resource management.

Implementation of PESA:

  • India differs significantly from the 73rd Amendment, which applies to non-Scheduled Areas, by ensuring mandated representation for Scheduled Tribes (STs) in decision-making bodies.
  • The variations in PESA implementation across states underscore both the challenges and successes in translating legislative intent into effective governance structures.

How PESA Ensures Equitable Representation:

  • Impact on Forest Conservation:
    • The study utilises a "difference-in-differences" methodology to assess PESA's effect on forest cover.
    • It finds that areas with mandated Scheduled Tribe (ST) representation under PESA exhibit lower rates of deforestation and higher afforestation rates compared to areas without such representation.
  • Economic Incentives for Conservation:
    • ST communities, heavily reliant on forest resources for their livelihoods, are motivated to conserve forest cover under PESA.
    • This approach fosters a "forest stewardship" mechanism where STs engage in sustainable practices and resist pressures from deforestation linked to mining and commercial activities.

On Democratic Decentralisation:

  • Comparison with Administrative Decentralisation:
    • The paper distinguishes between administrative decentralisation, which prioritises efficiency, and democratic decentralisation exemplified by PESA.
    • The latter underscores representative and accountable local governance structures with decision-making autonomy over resource management.
  • Single Umbrella Institution:
    • Advocates suggest consolidating power into a single, empowered institution capable of integrating conservation and development goals effectively.
    • Such an institution could adeptly navigate the complexities of balancing local economic interests with sustainable conservation practices.

Conclusion:

PESA stands as a pivotal illustration of how legislative mandates for political representation can simultaneously foster positive environmental outcomes and alleviate socio-economic disparities among forest-dwelling communities in India.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims

Q1. At the national level, which ministry is the nodal agency to ensure effective implementation of the Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006? (2021)

  1. Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change
  2. Ministry of Panchayati Raj
  3. Ministry of Rural Development
  4. Ministry of Tribal Affairs

 

Ans: (d)

 

Q2. A particular State in India has the following characteristics: (2012)

  1. It is located on the same latitude which passes through northern Rajasthan.
  2. It has over 80% of its area under forest cover.
  3. Over 12% of forest cover constitutes the Protected Area Network in this State.

 

Which one among the following States has all the above characteristics?

  1. Arunachal Pradesh
  2. Assam
  3. Himachal Pradesh
  4. Uttarakhand

 

Ans: (a)

 

Mains

Q:1  “The most significant achievement of modern law in India is the constitutionalization of environmental problems by the Supreme Court.” Discuss this statement with the help of relevant case laws. (2022)

Q:2 What are the two major legal initiatives by the state since Independence, addressing discrimination against Scheduled Tribes (ST)? (2017)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2, Polity & Governance– PESA Act- Panchayats & Local Bodies
Monthly Current Affairs

Kerala Assembly Passes Resolution to Change State's Name


Why in the News?

  • Recently, Kerala Assembly has unanimously passed a resolution urging the Centre to rename the state as “Keralam’’ in the Constitution. This is the second time in the past year that such a resolution has been passed.

Process of Changing the Name of a State:

  • Constitutional Provision
    • Article 3 of the Indian Constitution outlines the process for changing the name of a state.
    • Article 3 also empowers the Parliament to:
      • Form new states by separating territory from existing states, uniting states or parts of states, or attaching a territory to a state.
      • Increase or decrease the area of a state.
      • Alter the boundaries of a state.
    • Proposal by the State Legislature:
      • The proposal to change the name of a state typically begins with a resolution passed by the state legislature.
      • The resolution reflects the desire of the state to change its name.
      • This process can also be initiated by the central government through a proposal to change the name of a state.
    • Recommendation by the President:
      • Once the state legislature passes the resolution, it is sent to the central government.
      • If the proposal is initiated by the central government, it must be submitted to the President of India.
      • The President of India must recommend the proposal to the Parliament before any action can be taken.
    • Introduction of a Bill in Parliament:
      • A bill to alter the name of a state is introduced in either house of Parliament (Lok Sabha or Rajya Sabha).
      • The bill can only be introduced with the prior recommendation of the President.
    • Referral to the State Legislature:
      • Before the bill is taken up for consideration in Parliament, the President is required to refer it to the legislature of the state concerned for expressing its views within a specified period.
      • This is done to seek the opinion of the state legislature on the proposed change.
    • Consideration of State Legislature's Views:
      • The state legislature’s views are communicated back to the central government.
      • However, the Parliament is not bound by the state legislature’s opinion. It is merely a consultative process.
    • Passage of the Bill in Parliament:
      • The bill must be passed by a simple majority in both houses of Parliament (Lok Sabha and Rajya Sabha).
      • This means more than half of the members present and voting must approve the bill.
    • Assent of the President:
      • Once both houses of Parliament pass the bill, it is sent to the President for assent.
      • Upon receiving the President’s assent, the bill becomes law, and the name of the state is officially changed.
    • Notification in the Official Gazette:
      • The change in the state’s name is then notified in the Official Gazette of India. This marks the formal and legal change of the state’s name.

Resolution Passed by the Kerala Assembly:

About:

  • Kerala Chief Minister Pinarayi Vijayan moved a resolution stating that the state's name should be changed to "Keralam" in the Constitution to match its Malayalam name.
  • The Kerala Assembly unanimously requested the Union Government to make this change under Article 3.
  • A similar resolution was passed on August 9 last year but needed reintroduction due to technical issues.
  • The previous resolution aimed to amend the First Schedule (list of states) and inadvertently omitted a demand to amend the Eighth Schedule (list of official languages). This oversight led to the reintroduction of the modified resolution.

Why Keralam:

  • Kerala is the English version of the Malayalam word "Keralam," with several theories about its etymology.
  • The earliest mention is in Emperor Ashoka’s Rock Edict II from 257 BCE, referring to "Keralaputra" or "son of Kerala," associated with the Chera dynasty.
  • German linguist Dr. Herman Gundert noted that "keram" in Kannada corresponds to "cheram," describing the coastal land from Gokarna to Kanyakumari.
  • The term "cher" in Old Tamil means to join, possibly indicating the origin of the name.

Story of Statehood:

  • The demand for a united Malayalam-speaking state began in the 1920s, aiming to integrate Travancore, Cochin, and the Malabar district.
  • After independence, on July 1, 1949, Travancore and Cochin merged to form Travancore-Cochin.
  • The State Reorganisation Commission recommended creating states on linguistic bases.
  • This led to the inclusion of Malabar and Kasargod into the new state for Malayalam speakers and the exclusion of four southern taluks of Travancore, now part of Tamil Nadu.
  • Kerala was officially formed on November 1, 1956.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-2, Polity & Governance- State Government Policies & Interventions
Monthly Current Affairs

Poori Padhai Desh Ki Bhalai


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, NGO Child Rights and You (CRY) has launched a nationwide campaign, “Poori Padhai Desh Ki Bhalai,” to increase the participation of the girl child in Indian schools.

Status of Female Education in India:

  • 2011 Census Data: Male literacy rate stood at 82.14%, while the female literacy rate was lower at 65.46%.
  • Rural Education: Only 1 out of every 100 girls in rural India reaches class 12, and 40% drop out before completing the fifth standard.
  • Literacy Rates: Over the last decade, rural women have shown the highest increase in literacy rates, with a rise of 26%.
  • Gross Enrolment Ratio:
    • Elementary Level: Female ratio is 94.32%, slightly higher than 89.28% for boys.
    • Secondary Level: Girls have a ratio of 81.32% compared to 78% for boys.
    • Higher Secondary Level: Girls achieve a ratio of 59.7% versus 57.54% for boys.
  • Labour Market Participation: According to the “World Employment and Social Outlook Trends for Women 2018” report, more women are educated and actively participating in the labour market than ever before.

Challenges Faced by Females in Accessing Education:

  • High Dropout Rates: Despite increasing enrolment rates, dropout rates and lower attendance among girls persist.
  • Infrastructure Issues: Overcrowded classrooms, teacher absenteeism, lack of sanitation facilities, including girls’ toilets, and overall poor infrastructure in government schools.
  • Social Norms and Customs: Early marriages, restrictions on girls’ mobility, and societal expectations contribute to lower attendance and higher dropout rates.
  • Health Issues: Frequent illnesses due to inadequate nutrition and unsanitary living conditions affect girls’ attendance and educational outcomes.
  • Economic Constraints: Traditional gender roles and economic constraints lead families to prioritise boys’ education over girls', as girls are perceived to be less employable.
  • Patriarchal Attitudes: Societal perceptions marginalised women in social, political, and economic spheres, limiting their opportunities.
  • Safety Concerns: Concerns over violence and security issues further contribute to barriers to girls’ education.

Government Schemes for Uplifting Female Education:

  • Beti Bachao Beti Padhao (BBBP) Scheme: Launched in 2015, focuses on improving the declining child sex ratio and ensuring the education and empowerment of girls.
  • Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan (SSA): Aims to provide universal elementary education, including interventions to improve girls’ access to and quality of education.
  • Support to Training and Employment Program for Women (STEP): Provides skills training and employment opportunities to women.
  • National Scheme of Incentives to Girls for Secondary Education (NSIGSE): Provides financial incentives to encourage girls from poor backgrounds to complete secondary education.
  • Udaan Scheme: A CBSE initiative to promote girls’ education by providing support for their entry into technical education programs through coaching and financial assistance.

Source: DTE

Keywords: GS – 2, Polity & Governance- Vulnerable Sections – Women
Monthly Current Affairs

Deputy Speaker of Lok Sabha


Why in the News?

  • With the Opposition becoming stronger in the 18th Lok Sabha, its members are vying for the office of Deputy Speaker. However, the government has not provided assurances on this post, forcing the Opposition to run for Speaker for the first time since 1952.

Office of Deputy Speaker of Lok Sabha:

  • Appointment:
    • Article 93: Mandates the House of the People to choose a Speaker and a Deputy Speaker as soon as possible.
    • Article 178: Provides the same for Speakers and Deputy Speakers in state Assemblies.
    • Parliamentary convention typically elects a Deputy Speaker from a party other than the ruling party to maintain democratic accountability.
  • Time Frame to Appoint a Deputy Speaker:
    • The Constitution does not specify a time frame for the appointments, allowing governments to delay or avoid appointing a Deputy Speaker.
    • Constitutional experts emphasise that both Articles 93 and 178 use "shall" and "as soon as may be," indicating that the election is mandatory and should be held at the earliest.
  • Powers:
    • Article 95(1): The Deputy Speaker performs the duties of the Speaker if the post is vacant.
      • Example: M Ananthasayanam Ayyangar served as Speaker from 1956 to 1957 after G V Mavalankar's death.
      • Example: P M Sayeed served as acting Speaker for two months in 2002 after G M C Balayogi's death.
    • The Deputy Speaker has the same powers as the Speaker when presiding over the House.
    • All references to the Speaker are deemed to include the Deputy Speaker when they preside.
  • Removal from Office:
    • The Deputy Speaker usually continues in office until the dissolution of the House.
    • Article 94 (and Article 179 for state Assemblies): The Speaker or Deputy Speaker vacates office if they cease to be a member of the House, resign, or are removed by a resolution passed by a majority of all the then members of the House.

Rules for the Election of the Deputy Speaker of Lok Sabha:

  • Election of the Speaker:
    • Typically elected in the first session of the new House, usually on the third day after the oath-taking and affirmations.
  • Election of the Deputy Speaker:
    • Generally not delayed beyond the second session unless there are genuine and unavoidable constraints.
    • No bar on holding the election in the first session.
    • Governed by Rule 8 of the Rules of Procedure and Conduct of Business in Lok Sabha, with the election held on a date fixed by the Speaker.

Office of Deputy Speaker of Lok Sabha Held by the Opposition Since 1952:

  • 1952 to 1969: First four Deputy Speakers were from the ruling Congress.
  • 1969 to 1977: G G Swell of the All-Party Hill Leaders Conference.
  • 1977 to 1979: Godey Murahari of the Congress during the Janata Party government.
  • 1980 to 1984: DMK’s G Lakshmanan during Indira Gandhi’s government.
  • 8th Lok Sabha (1984-89): AIADMK’s Thambi Durai.
  • 1990-91: Shivraj Patil (Congress) during Chandra Shekhar’s tenure.
  • 10th Lok Sabha (1991-96): S Mallikarjunaiah (BJP) during P V Narasimha Rao’s tenure.
  • UPA-I (2004-09) and UPA-II (2009-14): Deputy Speaker’s post held by the Opposition - Charanjit Singh Atwal (Shiromani Akali Dal), Kariya Munda (BJP).
  • 17th Lok Sabha (2019-2024): The first and only Lok Sabha without a Deputy Speaker.
  • 2023: A bench led by CJI sought responses on a PIL contending that not electing a Deputy Speaker is against the letter and spirit of the Constitution.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

 

Prelims

Q1. Consider the following statements: (2017)

  1. In the election for Lok Sabha or State Assembly, the winning candidate must get at least 50 percent of the votes polled, to be declared elected.
  2. According to the provisions laid down in the Constitution of India, in Lok Sabha, the Speaker’s post goes to the majority party and the Deputy Speaker’s to the Opposition.

 

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

  1. 1 only
  2. 2 only
  3. Both 1 and 2
  4. Neither 1 nor 2

 

Ans: (d)

 

Q2. Regarding the office of the Lok Sabha speaker, consider the following statements: (2012)

  1. He/She holds the office during the pleasure of the President.
  2. He/She need not be a member of the House at the time of his/her election but has to become a member of the House within six months from the date of his/her election.
  3. If he/she intends to resign, the letter of his/her resignation has to be addressed to the Deputy Speaker.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

  1. 1 and 2 only
  2. 3 only
  3. 1, 2 and 3
  4. None

 

Ans: (b)

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-2, Polity & Governance- Parliament - Lok Sabha- Deputy Speaker
Monthly Current Affairs

Public Examination Rules, 2024


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, the Union Ministry of Personnel, Public Grievances and Pensions has notified the rules under the Public Examinations (Prevention of Unfair Means) Act, 2024, which came into effect on June 21, 2024.

Key Highlights of the Rules:

  • Venue-in-charge is empowered to take appropriate action, including filing an FIR, if a prima facie case of unfair means or an offence in the conduct of public examinations is reported.
  • A committee will be constituted by the public examination authority if there is involvement of the Management or Board of Directors of the service provider.
  • A service provider refers to any agency, organisation, body, association of persons, business entity, etc., engaged by the public examination authority for conducting public examinations.
  • Regional officers must periodically report all incidents of unfair means or offences in the conduct of public examinations to the public examination authority, including details of actions taken.

Public Examinations (Prevention of Unfair Means) Act, 2024:

  • "Unfair means" includes unauthorised access or leakage of question papers or answer keys, assisting a candidate during a public examination, tampering with computer networks or resources, conducting fake examinations, etc.

Punishments:

  • For individuals resorting to unfair means: Imprisonment for a term not less than three years, which may extend to five years, along with a fine up to ten lakh rupees.
  • For service providers or any person/group committing organised crime: Imposition of a fine up to ₹1 crore, with the proportionate cost of the examination also to be recovered from them.
  • All offences are cognizable, non-bailable, and non-compoundable

Source: NDTV

Keywords: GS-2, Polity & Governance - Govt. policies & schemes
Monthly Current Affairs

NEET/NET fiasco: Time for Technology


Why in the news ?

  • The recent issues with the NEET and UGC NET exams have revealed significant flaws in India's examination system, with the National Testing Agency (NTA) being heavily criticised.
  • The government responded by removing the NTA director and initiating investigations that led to several arrests.
  • However, a comprehensive and systematic solution is crucial to prevent future crises and to maintain the integrity and reliability of mass-scale testing.

Problems Associated with India’s Examination System:

  • The High-Stakes Exam Culture:
    • The current system relies on a single high-stakes exam for professional course selection, which has several issues.
    • This encourages rote learning over conceptual understanding, leading to the growth of coaching centres.
    • These centres focus on exam strategies rather than holistic education, generating substantial profits while putting students under intense pressure and limiting personal growth.
  • Mismatched Aptitude and Course Selection:
    • This is particularly evident in engineering, where the number of graduates has decreased by 40% over the past five years, indicating a lack of sustained interest post-admission.
    • The current selection process does not adequately consider students' genuine interests and aptitudes.
  • The Undermined School System:
    • The dominance of coaching institutions has severely impacted the school system, especially in higher classes (11th and 12th grades).
    • The focus on rote-based learning compromises the holistic personality development envisioned in policies like the National Education Policy (NEP) 2020.
    • This shift from comprehensive education to narrow exam preparation harms students' overall development.
  • Flaws in Assessment and Evaluation:
    • The 10th and 12th Class Board exams are summative assessments that encourage cramming rather than deep learning.
    • Although NEP 2020 advocates for formative and competency-based assessments, the 2022-23 deadline for implementing these reforms has passed without significant progress.

The Necessity of Robust Examination Systems:

  • Ensuring Fairness and Integrity:
    • The primary purpose of any examination system is to ensure fairness and integrity in the assessment process.
    • A robust system minimises the chances of malpractice and fraud, ensuring that results reflect the true capabilities and knowledge of the candidates.
    • The recent reliance on pen-and-paper exams has exposed vulnerabilities, including paper leaks and impersonation.
  • Enhancing Credibility and Trust:
    • A reliable examination system is crucial for maintaining the credibility of educational institutions and the government.
    • Transparent and secure exam processes build trust among stakeholders, including students, parents, and employers.
    • This trust is foundational for the legitimacy of educational credentials and, by extension, the career prospects of students.
  • Promoting Holistic Assessment:
    • A robust system would integrate multiple forms of assessment, including formative assessments, project-based evaluations, and practical applications.
    • This approach provides a more holistic view of a student's capabilities, including critical thinking, problem-solving, and practical skills.

Proposals for Systematic Reforms to Prevent Malpractices and Frauds:

  • Adapting to Technological Advancements:
    • The education sector must keep pace with rapid technological advancements.
    • A robust examination system would leverage technology for conducting, preparing, and evaluating exams.
    • Online testing platforms, AI-based proctoring, and automated evaluation can enhance the efficiency and reliability of the examination process.
    • AI-based proctoring can detect even minor discrepancies, reducing the likelihood of cheating and ensuring a fair assessment environment.
    • Teachers contributing to the question bank and testing items for difficulty levels would create a participative system, aligning with NEP 2020 objectives.
  • Standardising Assessment Methods:
    • The government should introduce a system where 40% of the admission weightage is based on eight quarterly academic assessments conducted online over two years.
    • These assessments, taken within schools, would be proctored using AI-based fraud detection to ensure integrity.
    • The question banks should emphasise critical thinking, conceptual understanding, and problem-solving skills.
    • Another 40% weightage should be assigned to social and professional aptitude, assessed through two six-week internships related to the chosen field of study and mandatory participation in social upliftment programs like NSS/NCC.
    • The remaining 20% weightage should be allocated to the final NEET/JEE exam, conducted online at least twice a year, allowing students to choose their best score for final consideration.
  • Supporting Continuous and Comprehensive Evaluation:
    • One of the critical flaws in the current system is the reliance on a single, high-stakes exam to determine a student's future.
    • A robust examination system would support continuous and comprehensive evaluation, spreading assessments over a period and incorporating various forms of evaluation.
    • This approach reduces pressure on students and provides multiple opportunities to demonstrate their abilities, leading to a more accurate and fair assessment of their knowledge and skills.
  • Addressing Logistical Challenges:
    • Conducting large-scale exams poses significant logistical challenges, from managing exam centres to ensuring the timely distribution and collection of exam papers.
    • A robust system that utilises online platforms can streamline these processes, reducing logistical burdens and potential errors and delays.
    • Online exams can be administered simultaneously across multiple locations, ensuring uniformity and reducing logistical complexity.
  • Revitalising School Education:
    • By focusing on continuous assessments and reducing the stakes of a single exam, the proposed system can redirect attention back to schools, fostering a more holistic education environment.
    • Reformed assessment systems should prioritise concept-based understanding, fulfilling NEP 2020's mandate and significantly reducing the potential for examination fraud.
  • Reducing the Influence of Coaching Centers:
    • The current high-stakes exam system has led to the proliferation of coaching centres, which focus on teaching students how to crack exams rather than fostering a deep understanding of the subjects.
    • A robust examination system that emphasises continuous and varied assessments would reduce reliance on coaching centres, encouraging a more balanced and holistic educational approach.
    • This shift would allow students to focus more on conceptual learning and personal development rather than merely preparing for exams.
  • Preparing Students for Future Challenges:
    • A robust examination system is not just about assessing students' current knowledge but also about preparing them for future challenges.
    • By incorporating assessments that evaluate critical thinking, problem-solving, and practical skills, the system can better prepare students for higher education and professional environments.
    • This comprehensive approach ensures that students are not only academically proficient but also equipped with the necessary skills to succeed in their future endeavours.

Conclusion

The ongoing crisis in mass-scale examinations highlights the urgent need for systemic reform in India's education system.Implementing continuous assessments, evaluating social and professional aptitudes, and leveraging technology for secure testing are crucial for ensuring exam integrity and effectiveness. These reforms can transform education, promote genuine learning, and safeguard millions of students' futures.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims

Q:1 Which of the following provisions of the Constitution does India have a bearing on Education? (2012)

  1. Directive Principles of State Policy
  2. Rural and Urban Local Bodies
  3. Fifth Schedule
  4. Sixth Schedule
  5. Seventh Schedule

 

Select the correct answer using the codes given below:

  1. 1 and 2 only
  2. 3, 4 and 5 only
  3. 1, 2 and 5 only
  4. 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5

 

Ans: D

 

Mains

Q:1  How have digital initiatives in India contributed to the functioning of the education system in the country? Elaborate on your answer. (2020)

Source: IE

Keywords: GS - 2, Polity & Governance - Education- Human Resource– Transparency & Accountability
Monthly Current Affairs

50th Year of the Imposition of Emergency in India


Why in the news ?

  • India marked the fiftieth anniversary of the imposition of Emergency, declared by then-PM Indira Gandhi on June 25, 1975.
  • Which lasted for 21 months, leaving a profound impact on Indian politics with its suspension of civil liberties, curtailment of press freedom, mass arrests, cancellation of elections, and rule by decree.

What is an emergency ?

  • An emergency refers to legal provisions within a country's constitution or laws that empower the government to swiftly and effectively address extraordinary situations jeopardising national stability, security, sovereignty, or democracy.
  • In India, these provisions are enshrined in Articles 352 to 360 under Part XVIII of the Constitution.
  • These constitutional measures draw inspiration from Germany's Weimar Constitution, enabling the government to respond to crises such as war, rebellion, or other threats to the nation's well-being.

About the National Emergency (Article 352):

  • Under Article 352 of the Indian Constitution, the President can declare a National Emergency if satisfied that the security of the country or any part thereof is threatened by war, external aggression (External Emergency), or armed rebellion (Internal Emergency).
  • The term ‘armed rebellion’ replaced ‘internal disturbance’ through the 44th amendment.
  • Powers Granted:
    • The declaration allows the government to suspend fundamental rights (except Articles 20 and 21) to address the crisis effectively.
  • Duration and Parliamentary Approval:
    • The proclamation of emergency must be approved by both houses of Parliament within one month.
    • If issued when the Lok Sabha is dissolved, it remains valid until 30 days from the first sitting of the Lok Sabha after reconstitution, provided the Rajya Sabha has approved it.
    • The Emergency lasts initially for 6 months and can be extended indefinitely with Parliament's approval every six months, requiring a special majority.
  • Revocation:
    • The President can revoke the Emergency at any time by a subsequent proclamation without parliamentary approval.
    • It must be revoked if the Lok Sabha passes a resolution disapproving its continuation by a simple majority.
  • Applicability:
    • A National Emergency can apply to the entire country or specific parts.
    • The 42nd Constitutional Amendment Act (1976) allowed the President to limit its operation to certain regions.
  • Judicial Review:
    • The 38th Constitutional Amendment Act (1975) made the declaration immune to judicial review.
    • The 44th Constitutional Amendment Act (1978) repealed this provision, restoring the judiciary's authority to review National Emergency declarations.
    • Minerva Mills Case (1980): The Supreme Court ruled that a National Emergency proclamation can be challenged in court if based on malafide intent or irrelevant facts

Some of many Examples of Imposition of President Rule:

  • Maharashtra (2019): It was imposed for a short period following political uncertainty after the assembly elections, but a new government was formed within a week.
  • Uttarakhand (2020): It was imposed for a similar short duration due to a political crisis involving a floor test in the assembly.
  • Uttar Pradesh (1991-1992): Imposed following the assassination of then Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi and subsequent political instability.
  • Punjab (1987-1992): Imposed due to heightened militancy and internal disturbances.

Political and Social Circumstances in India Leading up to the Emergency:

  • January 1966: Indira Gandhi is elected Prime Minister.
  • November 1969: The Congress party splits after Gandhi is expelled for violating party discipline.
  • 1973-75: Surge in political unrest and demonstrations against the Indira Gandhi-led government.
  • 1971: Political opponent Raj Narain lodges a complaint of electoral fraud against Indira Gandhi.
  • June 12, 1975: Allahabad High Court finds Gandhi guilty of discrepancies in her electoral campaign.
  • June 24, 1975: Supreme Court grants a conditional stay on the Allahabad HC verdict, declaring Gandhi's election to the Lok Sabha null and void. The SC also asks Gandhi to stay away from parliamentary proceedings.
  • June 25, 1975: Declaration of Emergency by President Fakhruddin Ali Ahmed on the advice of Indira Gandhi. According to the government’s press note, certain persons were inciting the police and armed forces to not discharge their duties.
  • June 26, 1975: Indira Gandhi addresses the nation on All India Radio.

End of Emergency and Afterwards:

  • January 18, 1977: Indira Gandhi calls for fresh elections and releases all political prisoners.
  • March 1977: The elections lead to a comprehensive defeat for Indira Gandhi, and Morarji Desai becomes India’s first non-Congress (Janata Party) Prime Minister.
  • March 23, 1977: Emergency officially ends.
  • The Shah Commission, constituted by the Janata government, finds the decision to impose Emergency to be unilateral and adversely affecting civil liberties.

What Happened During the Emergency?

  • Suspension of civil liberties:
    • Almost all opposition leaders (including JP) are detained, and about 36,000 people are imprisoned under the Maintenance of Internal Security Act (MISA).
    • Newspapers are subjected to pre-censorship. In September 1976, Sanjay Gandhi initiated a mass forced sterilisation program in Delhi.
  • Legal changes pushed through by Parliament:
    • With the opposition in jail, Parliament passes the Constitution (38th Amendment) Act that bars judicial review of the Emergency.
    • The Constitution (39th Amendment) Act says that the election of the Prime Minister cannot be challenged in the Supreme Court.
    • The Constitution (42nd Amendment) Act makes changes to a range of laws, including taking away the judiciary’s right to hear election petitions, widening the authority of the Union to encroach on State subjects, and making any law passed by Parliament to implement any or all directive principles of state policy immune to judicial review.
  • Changes pushed through by the Courts:
    • In the famous case of ADM Jabalpur vs Shivkant Shukla (1976), the SC rules that detention without trial is legal during an emergency.

What were the Impacts of Imposing National Emergency in 1975?

  • Constitutional Changes:
    • Constitution (39th Amendment) Act, 1975:
      • Enacted in response to the Allahabad High Court's ruling declaring Prime Minister Indira Gandhi's election void.
      • Placed disputes involving the President, Vice President, Prime Minister, and Speaker beyond the judiciary's scope.
      • Added certain Central Acts to the Ninth Schedule.
    • Constitution (42nd Amendment) Act, 1976:
      • Significantly increased the central government's authority and the Prime Minister's office by:
        • Allowing deployment of forces in states and overriding state laws during emergencies.
        • Limiting judicial review of laws and amendments, reducing their accountability.
        • Extending the terms of Parliament and state assemblies.
        • Allowing laws to override fundamental rights in cases of activities deemed anti-national.
    • Constitution (44th Amendment) Act, 1978:
      • Aimed to rectify the imbalances created by the 42nd Amendment.
      • Restored the primacy of fundamental rights by:
        • Limiting the suspension of rights: Article 21, protecting the right to life and liberty, could not be suspended during any emergency.
        • Reinforcing judicial review: Strengthening the Supreme Court's power to review presidential proclamations of emergency.
        • Requiring the President to act on the written recommendation of the cabinet before declaring a national emergency under Article 352.
  • Emergency Acted as a Vaccine Against Dictatorship:
    • The period of emergency from 1975 to 1977 underscored the importance of democracy and highlighted the dangers of unchecked executive authority.
    • This recognition has spurred efforts to strengthen democratic systems by imposing constraints on the Prime Minister's powers during crises.
  • Emergency Undermined Democratic Integrity:
    • The emergency period saw severe curtailment of civil liberties under acts like the Maintenance of Internal Security Act (MISA) and Defence of India Rules (DIR).
    • This exposed vulnerabilities in democratic institutions and fostered scepticism about leadership.
  • Vocalism About Rights:
    • Strict media control during the emergency stifled dissent, leading to the emergence of grassroots movements and underground press advocating for human rights.
    • Examples include the Navnirman Andolan in Gujarat, the Jayaprakash Narayan Movement in Bihar, and the George Fernandes-led Railway Strike.
  • Evolving Role of Judicial Activism:
    • The emergency period highlighted shifts in judicial activism, with the ADM Jabalpur case initially upholding the suspension of fundamental rights, sparking criticism.
    • Subsequent rulings, like those in habeas corpus petitions and the Maneka Gandhi case, reaffirmed a commitment to protect fundamental rights and bolstered judicial review in India.
  • Changes in Political Parties' Attitude:
    • The emergency united opposition parties that had been previously divided, emphasising the importance of a robust opposition in a democracy.
    • It also made political parties cautious about resorting to similar measures in the future, valuing democratic processes and constitutional norms.

How did the Emergency Change Indian Politics?

  • Dented the Congress’ reputation: A party that led the struggle for civil liberties against the colonial state.
  • First non-Congress government: The Janata experiment gives India its first non-Congress government, but its collapse also demonstrates the limits of anti-Congressism.
  • Emergence of young leaders: The Emergency gives India a crop of young leaders (Lalu Prasad Yadav, George Fernandes, Arun Jaitley, Ram Vilas Paswan, etc.) who dominate politics for decades to come.
  • Coming together of the social forces: This results in an increase in the representation of OBCs in Parliament. As a result, the Janata government appoints the Mandal Commission to look into OBC quotas, which goes on to make the rise of the OBCs in North India irreversible.
  • Emergency as a part of political vocabulary: Every perceived act of high-handedness by a government is attributed to an “Emergency mindset.”

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims

Q:1 Which of the following is/are the exclusive power(s) of Lok Sabha?(2022)

  1. To ratify the declaration of Emergency
  2. To pass a motion of no-confidence against the Council of Ministers
  3. To impeach the President of India

 

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

  1. 1 and 2
  2. 2 only
  3. 1 and 3
  4. 3 only

 

Ans: (b)

 

Q:2  With reference to the constitution of India, prohibition or limitations or provisions contained in ordinary laws cannot act as prohibitions or limitations on the constitutional powers under Article 142. It could mean which one of the following?(2019)

  1. The decisions taken by the Election Commision of India while discharging its duties can not be challenged in any court of law.
  2. The Supreme Court of India is not constrained in the exercise of its powers by laws made by the parliament.
  3. In the event of grave financial crises in the country, the President of India can declare a Financial Emergency without the counsel from the cabinet.
  4. State Legislatures can not make laws on certain matters without the concurrence of the Union legislature.

 

Ans: (b)

 

Q:3  If the President of India exercises his power as provided under Article 356 of the Constitution in respect of a particular State, then(2018)

  1. the Assembly of the State is automatically dissolved.
  2. the powers of the Legislature of that State shall be exercisable by or under the authority of the Parliament.
  3. Article 19 is suspended in that State.
  4. the President can make laws relating to that State.

 

Ans: (b)

 

Mains

Q:1  Under what circumstances can the Financial Emergency be proclaimed by the President of India? What consequences follow when such a declaration remains in force? (2018)

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-2, Polity & Governance- Emergency Provisions – Judiciary
Monthly Current Affairs

WIPO Treaty: Big win for India and Global South


Context:

  • The recently concluded world intellectual property organisation (WIPO) treaty concerning Intellectual Property (IP), genetic resources (GRs), and Associated traditional knowledge (ATK) represents a substantial victory for global South nations, including India.

Key highlights of the WIPO Treaty:

  • Protection of Biodiversity: Balancing the rights of biodiverse countries and traditional wisdom with the global Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) system.
  • Inclusion of Traditional Knowledge: Acknowledging traditional knowledge systems within the global IP framework for the first time.
  • Promotion of Inclusive Innovation: Recognizing the link between local communities, Genetic Resources (GRs), and Associated Traditional Knowledge (ATK), thereby fostering inclusive innovation.
  • Disclosure Requirements: Mandating patent applicants to disclose the origin or source of genetic resources when their invention is based on such resources or associated traditional knowledge.

World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO):

  • Global IP Forum: Forum for IP services, policy, information, and cooperation, self-funded agency of the United Nations, comprising 193 member states, including India.
  • Mission: To develop a balanced and effective international IP system fostering innovation and creativity for global benefit.
  • Traditional Knowledge (TK): Defined as knowledge, know-how, skills, and practices passed down through generations within a community, often integral to cultural or spiritual identity.

Significance for India and the Global South:

For the India:

  • Recognition of Biodiversity : Acknowledges India as a mega biodiversity hotspot with rich traditional knowledge, marking the first inclusion of these systems into the global IP framework.
  • Prevention of Misappropriation: Provides crucial protection to Indian Genetic Resources (GRs) and Associated Traditional Knowledge (ATK) by mandating disclosure obligations, preventing their misappropriation in countries lacking such laws.
  • Combating False Claims: Addresses past instances of false claims on Indian herbs and products as foreign inventions, enabling India to contest such patent applications effectively.
  • Establishment of Global Standards: Sets unprecedented standards within the IP system for countries rich in GRs and ATK, elevating India's status as a provider nation and ensuring fair recognition and protection globally.

For the Global South:

  • Preservation of Traditional Knowledge: Recognizes the abundant traditional knowledge on medicinal plants, agriculture, and other domains within the Global South, safeguarding these invaluable heritage passed down through generations.
  • Combatting Biopiracy: Combating biopiracy by instituting a legal framework to safeguard genetic resources and traditional knowledge from unauthorised commercial exploitation, ensuring equitable benefit-sharing and protection of indigenous rights.

Initiatives for Access and Benefit-sharing of GR and TK:

  • Patents (Amendment) Act, 2005: Protects indigenous community rights by requiring patent applicants to disclose the origin of biological resources in their inventions.
  • The Traditional Knowledge Digital Library (TKDL), established in 2001, addresses challenges in overturning patents on traditional remedies like turmeric and neem.
  • Trademark Act, 1999: Founded on principles of distinguishability and prevention of confusion, trademarks differentiate goods and clarify product source.
  • International initiatives: Convention on Biological Diversity, Nagoya Protocol, TRIPS agreement, International Treaty on Plant Genetic Resources for Food and Agriculture and Commission on Genetic Resources for Food and Agriculture.
  • UNESCO's Local and Indigenous Knowledge Systems (LINKS): It is an interdisciplinary initiative that promotes indigenous and local knowledge and its meaningful inclusion in environmental policy and action.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Prelims

Q:1 With reference to the ‘National Intellectual Property Rights Policy’, consider the following statements: (2017)

  1. It reiterates India’s commitment to the Doha Development Agenda and the TRIPS Agreement.
  2. Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion is the nodal agency for regulating intellectual property rights in India.

 

Which of the above statements is/are correct?

(a) 1 only

(b) 2 only

(c) Both 1 and 2

(d) Neither 1 nor 2

 

Ans: (c)

 

Q:2 Consider the following statements: (2019)

  1. According to the Indian Patents Act, a biological process to create a seed can be patented in India.
  2. In India, there is no Intellectual Property Appellate Board.
  3. Plant varieties are not eligible to be patented in India.

 

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 1 and 3 only

(b) 2 and 3 only

(c) 3 only

(d) 1, 2 and 3

 

Ans: (c)

 

Mains

Q:1 In a globalised world, Intellectual Property Rights assume significance and are a source of litigation. Broadly distinguish between the terms—Copyrights, Patents and Trade Secrets. (2014)

Source: PIB  TH

Keywords: GS - 2, GS -3- Government Policies & Interventions– Intellectual Property Rights (IPRs)
Monthly Current Affairs

Chabahar port


Context:  

  • Recently India signed a 10-year agreement with Iran to develop and manage the Chabahar port, marking a pivotal development in bilateral ties between the two nations.  This agreement comes at a tumultuous time in West Asia, marked by ongoing conflict in Gaza, heightened Israel-Iran tensions.

Chabahar Project:  

  • In May 2016, India signed a tripartite agreement with Iran and Afghanistan to develop the Shahid Beheshti Terminal at Chabahar. This marks India's first foreign port project.
  • The agreement aims to establish an international transport and transit corridor in Chabahar.
  • The major highlights of this project include the construction of the Chabahar Port and a rail line from Chabahar Port to Zahedan.
  • The port is intended to enable India to bypass Pakistan and access Afghanistan and Central Asia.
  • Additionally, the port could serve as a hub for transit trade between India, Iran, and Afghanistan, providing an alternative route to the traditional Silk Road that passes through China.

Chabahar Port Important for India:

  • Alternative Trade Route: Offering an alternative to transit routes through Pakistan, Chabahar Port reduces India's dependence on its neighbour for trade with Afghanistan and beyond. It facilitates access to Iran, a crucial gateway to the International North-South Transport Corridor (INSTC), enhancing connectivity with Russia, Central Asia, and Europe.
  • Economic Benefits: Chabahar facilitates India's efforts to strengthen connections with resource-rich Central Asian countries and Afghanistan. It diversifies trading routes, providing access to markets beyond Iran and Afghanistan, including Russia, Eurasia, and Europe. Cargo movement via the INSTC route is cost-effective, saving 30% in costs and 40% in transportation time.
  • Humanitarian Assistance: The port serves as a vital entry point for humanitarian aid and reconstruction efforts in Afghanistan. It has played a significant role in supplying aid during crises, such as the Covid-19 pandemic, with India trans-shipping wheat, pulses, and pesticides to Afghanistan via Chabahar.
  • Counterbalancing China's String of Pearls Strategy: Chabahar serves as a crucial component of India's Necklace of Diamond Strategy, allowing India to monitor and potentially disrupt China's strategic encirclement in the Indian Ocean region. By establishing a presence in Chabahar, India can counterbalance China's strategic facilities in locations like Gwadar (Pakistan) and Hambantota (Sri Lanka).
  • Diplomatic Engagement and Multilateralism: India's collaboration with Iran, Afghanistan, and Central Asian nations in the Chabahar project underscores its commitment to diplomacy and multilateralism. The port aligns with international efforts to enhance connectivity across Eurasia, positioning India as a key player in regional development initiatives.
  • Energy Security: Chabahar Port offers a strategic gateway for importing Iranian oil and gas, diversifying India's energy sources. This diversification strengthens India's energy security, ensuring a stable and resilient energy supply for its growing economy.

The Major Challenges India Faces with the Chabahar Port Project: 

  • Impact of New U.S. Sanctions: Recent U.S. sanctions on Iran, triggered by drone strikes on Israel, exacerbate the risk of companies avoiding involvement in Chabahar, potentially hindering project progress and investment.
  • Internal Political Instability in Iran: Iran's political volatility and internal conflicts threaten project continuity, creating uncertainties that could disrupt infrastructure development at Chabahar.
  • Regional Instability and Conflicts: Ongoing conflicts in the region, such as Israel's war in Gaza and disruptions to maritime trade by Iran-backed armed groups, contribute to regional instability, impacting the operational efficiency of Chabahar.
  • Challenging Business Environment: Iran's low Ease of Doing Business ranking reflects its challenging business environment, presenting hurdles to the smooth execution and success of projects at Chabahar.
  • Competition from China and Pakistan: Iran's openness to Chinese and Pakistani investment in Chabahar alongside India introduces competitive pressures, influencing India's strategic positioning and investment decisions.
  • Divergent Regional Priorities: India's involvement in Chabahar may strain its relations with key regional players like Saudi Arabia and Israel, who perceive Iran as a destabilising force, necessitating diplomatic efforts to reconcile divergent priorities.
  • Environmental Concerns: The delicate ecosystem of the Gulf of Oman, where Chabahar is located, faces risks of pollution from increased shipping traffic and potential oil spills, underscoring the importance of proactive environmental management in project planning and execution.

Measures can India Adopt to Curtail Issues Related to Chabahar:  

  • Multilateral Financing Mechanism: India could establish a multilateral financing mechanism involving like-minded countries such as Russia and European nations. This diversified investment pool would mitigate risks associated with unilateral sanctions and political pressures.
  • Regionalize the Project: Instead of a strictly bilateral initiative, India could regionalize the Chabahar project by inviting participation from Central Asian nations. This approach would address concerns about Iran's influence and foster regional cooperation.
  • Green Shipping Corridor: Positioning Chabahar as a pioneer in green shipping practices would attract international support and financing. By adopting environmentally sustainable measures, the port could mitigate ecological concerns and gain broader backing.
  • Digital Silk Road: India could leverage Chabahar to establish a Digital Silk Road, promoting digital infrastructure and e-commerce along the INSTC route. This initiative would diversify stakeholders and reduce reliance on traditional players affected by geopolitical tensions.
  • Soft Power Diplomacy: Complementing economic efforts with soft power diplomacy, India could foster cultural exchanges and educational partnerships with countries along the INSTC. These initiatives would build goodwill and mitigate geopolitical tensions affecting the Chabahar project

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims

Q. What is the importance of developing Chabahar Port by India? (2017)

(a) India’s trade with African countries will increase enormously.

(b) India’s relations with oil-producing Arab countries will be strengthened.

(c) India will not depend on Pakistan for access to Afghanistan and Central Asia.

(d) Pakistan will facilitate and protect the installation of a gas pipeline between Iraq and India.

 

Ans: (c)

 

Mains

Q:1  In what ways would the ongoing U.S-Iran Nuclear Pact Controversy affect the national interest of India? How should India respond to this situation? (2018)

Q:2 The question of India’s Energy Security constitutes the most important part of India’s economic progress. Analyse India’s energy policy cooperation with West Asian countries. (2017)

Source: (HT)

Keywords: GS - 2 –International Relations– Effect of Policies & Politics of Countries on India's Interests – Regional Groupings
Monthly Current Affairs

Pandemic Treaty


In news:

  • Recently, annual meeting, the World Health Assembly (WHA) reached consensus on a critical set of amendments to the International Health Regulations (2005) (IHR).
  • These amendments will strengthen global preparedness, surveillance and responses to public health emergencies, including pandemics.

The Key Amendments Agreed to IHR:

  • This encompasses the establishment of a Coordinating Financial Mechanism aimed at facilitating the identification and provision of necessary financing to tackle the requirements and focal points of developing nations.
  • It entails the enhancement of core capacities and other essential capacities related to pandemic emergency prevention, preparedness, and response.
  • This entails the formation of a States Parties Committee dedicated to fostering collaboration and efficient execution of the amended regulations.
  • Furthermore, it involves establishing National IHR Authorities to enhance coordination in the implementation efforts both domestically and internationally.

The Need for Global Health Cooperation:

Combating Infectious Diseases:

  • Timely detection and dissemination of disease outbreaks accelerate global response efforts. The World Health Organization (WHO) exemplifies this role through its identification and monitoring of Covid-19 variants.
  • Collaborative endeavours expedite the development of vaccines, diagnostics, and treatments, crucial for effective pandemic management.

Tackling Antibiotic Resistance:

  • The widespread misuse of antibiotics in any region can engender resistant bacteria with global repercussions. International cooperation aids in:
  • Implementing universal guidelines for antibiotic usage in both humans and animals serves to mitigate resistance proliferation.
  • According to the World Health Organization (WHO), antimicrobial resistance poses a significant global health menace, potentially resulting in millions of fatalities annually if not collectively addressed.

Managing Chronic Diseases:

  • Non-communicable ailments like heart disease and diabetes pose escalating global challenges. Cooperative efforts contribute to knowledge dissemination, encompassing:
  • Sharing insights on prevention, treatment, and lifestyle modifications enables countries to glean from each other's experiences. For instance, the Global Alliance for Chronic Diseases (GACD) exemplifies this collaborative spirit.

Promoting Health Equity and Access:

  • Numerous nations grapple with resource shortages in effectively tackling health crises. Global collaboration fosters:
  • Initiatives like the Medicines Patent Pool facilitate equitable access to cost-effective generic medications.

The Existing Framework for Global Health Cooperation:

  • Multilateral Organisations: Various multilateral institutions such as WHO, UNICEF, UNFPA, and UNAIDS hold pivotal roles in addressing specific health domains like child health, reproductive health, and HIV/AIDS.
  • It establishes international health standards, extends technical assistance to nations, and oversees and harmonises the global response to health crises.
  • International Health Regulations (IHR): These regulations constitute a legally binding pact among 196 nations, delineating their rights and obligations concerning public health incidents with international ramifications.
  • Global Health Initiatives: These initiatives encompass targeted programs aimed at combating specific health challenges. Notable examples include the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, as well as Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance.
  • Public-Private Partnerships: Collaborative efforts involving governments, non-governmental organisations (NGOs), and the private sector enable the pooling of resources and expertise. A prominent illustration is the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation.
  • Regional Organisations: Regional entities like the Pan American Health Organization (PAHO) for the Americas and the African Union assume roles in coordinating health endeavours within their respective regions.

Conclusion

Hence, the recent amendments to the International Health Regulations (IHR) by the World Health Assembly (WHA) and the pledge for a global pandemic agreement by 2025 mark a crucial advancement in enhancing global health security.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Prelims

Q1. With reference to agriculture in India, how can the technique of ‘genome sequencing’, often seen in the news, be used in the immediate future? (2017)

  1. Genome sequencing can be used to identify genetic markers for disease resistance and drought tolerance in various crop plants.
  2. This technique helps in reducing the time required to develop new varieties of crop plants.
  3. It can be used to decipher the host-pathogen relationships in crops.

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

 

(a) 1 only

(b) 2 and 3 only

(c) 1 and 3 only

(d) 1, 2 and 3

 

Ans: (d)

 

Q:2 With reference to recent developments regarding ‘Recombinant Vector Vaccine’, consider the following statements: (2021)

1. Genetic engineering is applied in the development of these vaccines.

2. Bacteria and viruses are used as vectors.

 

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 1 only

(b) 2 only

(c) Both 1 and 2

(d) Neither 1 nor 2

 

Ans: (c)

 

Mains

Q:1 What are the research and developmental achievements in applied biotechnology? How will these achievements help to uplift the poorer sections of society? (2021)

Q:2 What is the basic principle behind vaccine development? How do vaccines work? What approaches were adopted by the Indian vaccine manufacturers to produce COVID-19 vaccines? (2022)

Source: WHO

Keywords: GS –2, International Relations– Bilateral, Regional and Global Groupings and agreements involving India, Health- Important International Institutions- WHO
Monthly Current Affairs

Pakistan and China Agree to Upgrade CPEC


Why in the News ?

  • Recently, Pakistan Prime Minister Shehbaz Sharif and Chinese President Xi Jinping in their meeting have affirmed consensus on the upgradation of the China-Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC) and advancing high-quality development of the multi-billion dollar project in the second phase.

About the China-Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC):

  • During an April 2015 visit to Islamabad, Chinese President Xi Jinping and Pakistani PM Nawaz Sharif unveiled the $46 billion China-Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC).
  • The CPEC is a 3,000-km long route, which connects Gwadar Port in Pakistan's Balochistan with China's Xinjiang province, is the flagship project of China's ambitious Belt and Road Initiative (BRI).
  • CPEC quickly ballooned to $62 billion in pledges—one-fifth of Pakistan’s GDP—covering dozens of envisioned high-profile projects.
  • It is a bilateral project between Pakistan and China, intended to promote connectivity across Pakistan with a network of highways, railways, and pipelines accompanied by energy, industrial, and other infrastructure development projects.
  • It will pave the way for China to access the Middle East and Africa from Gwadar Port, enabling China to access the Indian Ocean and in return China will support development projects in Pakistan to overcome the latter’s energy crises and stabilising its faltering economy.

What are the different phases of CPEC?

  • First Phase
    • In the first phase various agreements such as energy, infrastructure, port development and the railway line construction have been signed under the first phase of this project.
    • According to the CPEC website, of the 21 proposed power projects, 14 have been completed, two are under construction, and five are yet to start.
    • Of the 24 proposed transport-related projects (rail and road), six have been completed, but no work has started on 13.
    • According to the official Chinese news agency Xinhua, CPEC had brought direct investment of $25.4 billion to Pakistan until 2022.
  • Second Phase
    • In February 2022, during the visit of the Pakistani PM to China, an industrial cooperation agreement was signed.
    • The second phase primarily revolves around Special Economic Zones development and industrialisation.

What are CPEC’s Implications for India?

  • India’s Sovereignty:
    • India staunchly opposes the CPEC due to its passage through Pakistan-occupied Kashmir's Gilgit-Baltistan region.
    • This stance is rooted in India's sovereignty concerns, particularly regarding the Kashmir Valley.
    • Despite local optimism within Jammu and Kashmir, there are apprehensions that a prosperous Gilgit-Baltistan under CPEC's success could strengthen Pakistan's territorial claims, undermining India's position over the region.
  • Chinese Control Over Trade Via Sea:
    • With CPEC operational, China could offer a more direct and cost-effective trade route for North and Latin American enterprises, bypassing the Panama Canal.
    • This potential shift would grant China significant influence over international trade terms between the Atlantic and Pacific oceans, impacting major US ports dependent on the Panama Canal for trade with China.
  • China's "String of Pearls":
    • This strategy aims to encircle India through a network of airfields and ports in the Indian Ocean region.
    • With control over ports like Chittagong, Hambantota, Port Sudan, and Gwadar, China seeks complete dominance in the Indian Ocean, alarming both American and Indian defence analysts.
  • Emergence of Pakistan as an Outsourcing Destination:
    • Its exports, particularly in textiles and construction materials, directly rival those of India in key markets like the US and UAE, significant for both nations.
    • Simplified access to raw materials from China positions Pakistan to dominate regional markets, potentially impacting India's export volumes.

Stronger BRI and Chinese Dominance in Trade Leadership:

  • The BRI aims to enhance connectivity across Eurasia through infrastructure networks, with projects like CPEC advancing this agenda.
  • China's increasing integration into the global economy could bolster its influence in international forums like the United Nations, potentially challenging India's aspirations for a permanent seat on the UN Security Council.

Debt burden of Pakistan and role of China:

  • China's Growing Hold on Pakistan's Debt:
    • According to the International Monetary Fund (IMF), China's share of Pakistan's external debt has risen from $4 billion in 2013 to roughly $30 billion of the current $126 billion.
    • Between July 2021 and March 2022, more than 80% of Pakistan's bilateral debt service payments went to Beijing.
  • Concerns Over Debt Dependency:
    • There are concerns both within and outside Pakistan that this debt burden is unsustainable and may turn Pakistan into a client state of China.
    • Critics liken CPEC to a neo-colonial project, similar to the British East India Company’s control over the Indian Subcontinent.
  • IMF’s Bailout Package and Debt Obligations:
    • In March 2024, the IMF released a $1.1 billion tranche of a $3 billion bailout package to Pakistan.
    • The government is negotiating a new package of $6-8 billion, but debt obligations to China are a major hurdle.
  • Conditions for Further Assistance
    • The IMF has stipulated that its resources should not be used to service Chinese debt.
    • The IMF has indicated that any new agreement will require rescheduling the maturities of Chinese debt instruments due in the next three years to prevent a positive net outflow from Pakistan to China during the program period.

UPSC Civil Services Examination Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims

Q:1 Belt and Road Initiative’ is sometimes mentioned in the news in the context of the affairs of (2016)

  1. African Union
  2. Brazil
  3. European Union
  4. China

 

Ans: (d)

 

Mains

Q:1 The China-Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC) is viewed as a cardinal subset of China’s larger ‘One Belt One Road’ initiative. Give a brief description of CPEC and enumerate the reasons why India has distanced itself from the same. (2018)

Q:2 China and Pakistan have entered into an agreement for the development of an economic corridor. What threat does this pose for India’s security? Critically examine. (2014)

Q:3“China is using its economic relations and positive trade surplus as tools to develop potential military power status in Asia”. In the light of this statement, discuss its impact on India as her neighbour. (2017)

Source:  ET

Keywords: GS - 2, International relations – India and its Neighbourhood
Monthly Current Affairs

Relooking India’s Neighborhood First Policy


Why in the News?

  • Recently, as Prime Minister-elect Narendra Modi prepares to take oath for his third term, the focus is once again back on India's foreign policy and how it will take shape over the next five years.

About Neighborhood First Policy:

  • India’s ‘Neighbourhood First 'policy officially came to being in 2008 which guides towards the management of relations with immediate neighbourhood countries, that is, Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Bhutan, Maldives, Myanmar, Nepal, Pakistan and SriLanka.
  • Its objective is to enhance physical, digital and people to people connectivity across the region, as well as augmenting trade and commerce.
  • The policy prioritises improving physical, digital, and people-to-people connectivity within the region, while also boosting trade and commerce.

Significance of the Policy:

  • Countering Chinese influence:
    • By collaborating closely with neighbouring countries like Sri Lanka, Maldives, and Bangladesh, India can counterbalance Chinese influence in the Indian Ocean region.
  • Support in multilateral forums:
    • India's partnership with neighbouring countries like Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, and Nepal strengthens its representation of Global South interests in international forums like the United Nations and the World Trade Organization, as evidenced in recent trade negotiations and climate change discussions.
  • Ensuring territorial integrity:
    • Collaborative efforts with neighbouring countries such as Bhutan and Myanmar contribute to India's efforts to safeguard its territorial integrity, exemplified by recent joint military exercises and border security agreements.
  • Increasing maritime security:
    • Enhanced cooperation with maritime neighbours like the Maldives and Mauritius reinforces India's maritime security posture, as demonstrated by joint patrols and intelligence sharing agreements aimed at countering piracy and illicit maritime activities.
  • Addressing energy security:
    • Strategic partnerships with energy-rich nations such as the United Arab Emirates and Qatar bolster India's energy security through recent agreements on oil and gas exploration, pipeline projects, and renewable energy initiatives.
  • Bridging development deficits:
    • India's engagement with neighbouring countries like Bangladesh and Nepal facilitates cross-border infrastructure projects and economic development initiatives, as evidenced by recent investments in connectivity infrastructure and joint development projects.
  • Soft power diplomacy:
    • Cultural exchanges and people-to-people ties with neighbouring countries like Sri Lanka, Bhutan, and Afghanistan enhance India's soft power influence in the region, as seen in recent cultural festivals, educational exchanges, and tourism initiatives.

Challenges Associated with the Policy:

  • Geopolitical tensions:
    • Recent border disputes between India and China, as well as political disagreements with Pakistan, have heightened geopolitical tensions in the region.
  • Implementation issues:
    • Logistical and bureaucratic challenges have hampered the execution of cross-border projects, as evidenced by delays in infrastructure development initiatives with Nepal and Bangladesh.
  • Economic differences:
    • Variations in economic development levels among neighbouring countries, such as the wide gap between India and Nepal's economies, pose challenges to achieving balanced and effective cooperation in the region.

Key major initiatives:

  • Dialogue:
    • India engages in vigorous regional diplomacy with neighbouring nations, exemplified by the invitation extended to all SAARC heads of government for the Prime Minister's oath-taking ceremony in 2014.
  • Resolving bilateral issues:
    • India emphasises resolving bilateral issues through mutual agreements, as demonstrated by the operationalization of the historic Land Boundary Agreement (LBA) with Bangladesh.
  • Connectivity:
    • India has signed MoUs with SAARC members to facilitate the free flow of resources, energy, goods, labour, and information across borders, promoting regional connectivity.
  • Economic Cooperation:
    • India focuses on enhancing trade ties with neighbours and invests in regional development through initiatives like the Bangladesh-Bhutan-India-Nepal (BBIN) grouping, particularly in energy development.
  • Technical Cooperation:
    • India emphasises technical cooperation, exemplified by the development of a dedicated SAARC satellite for sharing technology benefits like tele-medicine and e-learning across South Asia.
  • Disaster management:
    • India offers cooperation in disaster response, resource management, weather forecasting, and communication, providing assistance to neighbouring countries during disasters like the 2016 earthquake in Nepal.
  • Military and defence cooperation:
    • India deepens security in the region through military cooperation, conducting exercises like Surya Kiran with Nepal and Sampriti with Bangladesh, and supporting capacity building of the Afghan National Army through training programs.

Bilateral Ties:

  • Bangladesh:
    • Export-import: $11,061 million-$1,845 million
    • India and Bangladesh have deep historical ties rooted in India’s role in Bangladesh’s liberation.
    • Today, they share a robust trade relationship, which amounted to $12,906 million in the 2023-24 financial year, with India exporting machinery and textile, while Bangladesh exports garments and fish.
  • Sri Lanka:
    • Export-import: $4,118 million-$1,424 million
    • Ties between the people of India and Sri Lanka can be traced back to ancient times.
    • In 2023-24, their bilateral trade was valued at $5,542 million, with significant Indian exports of petroleum and automobiles.
  • Nepal:
    • Export-import: $7,041 million-$830 million
    • India and Nepal share an open-border relationship, reflecting their deep historical and cultural ties.
    • In 2023-24, bilateral trade amounted to $7,871 million, dominated by Indian exports of petroleum products and machinery.
  • Maldives:
    • Export-import: $892 million-$87 million
    • Over the years, India and the Maldives have maintained close ties. Most notably, India helped prevent a coup in Maldives in 1988.
    • The Indian Armed Forces continued to have a modest presence in the archipelago, until President Muizzu came in on an “India Out” platform.
  • Seychelles:
    • Export-import: $76 million-$9 million
    • India and Seychelles share a strategic relationship, particularly in maritime security and environmental cooperation.
    • Located north of Madagascar, Seychelles is among the most strategically important archipelagos in the Indian Ocean.
  • Bhutan:
    • Export-import: $964 million- $339 million
    • India and Bhutan are, what one can call, all weather friends with significant economic and cultural exchanges.
    • In 2023-24, bilateral trade was $1.3 billion, with India being a major partner in Bhutan’s hydroelectric power sector.
  • Mauritius:
    • Export-import: $778 million-$74 million
    • India and Mauritius enjoy close relations, underpinned by strong cultural and economic ties.
    • Bilateral trade in 2023-24 was valued at $ 852 million, with key exports from Mauritius including textiles and sugar.

Suggestions for Making India’s NFP More Effective:

  • Terrorism and Illegal Migration:
    • Enhanced border security infrastructure is crucial to address threats like illegal migration and weapon smuggling.
    • Close cooperation between relevant ministries and state governments is recommended to tackle these challenges effectively.
  • Relations with China and Pakistan:
    • Efforts should be made to sensitise regional and multilateral organisations about Pakistan's role in fostering terrorism.
    • Establishing economic ties with Pakistan and promoting a common platform for countering terrorism under the Neighbourhood First Policy are suggested.
  • Investment in Border Infrastructure:
    • Improving connectivity infrastructure such as cross-border roads, railways, and ports is essential for engaging with neighbouring countries.
    • Exploring the feasibility of setting up a regional development fund for connectivity infrastructure is recommended.
  • Monitoring India’s Line of Credit (LOC) Projects:
    • Effective monitoring and timely completion of LOC projects are necessary. Strengthening oversight mechanisms and joint project monitoring committees can ensure the timely completion of development projects in neighbouring countries.
  • Defence and Maritime Security:
    • Enhancing maritime domain awareness in India’s extended neighbourhood and conducting joint military exercises with neighbouring countries are crucial for defence cooperation.
  • Development in the North-Eastern Region:
    • Maintaining synergy between the Neighbourhood First Policy and the Act East Policy can improve connectivity, economic development, and security in the North-Eastern Region.
  • Tourism Promotion:
    • Promoting investment in tourism, including medical tourism, can strengthen ties under the Neighbourhood First Policy.
    • Enhancing tourism promotion efforts can facilitate cultural exchange and economic growth.

Conclusion:

Hence, India's "Neighborhood First Policy" remains crucial in navigating the evolving and increasingly complex challenges within its vicinity. By adopting such strategies, India can effectively navigate the intricacies of its neighbourhood dynamics and foster greater stability and cooperation in the region.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Prelims:

Q:1 Elephant Pass, sometimes seen in the news, is mentioned in the context of the affairs of which one of the following? (2009)

 

(a)     Bangladesh

(b)     India

(c)     Nepal

(d)     Sri Lanka

 

Ans: (d)

 

Q:2 Consider the following statements: (2020)

  1. The value of Indo-Sri Lanka trade has consistently increased in the last decade.
  2. “Textile and textile articles” constitute an important item of trade between India and Bangladesh.
  3. In the last five years, Nepal has been the largest trading partner of India in South Asia.

 

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a)     1 and 2 only

(b)     2 only

(c)     3 only

(d)     1, 2 and 3

 

Ans: (b)

 

Mains:

Q:1 “China is using its economic relations and positive trade surplus as tools to develop potential military power status in Asia”. In the light of this statement, discuss its impact on India as her neighbour. (2017)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS - 2, IR- International Treaties & Agreements —Effect of Policies & Politics of Countries on India's Interests— Groupings & Agreements
Monthly Current Affairs

Highs and Lows of India–US Convergence


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, the assassination attempt on a Sikh separatist in the United States (US) has become a bone of contention between India and the US.

Overview of India and US Bilateral Relations:

  • Economic Relations:
    • In the fiscal year 2022-23, the economic relations between India and the U.S. have flourished, marking the U.S. as India's foremost trading partner.
    • Bilateral trade between the two nations surged by 7.65%, reaching USD 128.55 billion, up from USD 119.5 billion in the previous fiscal year.
    • Export figures to the U.S. showed a moderate increase of 2.81%, totaling USD 78.31 billion in 2022-23, compared to USD 76.18 billion in 2021-22.
    • Conversely, imports from the U.S. witnessed a significant uptick of approximately 16%, soaring to USD 50.24 billion.
  • International Cooperations:
    • India and the United States share close cooperation across various multilateral organisations, including the United Nations, G-20, ASEAN Regional Forum, International Monetary Fund, World Bank, and World Trade Organization.
    • India's tenure on the UN Security Council, commencing in 2021 for a two-year term, was warmly welcomed by the United States, which advocates for a reformed UN Security Council inclusive of India as a permanent member.
    • India collaborates with the United States and ten other countries on the Indo-Pacific Economic Framework for Prosperity (IPEF).
    • India's membership in the Indian Ocean Rim Association (IORA) is complemented by the United States' engagement as a dialogue partner.
    • In 2021, the United States became a member of the International Solar Alliance, headquartered in India, furthering their commitment to renewable energy initiatives.
    • In 2022, the United States Agency for International Development (USAID) expanded its partnership with India.
  • Defence Cooperation:
    • India has completed the signing of all four foundational agreements with the US:
      • The Logistics Exchange Memorandum of Agreement (LEMOA) in 2016.
      • The Communications Compatibility and Security Agreement (COMCASA) in 2018.
      • the Basic Exchange and Cooperation Agreement for Geo-Spatial Cooperation (BECA) in 2020.
      • An extension to the General Security of Military Information Agreement (GSOMIA), known as the Industrial Security Annex (ISA), was signed in 2019.
    • India, which was previously unable to access US weapons during the Cold War era, has since made substantial purchases amounting to USD 20 billion over the past two decades.
    • Bilateral military exercises between India and the US, such as Yuddha Abyas and Vajra Prahar, are extensive and ongoing, demonstrating the deepening defence collaboration.
    • Moreover, India participates in minilateral exercises with the four partners in the Quad Forum, including the renowned Malabar exercises.
    • A new grouping, I2U2, comprising India, Israel, UAE, and the US, has emerged in the Middle East, drawing comparisons to the Quad in terms of strategic significance and cooperation.
  • Space and Science and Technology:
    • ISRO and NASA are collaborating on the development of a microwave remote sensing satellite for Earth observation, known as the NASA-ISRO Synthetic Aperture Radar (NISAR).
    • In June 2023, ISRO signed the Artemis Accords with NASA, signalling its commitment to participate in peaceful and sustainable civil exploration of outer space.
    • The Innovation and Collaboration in Emerging Technologies (iCET) initiative, launched in January 2023, is a joint effort by the National Security Advisors of the US and India.
    • It aims to promote cooperation and innovation in key technology domains, including AI, quantum, telecom, space, biotech, semiconductors, and defence.

Divergence in Relations:

  • India's relatively restrained response to the Russian invasion of Ukraine in 2022 has caused frustration in the West, raising doubts about India's credibility as a security partner.
  • India's potential contribution to US interests in an Indo-Pacific conflict, such as involving China or Taiwan, may be constrained.
  • India is unlikely to become directly involved in a US-China conflict over Taiwan, preferring to avoid entanglement.
  • The US desires stronger alignment from its allies against Russia, contrasting India's actions, such as increasing oil imports from Russia during the conflict.
  • Defence Relations with Russia: India's procurement of weapons like the S-400 air defence system from Russia concerns the US due to its reinforcement of Russian influence.
  • This acquisition also poses challenges for interoperability and secure communication between US and Indian forces, hindering the sharing of sensitive weapons technologies.

Concerns for India:

  • US aid to Ukraine in the Russia-Ukraine conflict has the unintended consequence of strengthening Ukraine's defence and counter offensives, potentially increasing Russia's reliance on China for support.
  • This could compromise Russia's autonomy and its ability to fulfil defence agreements with India in the event of an India-China conflict.
  • The Russia-Ukraine conflict has diverted the attention of the US away from China, leading to a significant reduction in strategic alignment between India and the US.
  • The ongoing conflicts in the Middle East have diverted US attention from the Indo-Pacific region, resulting in neglect towards India and the broader Indo-Pacific region.

Conclusion

  • The India-US relationship has evolved significantly over the past 25 years, playing a crucial role in shaping the global order of the 21st century. However, the current state of the relationship suggests a stagnation as the strategic alignment, driven by shared concerns about China, is faltering. As the US shifts its focus towards other adversaries and India deals with its own regional challenges, their strategic convergence is diminishing.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

 

Mains:

Q:1 ‘What introduces friction into the ties between India and the United States is that Washington is still unable to find for India a position in its global strategy, which would satisfy India’s National self-esteem and ambitions’. Explain with suitable examples. (2019)

Source: ORF

Keywords: GS - 2, IR- Bilateral Groupings & Agreements- Indian Diaspora– Groupings & Agreements Involving India and/or Affecting India's Interests
Monthly Current Affairs

IPEF Ministerial Meeting 2024


Why in the News?

  • Recently, India took part in the Indo-Pacific Economic Framework for Prosperity (IPEF) Ministerial Meeting held in Singapore on June 6th, 2024, highlighting substantial progress in enhancing economic collaboration among partner nations in the Indo-Pacific region.

  • At the recent Indo-Pacific Economic Framework for Prosperity (IPEF) Ministerial Meeting, members signed three agreements focusing on the Clean Economy, Fair Economy, and the overarching IPEF Agreement.

What is IPEF ?

  • About:
    • IPEF was launched on May 23, 2022, in Tokyo, Japan, and comprises 14 countries.
    • The goal of IPEF is to strengthen economic engagement and cooperation among partner countries, with the aim of advancing growth, economic stability, and prosperity in the region.
  • Members:
    • Australia, Brunei, Fiji, India, Indonesia, Japan, South Korea, Malaysia, New Zealand, Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, United States, and Vietnam.
    • These 14 IPEF partners collectively represent 40% of global GDP and 28% of global goods and services trade.
  • Pillars of IPEF:
    • Fair and Resilient Trade (Pillar I): Aim: Promote economic growth, peace, and prosperity in the region. India's Status: Observer status in Pillar I.
    • Supply-Chain Resilience (Pillar II): Aim: Enhance supply chain resilience, robustness, and integration. Focus: Improve logistics, connectivity, and investments in critical sectors. Emphasis: Enhance worker roles through upskilling and reskilling initiatives.
    • Clean Economy (Pillar III): Aim: Advance cooperation on clean energy and climate-friendly technologies. Focus: Research, development, commercialization, and deployment of clean energy. Encourages: Investment in climate-related projects in the Indo-Pacific region.
    • Fair Economy (Pillar IV): Focus: Implement effective anti-corruption and tax measures.India's Status: India's strides in improving legislative and administrative frameworks to combat corruption.

What are the Key Highlights of the Meeting?

  • Clean Economy Agreement:
    • This agreement aims to accelerate efforts toward energy security, climate resilience, and reducing greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions.
    • India took a leading role in launching the Cooperative Work Programme (CWP), focusing on recovering valuable resources from electronic waste through e-waste urban mining.
  • IPEF Catalytic Capital Fund:
    • This fund was established to support clean economy infrastructure projects in IPEF emerging and upper-middle-income economies.
    • Founding supporters, including Australia, Japan, Korea, and the US, provided an initial grant funding of USD 33 million to catalyse USD 3.3 billion in private investment.
  • Fair Economy Agreement:
    • Aimed at creating a more transparent and predictable business environment, promoting fair competition, and enhancing efforts against corruption.
    • India highlighted its Digital Forensics & System-Driven Risk Analysis training program, which will be offered to other IPEF partners.
  • IPEF Upskilling Initiative:
    • This initiative provides digital skills training, primarily targeting women and girls in IPEF partner countries.
    • Over the past two years, it has offered 10.9 million upskilling opportunities, including 4 million in India.

Source: PIB   

Keywords: GS Paper - 2, IR- India and its Neighbourhood – Bilateral Groupings & Agreements
Monthly Current Affairs

European Parliament election: The rise of right-wing parties


Why in the news?

  • The recent European Parliament elections, in which around 51% of over 370 million eligible voters from 27 EU nations voted, showed a surge in support for right-wing and far-right parties, leading in losses for largely left-leaning and liberal parties.

What is the European Parliament?

  • The European Parliament is a fundamental institution of the European Union (EU), directly elected by citizens from its 27 member states.
  • 19 of these countries use EURO as their official currency. 8 EU members (Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech Republic, Denmark, Hungary, Poland, Romania, Sweden) do not use the euro.
  • It provides democratic legitimacy to EU decisions and policies. The Parliament is composed of 720 seats allocated through a system of degressive proportionality.
  • This approach ensures that smaller member states elect a proportionally higher number of Members of the European Parliament (MEPs) than their populations might otherwise dictate.

What are the Objectives of the EU?

  • Achieve sustainable development based on balanced economic growth and price stability, a highly competitive market economy with full employment and social progress, and environmental protection.
  • Promote peace, values, and the well-being of all EU citizens.
  • Offer freedom, security, and justice without internal borders.
  • Combat social exclusion and discrimination.
  • Promote scientific and technological progress.
  • Enhance economic, social, and territorial cohesion and solidarity among EU countries.
  • Respect the rich cultural and linguistic diversity within the EU.
  • Establish an economic and monetary union with the euro as its currency.

Eligibility Conditions for Voting in European Parliament Elections:

  • Voting Age Requirements:
    • In 21 member states, individuals aged 18 and above are eligible to vote.
    • Belgium, Germany, Austria, and Malta have a minimum voting age of 16.
    • In Greece, individuals who turn 17 during the election year are eligible to vote.
    • In Hungary, married individuals can vote regardless of their age.
  • EU Voting Abroad Rules:
    • EU citizens have the right to vote either in their country of origin or from abroad.
    • Voting from abroad is permitted in all member states except Czechia, Ireland, Malta, and Slovakia.
    • In Bulgaria and Italy, this right is applicable only to EU citizens residing within the EU.
    • Citizens residing in another EU country can choose to vote for candidates either from their country of origin or from their country of residence.
  • One-Country Voting Rule:
    • Voters must decide which country's Members of the European Parliament (MEPs) they will vote for.
    • It is not permissible to vote in elections for MEPs from more than one country simultaneously.

Eligibility of Candidates in European Parliament Elections:

  • Selection of Candidates: Candidates must be citizens of a European Union (EU) member state. Voters have the option to vote for individual candidates or for political parties' lists of candidates, depending on the electoral system of each member state.
  • Alignment in European Parliament: Once elected, MEPs align themselves with political groups in the European Parliament based on their ideological and political orientations.
  • Restrictions: Elected MEPs are prohibited from concurrently holding positions in national governments or other EU institutions such as the European Commission.
  • MEP Allocation:
    • MEP allocation follows the principle of degressive proportionality, where MEPs from larger countries represent more constituents than those from smaller countries.
    • Each EU member state is guaranteed a minimum of six MEPs, while the maximum number any country can have is capped at 96

Major Players in the  New European Parliament:

  • European People’s Party (EPP): A centre-right political group advocating for Christian democratic and conservative values. Traditionally one of the largest groups in the Parliament.
  • Progressive Alliance of Socialists and Democrats (S&D): A centre-left group promoting social democracy and progressive policies. Historically a major force in the Parliament.
  • Renew Europe: A liberal-centrist group focusing on pro-European integration, market economy, and individual freedoms.
  • Greens/European Free Alliance (Greens/EFA): A coalition of green and regionalist parties advocating for environmental sustainability, social justice, and regional autonomy.
  • European Conservatives and Reformists (ECR): A conservative group promoting Eurosceptic and reformist policies, advocating for national sovereignty and decentralisation.
  • Identity and Democracy (ID): A right-wing populist and Eurosceptic group emphasising national sovereignty, immigration control, and cultural conservatism.
  • Left Group (GUE/NGL): A left-wing group advocating for socialist, communist, and other progressive ideologies, focusing on social justice, workers' rights, and environmental sustainability.

Impacts of Election Results:

  • EU Policy Direction:
    • Election results influence the EU's approach to critical issues such as climate change, migration, and international relations.
    • Shifts in parliamentary composition may lead to adjustments in policy priorities and strategies.
  • Rise of Right-Wing and Far-Right Parties:
    • The electoral success of right-wing and far-right parties can prompt a more conservative stance on certain policies within the EU.
    • These parties often advocate for stricter immigration policies and emphasise national sovereignty over EU integration.
  • National Political Landscape:
    • Election outcomes can impact the stability of national governments across Europe.
    • For example, poor electoral performances in European Parliament elections have led leaders like Emmanuel Macron to consider strategic responses, such as calling for snap polls to shore up domestic support.
  • Broader Political Trends:
    • The composition of the European Parliament reflects broader political trends in Europe, including concerns over immigration, national identity, and scepticism towards certain EU policies.
  • Pressure on Centre-Right Parties:
    • Increased electoral competition from right-wing factions has pressured traditional centre-right parties to adopt more stringent positions on immigration.

How Cordial are EU’s Relations with India?

  • Financial Relations:
    • The EU emerged as India’s third-largest trading partner in 2021.
    • EU foreign direct investment (FDI) in India reached €87 billion in 2020.
    • Approximately 15% of Indian exports were directed to the EU in 2021.
    • Trade in goods and services between India and the EU amounted to €95.5 billion in 2020.
    • The European Investment Bank (EIB) has invested over €3 billion in infrastructure, energy, and climate projects in India.
  • Strategic Partnerships:
    • EU-India Joint Declarations have been adopted to strengthen cooperation on connectivity, water, and resource efficiency, emphasising a circular economy approach.
    • In 2023, the EU and India launched a Trade and Technology Council, focusing on digital transformation and green technologies.
  • Neighbourhood, Development, and International Cooperation:
    • Under the Neighbourhood, Development, and International Cooperation Instrument (NDICI-Global Europe), India is slated to receive €90 million in grant funding for the period 2021-2027.
    • India also benefits from various multi-country EU programs aimed at fostering development and cooperation in the region

Conclusion:

Thus, the outcome of the European Parliament elections indicates a growing influence of right-wing parties, influencing EU policies on immigration and other critical issues. This may also have ramifications for national politics, potentially impacting the stability of leadership positions.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-2 - International Relations - Bilateral, Regional and Global Groupings and agreements involving India
Monthly Current Affairs

A chance to reboot relations with the West


Context: 

  • As a frequent G7 participant, India seeks to deepen collaboration with the "collective West." With the West eager to include India in global governance, the upcoming G7 summit in Italy is a prime opportunity for India to reboot its ties with Western nations.

What is G-7?

  • About: The G7 is an informal bloc of industrialised democracies, the United States, Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, and the United Kingdom (UK), that meets annually to discuss issues such as global economic governance, international security, and, most recently, artificial intelligence (AI).
  • History: The United States, France, Italy, Japan, the UK, and West Germany formed the Group of Six in 1975 to provide a venue for noncommunist powers to address pressing economic concerns, which included inflation and a recession sparked by the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC) oil embargo.
  • Canada joined in 1976 and The European Union (EU) has participated fully in the G7 since 1981 as a “non enumerated” member.
  • Russia belonged to the forum from 1998 through 2014, when the bloc was known as the Group of Eight (G8), but the country was suspended following its annexation of Ukraine’s Crimea region.
  • Secretariat: The G7 does not have a formal charter or a secretariat.
  • The presidency, which rotates among member countries each year, is in charge of setting the agenda.
  • The 50th G7 Summit is set to be held from 13th June to 15th June 2024 in the city of Fasano in Apulia, Italy (India is invited).

What Is the West in Geopolitical Terms?

Geographic Scope: 

  • The West until recently referred to Western Europe and the lands it settled, primarily North America and Australasia.
  • The debate about the inclusion of Eastern Europe-considered by some as equal to that of the former Soviet sphere of influence-continues.
  • However, this definition is not so clear-cut anymore. The world's growing interconnectedness challenges the clear-cut distinction between "West" and "East."

Cultural Features:

  • Greco-Roman Legacy Western culture borrows significantly from the way of life, philosophies, and governance of ancient Greece and Rome, where reason, logic, and rights of individuals were stressed.
  • Christianity has profoundly influenced Western values and institutions, even though religious practices have become increasingly diversified; this influence stems from Catholicism and Protestantism primarily.

Political and Economic Systems:

  • Democracy is a system of representative government with individual freedoms and liberties that is a cornerstone of political systems in the West.
  • Free-market economies with private ownership and competition define most Western economies.
  • The West emphasises a legal system based on established laws and procedures, ensuring fairness and accountability.

Why Does India Need to Reboot Its Relations with the West?

Managing the China Challenge:

  • Rising Assertiveness: China’s actions in the Indo-Pacific and its border tensions with India are significant challenges.
  • Strategic Competitor: The West, especially the U.S., sees China as a strategic rival.
  • Improved Relations: Stronger India-West ties would enhance coordination on economic, diplomatic, and military strategies against China.
  • Joint Military Exercise: India and the US's Tiger Triumph 2024 exercise shows a commitment to security collaboration.

Balancing Relations Alongside Russia:

  • Historical Ties: India's defence ties with Russia strain relations with the West, especially post-Ukraine conflict.
  • Energy Security: Increased Russian oil imports despite sanctions highlight energy concerns.
  • Rebooting Relations: Clarifying India's stance and finding common ground on energy and regional stability are key.

Managing the US-China Technological Decoupling:

  • Tech Wars: US-China tech decoupling in AI and 5G presents a challenge for India.
  • Non-alignment Risks: Staying non-aligned could hinder India’s tech and economic growth.
  • Balanced Approach: Seeking a balanced stance could allow India to access Western tech while maintaining strategic autonomy.

Reshaping the Global Trade Architecture:

  • WTO Challenges: The global trade order is shifting with new frameworks like the Indo-Pacific Economic Framework for Prosperity.
  • Proactive Engagement: India must engage to address issues like data localization and digital taxation.
  • Pivotal Player: A proactive stance could make India a key player in new trade rules.

Navigating the Geopolitics of Climate Change and Energy Transition:

  • Strategic Competition: Climate change has become a strategic issue, with the West pushing for renewables and tech weaponization.
  • Energy Security: India's energy needs and leadership in solar initiatives make it a crucial partner.
  • Balanced Approach: A revamped partnership could aid in climate finance, tech transfers, and a balanced energy transition.

Collaborating on Regional Connectivity:

  • Integrated Vision: India's regional connectivity plans, like the India-Middle East-Europe Corridor, need Western cooperation.
  • Western Cooperation: Support in financing, capacity-building, and aligning with the rules-based order is essential.

What are the Friction Points Between India and West?

Differences on Global Governance and Reforms:

  • India seeks changes in global governance to reflect shifting power dynamics.
  • Some Western nations resist reforms that would reduce their influence, causing friction with India’s ambitions.

Intellectual Property Rights and Technology Transfers:

  • India’s stance on IPR and production of affordable generics often clashes with Western pharmaceutical interests.
  • The West is wary of transferring sensitive technologies to India, fearing diversion or leakage.

Strategic Autonomy vs. Alignment Expectations:

  • India’s pursuit of strategic autonomy conflicts with Western desires for closer alignment, especially regarding the Russia-Ukraine War.
  • India’s all-alignment policy is seen as pragmatic by India but perceived as reluctance to take sides by the West.

Divergent Approaches to Regional Security:

  • India’s regional security strategies sometimes diverge from Western views.
  • India’s cautious approaches to Myanmar’s political crisis and the Taliban’s takeover of Afghanistan have caused friction with Western policies.

The Khalistan Issue:

  • The Khalistan movement, supported by elements within the Indian diaspora in countries like Canada and the UK, strains relations.
  • India accuses these nations of allowing platforms for anti-India activities, complicating bilateral ties.

Defense Cooperation and Arms Exports:

  • India’s defence collaboration with Russia, including the procurement of the S-400 system, creates tension with the West.
  • Although India received a CAATSA waiver, recent concerns about its Russian ties have resurfaced, particularly from the U.S.

How Can India and the West Reconcile Their Differences?

Establish a Plurilateral Tech Alliance:

  • India and the West could establish a plurilateral technology alliance to develop standards for critical technologies like AI, quantum computing, and cyber security.
  • This would facilitate joint research, knowledge sharing, and co-development, ensuring a level playing field and protecting strategic interests.

Create a Renewable Energy and Climate Innovation Fund:

  • India and the West could jointly create a fund dedicated to clean energy research, development, and deployment.
  • Projects in green hydrogen, carbon capture, sustainable aviation fuels, and climate-resilient infrastructure would be supported, fostering collaboration and addressing technology transfer and finance concerns.

Joint Framework for Responsible Space Exploration:

  • India and the West could develop a joint framework for responsible space exploration and governance.
  • This would address sustainable space resource utilisation, space debris prevention, and the peaceful use of space, promoting cooperation while respecting strategic interests.

Focus on Regional Trade Agreements:

  • Instead of a pan-India-EU FTA, India could pursue regional trade agreements with specific countries, like the recent TEPA with the European Free Trade Association.
  • These agreements allow for faster progress and cater to diverse economic interests.

Issue-Based Alignment:

  • India could adopt an "issue-based alignment" approach, cooperating on mutual concerns while maintaining its independent stance on other matters.
  • Establishing dialogue mechanisms would help address misperceptions about India's strategic autonomy, ensuring transparency and open communication.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs):


Prelims

Q:1 Recently, India signed a deal known as ‘Action Plan for Prioritisation and Implementation of Cooperation Areas in the Nuclear Field’ with which of the following countries? (2019)

  1. Japan
  2. Russia
  3. The United Kingdom
  4. The United States of America

Ans: (b)


Q:2 Among the following Presidents of India, who was also the Secretary General of the Non-Aligned Movement for some period? (2009)


  1. Dr. Sarvepalli Radhakrishnan
  2. Varahagiri Venkatagiri
  3. Giani Zail Singh
  4. Dr. Shanker Dayal Sharma

Ans: (c)

Source: IE

Keywords: GS - 2, IR- Global Groupings– Groupings & Agreements – Involving India & Affecting India's Interests
Monthly Current Affairs

China’s ‘grey-zone’ warfare tactics against Taiwan


Why in the news?

  • Recently,  President Lai Ching-te assumed office in Taiwan, China has responded strongly to his pro-independence statements by employing sophisticated tactics against his Democratic Progressive Party.

Background of the China-Taiwan Issue:

  • Origins: The conflict traces back to the Chinese Civil War (1927-1950). After the Communist victory in 1949, the Nationalist government retreated to Taiwan, establishing the Republic of China (ROC), while the Communists declared the People’s Republic of China (PRC) on the mainland.
  • Claims and Dispute: China views Taiwan as a breakaway province to be reunified with the mainland, whereas Taiwan sees itself as a distinct, democratic entity. This disagreement over Taiwan’s political status fuels ongoing tensions.
  • Strategic Importance: Taiwan's significance lies in its location within the “first island chain” in the western Pacific and its dominance in the global semiconductor industry. Control over Taiwan would boost China’s regional power and potentially threaten US interests, while Taiwan’s independence is crucial for the US and its allies.

What is Grey Zone Warfare? 

  • About: 
    • Grey Zone Warfare refers to coercive measures used to exploit the space between peace and war, deliberately staying below the threshold that would provoke a conventional military response.
  • Origin
    • Emerging from the Cold War era post-1945, the development of nuclear weapons necessitated restraint in direct conflicts, as the cost and risk of escalation became too high.
  • Methods: Grey Zone Warfare includes both kinetic and non-kinetic methods employed by conventional military forces and irregular proxies.
    • Kinetic Methods: Use of proxies for on-ground action or changing the territorial status quo through coercion or militarization.
      • Example: China's actions in the South China Sea and Russia's invasion of Crimea.
    • Non-Kinetic Methods: Activities range from nefarious economic activities, influence operations, and cyberattacks to mercenary operations, assassinations, disinformation campaigns, economic actions like debt traps and sanctions, and election meddling.
  • Prime Objectives:
    • Escalation Bait: Small actions designed to provoke the other party to escalate, allowing the aggressor to respond in kind, legitimised as self-defence.
    • Projection of Strength: Countries display their capabilities and aim to normalise disputed territorial claims by consistently marking a presence in those regions.

What are the elements of Grey-Zone Warfare ?

  • Military Pressure: The People's Liberation Army Eastern Theater Command (PLA ETC) regularly conducts training drills and simulated invasion scenarios, including 3D animation videos of missile attacks on Taiwan, to intimidate and exert psychological pressure.
  • Grey-Zone Warfare: The PLA carries out continuous sorties of fighter jets, UAVs, and strategic fighters over and around Taiwan, aiming to wear down Taiwan's defence forces through sustained pressure and intelligence gathering.
  • Economic Coercion: China suspended preferential tax rates for 134 chemical imports from Taiwan under the Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement (ECFA) in response to pro-independence statements by Taiwan's President Lai Ching-te and Taipei's restrictions on over 2,000 Chinese imports.

What are China's Grey Zone Tactics Against India ?

  • Cyber Operations:
    • China targets India's critical infrastructure and political systems through cyber operations like hacking, data theft, denial of service attacks, and disinformation. 
    • In 2022, India's power transmission systems faced numerous cyber-attacks reportedly linked to Chinese sources.
  • Information Warfare:
    • China employs propaganda, rumour-spreading, and social media manipulation to create societal divisions and undermine trust within India. 
    • For instance, threatening messages to North Eastern Indian communities in Bengaluru were traced back to China, revealing a campaign to influence internal affairs.
  • Support to Proxy Forces:
    • China supports insurgent groups and non-state actors within India to create discord and deplete resources. 
    • This strategy, evident in the 1980s and 1990s with Chinese backing of northeast insurgent movements, reportedly continues today.
  • Economic Coercion:
    • China uses economic coercion by imposing trade restrictions and leveraging economic influence to pressure India. 
    • The Belt and Road Initiative showcases how China could use economic leverage for political and strategic gains.
  • Legal and Diplomatic Manoeuvring:
    • China exploits legal loopholes, leverages international institutions, and manipulates alliances to undermine India’s international standing. 
    • For example, China uses civilian fishing fleets to assert presence in the South China Sea, circumventing international legal challenges.
  • Military Intimidation:
    • China engages in military intimidation by massing troops near borders or in contested regions to suggest potential escalation. 
    • A significant instance is the deployment of People’s Liberation Army (PLA) troops in the contested Galwan region in Ladakh.

India’s Counter Measures to Grey-Zone Warfare:

  • Enhancing Border Defense:
    • The deployment of advanced surveillance systems, including UAVs (Unmanned Aerial Vehicles) and high-tech surveillance cameras, aids in monitoring and responding to adversarial movements.
  • Strengthening Strategic Partnerships:
    • India is enhancing its strategic position through defence collaborations with allies. Notable agreements include:
    • LEMOA (Logistics Exchange Memorandum of Agreement): Facilitates logistical support between Indian and US militaries.
    • COMCASA (Communications Compatibility and Security Agreement): Ensures secure communications between the two forces.
    • BECA (Basic Exchange and Cooperation Agreement): Allows sharing of geospatial intelligence.
  • Participating in Joint Military Exercises:
    • Exercise Malabar: Initially bilateral between India and the US, now includes Japan and Australia, focusing on naval interoperability.
    • Indo-Russian Exercise Indra: A bi-annual exercise involving Army, Navy, and Air Force to boost cooperation with Russia.
  • Expanding Naval Cooperation:
    • Mission SAGAR (Security and Growth for All in the Region): Ensures maritime security and stability in the Indian Ocean Region (IOR) by providing humanitarian assistance and disaster relief.
    • Indian Ocean Naval Symposium (IONS): A forum led by India to increase cooperation among IOR navies and address regional security challenges.
  • Advancing Defence Technology Collaborations:
    • India is co-developing and co-producing defence technology with international partners. The Quad Alliance, including the US, Australia, and Japan, exemplifies this effort to address regional security through technological collaboration.
  • Enhancing Information Sharing:
    • Information Fusion Centre – Indian Ocean Region (IFC-IOR): Enhances maritime security by serving as a hub for real-time information sharing among IOR countries, improving regional maritime domain awareness.
  • Modernising Armed Forces:
    • India is investing in modernising its military through new technology and indigenous defence production, focusing on reducing dependency on foreign imports. Initiatives include:
      • Make in India: Promotes domestic defence production.
      • Tejas Light Combat Aircraft (LCA): Developed indigenously.
      • Advanced Towed Artillery Gun System (ATAGS): Enhances artillery capabilities.
      • Akash Surface-to-Air Missile System: Strengthens air defence

Conclusion:

Taiwan must navigate China’s multifaceted 'grey-zone' tactics through resilience in defence, strategic alliances, and international advocacy to safeguard its sovereignty and democratic identity amid escalating pressures. By promoting international awareness and cooperation, Taiwan can counteract China's coercive strategies and maintain its democratic integrity in the face of growing challenges.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Mains: 

Q:1 South China Sea has assumed great geopolitical significance in the present context. Comment. (2016)

Source:  TH

Keywords: GS Paper— 2– International Relations – India & Its Neighborhood - Relations
Monthly Current Affairs

India refuses to endorse Ukraine meet statement


Why in the news?

  • Recently, India underscored that achieving peace requires proposals acceptable to both Russia and Ukraine, and therefore chose to disassociate from the final document issued on June 16 at the conclusion of the Peace Summit in Switzerland.

Key Highlights of the Ukraine Peace Summit in Switzerland:

  • Attendance and Endorsement:
    • More than 80 countries participated in the summit and endorsed the "Joint Communique on a Peace Framework."
    • The communique emphasised the importance of protecting Ukraine's territorial integrity, based on Ukraine's peace formula and the principles of the UN Charter.
  • Non-Endorsing Countries:
    • India, Saudi Arabia, South Africa, Thailand, Indonesia, Mexico, and the United Arab Emirates did not sign the communique.
    • Brazil attended as an observer, while China declined the invitation to participate.
  • India’s Participation and Stance:
    • India attended the summit but chose not to endorse the final document.
    • India's stance is based on the principle that any peace proposal must be acceptable to both Russia and Ukraine for it to be sustainable.
    • The Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) reiterated India's commitment to understanding diverse perspectives and pursuing a resolution through dialogue and diplomacy.

Why did India Refuse?

  • Neutrality and Balanced Approach:
    • India adheres to a policy of neutrality and balanced diplomacy in international conflicts. 
    • By abstaining from taking sides in the Russia-Ukraine conflict, India aims to maintain positive diplomatic relations with both nations.
  • Emphasis on Mutually Acceptable Solutions:
    • India believes that sustainable peace can only be achieved through proposals that are mutually acceptable to both Russia and Ukraine. 
    • This approach underscores India's commitment to promoting dialogue and practical engagement between the conflicting parties.
  • Strategic and Diplomatic Considerations:
    • By refraining from endorsing the communique, India preserves its potential role as a trusted mediator in international disputes. 
    • This stance helps safeguard its strategic partnerships, particularly with Russia, and takes into account broader geopolitical concerns such as food and energy security.

Conclusion: 

Hence, India's decision underscores its commitment to neutrality, advocating for peace proposals acceptable to both Russia and Ukraine. It aims to preserve diplomatic relations and safeguard strategic interests amidst evolving global geopolitical dynamics.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQ)

Mains

Q: 1 What is the significance of Indo-US defence deals over Indo-Russian defence deals? Discuss with reference to stability in the Indo-Pacific region.(2020)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2- IR- Bilateral Groupings & Agreements– Effect of Policies & Politics of Countries on India's Interests
Monthly Current Affairs

Kafala System


Why in the news?

  • The recent fire in Mangaf, Kuwait and the 49 deaths of Indian migrant workers underscores the poor living conditions and neglect of low-income workers’ rights and well-being in GCC states.

Kafala System:

  • The Kafala system, prevalent in the GCC states, is a complex of laws and practices that ensure the state and citizens hold all the power. At the same time, individual migrants are treated as temporary.
  • It ties migrant workers’ visas to their employers and allows employers significant control over workers’ lives, including housing, food, and transportation.
  • This system is the root cause of the vulnerability and exploitation of migrant workers in the region.
  • Low wages and restricted movement prevent workers from challenging poor conditions.
  • During the COVID-19 pandemic, GCC states, including Kuwait, confined migrants in crowded accommodations, limiting access to services and deporting thousands.

Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC):

  • The GCC was established in 1981 and currently consists of six Arab countries: Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab Emirates. The council’s main headquarters is located in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia.
  • It was formed to address regional challenges faced by the Arab States of the Gulf.

Migrants’ Rights in GCC countries:

  • Vulnerabilities of Migrant Workers: Migrants in GCC countries are vulnerable under the Kafala system, linking legal status to employers who control housing, wages, and mobility. This dependency leads to exploitation, poor conditions, and arbitrary deportations.
  • Living Conditions and Safety: Many migrants live in overcrowded and substandard housing, increasing risks during emergencies like the Mangaf fire. Workplace and living safety standards are often inadequate, jeopardising migrant health.
  • Legal Protections and Access to Justice: Migrant workers, especially domestic workers, face inconsistent legal protections and are often excluded from labour laws. Limited access to justice and barriers to organising further hinder their rights advocacy.

India-GCC Relations:

  • Strategic Importance:
    • Geographical Proximity: The GCC borders India across the Arabian Sea, making it a close neighbour.
    • Energy Security: The GCC’s substantial oil and gas reserves are crucial for India’s energy needs.
    • Large Indian Expatriate Community: Millions of Indians (diaspora) live and work in GCC countries.
    • Shared Strategic Goals: Both India and the GCC desire regional stability and security.
  • Economic and Commercial Relations:
    • India’s economic linkages with the GCC have increased steadily, especially due to growth in oil imports.
    • During FY23, India-GCC bilateral trade stood at US$ 184.55 billion.
    • GCC is India’s largest bloc trading partner.
    • Four India-GCC Industrial Conferences have been held to promote industrial cooperation.

UPSC Civil Services Examination PYQ

Mains:

Q:1 Indian Diaspora has an important role to play in South-East Asian countries’ economy and society. Appraise the role of the Indian Diaspora in South-East Asia in this context. (2017)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2-IR- Migrants' Rights in GCC countries– Kafala System
Monthly Current Affairs

50th G7 Summit


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, Prime Minister Narendra Modi attended the 50th G7 Summit in Puglia, Italy.

What are the  Key Agendas of the G7 Summit ?

  • Supporting Ukraine: In response to the ongoing war, the G7 will unveil a new initiative called "Extraordinary Revenue Acceleration (ERA) Loans." This aims to provide Ukraine with an additional $50 billion by year's end to bolster its defence efforts.
  • Mideast Peace Efforts: The G7 will turn its attention to the conflict in Gaza, with the US President proposing an immediate ceasefire plan between Israel and Hamas.
  • Addressing the Migration Challenge: Italy is pushing for European cooperation in managing irregular migration from Africa. The "Mattei Plan" proposes significant investments in African infrastructure, development, and energy to tackle the root causes of migration.
  • Combating Climate Change: The G7 aims to significantly cut emissions by 2030, aiming for a 40-42% reduction. As current policies only project a 19-33% decrease, the summit will explore new strategies to achieve their ambitious climate goals.
  • Global Infrastructure Development: The G7 nations are committed to promoting concrete infrastructure projects like the India-Middle East-Europe Economic Corridor (IMEC) and the Partnership for Global Infrastructure and Investment (PGII). These initiatives aim to improve global connectivity and boost economic growth.
  • Focus on the Indo-Pacific Region: The strategic importance of the Indo-Pacific region, particularly for Japan, will be a key discussion point. This region is expected to be a major driver of future global growth and security.

G7 Summit: 

  • The G7 Summit originated from a 1973 meeting of finance ministers and central bank governors.
  • Initially convened to address significant economic challenges including an oil crisis, rising inflation, and the collapse of the Bretton Woods system.
  • The first Summit of Heads of State and Government was held in 1975 in Rambouillet, France. 
  • The members of the G7 include France, United States, United Kingdom, Germany, Japan, Italy, Canada, and the European Union.
  • The formation of the G7 served dual purposes: first, to manage economic, political, and security differences among member countries and handle crises collectively.
  • Second, to uphold the dominance of the Western democratic and liberal economic model in the global order.
  • Unlike formal organisations, the G7 does not possess a constitution or a fixed headquarters. The decisions made by leaders during their annual summits are non-binding
  • Canada joined the group in 1976, and the European Union began attending in 1977.
  • The G-7 was known as the ‘G-8’ for several years after the original seven were joined by Russia in 1997.
  • The Group returned to being called G-7 after Russia was expelled as a member in 2014 following the latter’s annexation of the Crimea region of Ukraine.

Why has been India invited?

  • India has been invited to the G7 summit for several compelling reasons. Firstly, with a GDP of $3.94 trillion, India's economy surpasses that of four G7 member nations. This economic stature underscores India's significant role as a major global economic player.
  • Strategically, India holds pivotal importance in the Indo-Pacific region, where it acts as a counterbalance to Chinese influence. This geopolitical positioning enhances India's relevance in discussions concerning regional stability and global security.

How relevant is it today?

  • Today, the relevance of India's participation in the G7 is underscored by the evolving global economic landscape. 
  • While the G7 collectively represents around 47% of global GDP, only five members—US, Germany, Japan, UK, and France—are ranked among the top seven global economies. 
  • Both Italy and Canada have been surpassed by China and India, highlighting the shifting economic dynamics where India's influence and economic potential are increasingly recognized on the global stage.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Prelims

Q:1 The term ‘Intended Nationally Determined Contributions’ is sometimes seen in the news in the context of (2016)


  1. Pledges made by the European countries to rehabilitate refugees from the war-affected Middle East
  2. Plan of action outlined by the countries of the world to combat climate change
  3. Capital contributed by the member countries in the establishment of Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank
  4. Plan of action outlined by the countries of the world regarding Sustainable Development Goals

Answer: (b)


Q:2  With reference to the Agreement at the UNFCCC Meeting in Paris in 2015, which of the following statements is/are correct? (2016)


  1. The Agreement was signed by all the member countries of the UN and it will go into effect in 2017.
  2. The Agreement aims to limit greenhouse gas emissions so that the rise in average global temperature by the end of this century does not exceed 2°C or even 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels.
  3. Developed countries acknowledged their historical responsibility in global warming and committed to donate $1000 billion a year from 2020 to help developing countries to cope with climate change.

Select the correct answer using the code given below.

  1. 1 and 3 only
  2. 2 only
  3. 2 and 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

Answer: (b)


Q:3 In which one of the following groups are all the four countries members of G20? (2020)

  1. Argentina, Mexico, South Africa and Turkey
  2. Australia, Canada, Malaysia and New Zealand
  3. Brazil, Iran, Saudi Arabia and Vietnam
  4. Indonesia, Japan, Singapore and South Korea

Ans: (a)


Mains

Q:1 ‘Climate change’ is a global problem. How will India be affected by climate change? How Himalayan and coastal states of India are affected by climate change? (2017)

Q:2 Describe the major outcomes of the 26th session of the Conference of the Parties (COP) to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC). What are the commitments made by India in this conference? (2021)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS — 2 — IR- Important International Institutions– Groupings & Agreements Involving India
Monthly Current Affairs

India-Italy Strategic Partnership


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, prime minister Narendra Modi met his Italian counterpart to discuss a free and open Indo-Pacific and the India-Middle East-Europe Economic Corridor.

  • Prime Minister Narendra Modi and his Italian counterpart reviewed the progress of the bilateral strategic partnership, agreeing to strengthen cooperation in global fora and multilateral initiatives, including the India-Middle East-Europe Economic Corridor.

India-Italy Strategic Partnership:

  • India-Italy Strategic Partnership and Indo-Pacific Engagements
    • In 2023, India and Italy upgraded their relationship to a Strategic Partnership, marking a significant milestone in their bilateral ties. 
    • Italy has shown growing interest in the Indo-Pacific region, joining other European countries like France, Germany, and The Netherlands in engaging with this strategic area. 
    • This shift reflects Italy's recent pivot towards the Indo-Pacific, highlighting its efforts to strengthen relations with India.
  • Trilateral Initiatives and Global Forums:
    • In 2021, the ‘India-Italy-Japan’ trilateral was initiated to enhance security, stability, prosperity, and multilateralism in the Indo-Pacific region. 
    • This collaboration is the second of its kind involving India and a European nation in the Indo-Pacific, following the ‘India-France-Australia’ trilateral.
    • Italy has also joined significant global initiatives launched during the G20 Summit, including the ‘Global Biofuel Alliance’ and the ‘India-Middle East-Europe Economic Corridor’. 
    • In 2021, Italy became a member of the ‘International Solar Alliance’ (ISA) during its G20 Presidency and co-Presidency of COP26.
  • Economic and Trade Relations:
    • Bilateral trade between India and Italy experienced significant growth, reaching approximately 4.9 billion Euros in 2022, a 42% increase from 2021. Italy ranks as India’s fifth-largest trading partner within the EU. 
    • Both nations aim to strengthen cooperation in defence technology, maritime security, and space, addressing shared maritime concerns.
  • Relations with China and Geopolitical Shifts:
    • Italy's increasing concerns about China's influence in the broader European and Indo-Pacific regions have influenced its foreign policy.
    • Reports suggest that Italy may exit China’s Belt and Road Initiative (BRI), indicating a significant policy shift. These geopolitical dynamics are prompting Italian policymakers to reshape their relationships in Asia.

Way Ahead:

  • Recent developments indicate a renewed interest in strengthening the India-Italy relationship from both sides. 
  • By leveraging their strategic positions in the Indian Ocean and the Mediterranean, India and Italy can enhance connectivity, stability, and energy security. 
  • Promoting freedom of navigation in these maritime geographies will contribute to broader stability in the Indo-Pacific region.

Source: TH  

Keywords: GS-2 — IR— India-Italy Strategic Partnership
Monthly Current Affairs

U.S.-India Initiative on Critical and Emerging Technology


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, the Initiative on Critical and Emerging Technologies (iCET), led by the Indian National Security Council Secretariat and the U.S. National Security Council was launched in 2023.
  • It is a framework for cooperation on critical and emerging technologies (CET) in areas including space, semiconductors, telecommunications, clean energy, biotechnology, etc.

Significance of ICET

  • Enhances India's Role: Vital for India's growing position as a trusted supply chain partner and contributor in the global technology value chain.
  • Addresses Key Domains: Focuses on disruptive domains central to the next Industrial Revolution and future warfare.
  • Opens New Markets: Creates opportunities for India's deep technology players to enter new markets.

Key Highlights:

  • Innovation:
    • Funding: Unlock over $90 million in government funding over the next five years for the U.S.-India Global Challenges Institute to foster research partnerships in areas like semiconductor technology and sustainable agriculture.
  • Space Technology Cooperation:
    • NASA-ISRO Collaboration: Launch NASA-ISRO Synthetic Aperture Radar, a jointly developed satellite to map Earth's surface twice every 12 days, aiding climate change efforts.
    • Lunar Gateway Programme: Explore opportunities to participate in the Lunar Gateway Programme (LGP), aiming to build a space station around the moon as part of the collaborative Artemis programme led by the U.S.
  • Telecommunications:
    • Open RAN: Partnerships to deploy cost-effective Open Radio Access Network technology.
    • 6G Technologies: Strengthen cooperation in 6G technologies.
  • Biotechnology:
    • Strategic Framework: Developing a joint strategic framework for optimising and strengthening the global biopharmaceutical supply chain.
    • Bio-X Initiative: Launch of the “Bio-X” initiative to promote cooperation in biotechnology and enhance the competitiveness of biotechnology industries.
  • Clean Energy:
    • Mineral Security: Enhancing mineral security partnership through co-investment in a lithium resource project in South America and rare earths deposit in Africa

National Security Council:

  • The National Security Council (NSC) of India is the principal body responsible for advising the Prime Minister on matters of national security and strategic interests.
  • It was established by the former Prime Minister of India Atal Bihari Vajpayee in 1998, with Brajesh Mishra as the first National Security Advisor.

Composition of the NSC:

  • Head of the NSC: Prime Minister
  • The Prime Minister oversees all aspects of national security and strategic policy.

National Security Advisor:

  • The NSA is the primary advisor to the Prime Minister on national security issues.
  • The NSA coordinates with various ministries, agencies, and departments involved in national security.

Members of NSC:

  • National Security Advisor (NSA),
  • Chief of Defence Staff (CDS),
  • Deputy National Security Advisors,
  • Union Ministers of Defence, External Affairs, Home, Finance, and
  • Vice Chairman of the NITI Aayog

Functions of NSC:

  • Policy Formulation and Coordination
  • Intelligence Assessment
  • Strategic Planning
  • Crisis Management
  • International Security Cooperation
  • Before the NSC was formed, these functions were carried out by the Principal Secretary to the Prime Minister.

Source: AIR

Keywords: GS-2, IR- U.S. & India Relation, GS-3– Science and Technology
Monthly Current Affairs

QUAD: Diplomacy and Cooperation in the Indo-Pacific


Why in the news ?

  • The Quad, (Quadrilateral Security Dialogue), has evolved into a strategic alliance focused on security, diplomatic collaboration, and the provision of public goods among its members and throughout the Indo-Pacific region over the past two decades.

About the Quad:

  • The Quad, comprising India, Japan, Australia, and the United States, has emerged as a significant diplomatic platform aimed at ensuring a free, open, and inclusive Indo-Pacific region. 
  • It focuses on upholding international law, maintaining freedom of navigation, and promoting democratic values within the region. 
  • The Quad countries collectively host 1.9 billion people (24% of the world’s population) and account for 35% of the world’s GDP and 18% of global trade.

Genesis and Evolution:

  • The Quad was conceived in the early 2000s to leverage the converging interests of its member nations. 
  • Its inception responded to the growing need for a collaborative approach to address challenges in the Indo-Pacific, particularly those posed by natural disasters and regional security threats.

General timeline of events:

2004

December 26

Australia, India, Japan, and the United States form a coalition to coordinate aid and streamline assistance following the Indian Ocean Tsunami, which killed 228,000 people across 14 countries in the Indo-Pacific.

2007

May 25

Quad senior officials meet for the first time on the sidelines of the ASEAN Regional Forum in Manila, the Philippines.  

 

August 22

Prime Minister of Japan, Shinzo Abe’s “Confluence of the Two Seas” speech provides a foundation for the Quad as an “open and transparent” network that “will allow people, goods, capital and knowledge to flow freely.”

 

September 7

Australia, Japan, and Singapore participate in Exercise Malabar, previously a bilateral naval exercise between the United States and India, sparking protests from China.

2008

February 5

  Australia assures China that it will withdraw from the Quad.

2012

December 27

Prime Minister Shinzo Abe calls for a “democratic security diamond” whereby “Australia, India, Japan, and the U.S. state of Hawaii form a diamond to safeguard the maritime commons stretching from the Indian Ocean region to the western Pacific.”

2015

October 12

Japan became a permanent member of Exercise Malabar.

2017

November 12

In the first senior-level meeting of the renewed Quad, officials from all four countries meet on the sidelines of the ASEAN Summit in Manila, the Philippines.

2018  

June 7

Quad senior officials meet for a second time on the margins of the ASEAN Senior Officials’ Meeting in Singapore.

 

November 15

The third Quad Senior Officials’ Meeting occurs at the East Asia Summit in Singapore.

2019

May 31

The Quad holds its foreign ministerial-level meeting on the sidelines of the United Nations General Assembly in New York City, the United States.

2020

November 2

Australia rejoins Exercise Malabar.

2021

March 12

The first Quad Leaders’ Summit is held virtually and the joint statement The Spirit of the Quad is released.

 

September 24

The second Quad Leaders’ Summit is held in-person in Washington D.C., the United States.

2022

March 4

The third Quad Leaders’ Summit is held virtually to discuss the conflict in Ukraine and its impact on the Indo-Pacific region.

 

May 24

The fourth Quad Leaders’ Summit takes place in Tokyo, Japan as a standalone meeting. This is the second in-person Quad Leaders’ Summit.

2023

March 3

The Quad Working Group on Counterterrorism is announced at the sixth Quad Foreign Ministers’ meeting in New Delhi, India.

 

May 20

The fifth Quad Leaders’ Summit takes place in Hiroshima, Japan on the sidelines of the Group of Seven Summit.

 

Quad Initiatives and Focus Areas:

  • Quad Health Security Partnership:
    • In 2021, they met virtually for the first time alongside three new partners — South Korea, Vietnam, and New Zealand, informally called the Quad-Plus.
    • Established initiatives like the Quad Vaccine Partnership.
  • Climate Working Group:
    • Launched the Quad Climate Change Adaptation and Mitigation Package (Q-CHAMP) at the 2022 Quad Leaders’ Summit in Tokyo.
    • Focus areas include climate-smart agriculture, carbon recycling, and subnational climate action knowledge sharing.
    • Q-CHAMP builds on three pillars: climate ambition, clean energy, and adaptation and resilience.
    • Emphasises the need for secure, resilient, and sustainable clean energy supply chains, reducing emissions from mining, production, and manufacturing.
  • Critical and Emerging Technology (CET) Working Group:
    • Addresses technologies like AI, quantum computing, autonomous systems, and biotechnologies.
    • The Quad International Standards Cooperation Network enhances coordination and influence in international standards development.
    • Promotes global technology markets, sets technical standards, and coordinates on 5G networks and horizon scanning.
  • Space Working Group:
    • Quad nations share Earth observation satellite data for monitoring climate change, improving disaster response, and ensuring sustainable use of oceans and marine resources.
    • The global space economy was worth $546 billion in 2022, with commercial revenue accounting for 78% of the sector.
  • Quad Infrastructure Coordination Group:
    • Addresses the infrastructure financing gap due to rapid regional growth, focusing on transport, power, telecommunications, water supply, and sanitation.
    • Despite $881 billion in annual infrastructure investment in the region, the figure drops to $195 billion excluding China’s investments.
    • From 2015 to 2021, Quad countries provided over $48 billion in infrastructure financing to the Indo-Pacific.
  • Quad Senior Cyber Group:
    • Cybercrime resulted in $1 trillion in global economic losses in 2020.
    • In 2022, all Quad countries were among the top 20 international cyber victims.
    • Established the Quad Cybersecurity Partnership to address cyber threats, focusing on critical infrastructure protection, supply chain resilience, workforce development, and software security standards.

India and the Quad:

  • Platform for Consultation: The Quad serves as a platform for India to engage with major powers on regional security and economic issues, aligning with its foreign policy objectives.
  • Countering China's Influence: As a regional power, India uses the Quad to counter China's dominance in the Indian Ocean and to ensure security in the Indo-Pacific.
  • Commitment to Regional Stability: India’s participation in the Quad reflects its dedication to regional stability and its role as a significant global player.

Challenges and Criticism:

  • Emergence of AUKUS:
    • AUKUS Formation: The creation of the Australia-UK-US (AUKUS) Indo-Pacific grouping has raised questions about the Quad’s future relevance.
    • Focus Differences: AUKUS focuses on broader global social issues such as climate change, COVID-19 vaccines, and supply chain resilience, while the Quad addresses stronger strategic aspects.
  • Free and Open Indo-Pacific:
    • Rules-Based Order: The Quad emphasises a ‘free, open, rules-based order’ rooted in international law to counter threats in the Indo-Pacific region.
    • Tensions with China: Tensions with China, particularly regarding unilateral actions in the South China Sea, drive the Quad's focus on maintaining a rules-based order.
  • Connectivity and Infrastructure:
    • Transparent Funding: The Quad aims to provide transparent infrastructure funding and joint connectivity projects to countries in the region.
    • Debt-Trap Prevention: This initiative is designed to prevent countries from becoming ‘debt-trapped’ by other initiatives, such as China’s Belt and Road Initiative.
  • Critical Technologies and Supply Chains:
    • Working Group on Technologies: The Quad has established a working group on critical and emerging technologies to cooperate on international standards and innovation.
    • Supply Chain Resilience: Ensuring resilient supply chains is a priority for the Quad, addressing potential vulnerabilities and promoting robust economic cooperation.

Way Forward:

  • Collaborative efforts in combating climate change, enhancing pandemic response capabilities, and promoting sustainable development are essential for the region's well-being.
  • Fostering deeper economic ties and technological partnerships will be crucial in shaping the future of Indo-Pacific diplomacy. 
  • Critics often highlight the absence of a formal charter or binding commitments among the member countries, questioning the group's cohesiveness and long-term vision.
  • The Quad's perceived role in countering China's influence in the region. The group's strategies and actions are often scrutinised for their implications on regional dynamics and balance of power.
  • The next decade will be pivotal for the Quad to solidify its role as a cornerstone of peace and stability in the Indo-Pacific. 
  • Continued adaptation, strategic cooperation, and addressing criticisms head-on will be key to ensuring the Quad's enduring impact and success.

UPSC Civil Services Examination Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Mains

Q:1 Quadrilateral Security Dialogue (Quad) is transforming itself into a trade bloc from a military alliance, in present times Discuss. (2020)

Source: ORF

Keywords: GS-2, IR – Bilateral Groupings & Agreements
Monthly Current Affairs

Sri Lanka's constitution - Strides in the right direction


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, interim report by a state government panel, over 45% of Sri Lankan Tamils in Tamil Nadu’s rehabilitation camps were born in India.

Reason of Tamilian Displacement:

  • Ethnocentric Violence: Ethnocentric violence in Sri Lanka, particularly targeting the Tamil population, caused substantial displacement, resulting in loss of life and property, compelling Tamils to seek safety elsewhere.
  • Proximity and Linguistic Commonality: Given India's geographical proximity and shared Tamil language, many Tamils sought refuge in Tamil Nadu, finding it accessible and culturally familiar. 

Government Initiatives:

  • Basic Amenities Provision: Refugees are provided with free housing, electricity, water, and monthly food rations. Additionally, they receive a monthly cash allowance.
  • Educational Support: Refugee children have access to government schools, and those pursuing higher education receive a monthly stipend of ₹1,000. Arts and science students receive a one-time support of ₹12,000, while engineering students receive ₹50,000.
  • Welfare Schemes: Refugees are entitled to various welfare schemes available to Tamil Nadu residents, including a women’s rights scheme that provides ₹1,000 per month.
  • New Housing Initiatives: The Government of Tamil Nadu has recently constructed new homes for approximately 5,000 Sri Lankan Tamils.
  • Camp Renaming: In an effort to reduce stigma, refugee camps were renamed as Sri Lankan Tamil Rehabilitation Camps by a government order dated October 28, 2021 

Restoring Dignity:

  • Educational Empowerment: Welfare initiatives have achieved full school enrollment and produced over 4,500 graduates from the camps.
  • Overcoming Caste Barriers: Categorised as refugees, Sri Lankan Tamils have found liberation from caste constraints.
  • Government Recognition: Renaming refugee camps as Sri Lankan Tamil Rehabilitation Camps marks a significant step in restoring dignity to displaced communities.
  • Advocacy and Support: Ongoing advocacy by organisations like OfERR, donor support, and political backing have bolstered patronage from the Government of Tamil Nadu and Government of India.
  • Future Potential: These efforts position refugees as potential contributors to nation-building upon their return to Sri Lanka. 

Current Challenges:

  • Legal Restrictions: Indian laws do not allow for local integration through citizenship for Sri Lankan refugees.
  • Economic and Health Crises: The COVID-19 pandemic and economic challenges in Sri Lanka have hindered refugees' return to their homeland.
  • Uncertainty: Despite improvements in living conditions and dignity, Sri Lankan Tamils in India face ongoing uncertainty about their long-term future. 

Way Forward:

  • Policy Advocacy: Advocate for legal reforms in India to facilitate local integration options for Sri Lankan refugees, including pathways to citizenship or long-term residency.
  • Regional Cooperation: Foster closer cooperation between India, Sri Lanka, and international organisations to address the economic and health challenges impacting the return of refugees.
  • Livelihood Support: Enhance vocational training and employment opportunities for Sri Lankan Tamils in India to promote self-reliance and economic stability.
  • Healthcare Assistance: Provide targeted healthcare support to address the health needs exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic and economic crises.
  • Community Integration: Promote cultural exchange programs and initiatives that facilitate social integration and mutual understanding between Sri Lankan refugees and local communities.
  • Durable Solutions: Work towards durable solutions that ensure the safety, security, and well-being of Sri Lankan Tamils, including voluntary repatriation under safe conditions or alternative legal statuses that respect their rights. 

             UPSC Civil Services Examination Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims

Q1. Elephant Pass, sometimes seen in the news, is mentioned in the context of the affairs of which one of the following? (2009)

(a) Bangladesh

(b) India

(c) Nepal

(d) Sri Lanka 

Ans: (d)

 

Mains:

Q:1 In respect of India-Sri Lanka relations, discuss how domestic factors influence foreign policy. (2013)

Q:2 ‘India is an age-old friend of Sri Lanka.’ Discuss India’s role in the recent crisis in Sri Lanka in the light of the preceding statement.(2022)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-1, Indian society- Population & Associated Issues, GS-2 , IR-India and its Neighbourhood- issues related to Sri Lankan Tamils
Monthly Current Affairs

Russia-North Korea pact


Why in the news ?

  • The recent visit of Russia's President Vladimir Putin to Pyongyang drew attention due to a consequential agreement between Russia and North Korea committed to swiftly provide military assistance if either nation faces armed aggression.

Historical Context:

  • Post-World War II Context:
    • The Soviet Union aimed to establish a communist regime in Korea.
    • The USSR provided significant military aid to North Korea’s founder, Kim Il Sung, during the Korean War.
    • Post-war support from the USSR and China included substantial military and other aid to North Korea.
  • 1961 Russo-North Korea Treaty:
    • The Treaty of Friendship, Cooperation, and Mutual Assistance included a mutual defence agreement. 
  • Post-Soviet Union Period: 
    • Relations deteriorated after the Soviet Union dissolved in 1991, voiding the treaty.
  • Early 2000s Reconnection:
    • Under Putin, Russia moved closer to North Korea despite not supporting its nuclear ambitions initially.
    • Russia supported sanctions against North Korea aimed at curbing its nuclear capabilities.
  • Post-2022 Dynamics:
    • After Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, Russia faced international isolation.
    • Russia and North Korea solidified their alliance against the Western liberal order.

What about the Pact:

  • Scope of Cooperation:
    • The pact includes cooperation on a wide range of issues, including mutual military support and unspecified technological assistance.
  • Mutual Defence Provision:
    • Article 4 of the pact states that in the event of an armed invasion, the other side shall provide military and other assistance without delay, following Article 51 of the UN Charter and respective national laws.
  • Technological Assistance:
    • Technological assistance is crucial for North Korea, which currently has nuclear weapons but lacks advanced missile guidance systems and other technologies for long-range nuclear weapons.

Strategic Implications:

  • Direct Threat to South Korea and Japan:
  •  
  • Both countries view the pact as a significant security threat due to North Korea’s nuclear capabilities, now bolstered by Russia's support.
  •  
  • Potential Arms Race:
  •  
  • Japan is reconsidering its pacifist stance and enhancing its military capabilities. South Korea is exploring new defence strategies, which might include increasing arms exports.
  •  
  • Strengthening of US Alliances: 
    • In response to rising regional security concerns, South Korea and Japan are likely to deepen their military and strategic alliances with the United States. 
  • NATO and Global Security:
    • The pact raises alarms among NATO allies and other global stakeholders, leading to reassessments of existing security strategies and commitments. 
  • Nuclear Proliferation Concerns:
    • Increased collaboration between Russia and North Korea may enhance North Korea’s nuclear and missile capabilities, challenging global non-proliferation efforts. 
  • Global Strategic Repercussions:
    • The pact sets a precedent for authoritarian regimes aligning against Western liberal orders, influencing geopolitical strategies and alliances beyond Asia.

Way Forward:

  • Enhanced Diplomatic Engagement and Dialogue:
    • Engage in robust diplomatic efforts to mitigate tensions and clarify the intentions behind the Russia-North Korea pact.
    • Encourage multilateral dialogues involving key stakeholders such as the United States, South Korea, Japan, and other concerned parties to foster mutual understanding and reduce the risk of miscalculation.
  • Reinforcement of Regional Security Mechanisms:
    • Strengthen existing regional security mechanisms, particularly alliances with the United States, underpinned by treaties such as the Mutual Defense Treaty with Japan and the mutual defence commitments with South Korea.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Mains:

Q:1  What is the significance of Indo-US defence deals over Indo-Russian defence deals? Discuss with reference to stability in the Indo-Pacific region. (2020)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2 - IR - Bilateral Groupings & Agreements- International Treaties & Agreements
Monthly Current Affairs

India – Bangladesh Bilateral Relationship


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, Bangladesh’s Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina is on a two-day visit to India.

How Have the Ties Between India-Bangladesh Flourished?

Historical Ties:

  • The foundation of India’s relationship with Bangladesh was established during the 1971 Bangladesh Liberation War, with India providing crucial military and material support for Bangladesh's independence from Pakistan.
  • However, relations deteriorated within a few years as military regimes took control in Bangladesh, leading to rising anti-India sentiment in the mid-1970s over issues such as boundary disputes, insurgency, and water sharing.
  • This instability persisted for several decades until Sheikh Hasina came to power in 1996, marking a new chapter in bilateral ties with a treaty on the sharing of Ganga waters.
  • Since then, India and Bangladesh have developed cooperation in various areas including trade, energy, infrastructure, connectivity, and defence.

Economic Cooperation:

  • Bangladesh has become India’s largest trade partner in South Asia, with bilateral trade reaching   USD 15.9 billion in FY 2022-23, USD 18 billion in 2021-2022.
  • It is up from USD 10.8 billion in 2020-21, though there was a dip in 2022-23 due to the Covid-19 pandemic and the Russia-Ukraine War.
  • India is also the second biggest trade partner of Bangladesh, with exports amounting to USD 2 billion in Indian markets.
  • In 2022, both nations completed a joint feasibility study on a Comprehensive Economic Partnership Agreement (CEPA). 
  • The CEPA is particularly significant as Bangladesh is set to lose its Least Developed Country (LDC) status after 2026, which will result in the loss of its duty-free and quota-free market access in India.
  • Bangladesh aims to finalise a Free Trade Agreement (FTA) with India and also pursue the China-backed Regional Comprehensive Economic Partnership (RCEP), a dual approach that raises concerns for India

Infrastructure:

  • Since 2010, India has extended Lines of Credit to Bangladesh worth over USD 7 billion.
  • India and Bangladesh resolved long-standing issues, including the Land Boundary Agreement (LBA) in 2015 and a maritime dispute over territorial waters.
  • In 2023, India and Bangladesh inaugurated the Akhaura-Agartala Rail Link, connecting Bangladesh and the northeast through Tripura. This link provides India access to Chattogram and Mongla ports in Bangladesh for cargo movement.
  • This rail link is expected to boost small-scale industries and development in Assam and Tripura.
  • The BIMSTEC Master Plan for Transport Connectivity aims to connect major transport projects in India, Bangladesh, Myanmar, and Thailand, establishing a shipping network.
  • India will focus on the Matarbari Port, 100 km from Tripura, being built by Bangladesh, creating an industrial corridor connecting Dhaka and Northeast India.

Energy:

  • In 2018, Russia, Bangladesh, and India signed a memorandum on cooperation for the Rooppur Nuclear Power Plant project, Bangladesh's first nuclear power reactor.
  • Bangladesh imports 1160 MW of power from India in 2022-2023.
  • Projects like the Maitree Super Thermal Power Plant and India-Bangladesh Friendship Pipeline are key initiatives.

Defence Cooperation:

  • India and Bangladesh share a 4096.7 km border, the longest land boundary India shares with any neighbour.
  • The states of Assam, West Bengal, Mizoram, Meghalaya, and Tripura share borders with Bangladesh.
  • The two countries conduct joint exercises: Army (Exercise Sampriti) and Navy (Exercise Bongo Sagar).

Multilateral Cooperation:

  • India and Bangladesh engage in regional cooperation through multilateral forums such as SAARC (South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation), BIMSTEC (Bay of Bengal Multi-Sectoral Technical and Economic Cooperation), and the Indian Ocean Rim Association (IORA).

Cultural Cooperation:

  • Cultural exchanges are facilitated through the Indira Gandhi Cultural Centre and Indian Cultural Centre in Dhaka.
  • Programs in arts, dance, and language promote people-to-people contacts.

PM Sheikh Hasina’s visit to India:

  • Bangladesh’s Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina is on a two-day visit to India.
  • This will be the first incoming bilateral State visit by a foreign leader after the formation of the new government following the Lok Sabha elections.
  • Sheikh Hasina was among the seven leaders from India’s neighbourhood who attended the swearing-in ceremony at the Rashtrapati Bhavan on June 9.

What are the Points of Tensions Between India and Bangladesh?

Sharing of Transboundary River Waters:

  • India and Bangladesh share 54 common rivers, but only two treaties have been signed: the Ganga Waters Treaty and the Kushiyara River Treaty.
  • Other major rivers, such as the Teesta and Feni, are still under negotiation.

Illegal Migration:

  • The issue of illegal migration from Bangladesh to India, including both refugees and economic migrants, remains a significant concern.
  • This influx strains resources and security in Indian border states.
  • The problem has intensified with Rohingya refugees entering India through Bangladesh.
  • The National Register of Citizens (NRC) aimed at curbing such migration has raised concerns in Bangladesh.
  • Bangladesh seeks Indian support in persuading Myanmar to take back the Rohingyas who have taken refuge in Bangladesh.

Drug Smuggling & Trafficking:

  • There have been numerous incidents of cross-border drug smuggling and trafficking.
  • Humans, especially children and women, are trafficked, and various animal and bird species are poached through these borders.

Growing Chinese Influence in Bangladesh:

  • Bangladesh is an active partner in the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI), which India is not a part of.
  • China's increasing involvement with Bangladesh could potentially undermine India's regional standing and impede its strategic aspirations

PM Sheikh Hasina’s visit to India  discussion:  Controversy on the Teesta Water Dispute

  • Background: 
    • The Teesta River originates in the Pauhunri mountain of Sikkim, flows through West Bengal, and enters Bangladesh, joining the Brahmaputra.
    • It is the second-largest river in West Bengal after the Ganga, making it crucial for both West Bengal and Bangladesh.

  • Historical Context:
    • India and Bangladesh have been negotiating the sharing of Teesta waters since the early 1980s.
    • A water-sharing agreement was nearly signed in 2011 during Prime Minister Manmohan Singh's visit to Bangladesh, but it was halted due to last-minute objections by West Bengal's Chief Minister Mamata Banerjee.
  • Recent Developments:
    • In 2015, Prime Minister Narendra Modi visited Dhaka, accompanied by Mamata Banerjee, and expressed confidence in finding a fair solution.
    • Despite efforts, the issue remains unresolved. In a recent interview, Prime Minister Hasina emphasised the need for India to be more accommodating to resolve the dispute.
  • Current Status:
    • Bangladesh seeks an equitable share of the Teesta waters to ensure sufficient water flow during the dry season.
    • India’s internal political dynamics, particularly the stance of the West Bengal government, play a significant role in the negotiations. 
  • Importance of Teesta Waters :
    • The Teesta River is vital for irrigation and water supply in both countries. Sheikh Hasina recently urged India to show greater flexibility to resolve the issue.

Way Forward:

  • Joint Task Forces:
    • Establish joint task forces comprising law enforcement agencies from both countries to effectively combat cross-border drug smuggling and human trafficking.
    • Shared intelligence and coordinated operations can disrupt illegal networks.
  • Smart Border Management:
    • Implement smart border management solutions that utilise Artificial Intelligence (AI) and data analytics.
    • These technologies can streamline cross-border movements while ensuring security and efficiency.
  • Digital Connectivity Corridor:
    • Establish a digital connectivity corridor between the two countries, focusing on high-speed internet connectivity, digital services, and e-commerce.
    • This initiative can create new avenues for trade, collaboration, and technological exchange.

              UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims

Q:1 With reference to river Teesta, consider the following statements: (2017)

  1. The source of river Teesta is the same as that of Brahmaputra but it flows through Sikkim.
  2. River Rangeet originates in Sikkim and it is a tributary of river Teesta.
  3. River Teesta flows into Bay of Bengal on the border of India and Bangladesh.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

  1. 1 and 3 only
  2. 2 only
  3. 2 and 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (b)


Mains

Q:1 Analyze internal security threats and transborder crimes along Myanmar, Bangladesh and Pakistan borders including Line of Control (LoC). Also discuss the role played by various security forces in this regard. (2018)

Source: LM

Keywords: GS-2-IR- India and its Neighbourhood— Bilateral Groupings & Agreements
Monthly Current Affairs

Indian policy on Myanmar outlined


Why in the news?

  • Despite ongoing violence by Myanmar's military, India maintains formal relations three years after the 2021 coup, with reported killings, injuries, and displacements of its people.

India-Myanmar Relations:

  • Engagement with Junta: Despite the 2021 military coup, India maintains formal relations with Myanmar's junta.
  • Policy Justification: Indian foreign policy scholars argue that engaging with the junta protects India’s strategic interests in Myanmar.
  • Lack of Engagement with Pro-Democracy Forces: The Narendra Modi government has not actively engaged with Myanmar’s pro-democracy resistance.

Stepping Out of China’s Shadow:

  • Balancing Values and Interests: India’s Myanmar policy should integrate progressive values with strategic interests, leveraging democratic principles for regional influence.
  • Federal Democracy Model: India can promote its federal democracy model to support Myanmar’s democratic resistance seeking a federal constitution.
  • Capacity-Building and Exchange: India can assist Myanmar’s pro-democracy forces through capacity-building programs, distinguishing itself from China's approach.

Weapons Sales and Humanitarian Outreach:

  • Ceasing Weapons Sales: India should halt the sale of military hardware to Myanmar’s military, which reportedly uses these weapons against civilians.
  • Establishing Humanitarian Corridors: Open humanitarian corridors in conflict-affected regions like Sagaing Region, Chin State, and northern Rakhine State to facilitate aid delivery.
  • Lift Border Fencing Plans: Suspend the plan to fence the India-Myanmar border to ease the movement of humanitarian aid and assistance.
  • Collaboration with NGOs: Partner with local and international NGOs to ensure humanitarian aid reaches affected populations without interference from the Myanmar junta.

Detention of Asylum Seekers:

  • Halting Deportations: India should stop deporting asylum seekers from Myanmar, given the risks they face back home.
  • Upholding International Principles: Adhere to non-refoulement principles to protect refugees from deportation to unsafe conditions.
  • Ensuring Humane Treatment: Treat asylum seekers as refugees entitled to humanitarian assistance, including releasing detained Chin refugees in Assam and providing suitable shelter.

Conclusion: 

Hence, India has a pivotal opportunity to bolster Myanmar's pro-democracy movement by leveraging its federal democratic model and initiating capacity-building and knowledge exchange programs. This proactive approach can foster democratic ideals and strengthen regional stability.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Mains

Q:1 Cross-border movement of insurgents is only one of the several security challenges facing the policing of the border in North-East India. Examine the various challenges currently emanating across the India-Myanmar border. Also, discuss the steps to counter the challenges. (2019) 

Source:  TH

Keywords: GS-2-IR- India & Its Neighborhood - Relations
Monthly Current Affairs

India's position with respect to the G-7


Context: 

  • Recently, leaders from the Group of Seven (G7) countries, which include the U.S., Canada, Germany, France, Japan, the U.K., and Italy, convened in Apulia, Italy, from June 13-15. The 
  • European Union leadership also participated in the summit. India, invited 11 times to this event, saw Prime Minister Narendra Modi attend for the fifth time.

  • The G7 leaders gathered to address key global issues, including bridging the gap between the "West and the Rest," funding the Ukraine war, investing in Africa, and tackling migration, climate change, and artificial intelligence. 
  • They agreed to allocate $50 billion for Ukraine using Russia's frozen assets and held a summit focused on promoting clean energy in Africa. 
  • They criticised China's trade practices and engaged with leaders from 10 countries, including India, to discuss concerns of the Global South.

About the Group of Seven (G7):

  • Origin of G7:
    • The G7 originated in response to the 1973 oil shocks and the subsequent financial crisis. 
    • To address these challenges, the heads of six leading industrial nations— the US, UK, France, West Germany, Japan, and Italy—held a meeting in 1975.
    • Canada joined in 1976, officially forming the G7.
  • Current Members:
    • The current G7 members are the US, UK, Canada, France, Germany, Italy, and Japan, representing some of the world's most developed and advanced economies.
    • Russia joined in 1997, but it was renamed as G7 after Russia was expelled as a member in 2014 following its annexation of the Crimea region of Ukraine.
    • The European Union is also represented within the G7.
  • Significance: 
    • Wealth: Control 60% of global net wealth
    • Growth: Drive 46% of global GDP
    • Population: Represents 10% of the world's population.

Significance of India for G7:

  • India’s Role in the G-7 Process:
    • India has been a significant part of the G-7 process for years, gaining attention in the 2000s for its steady growth during the global financial crisis.
    • Though not a G-7 member, India is a key Global South member and has hosted the "Voice of Global South" conference since 2023.
  • Part of G-20 Troika:
    • India is part of the G-20 troika with Brazil and South Africa, enhancing its strategic importance in global economic and political discussions.
  • Economic Growth and Stability:
    • India gained attention from the G7 in the 2000s due to its steady economic growth during the global financial crisis, demonstrating its resilience and potential as a major economy. 
  • Strategic Partnerships: 
    • India’s role in the G-20 troika with Brazil and South Africa adds to its strategic importance in global forums.
  • Regional Stability and Development:
    • India’s involvement in G7 outreach efforts contributes to regional stability and development through investments and cooperation in areas like clean energy, trade, and economic development.
  • Geopolitical Balance:
    • India’s participation helps balance global geopolitical dynamics, especially amidst rising concerns about China’s influence and trade practices.
    • India’s strategic position and partnerships are crucial for maintaining global stability.

Significance of G7 for India:

  • Highlighting Achievements:
    • The G-7 outreach session is a crucial platform for India to showcase its achievements and perspectives.
    • During the session, PM Modi emphasised the importance of Indian elections, technology, artificial intelligence, and climate change.
  • Economic Significance:
    • The G7 nations account for nearly 60% of global net wealth ($317 trillion as of 2018).
    • They represent 30% of global GDP and about 770 million people, or 10% of the world's population.
  • Political Significance:
    • The G7 can shape responses to multilateral challenges.
    • In 1999, it created the Financial Stability Forum to manage the international monetary system.
    • The 47th summit in June 2021 focused on COVID-19 recovery, promising 1 billion vaccines to poorer countries with the theme "Global Action to Build Back Better."
  • Developmental Significance:
    • In 1997, the G7 provided $300 million to contain the Chernobyl reactor meltdown.
    • In 2002, it played a crucial role in setting up a global fund to fight malaria and AIDS.
    • In October 2020, G7 finance ministers backed the G20 bilateral debt relief initiative for the world's poorest countries. 
  • Advocacy for the Global South:
    • India uses the G7 platform to advocate for Global South concerns like economic inequality, climate change, and resource security.
    • This ensures that developing nations' voices are heard in global decision-making processes.
  • Technological and Climate Initiatives:
    • India’s participation in G7 discussions on technology and climate change allows it to contribute to and benefit from global initiatives.
    • It provides an opportunity for India to share its innovations and approaches.
  • Showcasing Democratic Values:
    • By participating in the G7, India reinforces its commitment to democratic values and principles.
    • This aligns India with other major democracies and highlights the importance of democratic governance on the global stage

Criticism faced by G7:

  • Elitist, Non-Inclusive Group:
    • The G-7 is criticised for being elitist and non-inclusive, excluding three of the world's top 10 economies: China, India, and Brazil.
    • Unlike the G-20, the G-7 lacks representation from a broader spectrum of the world.
  • Membership Issues:
    • The G-7 has not expanded its membership, even reducing it by dropping Russia in 2014.
    • In contrast, BRICS has expanded to include the UAE, Saudi Arabia, Iran, Egypt, and Ethiopia, alongside Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa.
  • Challenges to Relevance:
    • The G-7's inability to influence Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, stop Israel’s bombardment of Gaza, or deter China’s global economic influence raises questions about its relevance and effectiveness.
  • Future Uncertainty:
    • The G-7’s future effectiveness is uncertain, especially with potential leadership changes due to upcoming elections in the U.K. and the U.S.
    • The next G-7 summit will be in Alberta, Canada, in 2025, and it remains to be seen if India will continue to participate on the sidelines.

Conclusion:

Hence, India's economic strength, strategic role in the Indo-Pacific, involvement in the European energy crisis, and potential for conflict mediation add immense value to the G7 Summit. As the global order evolves, collaboration with India will be essential for shaping future international cooperation.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Prelims

Q:1 The term ‘Intended Nationally Determined Contributions’ is sometimes seen in the news in the context of (2016)

  1. pledges made by the European countries to rehabilitate refugees from the war-affected Middle East
  2. plan of action outlined by the countries of the world to combat climate change
  3. capital contributed by the member countries in the establishment of Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank
  4. plan of action outlined by the countries of the world regarding Sustainable Development Goals

Answer: (b)


Q:2 With reference to the Agreement at the UNFCCC Meeting in Paris in 2015, which of the following statements is/are correct? (2016)

  1. The Agreement was signed by all the member countries of the UN and it will go into effect in 2017.
  2. The Agreement aims to limit greenhouse gas emissions so that the rise in average global temperature by the end of this century does not exceed 2°C or even 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels.
  3. Developed countries acknowledged their historical responsibility in global warming and committed to donate $1000 billion a year from 2020 to help developing countries to cope with climate change.

Select the correct answer using the code given below.

  1. 1 and 3 only
  2. 2 only
  3. 2 and 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

Answer: (b)


Q:3 In which one of the following groups are all the four countries members of G20? (2020)

  1. Argentina, Mexico, South Africa and Turkey
  2. Australia, Canada, Malaysia and New Zealand
  3. Brazil, Iran, Saudi Arabia and Vietnam
  4. Indonesia, Japan, Singapore and South Korea

Ans: (a)


Mains

Q:1 ‘Climate change’ is a global problem. How will India be affected by climate change? How Himalayan and coastal states of India are affected by climate change? (2017)

Q:2 Describe the major outcomes of the 26th session of the Conference of the Parties (COP) to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC). What are the commitments made by India in this conference? (2021)

Source:TH

Keywords: GS - 2, IR- Important International Institutions– Groupings & Agreements Involving India
Monthly Current Affairs

China balancing with Beijing and Delhi


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, Male facing increasing domestic and foreign policy challenges, the President of the Maldives Mohamed Muizzu is possibly aiming at a reconciliation with India. 

What are the economic Difficulties in Maldives ?

  • Debt Burden: Maldives faces severe economic strain with a debt-to-GDP ratio of 110%. Significant debt servicing obligations include around $512 million annually in 2024 and 2025.
  • Foreign Reserves: Foreign reserves are critically low at $622 million. These reserves are insufficient to cover debt maturities and sustain imports amid rising inflation.
  • Dependence on Imports: Heavy reliance on imports for essential goods exacerbates economic vulnerabilities, particularly amidst food and fuel inflation.
  • Revenue Generation: The government struggles with low domestic revenue generation capacity. This further complicates fiscal management and debt sustainability.
  • Diversification Efforts: Efforts to diversify economic partnerships beyond traditional allies like India and China. This strategy aims to mitigate economic dependencies and attract diverse investments. 

What are the Implications of India-China Ties ?

  • Geopolitical Competition:
    • Engagements by India and China in countries like the Maldives signify broader competition for influence in the Indian Ocean region.
    • Both countries strategically invest in infrastructure and security partnerships to enhance their regional presence.
  • Economic Leverage:
    • China's significant investments in the Maldives, especially under the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI), offer economic leverage but raise concerns about debt sustainability and strategic dependencies.
  • Strategic Alignment:
    • India emphasises developmental assistance and strategic partnerships focusing on security and governance.
    • China's engagements prioritise infrastructure development and economic cooperation, highlighting differing strategic priorities.
  • Regional Stability:
    • Both India and China are crucial for ensuring stability and security in the Indian Ocean region.
    • Their approaches influence regional dynamics and shape perceptions among neighbouring countries regarding economic partnerships and security alignments. 

Where does India's Stand ?

  • Balanced Approach: India remains engaged with the Maldives despite geopolitical shifts, emphasising constructive diplomacy, economic support, and mutual respect.
  • Long-term Engagement: Inviting President Muizzu to Prime Minister Modi’s swearing-in ceremony signals India’s commitment to long-term bilateral relations and stability in the Indian Ocean region.
  • Strategic Importance: The Maldives is seen as crucial for India's maritime security and regional stability, motivating continued diplomatic efforts and economic assistance. 

Maldives' Significance for India:

  • Strategic Location: South of India, Maldives is vital for monitoring maritime traffic and enhancing regional security in the Indian Ocean and acting as a gateway to the Arabian Sea and beyond.
  • Cultural Link: Centuries-old cultural ties with India, including historical connections to Buddhism until the 12th century. There is an inscription of Vajrayana Buddhism.
  • Regional Stability: A stable Maldives supports India's "Neighbourhood First" policy, promoting peace in the Indian Ocean. 

India's Significance for Maldives:

  • Essential Supplies: India supplies daily essentials including rice, spices, fruits, vegetables, and medicines and aids in infrastructure development by providing materials like cement and rock boulders.
  • Education: Indian institutions provide primary education and scholarships to Maldivian students.
  • Disaster Assistance: India offers consistent aid during crises, including natural disasters and the Covid-19 pandemic.
  • Security Provider: India provides security assistance and has intervened during critical events like the 1988 coup attempt. Joint Exercises include- “Ekuverin”, “Dosti” and “Ekatha”.
  • Tourism Dominance: Indian tourists constitute a significant share of Maldives' tourism, accounting for 11.2% of arrivals in 2023. 

Conclusion:

Thus, India should enhance economic assistance to the Maldives via grants, concessional loans, and capacity-building initiatives to improve fiscal management and revenue generation. Projects should prioritise infrastructure resilience, sustainable development, and economic diversification beyond traditional sectors. 

                 UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Mains

Q:1 Discuss the political developments in Maldives in the last two years. Should they be of any cause of concern to India? (2013)

 

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2, IR- India & Its Neighborhood - Relations
Monthly Current Affairs

The Resolve Tibet Act


Why in the news?

  • Recently, the United States Congress passed the Resolve Tibet Act, aiming to counter Chinese disinformation and promote dialogue for the resolution of the Tibet-China dispute.

Resolve Tibet Act:

  • The Resolve Tibet Act is the third major piece of U.S. legislation on Tibet, succeeding the Tibetan Policy Act (TPA) of 2002 and the Tibetan Policy and Support Act (TPSA) of 2020.
  • Unlike its predecessors, the Resolve Tibet Act explicitly challenges China’s historical claims over Tibet and emphasises Tibetan self-determination and human rights.

Key Provisions:

  • Countering Disinformation: The Act authorises the use of funds to counter Chinese disinformation about Tibet’s history, people, and institutions, including the Dalai Lama.
  • Promotion of Dialogue: It urges China to engage in direct, meaningful dialogue with the Dalai Lama or his representatives and elected Tibetan leaders without preconditions, aiming for a settlement.
  • Human Rights and Self-Determination: The Act underscores Tibetans’ right to self-determination and human rights and China’s obligations under international covenants.
    • For example: International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights and the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights.
  • Cultural Preservation: It seeks to recognise and address Tibetans’ unique socio-cultural identity, including their historical, cultural, religious, and linguistic distinctiveness.
  • Geographical Definition: The Act amends the TPA to define the geographical areas comprising the Tibetan Autonomous Region clearly.

Differences from Previous Legislation:

  • Tibetan Policy Act (TPA) of 2002: The TPA was cautious, recognising China’s claim over Tibet and encouraging dialogue without challenging China’s territorial assertions.
    • It maintained that the Dalai Lama sought greater autonomy rather than independence.
  • Tibetan Policy and Support Act (TPSA) of 2020: The TPSA pushed for dialogue without preconditions, emphasised Tibetan self-determination and encouraged international support for negotiations.
  • Resolve Tibet Act of 2024: Unlike the TPA and TPSA, this Act directly challenges China’s historical claims over Tibet, promoting unconditioned dialogue.

Implications for India:

  • Geopolitical Dynamics: The Act could influence India’s diplomatic relations with both China and the United States, necessitating a strategic balancing act.
  • Support for Tibetan Refugees: India has a significant Tibetan refugee population, and the Act could affect international support and resources for these communities.
  • Strategic Interests: India’s border security and regional stability could be impacted by the changing geopolitical landscape driven by this legislative measure. 

Source:  IE

Keywords: GS-2, IR- US-China relations- Tibet Act
Monthly Current Affairs

Sri Lanka Seals Debt Deal with Official Creditor Committee


Why in the news? 

  • Recently, Sri Lanka has finalised a restructuring agreement for $5.8 billion with its bilateral lenders’ Official Creditor Committee, headed by India, Japan, and France.

Official Creditor Committee (OCC) in Paris:

  • Background
    • OCC is a group formed to represent the collective interests of creditors during the debt restructuring or bankruptcy process of a debtor, typically a corporation or sovereign entity.
    • It is often appointed in formal insolvency proceedings, such as those under the jurisdiction of bankruptcy courts, to ensure that creditors' interests are protected and that the restructuring plan is fair and equitable.
    • The term OCC is used to describe any ad-hoc committee formed to represent official creditors during debt restructuring negotiations.
    • It does not refer to a single, permanent organisation but rather to various committees formed for specific cases.
  • About
    • The OCC that signed a deal with Sri Lanka is an ad-hoc group of official bilateral creditors formed to address the debt restructuring needs of Sri Lanka.
    • It was established in May 2023 to simplify Sri Lanka’s debt negotiations after the country defaulted on its external debt following a financial crash in 2022.
  • Members
    • The OCC includes 17 countries, such as India and members of the Paris Club like Japan, that have extended loans to Sri Lanka.
  • Headquarters
    • While not a permanent entity with a fixed headquarters, meetings for this OCC are typically held in Paris, especially if coordinated with the Paris Club, which has its secretariat there.
  • Role and Function
    • The OCC's primary role is to negotiate and coordinate the restructuring of Sri Lanka’s external debt, ensuring a fair and sustainable resolution for the country's debt crisis.

About the Paris Club:

  • About
    • It is an informal group of official creditors (primarily major industrialised countries) that coordinates solutions for debtor countries facing payment difficulties.
  • Headquarters
    • Paris, France.
  • Members
    • The Paris Club consists of 22 permanent member countries, primarily from Europe, North America, and Asia.

Recent Deal with Sri Lanka:

  • Background
    • In mid-April 2022, Sri Lanka declared its first-ever sovereign default since gaining independence from Britain in 1948.
    • The International Monetary Fund made external debt restructuring conditional to a $2.9 billion bailout.
  • Final Restructuring Agreement
    • Sri Lanka reached a final restructuring agreement for $5.8 billion of debt with its bilateral lenders’ Official Creditor Committee in Paris.
    • This agreement grants significant debt relief, allowing Sri Lanka to allocate funds to essential public services and secure concessional financing for development needs.
  • Sri Lanka’s Bilateral Unpaid Debt
    • Sri Lanka’s total bilateral unpaid debt amounts to $10,588 million.

  • China Pact
    • China, Sri Lanka’s largest bilateral lender, opted to stay out of the platform but attended the discussions as an observer.
    • Colombo has been negotiating its debt treatment with Beijing bilaterally and has clinched a deal.

Significance of This Agreement for Sri Lanka:

  • This agreement means that half of the government’s external debt by creditor countries and organisations has been restructured.
  • Debt restructuring is used by entities facing financial distress to reorganise their outstanding debt obligations to make them more manageable and sustainable.
  • This milestone demonstrates the strong progress made by Sri Lanka in stabilising its economy and moving towards reform and growth.

Role of India:

  • As one of the Co-Chairs of the OCC, along with France and Japan, India has been committed to the stabilisation, recovery, and growth of the Sri Lankan economy.
  • This commitment is demonstrated by India’s unprecedented financial support of $4 billion to Sri Lanka.
  • India was also the first creditor nation to convey financing assurances to the IMF, paving the way for Sri Lanka to secure the IMF program.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2-IR- International Debt Management
Monthly Current Affairs

India to reclaim on Tibet


Why in the News?

  • Recently, a delegation of U.S. lawmakers visited Dharamshala shortly after the U.S. Congress passed the ‘Promoting a Resolution to the Tibet-China Dispute Act,’ awaiting President Biden's approval.

About the Delegation on ‘Promoting a Resolution to the Tibet-China Dispute Act’:

  • Legislative Background
    • The U.S. Congress passed the ‘Promoting a Resolution to the Tibet-China Dispute Act,’ highlighting support for Tibetan autonomy and human rights.
  • Delegation Composition and Purpose
    • Bipartisan U.S. lawmakers, co-authors of the Act, were invited by the Central Tibetan Administration to Dharamshala.
    • Their visit aimed to advocate for restarting dialogue between the Dalai Lama’s representatives and Beijing, stalled since 2010.
  • India’s Diplomatic Calculus
    • Hosting the U.S. delegation amidst ongoing tensions with China demonstrates India's nuanced diplomacy in managing relations with both nations.
    • It reflects India’s sensitive stance on Tibet, balancing its traditional non-interference policy with increased international scrutiny.
  • Geopolitical Implications
    • The delegation’s visit raises questions about India’s sovereignty and diplomatic independence amid U.S.-China strategic competition.
    • It underscores India’s role in regional stability, its commitment to global human rights, and influences its strategic partnerships and international stature

Future Scope (Way Forward):

  • International Advocacy and Diplomatic Engagement:
    • The U.S. delegation’s visit underscores ongoing international interest and support for Tibetan autonomy.
    • Continued diplomatic efforts by global stakeholders are crucial to advocate for human rights and autonomy for Tibetans.
    • These efforts could potentially influence China’s policies towards Tibet.
  • India’s Strategic Positioning:
    • India may adopt a nuanced approach to balance historical support for Tibetan refugees with current diplomatic relations with China.
    • Future actions could involve India asserting its stance on Tibet in international forums.
    • It should manage bilateral relations with China carefully to prevent escalation and preserve regional stability.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Mains:

Q “The USA is facing an existential threat in the form of China, that is much more challenging than the erstwhile Soviet Union.” Explain. (2021)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS- 2-IR- Global Groupings and agreements involving India- India-Tibet RelationGS- 2-IR- Global Groupings and agreements involving India- India-Tibet Relation
Monthly Current Affairs

Tajikistan Hijab Ban


Why in the news ?

  • The Tajikistan government has passed a bill to formally ban the wearing of the hijab, aligning with President Emomali Rahmon's views on minimising public religiosity.

Tajikistan Hijab Ban: Background

  • The bill to ban the hijab was approved by the lower house (Majlisi Namoyandagon) and received approval from the upper house (Majlisi Milli) post-Eid celebrations.
  • This move formalises years of unofficial curbs on religious clothing, in line with President Emomali Rahmon’s view that the hijab is “foreign clothing”.
  • Tajikistan’s population is approximately 90% Muslim, raising questions about the rationale behind the ban in a predominantly Muslim country.

What Does the New Law Say?

  • Amendment Details: The new bill amends the existing law ‘On Regulation of Holidays and Ceremonies’. It forbids the “import, sale, promotion, and wearing of clothing deemed foreign to the national culture”, focusing on the hijab and other garments associated with Islam.
  • Penalties for Violations: Individual offenders may face fines of 7,920 somonis ($747). Higher fines of up to 39,500 simonis ($3,724) may be imposed according to Radio Liberty’s Tajik Service.
  • Additional Bans: The bill also bans Eidi, the custom of gifting money to children during Eid and Navroz. Festivities around Eid-al-Fitr and Eid-al-Adha are also prohibited.

Why is the Hijab deemed “foreign”?

  • Context and Motivation: The hijab ban is part of President Rahmon’s efforts to promote “Tajiki” culture and minimise public religiosity. Rahmon heads a secular government and has been in power since 1994, marking one of the longest rules in the region.
  • Political Background: Rahmon’s early political career saw him positioned against more religious political parties. Post-Soviet Union collapse in 1991, Tajikistan faced a civil war between Soviet sympathisers (including Rahmon) and ethnoreligious clans of the United Tajik Opposition.
  • Rise to Power: Rahmon emerged as the winner of the 1994 presidential elections after widespread protests against poverty and lack of economic opportunities. Over the years, Rahmon has amended the constitution to solidify his rule, including removing presidential term limits in 2016, and has banned faith-based political parties that could challenge his authority.
  • Religious Restrictions: Rahmon’s concern with religious clothing stems from rising religiosity post-Soviet Union breakup. Despite this, some analysts believe the threat from radical Islam is exaggerated in Central Asia. Islamic practices were part of local cultures even during Soviet control.

Similar Rules Introduced Earlier in TajikistanL

  • Initial Legislation: In 2007, a law regulating holidays and ceremonies was passed, prohibiting Islamic clothing and Western-style miniskirts. This led to a ban on the hijab for students and eventually in all public institutions.
  • President Rahmon’s Campaign: Rahmon intensified his campaign against the hijab in 2015, calling it “a sign of poor education.” In 2024, he reiterated his stance, criticising “xenophobia in clothing” and foreign clothes, including the hijab.
  • Government Initiatives: In 2017, the government launched a campaign with automated phone calls urging women to wear Tajiki dresses. In 2018, a 376-page handbook titled ‘The Guidebook Of Recommended Outfits In Tajikistan’ was released, detailing acceptable garment materials, lengths, colours, and shapes.

Conclusion The hijab ban exemplifies President Rahmon’s drive to promote “Tajiki” culture, despite the predominantly Muslim population, highlighting ongoing religious and cultural tensions in Tajikistan.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-2, IR- International issues
Monthly Current Affairs

IUCN Report on Mangrove Ecosystems


Context: 

  • A recent report from the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) warns that half of the world's mangrove ecosystems face the risk of collapse.

Key Findings of the Study on Mangrove Ecosystems

  • Global Risk Assessment
    • The research categorised the global mangrove ecosystems into 36 regions referred to as provinces, assessing the threats and risk of collapse in each region.
    • More than 50% of global mangrove ecosystems face collapse risk, with almost 1 in 5 under severe threat.
    • One-third of mangrove ecosystem provinces will suffer severely from sea-level rise, potentially submerging 25% of global mangrove areas within 50 years.
  • Regional Vulnerability
    • South Indian mangrove ecosystems, shared with Sri Lanka and the Maldives, are critically endangered.
    • Mangrove ecosystems in the Bay of Bengal region (shared with Bangladesh) and the western coast (shared with Pakistan) are least concerned.
  • Primary Threats
    • Climate change is the primary threat to global mangrove ecosystems, impacting 33% of them.
    • Other significant threats include deforestation, development, pollution, and dam construction.
    • Cyclones, typhoons, hurricanes, and tropical storms are intensifying on certain coastlines, affecting mangroves.
  • Global Impact
    • Coasts along the Northwest Atlantic, North Indian Ocean, Red Sea, South China Sea, and Gulf of Aden will be significantly affected.
    • Without increased conservation efforts, approximately 7,065 sq km more mangroves could be lost, and 23,672 sq km will be submerged by 2050.

The Status of Mangroves Cover in India:

  • Approximately 40% of the world's mangrove cover is concentrated in South East Asia and South Asia, with India accounting for about 3% of the total mangrove cover in South Asia.
  • India's mangrove cover has expanded by 54 sq km (1.10%) compared to the previous assessment, reaching a total of 4,975 sq km, which constitutes 0.15% of the country's total geographical area.
  • West Bengal holds the largest portion of India's mangrove cover at 42.45%, followed by Gujarat at 23.66%, and Andaman & Nicobar Islands at 12.39%. 
  • The South 24 Parganas district of West Bengal alone contributes 41.85% of India's mangrove cover, encompassing the Sundarbans National Park.
  • Gujarat has the most significant increase in mangrove cover, with an additional 37 sq km.

India's Conservation Initiatives: 

  • Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) Notification (2019) restricts activities detrimental to mangroves, such as waste dumping and industrial activities.
  • Existing forest laws like the Indian Forest Act, 1927, and the Wildlife Protection Act, 1972, provide legal protection to mangroves.
  • Other relevant acts like the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, and the Maharashtra Tree (Felling) Act, 1972, further safeguard mangrove ecosystems.
  • The Central Sector Scheme on 'Conservation and Management of Mangroves and Coral Reefs' offers financial assistance to coastal states and union territories for mangrove conservation.
  • The Mangrove Initiative for Shoreline Habitats & Tangible Incomes (MISHTI) aims to promote and conserve mangroves, launched in the 2023-24 Union Budget.

Significance of Mangrove Ecosystem

  • Biodiversity Conservation: Mangroves provide vital habitats for diverse plant and animal species, serving as breeding, nursery, and feeding grounds. Iconic species like the Royal Bengal tiger, Irrawaddy Dolphin, and Rhesus macaque thrive in areas such as the Sundarbans.
  • Coastal Protection: Mangroves act as natural barriers, stabilise shorelines against erosion, storm surges, and tsunamis. Their robust root systems absorb and dissipate energy during hurricanes and cyclones, protecting inland areas and settlements.
  • Carbon Sequestration: Mangroves efficiently absorb carbon dioxide from the atmosphere, storing it in their biomass and sediments, contributing to carbon sequestration efforts.
  • Fisheries and Livelihoods: Mangroves provide crucial nursery areas for fish and shellfish, enhancing fishery productivity and supporting local livelihoods and food security.
  • Water Quality Improvement: Mangroves serve as natural filters, removing pollutants and excess nutrients from coastal waters, preserving marine ecosystem health and maintaining coastal ecosystem balance.
  • Tourism and Recreation: Mangroves offer recreational opportunities such as eco-tourism and nature-based activities like birdwatching and kayaking, promoting sustainable economic growth and fostering appreciation for mangrove conservation.

Challenges Faced by Mangrove Ecosystems

  • Habitat Destruction and Fragmentation: Mangroves face clearance for agriculture, urbanisation, aquaculture, and infrastructure, leading to habitat loss and fragmentation, disrupting ecosystem functioning.
  • Climate Change and Sea Level Rise: Rising sea levels and extreme weather events threaten mangroves, causing damage and loss.
  • Pollution and Contamination: Agricultural runoff, industrial discharge, and improper waste disposal pollute mangrove habitats, harming flora and fauna.
  • Lack of Integrated Management: Mangroves are often managed in isolation, neglecting their interconnectedness with adjacent ecosystems, necessitating integrated management approaches.
  • Overfishing and Unsustainable Harvesting: Overfishing and unsustainable harvesting of resources like fish and timber diminish mangrove ecological and economic value.
  • Invasive Species: Non-native species like the red mangrove compete with natives, altering mangrove ecosystems' structure and function.

Conservation Strategies: 

  • Implement stricter laws and enhance enforcement to prevent harmful activities.
  • Establish mangrove adoption programs involving the public in conservation efforts.
  • Invest in mangrove research and development for innovative conservation solutions.
  • Empower local communities and ensure diverse species in restoration efforts for resilient mangrove ecosystems.

                       UPSC Civil Services Examination Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims

Q:1 Which one of the following regions of India has a combination of mangrove forest, evergreen forest and deciduous forest? (2015)

(a) North Coastal Andhra Pradesh

(b) South-West Bengal

(c) Southern Saurashtra

(d) Andaman and Nicobar Islands


Ans: (d)


Mains

Q:1 Discuss the causes of depletion of mangroves and explain their importance in maintaining coastal ecology. (2019)

Source: IE  DTE  IUCN

Keywords: GS - 3, Environment & Ecology- Conservation- Environmental Pollution & Degradation
Monthly Current Affairs

Global Food Policy Report 2024


Context: 

  • The International Food Policy Research Institute (IFPRI) recently released the Global Food Policy Report 2024 on "Food Systems for Healthy Diets & Nutrition." 
  • The report emphasises that a larger proportion of the population consumes unhealthy foods such as salty or fried snacks compared to nutritious options like vegetables and fruits.

Key highlights of Global food policy report 2024:

In South Asia:

  • Cost Disparities in Food: Micronutrient-rich foods are costly, while cereals, fats and oils, and sugar are comparatively cheaper.
  • High Cost Premium for Nutrient-Adequate Diets: South Asia exhibits the highest cost premium for nutrient-adequate diets. For instance, dark green leafy vegetables and vitamin A-rich foods are priced 22 times higher per calorie compared to starchy staples.
  • Policy Priorities: Policies in South Asia prioritise starchy staples over diverse, healthy diets. Examples include price guarantees for rice, wheat, and sugarcane in India, and Sri Lanka's provision of subsidised fertiliser to rice farmers.
  • Focus of Public Investments: Public investments predominantly target rice and wheat productivity, neglecting coarse grains and pulses, which are essential components of a diverse and nutritious diet

In India:

  • Unhealthy Food Consumption: 38% of Indians consume unhealthy foods, while only 28% include all five recommended food groups (fruits, vegetables, proteins, grains/starch, and dairy) in their diet.
  • Rise of Calorie-Dense, Nutrient-Poor Foods: Calorie-dense, nutrient-poor foods are increasingly prevalent, with snacks and prepared foods gaining prominence after cereals and milk.
  • Increased Consumption of Processed Foods: Consumption of processed foods like chocolates, salty snacks, and beverages is on the rise, with packaged food spending doubling to reach 12% of household food budgets.
  • Wealth Disparities in Food Spending: Wealthier households allocate more spending to processed foods, potentially reducing healthier food consumption among this demographic.
  • Rise in Spending on Meals away from Home: Spending on meals outside the home surged from Rs 619 billion in 2015 to Rs 820 billion in 2019.
  • Double Burden of Malnutrition: Many countries, including India, face a double burden of malnutrition, with issues of undernutrition, micronutrient deficiencies, overweight, and diet-related diseases prevalent.
  • Affordability of Healthy Diets: Over two billion people worldwide, particularly in Africa and South Asia, cannot afford a healthy diet. Nearly 17% of Indians do not receive adequate dietary energy for a healthy life.

Impact:

  • Malnutrition in India: Approximately 16.6% of India's population suffers from malnutrition due to poor diet. This figure has increased from 15.4% in 2011 to 16.6% in 2021.
  • Micronutrient Deficiencies: More than half of children under five and two-thirds of adult women in India face micronutrient deficiencies, highlighting the widespread nature of the issue.
  • Coexistence of Undernutrition and Overweight/Obesity: In South Asia, including India, Pakistan, and Afghanistan, high levels of undernutrition and micronutrient deficiencies coexist with the rising prevalence of overweight and obesity. 

                     UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year’s Question (PYQs)

Q:1  Which of the following is/are the indicator/indicators used by IFPRI to compute the Global

Hunger Index Report? (2016)

  1. Undernourishment
  2. Child stunting
  3. Child mortality

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

(a) 1 only

(c) 1, 2 and 3

(b) 2 and 3 only

(d) 1 and 3 only

Ans: (c)

Source: DTE

Keywords: GS- 3, Environment & Ecology- Food Systems- Important International Institutions- IFPRI
Monthly Current Affairs

Conservation planning for Gangetic dolphin


In the News: 

  • A recent study was conducted by scientists by surveying the tributaries and sub-tributaries of the Ganga river and focused on the rescue and relocation of Gangetic river dolphins from precarious situations within the irrigation canals of the Ganga-Ghagra basin.
  • The Ganga River Dolphin (Platanista gangetica), also known as the “Tiger of the Ganges” was officially discovered in 1801.

Key Highlights of the study: 

  • Small rivers are vital habitats for the Gangetic dolphins, hosting over 15% of their population. 
  • The distribution of these dolphins has declined in several rivers including Son, Ken, Betwa, Sind, Sharda, and the upper stretch of the Yamuna River.
  • More than 70% of dolphin entrapments occurred after the monsoon season or during peak winter, with the remaining 30% rescued during peak summer when water levels decrease and minimum flow is maintained. 
  • Specifically, between 2013 and 2020, 19 Gangetic river dolphins were rescued from irrigation canals in the Ganga-Ghagra basin in Uttar Pradesh.

Features:

  • The Ganges river dolphin, adapted solely to freshwater environments, relies heavily on echolocation due to its poor eyesight. Emitting ultrasonic sounds, it navigates and hunts, forming mental images based on the returning sound waves.
  • Typically solitary or in small groups, they often travel in pairs consisting of a mother and calf.
  • With females larger than males, the species reproduces slowly, with females giving birth to a single calf once every two to three years.
  • As mammals, Ganges river dolphins require air to breathe and must resurface regularly, typically every 30 to 120 seconds.
  • Due to the distinctive sound it makes when surfacing for air, locals affectionately refer to the creature as 'Susu'.

Primary Threats:

  • Accidental entanglement in fishing gear poses a significant risk to Ganges river dolphins.
  • Poaching remains a threat, driven by the demand for dolphin oil used in fishing and traditional medicine.
  • Habitat destruction due to various human activities such as water extraction, construction of dams and embankments, and pollution from industrial waste and sewage discharge.
  • Conservation Statu

Protection Status:

  • Endangered according to the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN).
  • Listed under Schedule I of the Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972.
  • Classified under Appendix I of the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species (CITES) 
  • Appendix I of the Convention on Migratory Species (CMS).

Government Initiatives:

  • Project Dolphin aims to conserve and protect the Ganges river dolphin population.
  • Establishment of the Vikramshila Ganges Dolphin Sanctuary in Bihar to safeguard their habitat.
  • Observance of National Ganga River Dolphin Day on October 5th to raise awareness and promote conservation efforts.

                               UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question

Q:1  Which one of the following is the national aquatic animal of India? (2015)

(a) Saltwater crocodile

(b) Olive ridley turtle 

(c) Gangetic dolphin

(d) Gharial


Ans: (c)

Source: Scroll

Keywords: GS Paper - 3, Ecology & Environment - Conservation
Monthly Current Affairs

KAZA Summit 2024


In the News: 

  • At the KAZA Summit 2024, the leaders of the Kavango-Zambezi Trans-Frontier Conservation Area (KAZA-TFCA) resolved to oppose the ivory trade ban at the CoP 20 of CITES.

About the KAZA Summit:

  • Evaluate the advancements in establishing and developing the Kavango-Zambezi Trans-Frontier Conservation Area (KAZA-TFCA) since its inception.
  • Examine the progress of the 2016 Memorandum of Understanding and the implementation of the 2011 KAZA Treaty.
  • Seek renewed commitment from current leaders of the member countries.

Theme of the Summit:

  • “Leveraging KAZA’s natural capital and cultural heritage resources as catalysts for inclusive socio-economic development of the ecoregion.”

Kavango-Zambezi Trans-Frontier Conservation Area (KAZA-TFCA):

  • The Kavango-Zambezi Trans-Frontier Conservation Area (KAZA-TFCA) spans 520,000 square kilometres, covering parts of five southern African nations: Angola, Botswana, Namibia, Zambia, and Zimbabwe. 
  • Centred around the Okavango and Zambezi river basins, KAZA-TFCA boasts a significant elephant population, representing over two-thirds of Africa’s total, estimated at around 450,000. 
  • Botswana hosts the largest number of elephants within the region (132,000), followed by Zimbabwe with 100,000 elephants.

About CITES:

  • The Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES) is an international agreement between 184 governments aimed at ensuring that international trade in wild animals and plants does not threaten their survival. 
  • The convention came into force in 1975, with India joining as a party in 1976.

Key Features:

  • Permit System: All import, export, and re-export of species covered under CITES must be authorised through a permit system.

Appendices of CITES:

  • Appendix I: Prohibits commercial trade of critically endangered species.
  • Appendix II: Regulates trade to prevent over-exploitation.
  • Appendix III: Protects species under national laws.

Conference of the Parties (CoP):

  • Held every two years, the CoP is the supreme decision-making body of CITES.
  • It evaluates proposals from parties based on biological and trade criteria to decide the inclusion of species in Appendix I or II

Ivory Trade:

  • The ivory trade refers to the commercial exchange of elephant ivory tusks and other ivory products.
  • Key Facts:
  • Illegal Killing: Each year, at least 20,000 African elephants are illegally killed for their tusks.
  • Threats to Survival: The ivory trade endangers elephant populations, harms ecosystems, jeopardises local communities, and undermines security.
  • Trade Dynamics:
  • Smuggling Routes: Traditionally, the ivory trade has involved smuggling whole or partial elephant tusks from Africa to Asia.
  • Processing: In Asia, particularly China, tusks are processed and carved into ivory products.
  • Demand: The demand is driven by a growing middle class in China, where ivory carving is a long-standing tradition

Reasons Behind Advocating for Trade Ban Lift: 

  • Southern African leaders are advocating for the lifting of the CITES ivory ban, citing economic benefits. 
  • They point to the substantial value of the ivory stockpile held by KAZA states, estimated at $1 billion. For instance, Zimbabwe's stash, totaling 166 tons, is valued at $600 million.

Issues:

  • During the 19th CITES conference in Panama in 2022, KAZA states and five other southern African nations pushed for the resumption of ivory and elephant product trade.
  • Southern African countries, including those in the KAZA region, argue that their large elephant populations contribute to habitat loss and human-wildlife conflict.
  • Despite persistent appeals, CITES delegates rejected the proposal, sparking frustration among African nations.
  • Ten countries, including KAZA states and others like Eswatini, Lesotho, Mozambique, South Africa, and Tanzania, lodged a dispute with CITES. They criticised the organisation for deviating from its core principles and prioritising ideologies over science-based conservation approaches.

Way forward:

  • Lobbying for Change: Advocate for a fairer and science-driven approach to wildlife trade regulations within global frameworks like CITES.
  • Regional Cooperation: Strengthen collaboration among member states to devise collective conservation strategies and exchange successful methods for addressing human-wildlife conflicts.
  • Diversification of Revenue Streams: Investigate alternative funding avenues for conservation initiatives, including ecotourism, carbon credits, and sustainable farming practices.

Source: DTE

Keywords: GS-3, Environment & Ecology - Biodiversity - Conservation - International Environmental Summit
Monthly Current Affairs

Bellied Eagle Owl


In the News:

  • Recently, Pench Tiger Reserve (PTR), Maharashtra, reported the first photographic record of a spot-bellied eagle owl.

About Spot Bellied Eagle Owl:

  • Also known as the forest eagle-owl, this bird of prey boasts a formidable appearance.
  • Scientific Name: Ketupa nipalensis
  • Distribution:
  • It inhabits diverse habitats, including tropical and subtropical forests, woodlands, and savannas.
  • Found commonly in India, Sri Lanka, Nepal, Bhutan, Bangladesh, and parts of Southeast Asia.

Features:

  • A large owl species, measuring 50 to 65 cm in length and weighing 1500 to 1700 grams With a wingspan of up to 1.7 metres.
  • Distinguished by its striking coloration, featuring rich chocolate brown upperparts speckled with white spots.
  • Wings and tail feathers are barred with alternating shades of brown and white, aiding in camouflage.
  • Named for its light cream-coloured belly and breast adorned with bold black spots.
  • Primarily nocturnal.
  • An apex predator, preying on rodents, small mammals, reptiles, and insects.
  • Solitary and territorial, maintaining a defined home range.

Conservation Status:

  • IUCN Status: Least Concern
  • Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972: Schedule IV 
  • CITES: Appendix II.

Source: TOI

Keywords: GS Paper - 3, Ecology & Environment– Biodiversity– Conservation- Species
Monthly Current Affairs

Achievement of Paris Agreement Climate


In News:

  • The Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) published a report indicating that in 2022, developed nations supplied and mobilised over USD 100 billion in climate finance to developing countries, a milestone not achieved in preceding years.

Key Highlights of the OECD Report:

Climate Finance Goal

  • Developed countries provided and mobilised USD 115.9 billion in climate finance to developing countries in 2022, two years later than the original 2020 target.
  • Public climate finance from bilateral and multilateral sources accounted for nearly 80% of the total financial flow in 2022, with loans comprising 70% of public climate finance.

Distribution by Income Level

  • Lower-income countries received 64% of their public climate finance as grants, whereas lower-middle-income countries received only 13% as grants.

Funding for Mitigation vs Adaptation

  • Most finance was directed towards mitigation efforts, with only USD 32.4 billion allocated for adaptation activities in 2022.

Expert Concerns and Recommendations

  • Experts call for more transparent accounting and definition of climate finance, highlighting concerns about the heavy reliance on loans undermining climate justice principles.

Future of Climate Finance Goal

  • Negotiations are underway to establish a new, more ambitious New Collective Quantified Goal (NCQG) on climate finance, expected to be adopted at the COP29 summit in November 2024.
  • India urges developed countries to provide at least USD 1 trillion per year in climate finance to developing countries from 2025.

About the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD)

  • The OECD is an international organisation of 38 democratic countries committed to the market economy.
  • Established in 1960, it aims to shape policies fostering prosperity, equality, opportunity, and well-being for all.
  • Headquartered in Paris, France, it publishes economic reports, statistical databases, analyses, and forecasts on global economic growth.
  • It also works to eliminate bribery and financial crime worldwide and maintains a "black list" of uncooperative tax havens.
  • The OECD collaborates with non-member economies like India, alongside its member countries.

UPSC Previous Year Questions

Prelims (2016)

Q. With reference to the Agreement at the UNFCCC Meeting in Paris in 2015, which of the following statements is/are correct?

  1. The Agreement was signed by all the member countries of the UN, and it will go into effect in 2017.
  2. The Agreement aims to limit greenhouse gas emissions so that the rise in average global temperature by the end of this century does not exceed 2ºC or even 1.5ºC above pre-industrial levels.
  3. Developed countries acknowledged their historical responsibility in global warming and committed to donate $ 1000 billion a year from 2020 to help developing countries to cope with climate change.

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

(a) 1 and 3 only
(b) 2 only
(c) 2 and 3 only
(d) 1, 2 and 3

Ans: B

Mains (2021)

Q:1 Describe the major outcomes of the 26th session of the Conference of the Parties (COP) to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC). What are the commitments made by India in this conference? 

Q:2 Explain the purpose of the Green Grid Initiative launched at the World Leaders Summit of the COP26 UN Climate Change Conference in Glasgow in November 2021. When was this idea first floated in the International Solar Alliance (ISA)?

Source: DTE

Keywords: GS – 3 Environmental Pollution & Degradation GS – 2 Important International Institutions, Conservation
Monthly Current Affairs

Flight Turbulence And Climate Change


In News: 

  • Following an incident where a Singapore Airlines flight from London to Singapore experienced sudden and severe turbulence over Myanmar, a Qatar Airways flight from Doha to Dublin encountered severe turbulence over Turkey.

Flight Turbulence: 

  • Flight turbulence refers to irregular motion of the air caused by eddies and vertical currents. 
  • It can range from minor bumps to severe disturbances capable of causing structural damage or loss of control in an aircraft. 
  • Turbulence often occurs near fronts, wind shear, thunderstorms, and other atmospheric disturbances.

Types of Flight Turbulence

  • Light Turbulence: This type of turbulence causes slight changes in altitude resulting in minor bumpiness, typically manageable by the aircraft.
  • Moderate Turbulence: Aircraft may experience more noticeable changes in altitude and attitude during moderate turbulence, but the plane remains under control.
  • Severe Turbulence: Significant and sudden changes in altitude and attitude occur during severe turbulence, occasionally causing the aircraft to momentarily lose control.
  • Extreme Turbulence: In extreme turbulence, the aircraft is violently tossed about, making it practically impossible to control.

Causes of Flight Turbulence

  • Mechanical Turbulence: Results from friction between air and the ground, particularly over irregular terrain and man-made obstacles, leading to the formation of eddies.
  • Convective or Thermal Turbulence: Caused by rapid rising of hot air from certain ground surfaces, creating convective air currents as cooler air descends.
  • Frontal Turbulence: Occurs due to friction between opposing air masses and the lifting of warm air by sloping frontal surfaces, commonly found near thunderstorms.
  • Wind Shear: Change in wind direction or speed over a specific horizontal or vertical distance, often observed in temperature inversion areas and around jet streams.
  • Clear Air Turbulence (CAT): Sudden and severe turbulence occurring without visible weather cues, considered a type of wind shear turbulence.

Impact of Climate Change on Flight Turbulence:

  • Increased Incidence: A study by the University of Reading found that severe turbulence incidents over the North Atlantic flight routes have increased by 55% from 1979 to 2020, primarily due to climate change.
  • Jet Stream Intensification: Enhanced jet streams, driven by climate change, have led to more intense turbulence. In 2019,  24% flights experienced unexpected severe turbulence over the Pacific Ocean, causing injuries to passengers and crew.
  • Mountain Wave and Near-Cloud Turbulence: In regions like the Rocky Mountains and the Himalayas, pilots have reported an increase in mountain wave turbulence. 

Way Forward:

  • Safety Measures: Continuous improvements in aircraft design can help mitigate turbulence risks. Enhanced weather forecasting technologies can better predict turbulence.
  • Passenger Advice: Passengers are advised to keep their seat belts fastened as much as possible to avoid injuries during unexpected turbulence.
  • Regulatory Recommendations: Aviation authorities recommend better communication and real-time information sharing between pilots and air traffic control. Enhanced training for pilots and crew to prevent and manage turbulence-related incidents.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3, Ecology & Environment - Impact of Climate Change on Flight Turbulence
Monthly Current Affairs

Diadromous Fish


In News: 

  • A study published in the British Ecological Society’s Journal of Applied Ecology found that Marine Protected Areas (MPAs) designated to protect diadromous fish species do not align with their core habitats.
  • The study focused on 11 rare and poorly documented diadromous fish species that migrate between saltwater and freshwater environments.

Key Highlights of the Study about Diadromous Fish Species:

  • Habitat Overlap with MPAs: Only 55% of the modelled core habitats for these species overlapped with designated Marine Protected Areas (MPAs).
  • Protection Measures: Of the MPAs that did overlap, only 50% had specific measures in place to protect the fish species.
  • Endangered Species Protection: Less than 30% of endangered species, such as the Mediterranean twaite shad, had their core habitats within MPAs.
  • High Overlap Species: Species like the European eel and European smelt had nearly 70% of their core habitats within MPAs

Categories of Diadromous fishes: 

  • Anadromous Fish: These fish are born in freshwater, migrate to the ocean as juveniles to mature, and then return to freshwater to spawn. Examples: salmon, trout, and shad.

  • Catadromous Fish: These fish are born in saltwater, migrate into freshwater as juveniles to grow, and then return to the ocean to spawn.Example: Eel.

  • Amphidromous Fish: These fish are born in freshwater or estuaries, drift into the ocean as larvae, and then migrate back to freshwater to mature and spawn.Example: Gobies and gudgeons.

  • Potamodromous Fish: These fish are born in upstream freshwater habitats, migrate downstream (still in freshwater) as juveniles to grow, and then return upstream to spawn. Examples: Catfish, Salmon, Colorado.

Challenges Faced by Diadromous Fish:

  • Sensitivity to Anthropogenic Pressures: Diadromous fish are highly sensitive to agricultural and pollutant runoffs, habitat destruction, barriers to migration, fishing, bycatch, and climate change.
  • Migration Barriers: Dams, weirs, and locks significantly impact these fish, obstructing their movement between freshwater and marine habitats essential for their life cycle.

Threats to Diadromous Fish:

  • Agricultural and pollutant runoffs: Contaminants from agriculture and other sources can harm their habitats.
  • Habitat destruction: Dam construction and land development impact their migration routes.
  • Barriers to migration: Dams, weirs, and other structures hinder their movement.
  • Fishing and bycatch: Overfishing and accidental capture affect their populations.
  • Climate change: Altered water temperatures and habitats impact their survival.

UPSC Civil Services Examination Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Q:1 Recently, our scientists have discovered a new and distinct species of banana plant which attains a height of about 11 metres and has orange coloured fruit pulp. In which part of India has it been discovered? (2016)


(a) Andaman Islands

(b) Anaimalai Forests

(c) Maikala Hills

(d) Tropical rain forests of northeast


Ans: (a)

Source: DTE

Keywords: GS-3- Ecology & Environment- Biodiversity- Species
Monthly Current Affairs

Tonga Volcano Impacting Weather


In News: 

  • A recent study published in the Journal of Climate revealed that the Hunga Tonga-Hunga Ha’apai (Hunga Tonga for short) eruption in 2022 in the Pacific Kingdom of Tonga could cause unusual weather for the rest of the decade.

Cooling Effect by Volcanic Smoke:

  • Volcanic smoke, particularly its sulfur dioxide, usually causes short-term cooling of the Earth’s surface.
  • Sulfur dioxide forms sulfate aerosols that reflect sunlight back into space before it reaches the surface. This shading effect cools the surface until the sulfate settles or is washed away by rain.

Why is Hunga Tonga’s Eruption an Outlier?

  • The Hunga Tonga’s eruption will not cause a cooling effect on the Earth’s surface. This is because it was an underwater volcano, so it produced little smoke but a lot of water vapour.
  • The eruption’s immense heat turned large amounts of seawater into steam, which was propelled high into the atmosphere.
  • All that water had reached the stratosphere (15 to 40 km above the surface), which is a dry atmospheric layer that produces neither clouds nor rain.
  • Water vapour in the stratosphere has two main effects:
    • It helps in the chemical reactions which destroy the ozone layer.
    • It is a very potent greenhouse gas.

The Effects of the Hunga-Tonga Volcano on the Climate:

Extraordinary Ozone Hole in 2023:

  • Water Vapour Emission: The Hunga Tonga underwater volcano eruption released 100-150 million tonnes of water vapour, increasing stratospheric water vapour by approximately 5%.
  • Ozone Layer Destruction: This surge in water vapour contributed to ozone layer depletion and acted as a potent greenhouse gas.
  • Timing of Ozone Hole: The large ozone hole from August to December 2023 was partly due to the Tonga eruption. The water vapour had nearly two years to reach the polar stratosphere over Antarctica, leading to the early appearance of the ozone hole.

Wet Summer of 2024 in Australia

  • Positive Southern Annular Mode: The model predicted a positive phase of the Southern Annular Mode for the summer of 2024, indicating a higher likelihood of a wet summer in Australia.
  • Contrary to El Niño: This forecast was contrary to the expected El Niño conditions and was predicted two years in advance by the model.

Regional Weather Disruptions

  • Australia: Colder and wetter winters for the northern half of Australia are expected until around 2029.
  • North America: Warmer winters are anticipated.
  • Scandinavia: Colder winters are predicted.
  • Influence of Atmospheric Waves: The Tonga eruption's impact on atmospheric wave patterns influences these regional weather conditions, underscoring the need for region-specific climate predictions and adaptation strategies.

Global Temperature Effects:

  • Small Temperature Change: The eruption's impact on global mean temperatures was minimal, estimated at around 0.015°C.
  • Temperature Observations: The high global temperatures observed for about a year were not attributed to the Tonga eruption.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims

Q:1  Consider the following: (2013)

  1. Electromagnetic radiation
  2. Geothermal energy
  3. Gravitational force
  4. Plate movements
  5. Rotation of the earth
  6. Revolution of the earth

Which of the above are responsible for bringing dynamic changes on the surface of the earth?

(a) 1, 2, 3 and 4 only

(b) 1, 3, 5 and 6 only

(c) 2, 4, 5 and 6 only

(d) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6


Ans: (d)


Mains:

Q:1 Discuss about the vulnerability of India to earthquake related hazards. Give examples including the salient features of major disasters caused by earthquakes in different parts of India during the last three decades. (2021)

Q:2 Why are the world’s fold mountain systems located along the margins of continents? Bring out the association between the global distribution of fold mountains and earthquakes and volcanoes. (2014)

Q:3 Mention the global occurrence of volcanic eruptions in 2021 and their impact on the regional environment. (2021)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS Paper - 1, World Geography — Physical Geography — Volcanoes
Monthly Current Affairs

Rewilding of Vultures in Tiger Reserves


In News:

  • Under the vulture reintroduction programme by the Bombay Natural History Society (BNHS), 20 vultures were soft-released into the Tadoba and Pench tiger reserves in Maharashtra.
  • More vultures from the white-rumped, slender-billed, and long-billed vultures bred at various BNHS centres will be rewilded in Maharashtra, Madhya Pradesh, and Rajasthan.
  • BNHS undertook the strategy of reintroducing vultures in tiger habitats with a large prey base because it will help sustain the vultures by allowing them to recycle the remains of prey hunted by tigers, leopards, and wild dogs and complete vital carbon and nitrogen cycles.

  • BNHS is one of the largest non-governmental organisations in India engaged in conservation and biodiversity research. It was founded in 1883.

Reasons Behind the Massive Reduction in Vulture Population

Diclofenac:

  • Diclofenac’, a veterinary drug used to treat cattle, caused mass kidney failure in vultures after they scavenged treated livestock.
  • The massive vulture population crash in the ’80s and ’90s caused by this led the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) to declare the Indian vulture “only one step away from total extinction.” By 2007, 99% of vultures in India had disappeared.
  • Following the findings, the GoI had banned the drug’s veterinary use in 2006.

Consequences of Depopulation of Vultures

  • Vultures played an important role as natural sanitation crews. Their depopulation results in:
    • The carcasses rot in village fields, leading to contaminated drinking water.
    • Explosion of rats and wild dogs, which lead to the spread of diseases.
    • A vulture’s metabolism is a true “dead-end” for pathogens. However, the new scavengers (dogs and rats) become carriers of the pathogens.

BNHS’s Efforts to Conserve India’s Vulture

  • About a decade ago, BNHS and the forest departments of Maharashtra, MP, Assam, WB, and Haryana began breeding vultures, gaining international attention at the first World Species Congress.
  • BNHS teams conduct pharmacy surveys and carcass sampling, educate cattle owners, and sensitise villagers about vulture nesting colonies.
  • BNHS is also raising funds to create ‘Vulture Safe Zones’ in UP, MP, and Assam, within a 100 km radius of the release sites, to keep vultures safe beyond the tiger reserves.
  • They will GPS or satellite-tag the rewilded vultures to track their movements.

Vultures Found in India

  • Nine species of vultures are found in India.
  • Six species are resident: white-rumped vulture, Indian vulture, slender-billed vulture, red-headed vulture, bearded vulture, and Egyptian vulture.
  • Three species are migratory: cinereous vulture, griffon vulture, and Himalayan vulture.

Resident Vulture Species of India

White-Rumped Vulture

  • It is native to South and Southeast Asia. (Once very common in the Gangetic plains).
  • IUCN: CR | CITES: Appendix II | WPA: Schedule I

Indian Vulture/Long-billed vulture

  • It is native to India, Pakistan and Nepal.
  • IUCN: CR | CITES: Appendix II | WPA: Schedule I

Slender-Billed Vulture

  • It is native to sub-Himalayan regions and Southeast Asia.
  • IUCN: CR | CITES: Appendix II | WPA: Schedule I

Red-Headed Vulture/Asian King Vulture/Indian Black Vulture/Pondicherry Vulture

  • It is mainly found in the Indian subcontinent.
  • IUCN: CR | CITES: Appendix II | WPA: Schedule I

Bearded Vulture

  • It is found in high mountains of south Europe, East Africa, the Indian subcontinent, Tibet, and the Caucasus.
  • IUCN: NT | CITES: Appendix II | WPA: Schedule I

Egyptian Vulture/Scavenger Vulture/Pharaoh’s Chicken

  • It is widely distributed from the Iberian Peninsula and North Africa to India.
  • IUCN: EN | CITES: Appendix II | WPA: Schedule I

Migratory Vulture Species of India

Cinereous Vulture/Black Vulture/Monk Vulture

  • It is distributed throughout temperate Eurasia.
  • IUCN: NT | CITES: Appendix II | WPA: Schedule I

Eurasian Griffon Vulture

  • IUCN: LC | CITES: Appendix II | WPA: Schedule I

Himalayan Griffon Vulture

  • It is native to the Himalayas and Tibetan Plateau.
  • IUCN: NT | CITES: Appendix II | WPA: Schedule I

Source: (TOI)

Keywords: GS3 – Ecology & Environment – Biodiversity conservation – Tiger Reserves
Monthly Current Affairs

Speciation without geographic barriers


In News : 

  • Researchers at IIT Bombay discover the role of environmental resources, genes and mating in species in the development of new species in the same area.

Speciation:

  • Speciation is the process of formation and evolution of new species. The study challenges the traditional view of Allopatric speciation.
  • Allopatric speciation occurs in species isolated from each other by geographical barriers.
  • It has shed light on speciation in the absence of geographic barriers –> Sympatric speciation.

Findings of study:

  • The researchers used a genetic-based model to investigate the factors that contribute to speciation when populations live in the same geographic area.
  • This theoretical study focused on a population of birds using simulated data. It focused on a physical trait of the birds – the beak size.

  • Adaptation in beak size to best utilise two types of food resources: nuts and flower nectar.
  • Birds with small beaks will be better at utilising resource nuts, while longer beaks are needed for utilising flower nectar as their resource.
  • It examined three aspects that encourage speciation: disruptive selection, sexual selection, and genetic architecture.

Ecological disruptive selection:

  • The “divide” can be created by non-uniform environmental resources in sympatric speciation.
  • Disruptive selection favours heritable differences in the population.
  • It ensures that the offspring of mating of individuals belonging to two different groups do not survive.

Role of sexual selection: 

  • Sexual selection, on the other hand, is a type of natural selection driven by competition for mates.
  • It can lead to the evolution of elaborate traits that are attractive to potential mates.
  • A ‘bias’ towards a trait like feather colour can evolve, leading to sympatric speciation.
  • For example, consider a bird population with two types of feathers—blue and red. If a bias among the bluebirds to only mate with their kind evolves, it can lead to sympatric speciation in two distinct species.
  • Surprisingly, the researchers found that sexual selection based on special traits did not contribute to speciation in sympatry.
  • The study also acknowledges the possibility of lower fitness of the offspring due to sexual selection.

Genetic architecture:

  • Researchers discovered that genetic architecture, or how genes control the trait under selection, was a crucial factor in sympatric speciation.
  • However, results are limited by the assumption that birds from the two groups mate without any bias and that this bias does not change with time.

Source: (TH)

Keywords: Researchers at IIT Bombay discover the role of environmental resources, genes and mating in species in the development
Monthly Current Affairs

UNESCO State of Ocean Report 2024


In News

  • According to the UNESCO Report 2024 the oceans are crucial for climate regulation, but our understanding is insufficient to address various ocean crises and validate carbon dioxide removal technologies.
  • The report aims to monitor the progress of the UN Decade of Ocean Science for Sustainable Development (2021-2030) and to mobilise global action towards achieving a sustainable ocean.

Findings of the Report

Ocean Heat and Warming:

  • The upper 2,000 meters of the oceans have warmed at a rate of 0.32 ± 0.03 watts per sq.m. from 1960 through 2023 and are expected to continue warming, leading to irreversible changes.
  • About 90% of the Earth’s energy imbalance (the difference between incoming and outgoing energy) is being absorbed by the oceans, resulting in a cumulative increase in ocean heat content (OHC).
  • Increased OHC may prevent ocean layers from mixing, lowering the oxygen content of near-surface high-latitude waters reaching deeper layers, a process known as deoxygenation. However, it is still unclear whether deoxygenation is accelerating in response to increased OHC.
  • Deoxygenation negatively impacts marine ecosystems and coastal communities reliant on oceans.

Ocean Acidification:

  • The report highlights the mean global increase in ocean acidification in all ocean basins and seas.
  • Coastal waters can turn acidic due to
  • Natural processes (freshwater influx, biological activity, temperature change and ENSO)
  • Human activities (nutrient input from agricultural and industrial activities)

Marine Carbon Dioxide Removal (mCDR) Technologies:

  • mCDR technologies capture carbon dioxide from the air and store it durably.
  • These techniques, such as altering seawater chemistry or adding nutrients to promote plankton growth, face technical, environmental, and regulatory challenges.
  • The ocean absorbs around one-quarter of the annual emissions of anthropogenic CO2.

Marine Biodiversity:

  • The UN 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development emphasises marine biodiversity protection for sustainable food security, which aligns with the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework‘s goal of protecting 30% of the ocean by 2030, focusing on conservation and sustainable resource use.
  • 50% of all catalogued marine species are reported in Marine Protected Areas (MPA), which occupy only 9% of the ocean. 72% of species facing extinction find refuge in MPAs, with 54% in no-take zones.
  • A marine reserve or “no take” MPA is a highly protected type of MPA where removing or destroying natural or cultural resources is prohibited.

Case Study: Marine Protected Area (MPA) Success in the Coral Triangle:

  • The Coral Triangle is a marine region in Southeast Asia known for its high marine biodiversity.
  • Initiative: Establishment and management of a network of Marine Protected Areas (MPAs) in the Coral Triangle to conserve coral reefs, fish populations, and other marine species.
  • The MPA network has led to the recovery of coral reefs, increased fish populations, enhanced biodiversity within the protected areas, and benefitted local communities through sustainable practices.
  • Key Strategies include collaborative governance involving local communities, government agencies, and conservation organisations, enforcement of fishing regulations, and community engagement.
  • The success of the MPA network in the Coral Triangle highlights the importance of community involvement, effective management strategies, and long-term commitment to conservation efforts.

Souce: (DTE)

Keywords: GS3 – Ecology & Environment – Conservation - UNESCO Ocean Report
Monthly Current Affairs

Cassowary


In News: 

  • Recently, the southern cassowary is facing the risk of extinction in Australia.

Cassowary 

  • Cassowaries belong to a group of flightless birds known as ratites, which also includes the ostrich, emu, moa (now extinct), and the small kiwi.
  • They are among the closest living species to dinosaurs.
  • There are three extant (living) species of cassowary:
    • Southern (Casuarius casuarius)
    • Northern (C. unappendiculatus)
    • Dwarf (C. bennetti)
  • Largest Forest Bird: The southern cassowary is the largest forest bird in the world and the second heaviest bird after the ostrich. It is the third tallest, following the ostrich and emu.
  • Distribution: Found in Northern Australia, New Guinea, and surrounding islands.
  • Habitat: They inhabit tropical forests and wetlands.
  • Physical Appearance: Adults have black plumage, while immature birds are brownish. They have a naked blue head protected by a bony helmet or casque.
  • Diet: Primarily frugivorous, feeding on fallen fruits, but also predates on small vertebrates when available.
  • Conservation Status: Classified as Least Concern for all three subspecies.
  • Threats: Face threats from car strikes, habitat clearing, dog attacks, and climate change.
  • Ecological Role: Considered a “keystone species” due to their crucial role in maintaining biodiversity and aiding seed dispersal in the rainforest.

Source:(NDTV

Keywords: GS-3, Ecology & Environment – Biodiversity- Species
Monthly Current Affairs

Remoulding the Global Plastics Treaty


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, global leaders will gather in Canada’s capital -Ottawa – to discuss progress in drafting a first-ever global treaty to rein in soaring plastic pollution by the end of the year.

  • According to the OECD Global Plastic Outlook, global production of plastic waste was 353 million tonnes in 2019 — more than double since it was in 2000, and is set to triple by 2060. 
  • Only 9% of this was recycled, 50% sent to landfills, 19% incinerated, and 22% disposed of in uncontrolled sites or dumps. 
  • According to the United Nations Environment Programme, of the 9% recycled, 85% was done by informal recycling workers.

Why is a Global Plastics Treaty Needed?

  • Rapid Expansion of Plastic Production:
    • Since the 1950s, global plastic production has surged from 2 million tonnes to over 450 million tonnes in 2019.
    • Projections indicate a potential doubling by 2050 and tripling by 2060 if not regulated.
  • Plastic Waste and Burden:
    • With less than 10% recycled, nearly 6 billion tonnes of plastic pollution persist, generating around 400 million tonnes of waste annually.
    • The leakage of plastic waste into ecosystems, notably rivers and oceans, results in harmful microplastics carrying toxic chemicals, impacting both wildlife and human health.
  • Climate Change Impact:
    • Plastic production and disposal contribute significantly to greenhouse gas emissions.
    • In 2019, plastics generated 1.8 billion tonnes of emissions, equivalent to 3.4% of global emissions, with 90% originating from production.
    • Continued growth in production emissions could lead to a 20% increase by 2050, exacerbating climate change effects

Global Plastic Treaty Needs Just Transition:

  • Framework for Action: The Global Plastics Treaty aims to create a legally binding international framework to reduce and ultimately eliminate plastic pollution.
  • Inclusion of Informal Sector: It is crucial that the treaty includes specific provisions to support the transition of informal recycling workers into formal economies, recognizing their role and integrating their knowledge and skills.
  • Formalization and Integration: Advocates call for the formalisation of informal waste sectors, which would help secure the livelihoods of these workers and improve their working conditions.
  • Equitable Participation: The treaty should ensure that informal recyclers are involved in the negotiation processes and that their voices are heard in the formulation of policies.
  • Defining a Just Transition: There needs to be a clear and universally accepted definition of what a “just transition” for the informal waste sector entails, focusing on securing rights, providing safety nets, and enhancing their economic opportunities

Key Challenges and Stakeholder Positions:

  • Past Negotiations: Divisions surfaced in three rounds of talks in Punta del Este, Paris, and Nairobi. The Nairobi draft expanded from 30 to 70 pages due to disagreements over ambitious measures like production caps.
  • Current Pressure: Countries need to unify their positions before the final December negotiations in Busan, South Korea.
  • Like-Minded Countries: Nations such as Saudi Arabia, Iran, and China oppose production limits, focusing on no restrictions in the treaty.
  • High-Ambition Coalition: Includes 60 nations like EU countries and Japan, aiming to end plastic pollution by 2040. They support binding reductions in plastic production and consumption, phase-outs of problematic plastics, and bans on harmful additives.
  • Petrochemical Industry Stance: Advocates against production caps, claiming they would increase consumer prices. They prefer focusing on plastic reuse, recycling, and energy recovery, and support voluntary disclosure of production chemicals.
  • Corporate Brands: Over 200 companies, including Unilever and PepsiCo, support the treaty with measures for production caps, use restrictions, phase-outs, design innovations, extended producer responsibility, and improved waste management.

Role of International and National Entities:

  • UNEP Plastics Initiative: 
    • Aims to combat global plastic pollution by reducing virgin plastic flow and promoting circular economy practices. 
    • Targets include policy improvements in 45 countries, engagement of 500 private sector actors, and involvement of 50 financial institutions by 2027.
  • Global Tourism Plastics Initiative: 
    • Led by the UN Environment and UNWTO, it brings tourism stakeholders together to tackle plastic pollution. 
    • It encourages commitments from the private sector, destinations, and associations to reduce plastic waste by 2025.
  • Circular Plastic Economy: 
    • The EU's Circular Economy Action Plan and European Strategy for Plastics promote circularity, aiming to limit plastic waste through reuse and alternatives to single-use plastics.
  • Support from NGOs: 
    • Organisations like the International Alliance of Waste Pickers advocate for the rights of informal workers, pushing for their inclusion in international policy discussions.
  • National Bans on Plastic:
    • Bangladesh: First country to ban thin plastic bags in 2002.
    • China: Implemented phased ban on plastic bags starting from 2020.
    • United States: 12 states have banned single-use plastic bags.
    • European Union: Implemented Directive on Single-Use Plastics in 2021, banning certain single-use plastics with available alternatives like cutlery, straws, and polystyrene containers.

india's Key Initiatives on Plastic Waste Management:

  • Plastic Waste Management (Amendment) Rules, 2024: Updated regulations to enhance the framework for managing plastic waste.
  • Plastics Manufacture and Usage (Amendment) Rules, 2003: Amendments aimed at regulating the production and use of plastics.
  • UNDP India’s Plastic Waste Management Program (2018-2024): A program in partnership with UNDP to improve plastic waste management practices across India.
  • Prakrit Initiative: A focused effort to promote sustainable environmental practices related to plastic use.
  • EPR Portal by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB): An online platform to facilitate and monitor Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) compliance among manufacturers.
  • India Plastics Pact: A collaborative initiative aimed at transforming the plastic packaging sector towards a circular economy.
  • Project REPLAN: A project that focuses on reducing plastic waste through innovative recycling methods.
  • Swachh Bharat Mission: A national campaign that includes efforts to reduce plastic pollution as part of broader cleanliness and sanitation objectives.

India’s Voice is Important:

  • India’s stance on promoting repair, reuse, refill, and recycling while retaining the use of plastics underscores the importance of considering country-specific contexts and capabilities.
  • The indispensable role of India’s informal waste pickers highlights their centrality in discussions surrounding plastic waste management.
  • Rethinking Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) norms is essential for integrating informal workers into the evolving legal framework.
  • As a prominent representative from the Global South, India's perspectives and strategies play a crucial role in shaping the Global Plastics Treaty.

Conclusion:

Hence, the Global Plastics Treaty has the potential to embrace social justice and equity principles by considering the perspectives of informal waste workers and safeguarding their livelihoods. This approach ensures inclusivity and sustainability, aiming for a future where no one is left behind in the fight against plastic pollution.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims

Q:1 Why is there a great concern about the ‘microbeads’ that are released into the environment? (2019)

  1. They are considered harmful to marine ecosystems.
  2. They are considered to cause skin cancer in children.
  3. They are small enough to be absorbed by crop plants in irrigated fields.
  4. They are often found to be used as food adulterants.

Ans: (a)


Q:2 In India, ‘extend producer responsibility’ was introduced as an important feature in which of the following? (2019)

  1. The Bio-medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1998
  2. The Recycled Plastic (Manufacturing and Usage) Rules, 1999
  3. The e-Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 2011
  4. The Food Safety and Standard Regulations, 2011

Ans: (c)


Mains:

Q:1 What are the impediments in disposing of the huge quantities of discarded solid waste which are continuously being generated? How do we safely remove the toxic wastes that have been accumulating in our habitable environment? (2018)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS– 3, Ecology & Environment – Conservation– environmental pollution and degradation – environmental impact assessment.
Monthly Current Affairs

Delhi’s Water Crisis


Why in the News? 

  • Recently, the Supreme Court mandated the Himachal Pradesh administration to release its surplus water of 137 cusecs and instructed Haryana to take necessary steps to alleviate the drinking water shortage in Delhi.

Water in Delhi Coming From:

  • Delhi primarily relies on the Yamuna, Ravi-Beas, and Ganga rivers for its water supply. 
  • From the Ganga, via the Upper Ganga Canal in Uttar Pradesh, Delhi receives approximately 470 cusecs or roughly 254 million gallons per day (MGD) of water.
  • Water from the Yamuna and Ravi-Beas rivers is supplied to Delhi through two channels, namely the carrier lined channel (CLC) Munak and the Delhi sub-branch (DSB) canals, amounting to 1094 cusecs. 
  • The Delhi Jal Board (DJB) supplements its river-water supply with groundwater drawn from the city's tube wells and wells. 

Note:

  • As per the Composite Water Management Index released by NITI Aayog in 2019, India is home to five of the world's 20 largest cities facing water stress, with Delhi ranking second on the list.

Reasons for Water Scarcity in Delhi: 

  • Over-extraction of groundwater: 
  • Delhi's daily water demand stands at 1,290 MGD, while the Delhi Jal Board (DJB) currently produces 1,000 MGD, resulting in a gap filled by groundwater extraction.
  • Pollution of water sources:
  • Elevated ammonia levels exceeding 2.5 parts per million in the Yamuna contribute to inadequate water quality in parts of Delhi.
  • Discharge of toxic waste from small and medium industries into the Yamuna via drains and rivulets further contaminates Delhi's water supply.
  • Impact of climate change:
  • The draft of the Delhi State Action Plan on Climate Change projects economic losses of Rs 2.75 trillion by 2050 due to climate change effects.
  • Rising temperatures and erratic precipitation patterns pose significant challenges to Delhi's water availability.
  • Inefficient water management:
  • Allegations of annual water shortages during summers point to the state government's inefficient water management.
  • Poor coordination and transparency among Delhi, Haryana, and Uttar Pradesh governments, particularly in managing the Wazirabad, ITO, and Okhla barrages, exacerbate water management issues.
  • Inter-state water disputes:
  • Disputes between Haryana and Delhi revolve around Yamuna river water allocation, with Haryana accusing Delhi of exceeding agreed-upon water allocations.
  • Water treatment plant (WTP) capacity:
  • The Wazirabad WTP in North Delhi operates below capacity due to insufficient water in the Yamuna caused by deficit rainfall, impacting Delhi's water supply.

Challenges Posed by Water Scarcity:

  • Economic Impact:
    • Water scarcity will result in decline of food production. This will hamper India’s food security and have serious impacts on the livelihood of farmers and farm labourers.
    • Decline in industrial production as Industrial sectors such as textiles, thermal power plants,etc. may suffer due to water shortage
  • Ecological Impact
    • Water scarcity may lead to extinction of flora and fauna.
    • Heavy metal contamination (Arsenic, cadmium, nickel etc.) and oil spills in rivers and oceans respectively may threaten marine biodiversity.
  • Social Impact
    • The increased out-of-pocket expenditure on medical expenses adversely impacts the poorest and the most vulnerable sections.
    • Increased hardships for women like school dropouts,’water wives‘ to fetch water in drought prone regions.
  • Public Health issues:
    • Due to a lack of clean water, underprivileged populations living in illegal colonies are frequently forced to rely on dangerous water sources, which leads to waterborne diseases.
    • Insufficient water supply also hampers the maintenance and cleanliness of public toilets. When water is scarce, sewage systems can fail, which increases the risk of diseases such as cholera.

Solutions to Address Water Scarcity:

  • Water conservation and management
    • The Delhi government ordered a crackdown on water misuse, and the National Green Tribunal and the State Pollution Control Boards need to take the initiative to stop waste discharge from entering Yamuna.
  • Technological interventions:
    • DJB, with Hitachi India, installed field sensors and smart metres in Pitampura's water distribution network.
    • These advancements enable remote real-time monitoring, enhancing water distribution efficiency.
  • Infrastructure development:
    • DJB should adopt a more commercially-oriented approach, and customers (households, businesses, and industries) must be willing to pay the actual cost of water supply. 
    • DJB recently raised infra charges for new water connections.
  • Policy and governance reforms:
    • State and city governments need to consider water resource availability when planning city development and issuing permits for new establishments.
    • Unsustainable development activities in terms of water management must be restricted.
  • Community participation in rainwater harvesting:
    • Delhi has immense potential for rainwater harvesting, estimated at 907 billion litres annually.
    • Effective implementation of rooftop rainwater harvesting requires organising awareness campaigns at the community level.

Steps have been taken by the Government:

  • National Water Policy, 2012
  • Pradhan Mantri Krishi Sinchayee Yojana
  • Jal Shakti Abhiyan- Catch the Rain Campaign
  • Atal Bhujal Yojana

 

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims

Q.1. Which one of the following ancient towns is well known for its elaborate system of water harvesting and management by building a series of dams and channelizing water into connected reservoirs? (2021)

  1. Dholavira
  2. Kalibangan
  3. Rakhigarhi
  4. Ropar

Ans: (a)


Q.2. With reference to ‘Water Credit’, consider the following statements: (2021)

  1. It puts microfinance tools to work in the water and sanitation sector.
  2. It is a global initiative launched under the aegis of the World Health Organization and the World Bank.
  3. It aims to enable the poor people to meet their water needs without depending on subsidies.

Which of the statements given above are correct?

  1. 1 and 2 only
  2. 2 and 3 only
  3. 1 and 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (c)


Mains


Q.1 What are the salient features of the Jal Shakti Abhiyan launched by the Government of India for water conservation and water security? (2020)

Q.2 Suggest measures to improve water storage and irrigation system to make its judicious use under the depleting scenario. (2020)

Source: IE | BS

Keywords: GS Paper - 3, Ecology & Environment — Resources— Water Resources— Conservation of Resources
Monthly Current Affairs

Two bird sanctuaries of Bihar added to Ramsar list


Why in the News?

  • Recently, the "Ramsar Convention" has added two wetlands in Bihar, the Nagi and Nakti bird sanctuaries, to the global list of wetlands of international importance, raising India's total number of Ramsar sites to 82.

Note:

  • The UK currently leads with 175 Ramsar sites, followed by Mexico with 144. In the past decade, India's count has surged from 26 to 82 sites, with 40 added in just the last three years.

Criteria for wetland site declaration:

About the Nagi-Nakti Wetland:

  • Location: Nagi-Nakti Wetlands are located in Bihar's Jamui district, nestled within the Jhajha forest range, surrounded by dry deciduous forests and hills.
  • Origin: These wetlands were originally constructed as man-made reservoirs primarily for irrigation purposes, facilitated by the construction of dams.
  • Biodiversity: The wetlands boast a rich biodiversity, harbouring over 150 species of birds, mammals, fish, aquatic plants, reptiles, and amphibians.

Nakti Bird Sanctuary:

  • Origin: Developed for irrigation purposes through the construction of the Nakti dam.
  • Recognition: Designated as a bird sanctuary in 1984 due to its significance as a wintering habitat for migratory species, attracting over 20,000 birds during winter.
  • This sanctuary is known for harbouring one of the largest gatherings of red-crested pochards in the Indo-Gangetic plain.

Nagi Bird Sanctuary:

  • Origin: Formed by damming the Nagi River, resulting in the creation of water bodies with clear water and aquatic vegetation.
  • Biodiversity: Home to over 75 bird species, 33 fish species, and 12 aquatic plants. 
  • The site hosts one of the largest congregations of bar-headed geese in the Indo-Gangetic plain.

Ecological Significance:

  • Migratory Bird Sanctuary: These sanctuaries are vital wintering grounds for many migratory bird species, drawing over 20,000 birds during winter.
  • Biodiversity Support: Nagi and Nakti sanctuaries sustain a diverse ecosystem, housing over 75 bird species, 33 fish species, and 12 aquatic plant species.
  • Bar-headed Geese Gathering: Notably, these wetlands are renowned for hosting one of the largest congregations of bar-headed geese in the Indo-Gangetic plain, underscoring their significance as migratory bird habitats.

Ramsar Convention:

  • An intergovernmental treaty for the conservation and wise use of wetlands and their resources.
  • Adopted at Ramsar (Iran) in 1971 and came into force in 1975.
  • India became a party in 1982 (Maximum Ramsar sites are in Tamil Nadu followed by Uttar Pradesh).
  • ‘List of wetlands of international importance’ or the Ramsar List contains wetlands which hold significant value for humanity as a whole.

 

UPSC Civil Services Examination Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims

Q:1 If a wetland of international importance is brought under the ‘Montreux Record’, what does it imply? (2014)

  • Changes in ecological character have occurred, are occurring or are likely to occur in the wetland as a result of human interference.
  • The country in which the wetland is located should enact a law to prohibit any human activity within five kilometres from the edge of the wetland.
  • The survival of the wetland depends on the cultural practices and traditions of certain communities living in its vicinity and therefore the cultural diversity therein should not be destroyed.
  • It is given the status of ‘World Heritage Site.’

Ans: (a)


Q:2 Consider the following pairs:  (2022)

        Wetland/Lake            Location

  1. Hokera Wetland      Punjab
  2. Renuka Wetland      Himachal Pradesh
  3. Rudrasagar Lake      Tripura
  4. Sasthamkotta            Tamil Nadu

How many pairs given above are correctly matched?

  1. Only one pair
  2. Only two pairs
  3. Only three pairs
  4. All four pairs

Ans: (b) 


Q:3. “If rainforests and tropical forests are the lungs of the Earth, then surely wetlands function as its kidneys.” Which one of the following functions of wetlands best reflects the above statement? (2022)

  1. The water cycle in wetlands involves surface runoff, subsoil percolation and evaporation.
  2. Algae form the nutrient base upon which fish, crustaceans, molluscs, birds, reptiles and mammals thrive.
  3. Wetlands play a vital role in maintaining sedimentation balance and soil stabilisation.
  4. Aquatic plants absorb heavy metals and excess nutrients.

Ans: (d) 


Q:4. Consider the following statements:  (2019)

  1. Under Ramsar Convention, it is mandatory on the part of the Government of India to protect and conserve all the wetlands in the territory of India
  2. The Wetlands (Conservation and Management) Rules, 2010 were framed by the Government of India based on the recommendations of Ramsar Convention
  3. The Wetlands (Conservation and Management) Rules, 2010 also encompass the drainage area or catchment regions of the wetlands as determined by the authority

Which of the statements given above is/are correct? 

  1. 1 and 2 only
  2. 2 and 3 only
  3. 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

Answer: (b)


Mains

Q:1  What is wetland? Explain the Ramsar concept of ‘wise use’ in the context of wetland conservation. Cite two examples of Ramsar sites from India. (2018)

Q:2 Wetlands hold a significant place as an ecosystem in our environment. In the light of this statement explain the functions of wetlands and discuss the threats causing their depletion.(2020)

Source: DTE

Keywords: GS-3, Ecology & Environment – Biodiversity - Conservation– Ramsar site- bird sanctuaries
Monthly Current Affairs

Regional Rapid Transit System (RRTS)


Why in the News?

  • Recently, the National Capital Region Transport Corporation (NCRTC) is constructing 900 rainwater harvesting (RWH) pits along the Delhi-Ghaziabad-Meerut Regional Rapid Transit System (RRTS) corridor to promote environmental sustainability.

Key Facts Regarding the Regional Rapid Transit System (RRTS):

  • Background:
    • Formation of Task Force: In 2005, a government task force was established to develop a comprehensive transportation plan for the Delhi National Capital Region (NCR).
    • Integrated Transport Plan for NCR 2032: This plan identified the need for a special rapid transit system to connect major cities within the region.
    • Identified Corridors: The task force identified eight corridors, prioritising three for the "Regional Rapid Transit System" (RRTS): Delhi-Meerut, Delhi-Panipat, and Delhi-Alwar. 
  • About RRTS:
    • New Mode of Public Transportation: RRTS is a newly designed public transportation system specifically for the NCR.
    • Delhi-Meerut Corridor: This corridor is a rail-based, semi-high-speed, high-frequency commuter transit system.
    • Corridor Length and Stations: The Delhi-Ghaziabad-Meerut corridor spans 82 km and includes 22 stations.

Key features of RRTS:

  • High Speed & Capacity: RRTS trains will travel at speeds exceeding 160 km/h and carry a large number of passengers. High-frequency operations will have trains running every 15 minutes, reducing congestion.
  • Dedicated Corridor: The trains operate on a separate, elevated track, free from road traffic congestion, ensuring reliable travel times.
  • Environmental Impact: The system is expected to significantly reduce air pollution in the region by encouraging more people to use public transportation.
  • Economic Growth: Improved connectivity will foster more balanced economic development across the NCR, creating opportunities in various cities and reducing reliance on a single central hub.
  • Sustainable Future: RRTS serves as a model for developing efficient public transport systems in other Indian cities. It will also help reduce overall traffic congestion and emissions within the NCR.

What are the Geographical Theories associated with RRTS?

  • Central Place Theory:
  • This theory suggests that settlements (cities) develop around central locations that provide services to surrounding areas.
  • The RRTS connects smaller towns and suburbs to major cities, allowing for easier access to jobs, education, and other services offered in the central city.
  • Example: The Delhi-Meerut RRTS connects Delhi, a major economic hub, with Meerut, a developing city. This connection improves access for Meerut residents to Delhi's opportunities, including jobs, education, and various services available in the central city of Delhi

Gravity Model:

  • This model suggests that the interaction between two places is influenced by their populations and the distance between them.
  • RRTS enhances this by enabling faster and more frequent travel, thereby increasing the potential for economic and social interaction between connected cities. This can lead to increased trade, collaboration, and cultural exchange.

Diffusion Theory:

  • This theory explains how ideas, innovations, and practices spread across space. RRTS can facilitate the spread of urban development patterns, such as shopping malls and business districts, along the train corridor.
  • For example, the Delhi-Ghaziabad RRTS could lead to the development of new commercial centres in Ghaziabad, which was previously a primarily residential area.

What are India’s Initiatives for Urban Transportation?

  • PM-eBus Sewa
  • The Gati Shakti Terminal (GCT) policy
  • National Logistics Policy (NLP)
  • Bharatmala Project
  • Dedicated Freight Corridors
  • Smart Cities

              UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Prelims

Q:1 With reference to the Indian economy after the 1991 economic liberalisation, consider the following statements: (2020)

  1. Worker productivity (Rs. per worker at 2004-05 prices) increased in urban areas while it decreased in rural areas.
  2. The percentage share of rural areas in the workforce steadily increased.
  3. In rural areas, the growth in the non-farm economy increased.
  4. The growth rate in rural employment decreased.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

  1. 1 and 2 only
  2. 3 and 4 only
  3. 3 only 
  4. 1, 2 and 4 only

Ans: (b)


Mains

Q:1 The frequency of urban floods due to high-intensity rainfall is increasing over the years. Discussing the reasons for urban floods, highlight the mechanisms for preparedness to reduce the risk during such events. (2016)

Source: TOI

Keywords: Recently, the National Capital Region Transport Corporation (NCRTC) is constructing 900 rainwater harvesting (RWH) pits along
Monthly Current Affairs

High Seas Biodiversity Treaty


Why in the News:

  • Recently, on World Oceans Day (June 8), the Director General of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) called on countries globally "to strive for a fully functional High Seas Biodiversity Treaty."
  • The theme for World Oceans Day 2024 was "Catalyzing Action for Our Ocean & Climate."

What is High Seas:

  • The high seas are defined by international law as all parts of the ocean that are not included in the exclusive economic zone, territorial sea, or internal waters of any country, or in the archipelagic waters of an archipelagic country.
  • The high seas and their associated resources are not directly owned or regulated by any single country.

About the High Seas Treaty:

  • In June 2023, the United Nations agreement on biodiversity beyond national jurisdiction (BBNJ Agreement), also known as the High Seas Treaty, was formally adopted by governments.
  • This treaty updates the framework established by the UN Convention on the Law of the Sea, which came into force in 1994.
  • It establishes a funding mechanism and sets up Institutional arrangements, such as a Conference of the Parties and various subsidiary bodies.

Members:

  • According to the Alliance, 90 countries have signed the treaty, including Nepal and Bangladesh, but India has neither signed nor ratified it.
  • Only seven countries — Belize, Chile, Mauritius, Federated States of Micronesia, Monaco, Palau, and the Seychelles — have ratified the treaty

Focus Areas of the Treaty:

  • Marine Genetic Resources: Ensuring the fair and equitable sharing of benefits derived from marine genetic resources.
  • Area-Based Management Tools: Implementing measures such as marine protected areas to manage and conserve marine ecosystems.
  • Environmental Impact Assessments: Conducting assessments to evaluate the potential environmental impacts of activities in the high seas.
  • Capacity-Building and Technology Transfer: Enhancing the capacity of countries and facilitating the transfer of marine technology to support conservation and sustainable use of marine resources.

Implementation status :

  • It is open for signature by all States and regional economic integration organisations from 20 September 2023 to 20 September 2025, and will enter into force 120 days after the date of deposit of the sixtieth instrument of ratification, approval, acceptance or accession.

Key Provisions

  • Area-Based Management Tools (ABMTs): Establishment of marine protected areas (MPAs) and other measures to conserve biodiversity hotspots and vulnerable ecosystems.
  • Environmental Impact Assessments (EIAs): Mandatory assessments for activities in the high seas to evaluate and mitigate potential environmental harm.
  • Marine Genetic Resources (MGRs): Rules for access, sharing, and benefit-sharing of MGRs, including mechanisms for both monetary and non-monetary benefits to be shared with developing countries.
  • Capacity Building and Technology Transfer: Provisions to support developing countries in enhancing their capacity for high seas conservation and accessing relevant technologies.

Importance of the High Seas Treaty for India:

  • Marine Biodiversity: With a long coastline, India depends heavily on marine resources for food security and livelihoods. The treaty helps protect the biodiversity of the high seas, which is interconnected with India’s marine ecosystems.
  • Blue Economy: The treaty can enhance India’s participation in the blue economy, which encompasses activities such as deep-sea mining and bioprospecting, promoting sustainable economic growth.
  • Global Leadership: India has the opportunity to significantly influence the implementation of the treaty and advocate for sustainable ocean governance, bolstering its global leadership role in marine conservation efforts.

Challenges and Concerns:

  • Implementation: The treaty, stemming from over 20 years of negotiations, still lacks detailed agreements on critical issues like environmental impact assessments, benefit-sharing from genetic resources, and funding for conservation.
  • Compliance: Ensuring that all countries adhere to the treaty’s regulations is crucial for its success.
  • Financing: Securing sufficient financial resources for capacity building and technology transfer is a significant concern, particularly for developing countries.
  • Unaddressed Issues: Key issues remain unresolved, including mechanisms for enforcing protected areas, handling projects deemed heavily polluting, and dispute resolution processes.

Conclusion: 

Hence, the High Seas Treaty represents a crucial step towards safeguarding marine biodiversity, promoting sustainable development, and fostering global cooperation. India's active engagement in the treaty's implementation can not only protect its marine resources but also strengthen its position as a leader in ocean governance on the world stage.

Source: DTE

Keywords: GS-3, Ecology & Environment- Conservation – Biodiversity– Environmental treaty
Monthly Current Affairs

Greater Adjutant (Leptoptilos dubius)


Why in the News?  

  • Recently, as the wetlands of Assam give way to rapid urbanisation, greater adjutant storks are finding their survival a daily struggle.
  • Greater adjutant (also called Calcutta adjutant and Hargila in Assamese) is a stork
  • Distribution: South Asia and mainland Southeast Asia. It has three breeding populations: two in India, with the largest colony in Assam & a smaller one around Bhagalpur, and another in Cambodia.
  • Habitat: Wetlands, mangroves, intertidal flats and urban areas. It makes its nest in tall trees.
  • Diet: Principally carnivorous, it preys on fish, frogs, snakes and other reptiles, eels, birds, and carrion.
  • Threats: Habitat loss, overfishing, hunting, and pollution.
  • Conservation Status: IUCN: Near Threatened | WPA, 1972: Schedule I
  • Significance: Greater adjutants are important scavengers of large carrion and likely contribute to sanitation and disease control in the environment.

Source:  (TH)

Keywords: GS-3, Ecology & environment — Biodiversity— Species
Monthly Current Affairs

Conservation of seals at Alaska


Why in the news: 

  • Recently, scientists and Indigenous leaders teamed up to conserve seals at Yakutat, Alaska.

Ancestral balance between people and nature:

  • The Yakutat fjord was settled by migrating clans of the Eyak, Ahtna, and Tlingit tribes following the retreat of glaciers.
  • Clan leaders oversaw hunting activities to prevent premature harvesting, overhunting, or wastage of resources.
  • Modern Tlingit residents uphold this traditional lifestyle, harvesting over 100 diverse species for subsistence, including fish, birds, sea mammals, land game, and plants.
  • Among these, harbour seals hold particular significance, with their rich meat and blubber prepared using traditional recipes and consumed in everyday meals and memorial potlatch feasts.

Reasons for decline:

  • Commercial hunting
    • The US acquisition of Alaska from Russia in 1867 disrupted traditional sealing practices in Yakutat.
    • Yakutat became a major hunting area for the commercial sealing industry from approximately 1870 to 1915.
    • Overexploitation of seals for their skins led to a drastic decline in the seal population during the 1920s.
    • In the 1960s, rising skin prices resulted in unsustainable hunting practices, further decimating the seal population.
    • By the 1970s, commercial sealing ceased with the implementation of the Marine Mammal Protection Act, but the seal population never fully recovered, declining by 80% to 90%.
  • Climatic factors:
    • Ocean warming, driven by global climate change and an unfavourable cycle of the Pacific Decadal Oscillation, has reduced the number of fish that are important in seals’ diets.

Conservation efforts:

  • The indigenous community in Yakutat has adapted their diet and reduced hunting activities, providing seals with the opportunity to raise their pups without disturbance.
  • Through collaboration with authorities, they actively monitor and co-manage the seal population, leveraging their traditional knowledge.
  • Efforts to protect the seal rookery from disruptions caused by cruise ships have been spearheaded by the community.
  • Embracing ancestral values of stewardship and reverence for seals, the Yakutat people are dedicated to safeguarding the species and ensuring its survival.

Harbour Seal (Phoca vitulina):

  • Harbour seals, belonging to the Phocidae family, are characterised by short, stiff hair covering their bodies, with coloration variations ranging from light grey with dark spots to dark with light rings.
  • Distinguished by small holes on the sides of their heads and lacking ear flaps, they are often confused with sea lions.
  • Despite their awkward movement on land due to fused pelvic bones, they are skilled swimmers, capable of remaining submerged for over 20 minutes.
  • Their efficient diving abilities are facilitated by adaptations such as high blood volume, reduced heart rate, and elevated myoglobin levels.
  • Harbour seals spend a significant portion of their time in the water, emerging periodically for resting, birthing, and nursing pups, with young pups displaying swimming abilities shortly after birth.
  • Their reproductive cycle includes a unique feature called embryonic diapause, where embryo development is temporarily suspended after mating.
  • Diet: Fishes, octopus, and squid.
  • Behaviour: Usually solitary in water, but haul out in groups of a few to thousands.
  • Range: The North Atlantic and Pacific oceans. Alaska’s coast extends from Dixon Entrance north to Kuskokwim Bay and west throughout the Aleutian Islands.
  • IUCN status: LC.

Source: (DTE)

Keywords: GS- 3 – Ecology & environment –Biodiversity – Conservation- Species
Monthly Current Affairs

Przewalski horses (Equus ferus ssp. przewalskii)


Why in the news ? 

  • Recently, Przewalski horses are being reintroduced to the Kazakh steppe.

About: 

  • The Kazakh steppe is the native habitat of this endangered species. Przewalski horses are commonly referred to as one of the world’s last breeds of wild horses.
  • Appearance: Stockily built with large heads, shorter legs and smaller size than the domestic horses.
  • They are genetically different from modern domestic horses. Przewalski has 33 chromosome pairs, compared to 32 for the domestic horse.
  • Behaviour: Horses maintain visual contact with their family and herd at all times and communicate using multiple methods, including vocalisations, scent marking, and a wide range of visual and tactile signals.
  • Gestation Period: 11–12 months. They reach sexual maturity at two years of age.
  • The horses are capable of resisting harsh winters like the ones in Kazakhstan, where temperatures can drop below minus 30 degrees C, and food runs scarce.
  • Distribution: Mainly in China and Mongolia, but also in France and Russia.
  • Przewalski horses flourished even in the Chornobyl exclusion zone between Belarus and Ukraine.
  • It is named after the Russian geographer and explorer Nikolay Przhevalsky.
  • Once extinct in the wild, it has been reintroduced to its native habitat in Mongolia in the Khustain Nuruu National Park, Takhin Tal Nature Reserve, and in Central Asia and Eastern Europe.
  • IUCN status: EN.

Source: (TH)

Keywords: GS-3, Ecology & environment- biodiversity- Species
Monthly Current Affairs

Lipulekh Pass


Why in the news?

  • Recently, Indian traders are advocating for the reopening of border trade with China through Lipulekh Pass, which was closed during the Covid-19 pandemic. 

About Lipulekh Pass:

  • Location: Located in the Kumaon region of Uttarakhand, India, Lipulekh Pass is situated near the tri-junction of India, China, and Nepal.
  • Pilgrimage Route: Lipulekh Pass serves as a crucial route for pilgrims travelling to Kailash Mansarovar in Tibet, facilitating religious and cultural exchanges.
  • Strategic Importance: It is one of the vital points connecting India and Tibet, alongside other passes like Nathu La and Shipki La.
  • Territorial Dispute: Nepal asserts territorial claims over the pass, contending that it lies within Nepalese territory. Conversely, India maintains that Lipulekh Pass is part of the Indian state of Uttarakhand.
  • Infrastructure Development: In 2020, India inaugurated a new road connecting Dharchula in Uttarakhand to Lipulekh Pass, aimed at enhancing connectivity and facilitating smoother passage for pilgrims and traders. 

Source: ET

Keywords: GS-1, Physical Geography- Important Pass- Mapping
Monthly Current Affairs

Cascadia Subduction Zone


Why in the news?

  • A recent study warns that major US cities are at risk of catastrophic quakes due to the Cascadia Subduction Zone. 

Cascadia Subduction Zone (CSZ):

  • Location and Extent: The CSZ is a 960 km fault located off the Pacific coast, stretching from northern Vancouver Island in Canada to Northern California in the United States.
  • Seismic Potential: It is capable of producing 9.0+ magnitude earthquakes and tsunamis that can reach heights of up to 30 metres.
  • Tectonic Activity: This zone is a long, sloping subduction area where the smaller oceanic plates—Explorer, Juan de Fuca, and Gorda—move eastward and subduct beneath the larger continental North American Plate.
  • Geological Processes: The region is shaped by various tectonic activities such as accretion, subduction, deep earthquakes, and active volcanism in the Cascade Range.
  • Notable Eruptions: Significant volcanic eruptions influenced by the CSZ include:
    • Mount Mazama approximately 7,500 years ago.
    • Mount Meager massif around 2,350 years ago.
    • Mount St. Helens in 1980

  • (Left) A schematic cross section of the Cascadia Subduction Zone shows the ocean floor plate (light grey) moving under the North American continental plate.
  • The fault zone is not a continuous structure but is divided into at least four segments and is divided by buried features, including big faults.
  • Causes of the segmentation: Differing composition of rocks at the rigid edge of the overriding North American continental plate as they are formed at different times, with some being denser than others.
    • This causes the incoming, more pliable oceanic plate to bend and twist to accommodate differences in overlying pressure.
  • Megathrust fault is a place where tectonic plates move against each other in a highly destructive manner. Such a fault off Japan caused the 2011 Fukushima nuclear disaster.
  • Megathrust earthquakes are the most powerful on Earth, and they arise from subduction zones.

Source:  (NDTV)

Keywords: GS-1, World Geography -PG – Geomorphology– Subduction Zone
Monthly Current Affairs

Eco-Sensitive Zones in Western Ghats


Why in the news ?

  • Karnataka, Maharashtra, and Goa, three of the six states where the Centre has proposed eco-sensitive areas (ESA) to safeguard the Western Ghats, have asked for a reduction in the size of these ESAs to allow for development activity. 

About Eco-Sensitive Zones:

  • The National Environment Policy (2006) defines Eco-Sensitive Zones (ESZs) as areas with significant environmental resources that require special conservation attention due to their landscape, wildlife, biodiversity, and historical values.
  • These zones are regulated by the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEFCC) under the Environment Protection Act, 1986.
  • According to the National Wildlife Action Plan (2002-2016), Eco-Sensitive Areas (ESAs) are designated within a 10 km radius around protected areas like national parks and wildlife sanctuaries. 

Purpose of Eco-Sensitive Zones (ESZs):

  • Environmental Protection: ESZs protect the environment from human activities, preserving landscapes, wildlife habitats, biodiversity, and historical sites.
  • Barrier and Shock Absorber: ESZs buffer Protected Areas (PAs) like national parks, mitigating impacts from surrounding human activities to maintain ecological balance.
  • Transition Zones: ESZs are transitional areas between regions of varying environmental protection levels, ensuring continuous conservation efforts across landscapes. 

Why Western Ghats is Important:

  • Geographical Significance: The Western Ghats is a mountain range that stretches parallel to the western coast of the Indian peninsula, entirely within India.
  • UNESCO World Heritage Site: Designated as a UNESCO World Heritage Site, it is recognized as one of the eight "hottest hot-spots" of biological diversity globally.
  • Ecological Diversity: The region hosts 39 properties, including national parks and wildlife sanctuaries, distributed across Kerala (20), Karnataka (10), Tamil Nadu (5), and Maharashtra (4).
  • Rich Biodiversity: It boasts a remarkable diversity of species, including 7,402 species of flowering plants, 1,814 species of non-flowering plants, 139 mammal species, 508 bird species, 179 amphibian species, 6,000 insect species, and 290 freshwater fish species. 

Conservation Efforts:

  • Committees such as the Gadgil and Kasturirangan committees have been tasked over the past eight years to identify and safeguard these critical areas. 

K. Kasturirangan Committee Recommendations:

  • Formation and Purpose:
    • In August 2012, the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) constituted a high-level working group (HLWG) chaired by K. Kasturirangan.
    • The committee's mandate was to propose a comprehensive strategy for sustainable and equitable development while prioritising the conservation of ecological systems in the Western Ghats, a global biodiversity hotspot. 
  • Reduction in ESA Coverage: It proposed reducing the area under Ecologically Sensitive Areas (ESAs) to 37% of the Western Ghats, down from the 64% recommended by the Gadgil report.
  • Cultural and Natural Landscape Differentiation: The report distinguished between cultural landscapes (including human settlements, agricultural fields, and plantations) covering 58.44% of the Western Ghats, and natural landscapes.
  • Mining Ban: It recommended a complete ban on mining, quarrying, and sand mining in 90% of the remaining natural landscape identified as ESAs.
  • Pro-Farmer Recommendations: The committee suggested excluding inhabited regions and plantations from the ESAs, emphasising livelihood considerations.
  • Methodological Criticism: Criticism was directed at the committee for using remote sensing and aerial survey methods for land demarcation, which inaccurately included many villages within ESA 

Gadgil report recommendations:

  • Ecologically Sensitive Area Designation: The entire Western Ghats hill range was classified as an Ecologically Sensitive Area (ESA).
  • Classification of ESZs: The panel categorised the 142 taluks within the Western Ghats boundary into Ecologically Sensitive Zones (ESZ) 1, 2, and 3, each with varying levels of environmental sensitivity and regulation.
  • Restrictions on Development:
    • Dams: No new dams based on large-scale storage were recommended in ESZ 1.
    • Mining: In Goa, an indefinite moratorium on new environmental clearances for mining was proposed in ESZ 1 and 2.
    • Polluting Industries: No new polluting industries, including coal-based power plants, should be permitted in ESZ 1 and 2. Existing red and orange category industries were urged to transition to zero pollution by 2016.
  • Approach to Governance: The committee advocated for a bottom-up approach, involving local Gram Sabhas and communities in decision-making, contrasting with a top-down governance model.
  • Proposed Statutory Authority: It recommended the establishment of a Western Ghats Ecology Authority (WGEA) empowered under the Environment (Protection) Act to oversee and enforce environmental regulations in the region.
  • Criticism: The Gadgil Committee faced criticism for its stringent environmental recommendations, perceived as not aligned with ground realities and local economic interests, despite its environmental friendliness. 

Concerns:

  • State Opposition: States oppose the Kasturirangan panel report on Ecologically Sensitive Areas (ESAs) in the Western Ghats, fearing negative impacts on local livelihoods.
  • Impact on Livelihoods: Declaring ESAs could hinder development activities crucial for economic growth, potentially affecting livelihoods of thousands.
  • Relocation Issues: Concerns exist that ESA declaration may necessitate the relocation of villagers, disrupting their communities. 

Way Ahead:

  • Conservation Benefits: ESAs conserve fragile ecosystems, ensuring sustainable water resources, enhancing pollination for agriculture, and reducing human-animal conflicts.
  • Balanced Approach: Addressing states' concerns while upholding ecological protection principles is crucial. A uniform approach should be adopted for effective conservation.
  • Expert Committee’s Role: Despite the deadline, the Environment Ministry's expert committee aims to submit a report by September, proposing solutions that reconcile conservation goals with developmental needs. 

Source: IE

Keywords: GS - 3, Ecology & Environment– Eco-Sensitive Zones- Western Ghats
Monthly Current Affairs

Gandhi Sagar Sanctuary


Why in the news:

  • Recently, MP completed preparations for a second cheetah home – Gandhi Sagar Sanctuary. Prey animals have been relocated from Kanha, Satpura and Sanjay tiger reserves. 

  • Location: 270 km from the Kuno National Park in Madhya Pradesh bordering Rajasthan.
  • It was notified in 1974 and added to the list of sanctuaries in 1984.
  • It is spread over the area surrounding the Gandhi Sagar Dam backwater, and Chambal flows through it.
  • The forest of this sanctuary is part of the Khathiar-Gir dry deciduous forest, which includes trees like Salai, Kardhai, Dhawda, Tendu, Palash, etc.
  • Chaturbhuj Nala rock shelters are also part of the same Gandhi Sagar wildlife sanctuary.
  • Landscape: Open landscapes with sparse vegetation, rocky terrain, and small dense forest patches.
  • River: Chambal divides the sanctuary into two parts.
  • Vegetation: Northern tropical dry deciduous forest, mixed deciduous forest, and dry deciduous scrub.
  • Flora: Khair, Salai, Kardhai, Dhawda, Tendu, Palash are principal tree species.
  • Fauna: Herbivores like Chinkara, Nilgai, Spotted Deer, carnivores like Indian Leopard, Striped Hyena, Jackal, and diverse aquatic life including crocodiles, fish, otters, turtles.
  • Historical sites: Chaurasigarh, Chaturbhuj Nath temple, Bhadkaji rock paintings, Narsinghjhar Hinglajgarh fort, Tarakeshwar temple.

Chaturbhuj Nala rock shelters:

  • The Chaturbhuj Nala rock shelters date from the pre-pastoral (over 6,000-12,000 years old) to the early medieval age (10th century) and are often compared to the UNESCO-approved Bhimbetka rock shelters.
  • These paintings use shades of red, ochre, white and black.
  • These paintings depict ancient lifestyles, such as men riding cattle, women dancing, warriors marching, and hunting scenes portraying rhinos, humpless cattle, and deer being chased and hunted with arrows. 

Source:  (IE)

Keywords: GS – 3 –Ecology & Environment – Conservation- Sanctuary
Monthly Current Affairs

Nitrous oxide emissions up 40% in 40 years


Why in the news?

  • In a recent study by the Global Carbon Project (GCP) titled "Global Nitrous Oxide Budget (1980-2020)", nitrous oxide emissions have shown a continuous increase of 40% from 1980 to 2020.

About Nitrous Oxide (N2O):

  • Nitrous oxide (N2O), an odourless and colourless gas, is non-flammable but supports combustion to the same extent as oxygen, leading to its colloquial name, 'laughing gas'.
  • It is soluble in water and its vapours are heavier than air. 

Applications:

  • Medical Use: Nitrous oxide serves as an anaesthetic and analgesic in dentistry and surgery, often combined with oxygen to provide sedation and pain relief during procedures.
  • Automotive Industry: In motorsports, nitrous oxide enhances engine power output for performance enhancement.
  • Food Industry: Nitrous oxide acts as a propellant in whipped cream dispensers, contributing to a light and fluffy texture.
  • Chemical Industry: Used as an oxidising agent in specific chemical reactions and processes.
  • Environmental Monitoring: Utilised to calibrate gas chromatographs and other analytical instruments essential for environmental monitoring and research.
  • Recreational Use: Nitrous oxide is sometimes used recreationally for its euphoric and dissociative effects.
  • Aerospace Industry: In the aerospace sector, nitrous oxide functions as a hybrid rocket propellant, providing oxidising properties for rocket engines.

Environmental Impact of Nitrous Oxide (N2O):

  • Greenhouse Gas: Nitrous oxide is a potent greenhouse gas that traps heat in the atmosphere, intensifying the greenhouse effect and global warming.
  • Global Warming Potential (GWP): N2O has a global warming potential approximately 298 times greater than that of carbon dioxide (CO₂) over a 100-year period. This high GWP indicates that nitrous oxide has a much stronger heat-trapping capability per molecule compared to CO₂.
  • Atmospheric Lifetime: Nitrous oxide remains in the atmosphere for about 114 years, contributing to its long-term impact on climate change by persisting and accumulating over time.
  • Climate Change: Nitrous oxide (N2O) acts as a greenhouse gas, contributing to global warming and thereby exacerbating climate change impacts. These include more frequent and severe weather events, sea-level rise, and disruptions to ecosystems.
  • Ecosystem Effects: Nitrous oxide emissions from agriculture can cause nutrient imbalances in soils and water bodies, which in turn affect plant growth and aquatic life.

Key findings of the study: 

  • Alarming Rise in Nitrous Oxide (N2O) Emission: Nitrous oxide emissions from human activities have increased by 40% (3 million metric tons of N2O per year) between 1980 and 2020.
  • Top 5 Emitters of N2O: The largest emitters of N2O are China (16.7%), India (10.9%), US (5.7%), Brazil (5.3%), and Russia (4.6%). India ranks as the second-largest emitter of N2O globally after China.
  • Per-Capita Emissions: In per capita terms, India has the lowest emission of N2O at 0.8 kg N2O/person, lower than China (1.3), US (1.7), Brazil (2.5), and Russia (3.3).
  • Atmospheric Concentration: The concentration of atmospheric N2O reached 336 parts per billion in 2022, marking a 25% rise over pre-industrial levels, which exceeds previous estimates by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC).
  • Emission Pattern in Regions: Among the 18 regions analysed in this study, only Europe, Russia, Australasia, Japan, and Korea experienced decreasing nitrous oxide emissions.
  • Europe showed the most significant decrease between 1980 and 2020, attributed to reductions in fossil fuel and industrial emissions.
  • China and South Asia recorded the largest increases in N2O emissions during the same period, with a rise of 92%.
  • Technological Challenge: The study highlights that currently, no technologies exist that can effectively remove N2O from the atmosphere.

Sources of Nitrous Oxide Emissions:

  • Agriculture: The primary source of nitrous oxide emissions is agriculture, specifically from the use of synthetic fertilisers and management of livestock manure. Microbial processes in soils and water bodies convert nitrogen compounds into N2O.
  • Industrial Processes: Certain industrial activities, such as the production of nitric acid and adipic acid (used in fertilisers and nylon production), also release significant amounts of N2O.
  • Combustion: Nitrous oxide can be produced from the combustion of fossil fuels and biomass, although emissions from these sources are relatively minor compared to agriculture.
  • Waste Management: Activities such as wastewater treatment and the decomposition of organic waste in landfills are additional contributors to nitrous oxide emissions.
  • Natural sources: Natural sources, including oceans, inland water bodies, and soil, accounted for 11.8% of global nitrous oxide (N2O) emissions between 2010 and 2019.

Proposed Solutions to Mitigate Nitrous Oxide (N₂O) Emissions:

  • Innovative Agricultural Practices:
    • Precision Agriculture: Utilising soil sensors and advanced technologies to optimise fertiliser application can reduce unnecessary nitrogen input, thereby minimising N₂O formation and decrease emissions by up to 50%.
    • Nitrification Inhibitors: These additives slow down the conversion of ammonium in fertilisers to nitrate, a form readily used by N₂O-producing microbes.
    • Cover Cropping: Planting cover crops during fallow periods helps retain soil moisture and nitrogen, reducing the risk of N₂O release.
    • Anti-Methanogenic Feed: Introducing anti-methanogenic feeds like 'Harit Dhara' (HD) or similar innovations can reduce methane and nitrogen emissions from cattle.
  • Nano-Fertilisers:
    • Nano-fertilisers deliver nutrients directly to plant roots in a controlled manner, reducing excess nitrogen and consequently lowering nitrous oxide emissions.
  • Effective Policy Measures:
    • Emission Trading Schemes: Implementing cap-and-trade systems for N₂O emissions can incentivize industries and farmers to adopt cleaner practices.
    • Targeted Subsidies: Governments can provide financial incentives for farmers transitioning to sustainable practices that minimise N₂O emissions.
    • Research and Development: Increased funding for research into N₂O mitigation strategies, including improved fertilisers and waste management techniques, is critical for advancing sustainable solutions.
  • Addressing Emissions from Other Sources: 
    • Industrial Processes: Enforcing stricter regulations and promoting cleaner technologies in industries like nylon production and nitric acid manufacturing can curb rising N₂O emissions.
    • Combustion: Optimising combustion processes in vehicles and power plants, as recommended by the IPCC Climate Change 2021 report, can help reduce N₂O emissions as a by-product.
    • Waste Management: Advancements in waste-to-energy conversion and effective treatment of wastewater and agricultural waste can significantly decrease N₂O emissions from these sources.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question:

Prelims

Q:1 Which of the following add/adds nitrogen to the soil? (2013)

  1. Excretion of urea by animals
  2. Burning of coal by man
  3. Death of vegetation

Select the correct answer using the codes given below:

  1. 1 only
  2. 2 and 3 only
  3. 1 and 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (c)


Q:2 Which one of the following sets of elements was primarily responsible for the origin of life on the Earth? (2012)

  1. Hydrogen, Oxygen, Sodium
  2. Carbon, Hydrogen, Nitrogen
  3. Oxygen, Calcium, Phosphorus
  4. Carbon, Hydrogen, Potassium

Ans: (b)


Q:3 Which feature of some species of blue-green algae helps promote them as bio-fertilizers? (2010)

  1. They convert atmospheric methane into ammonia which the crop plants can absorb readily
  2. They induce the crop plants to produce the enzymes which help convert atmospheric nitrogen to nitrates
  3. They have the mechanism to convert atmospheric nitrogen into a form that the crop plants can absorb readily
  4. They induce the roots of the crop plants to absorb the soil nitrates in larger quantities

Ans: (c)


Mains:

Q:1 Sikkim is the first ‘Organic State’ in India. What are the ecological and economical benefits of Organic State? (2018)

Source:  TH

Keywords: GS - 3, Ecology & Environment —Pollution & Degradation — Conservation
Monthly Current Affairs

Baobab tree (Adansonia digitata) in India


Why in the news: 

  • Recently,Baobabs are found in India, from semi-arid central areas to wetter Western Ghats.

  • Adansonia digitata is native to Africa and belongs to the Malvaceae family. There are eight species of Adansonia worldwide, found in Africa, Asia and Australia.
  • Baobab trees in India were introduced by African migrants and Arab and Portuguese traders.
  • Locals in Mandu (MP) believe the baobab seeds were brought by Afghan rulers of the Ghuri Dynasty during the reign of Hoshang Shah of Malwa.
  • The tree commemorates the French botanist Michel Adanson, who studied Senegal’s natural history, with ‘digitata‘ referring to the hand-shaped leaves.
  • “Baobab” is derived from the Arabic “bu hibab,” which means “fruit with several seeds.”
  • The tree is also known by other names, such as
    • ‘dead-rat tree’ (due to its fruit’s resemblance to dead rats),
    • ‘monkey-bread tree’ (since monkeys eat its dry fruit),
    • ‘upside-down tree’ (because it's bare branches resemble roots),
    • ‘cream of tartar tree’ (due to the acidic taste of its fruit).
  • In Hindi, it is referred to as gorakh-imli or gorakh-chinch. It is also revered as the “Tree of Life” and “Mother of the Forest,” symbolising resilience and cultural richness.
  • Multi-purpose tree: Food, clothing, medicine, ornamental purposes and raw materials. The Bhil community in MP preserves these trees and makes a living by collecting and selling various baobab products.
  • Superfruits: Cucumber-shaped fruits and leaves are high in nutrients. Its nutritional profile includes protein, fat, carbohydrates, fibre, calcium, magnesium, Vitamin C, and potassium.
  • Heritage tree: Cultural and religious significance, like the heritage baobab tree in Goa.
  • Physical properties include
    • Appearance: Deciduous trees grow up to 20-30 m with a trunk diameter of 2-10 m, smooth, reddish-brown to grey bark with longitudinal fibres.
    • Water storing trunks: Distinctive swollen, bottle-shaped trunk that stores water for dry seasons.
    • Soil: Well-drained, acidic soils.
    • Blooming: Both wet and dry seasons in Southern Africa from October to December, with fruits appearing from April to May. In India, they flower from May to June, aligning with the rainy season.
    • Unique properties: Resist fire, termites & drought. Extensive roots.
  • According to the Guinness Book of World Records, the largest known living baobab tree is around 800 years old and is in Sagole, South Africa, near the Zimbabwe border.
  • The largest baobab tree outside Africa in India is located at Golconda Fort. It is over 400 years old and is known locally as hatiyan jhad (elephant tree).

Source: (DTE)

Keywords: GS-3 – Ecology & Envi. – Biodiversity- Species
Monthly Current Affairs

Seabirds


Why in the news: 

  • Recently, Cyclone Ilsa (category 5 cyclone) that crossed Bedout Island wiped out 80-90 percent of the island’s seabird (Masked bobby, brown bobby and lesser frigatebird) population.
  • Bedout Island is located in the Timor Sea off the remote north coast.

Categories of Cyclone:

Seabirds:

  • Seabirds are bird species adapted to live and feed in the saltwater environment of the ocean.
  • They contribute to the health of islands and the reefs that surround them.
  • They connect the marine and terrestrial ecosystems by transporting marine-derived nutrients to terrestrial breeding, roosting, and nesting areas via guano deposition and other means.

Masked Booby (Sula dactylatra bedouti):

 

  • The masked booby is a large, white gannet-like seabird with black trailing edges to the wings, a black tail and yellow bill.
  • They range widely over tropical and subtropical open ocean.
  • IUCN Status: Least Concern

Brown Booby (S leucogaster):

  • The brown booby is a large, chocolate-brown-and-white seabird.
  • Distribution: Tropical seas of the Indian, Pacific and Atlantic Oceans, plus the Caribbean Sea.
  • IUCN Status: Least Concern

Lesser Frigatebird (Fregata ariel):

  • Lesser frigatebirds are large, predominantly black birds with long narrow wings, a deeply forked tail and a long hooked bill.
  • Distribution: They are found throughout the Indian Ocean, the western and central Pacific Ocean, and off Brazil in the Atlantic Ocean.
  • IUCN Status: Least Concern

Source: (DTE)

 

Keywords: GS-3 - Ecology & Environment- Biodiversity- Species
Monthly Current Affairs

ICIMOD, Report 2024 on Hindu-Kush Himalayan


Why in the news?

  • According to the Snow Update Report 2024 from the International Centre for Integrated Mountain Development (ICIMOD), snow persistence in the Hindu Kush Himalaya (HKH) region was notably below normal levels this year.

What about the ICIMOD ?

  • About : The ICIMOD is an intergovernmental organisation dedicated to advancing knowledge and promoting sustainable development in the Hindu Kush Himalaya (HKH) region.
  • Mission: ICIMOD serves the interests of the HKH people by fostering regional cooperation and facilitating the exchange of knowledge and resources.
  • Location: It is headquartered in Kathmandu, Nepal, strategically situated in the heart of the HKH region.
  • Regional Member Countries: Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Bhutan, China, India, Myanmar, Nepal, and Pakistan are the member countries collaborating under ICIMOD's initiatives and program.

Key Findings of the ICIMOD Report: 

  • Comparison with Historical Records:
    • The report analysed snow persistence in the Hindu Kush Himalaya (HKH) region  from 2003 to 2024 and compared snow persistence in November 2023-April 2024 with historical averages.
  • Below-average Snow Cover:
    • The Indus, Ganga, and Brahmaputra river basins experienced reduced snow cover, with decreases of 23%, 17%, and 15% respectively compared to the average from 2003-2023.
  • Dramatic Fall in Specific Basins:
    • The Helmand River basin, originating from the HKH region and flowing into Afghanistan and Iran, saw a significant 31.8% decrease in snow persistence.
    • The Amu Darya river basin, one of Central Asia’s longest rivers, experienced its lowest snow persistence with a notable 28.2% decrease below normal levels.
  • Consistent Trend:
    • Over the past 22 years, 13 have recorded below-average seasonal snow persistence in the HKH region, indicating a consistent trend of decreasing snow amounts and duration in 2024.
  • Regional Trends:
    • There is a gradient of decreasing below-average snow persistence from east to west across the HKH region, with the most pronounced declines observed in the western regions, where snow's contribution to water supply is significant.
  • Implications for Water Security:
    • Below-average snow accumulation poses a substantial risk to early summer water availability this year, affecting water security in the region.

Way forward:

  • Proactive Stakeholder Engagement:
    • Stakeholders must take proactive steps to address challenges, mitigate potential water shortages, update plans to manage water stress effectively, and communicate risks to communities.
  • Prompt Implementation of Drought Management Strategies:
    • Governments need to swiftly implement drought management strategies to safeguard water resources and support communities during periods of reduced precipitation.
  • Enhanced Water Management:
    • Promoting rainwater collection for irrigation and other activities can significantly enhance water management practices, improving resilience to water scarcity.
  • Collaborative Water Governance:
    • Countries sharing transboundary rivers should collaborate to revise and strengthen water management laws, ensuring long-term resilience to climate change impacts on water resources.

About the Hindu Kush Himalaya Region:

  • Extent of the Region: The Hindu Kush Himalaya (HKH) region spans 3,500 km, covering parts of eight countries: Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Bhutan, China, India, Myanmar, Nepal, and Pakistan.
  • Source of Major Rivers: It serves as the source for ten major river systems in Asia: the Amu Darya, Indus, Ganges, Brahmaputra (Yarlungtsanpo), Irrawaddy, Salween (Nu), Mekong (Lancang), Yangtse (Jinsha), Yellow River (Huanghe), and Tarim (Dayan).
  • Dependency on the Cryosphere: The HKH region heavily relies on the cryosphere, which includes snow, permafrost, and ice from glaciers, lakes, and rivers.
  • Critical Freshwater Source: This frozen water is crucial for providing freshwater to approximately 240 million people living in the HKH region and offers significant benefits downstream.
  • Contribution to Water Flow: Snowmelt contributes about 23% of the total water flow in 12 major river basins originating from the HKH, ensuring water availability for agriculture, industry, and domestic use downstream.

 

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQ)

Prelims

Q:1 When you travel in Himalayas, you will see the following: (2012)

  1. Deep gorges
  2. U-turn river courses
  3. Parallel mountain ranges
  4. Steep gradients causing land sliding

Which of the above can be said to be the evidence for Himalayas being young fold mountains?

  1. 1 and 2 only 
  2. 1, 2 and 4 only 
  3. 3 and 4 only 
  4. 1, 2, 3 and 4

Ans: (d)


Mains:

Q.1 Briefly mention the alignment of major mountain ranges of the world and explain their impact on local weather conditions, with examples. (2021)

Q.2 How will the melting of Himalayan glaciers have a far-reaching impact on the water resources of India? (2020)

Source: DTE

Keywords: GS -3 Environment and Ecology- Environment report- ICIMOD
Monthly Current Affairs

Olympus Mons


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, water frost has been observed on the towering Tharsis volcanoes, including the massive Olympus Mons near Mars's equator, marking the first detection of such frost in this region.

About Olympus Mons:

  • Olympus Mons is a shield volcano located in Mars' western hemisphere.
  • It stands as the highest point on Mars and holds the title of the largest known volcano in the solar system.
  • Rising to a height of 16 miles (24 kilometres), it towers approximately three times higher than Mt. Everest.
  • With a diameter of 340 miles (550 kilometres), Olympus Mons covers an area larger than the entire Hawaiian Islands chain.
  • By comparison, Earth's largest volcano, Mauna Loa in Hawaii, spans 120 kilometres across and reaches 9 kilometres in height.
  • Olympus Mons is estimated to be around 3.5 billion years old, forming early in Mars' history.
  • The volcano features a very gentle slope, ranging only between 2 to 5 degrees, giving it a remarkably flat appearance.
  • At its summit lies a caldera, a large depression resulting from volcanic activity, which spans approximately 50 miles (80 kilometres) wide.
  • This caldera is composed of several overlapping pits formed during different eruptive phases.
  • In contrast, many Earth-based volcanoes typically exhibit a simpler, single caldera structure.

Why are the mountains so tall?

  • Limited Plate Movement: Mars experiences minimal tectonic activity, with both the hot spot and crust remaining relatively stationary. This lack of movement allows lava to accumulate in one location, forming large volcanoes like Olympus Mons instead of volcanic island chains typical on Earth.
  • Extended Lifespan: Martian volcanoes maintain continuous activity over millions of years, resulting in a steady accumulation of magma in specific areas on Mars' surface.
  • Shield Volcano Type: Olympus Mons is a shield volcano, characterised by its gentle eruption style where lava flows slowly down its sides rather than erupting violently. This type of volcano contributes to Olympus Mons' broad, squat appearance with an average slope of only 5 percent.

Structural Features:

  • Calderas: At the summit of Olympus Mons, six collapsed craters, known as calderas, are stacked on top of each other, creating a depression measuring 53 miles across.
  • Outer Escarpment: Surrounding the volcano's perimeter is a cliff or escarpment that rises as high as 6 miles (10 km) above the surrounding terrain. This cliff alone matches the height of Earth's Mauna Loa volcano.
  • Base Depression: The base of Olympus Mons is marked by a wide depression formed as the immense weight of the volcano presses into Mars' crust

Ephemeral Frost Discovered on Mars’ Olympus Mons: 

  • Ephemeral frost has been discovered on Mars' Olympus Mons, with approximately 150,000 tonnes of water cycling daily, according to findings from the European Space Agency's ExoMars Trace Gas Orbiter (TGO) NOMAD instrument.
  • The frost was initially detected atop the Olympus Mons volcano by the ExoMars Trace Gas Orbiter's NOMAD instrument.
  • The Mars Express orbiter further confirmed the unexpected presence of frost across multiple volcanoes in the Tharsis region.
  • The frost patches are remarkably thin, about the width of a human hair, and cover extensive areas within the summit calderas of these volcanoes.
  • This amount of frost translates to 150,000 tonnes of water exchanging between the surface and atmosphere each day during Mars' cold seasons, equivalent to 60 Olympic-sized swimming pools.
  • The frost is transient, present for only a few hours around sunrise before evaporating in the daylight, highlighting unique microclimates within the deep volcanic calderas.
  • Understanding the formation of this ephemeral frost provides insights into Mars' atmospheric dynamics and potential locations of liquid water, crucial for future robotic and human exploration missions.

Shield Volcano:

  • Size and Shape: Shield volcanoes rank as Earth's largest volcanoes, characterised by their expansive size and broad, gently sloping sides. Unlike composite volcanoes, they lack steep, conical peaks.
  • Composition: These volcanoes are predominantly composed of basalt, a type of lava known for its high fluidity when erupted.
  • Lava Characteristics: Due to basalt's low viscosity, it flows easily on the surface. During eruptions, this fluid lava travels significant distances away from the volcano's vent.
  • Formation: Shield volcanoes develop over extended periods through repeated eruptions that occur intermittently, gradually building up layers of lava.
  • Eruption Behaviour: Eruptions at shield volcanoes are typically non-explosive unless water enters the vent, which can lead to steam-driven explosions. Normally, eruptions feature low-explosivity fountaining that constructs cinder cones and spatter cones around the vent.
  • Famous Examples: The Hawaiian Islands boast some of the most well-known shield volcanoes globally, such as Mauna Loa and Mauna Kea, which have significantly shaped the islands' landscapes over millions of years.

Source:  ESA

Keywords: GS- 1, Geography – Olympus Mons — volcano
Monthly Current Affairs

Environmental Performance Index 2024


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, the Yale Center for Environmental Law and Policy and the Columbia Center for International Earth Science Information Network have released the Environmental Performance Index (EPI) for 2024.

What are the Key Highlights of EPI 2024?

  • Global Scenario:
    • Estonia leads the index by reducing its greenhouse gas emissions by 59% from 1990 levels.
    • The report indicates that only five countries — Estonia, Finland, Greece, Timor-Leste, and the United Kingdom — have cut their GHG emissions at the necessary rate to reach net zero by 2050.
    • Sub-Saharan Africa and Southern Asia rank lowest among the eight regions assessed.
    • Apart from the United Kingdom, countries identified in the 2022, this report as being on track for net zero emissions by 2050 have either seen slow progress, like the United States, or have increasing emissions, as seen in China, India, and Russia.
  • India’s Performance:
    • India ranks 176th out of 180 countries with 27.6 points, placing above only Pakistan, Vietnam, Laos, and Myanmar.
    • It performs poorly in Air Quality, Emissions, and Biodiversity Conservation, largely due to its heavy reliance on coal, which significantly contributes to greenhouse gas emissions and air pollution levels.
    • Specifically, India ranks 177th in air quality and 172nd in projected emissions by 2025.
  • The Largest Emitter Of Transboundary Pollution:
    • In South Asia, India is identified as the largest emitter of transboundary pollution, impacting neighbouring Bangladesh and affecting residents' well-being.
    • Despite its low overall ranking, India fares relatively better (133rd) in the climate change category, due to investments in renewable energy and a commitment to achieving net-zero emissions by 2070.
    • Achieving these goals will require an additional USD 160 billion annually in climate change mitigation investments.

What is India's Response to EPI ?

  • Projected GHG Emissions Calculation: India argues that the calculation should consider a longer period (10 to 20 years) rather than the average rate of change in emissions over the last 10 years, which it finds inadequate.
  • Carbon Sinks Exclusion: India's forests and wetlands, which act as crucial carbon sinks, have not been factored into the computation of the projected GHG emissions trajectory up to 2050 in the EPI 2024.
  • Ecosystem Condition Overlooked: While the index computes the extent of ecosystems, it does not evaluate their condition or productivity.
  • Lack of Relevant Indicators: The index does not include important indicators such as agro-biodiversity, soil health, food loss, and waste, which are crucial for developing countries with large agrarian populations

Environmental Performance Index (EPI):

  • About:
  • The Environmental Performance Index (EPI) is a biennial index, initially launched by the World Economic Forum in 2002 under the name Environmental Sustainability Index (ESI).
  • Evaluation Target:
  • It evaluates nations' efforts to meet international environmental policy targets, including the U.N. sustainability goals, the Paris Climate Change Agreement (2015), and the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework.
  • Framework:
  • Performance Indicators: The 2024 EPI leverages 58 performance indicators grouped into 11 issue categories with 3 policy objectives:
      • Environmental Health
      • Ecosystem Vitality
      • Climate Change

What are the Challenges Related to EPI?

  • Measurement Complexities:
    • The challenge lies in the intricate dynamics and the lack of standardised methodologies across regions for measuring biodiversity loss and ecosystem health.
  • Data Availability and Reliability:
    • Some developing nations struggle with inadequate monitoring systems or difficulties in collecting comprehensive environmental data, resulting in an incomplete understanding of environmental conditions.
  • Balancing National Priorities:
    • Countries often prioritise economic development over environmental protection, leading to potential conflicts or resistance when implementing recommendations from the Environmental Performance Index (EPI).
  • Challenges in Transitioning Industries: 
    • Nations heavily reliant on resource extraction or fossil fuel-based industries face significant challenges when transitioning to more sustainable practices.
  • Funding and Resource Constraints:
    • Developing countries may lack sufficient funds or expertise for environmental projects, hindering progress. Meanwhile, developed countries have not allocated adequate financial support to aid mitigation efforts in these nations.
  • Cross-Border Environmental Impacts:
    • Addressing cross-border environmental issues such as air pollution, water management, or wildlife protection often necessitates multilateral agreements and collaborative efforts among nations

What are the Environmental Conservation Programmes in India?

  • Climate Change: National Action Plan on Climate Change
  • Desertification: National Action Programme to Combat Desertification
  • Pollution Control: National Clean Air Program
  • Environmental Impact Assessment: Environment Management Plan
  • Forest Protection: National Afforestation Programme
  • Species Conservation: Project Elephant, Project Tiger

Way Forward:

  • Enhanced Methodology and Carbon Sink: Extend the timeframe (20-30 years) for calculating projected GHG emissions instead of relying solely on the last 10 years' average rate of change.
  • Recognize Carbon Sequestration Efforts: Acknowledge initiatives like the Compensatory Afforestation Fund Management and Planning Authority (CAMPA) aimed at enhancing carbon sequestration.
  • Broaden Indicator Set: Introduce indicators relevant to agrarian economies, such as agro-biodiversity, soil health, food loss, and waste management, to provide a comprehensive assessment.
  • Tailored Indicators for India: Include metrics like organic farming area, crop diversification, and measures to reduce post-harvest losses in India's context, reflecting strides in sustainable agriculture.
  • Transparent Weighting and Funding: Ensure clear explanations for changes in indicator weightings, addressing concerns raised by nations like India, to enhance credibility and accountability.
  • Stakeholder Engagement: Foster consultations with government officials, experts, and stakeholders to align indicator weightings with global priorities and specific national contexts.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims

Q.1 Which of the following best describes/describes the aim of the ‘Green India Mission’ of the Government of India? (2016)

  1. Incorporating environmental benefits and costs into the Union and State Budgets thereby implementing the ‘green accounting’.
  2. Launching the second green revolution to enhance agricultural output so as to ensure food security to one and all in the future.
  3. Restoring and enhancing forest cover and responding to climate change by a combination of adaptation and mitigation measures.

Select the correct answer using the code given below: 

  1. 1 only
  2. 2 and 3 only
  3. 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (c)


Q.2 With reference to ‘Global Climate Change Alliance’, which of the following statements is/are correct? (2017)

  1. It is an initiative of the European Union.
  2. It provides technical and financial support to targeted developing countries to integrate climate change into their development policies and budgets.
  3. It is coordinated by World Resources Institute (WRI) and World Business Council for Sustainable Development (WBCSD).

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

  1. 1 and 2 only
  2. 3 only
  3. 2 and 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (a)


Mains

Q:1 Describe the major outcomes of the 26th session of the Conference of the Parties (COP) to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC). What are the commitments made by India in this conference? (2021)

Keywords: GS - 3, Ecology & Environment — Environmental Performance Index 2024
Monthly Current Affairs

Bengaluru Municipal impose Solid Waste Management Cess


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, Bruhat Bengaluru Mahanagara Palike (BBMP) has proposed a Solid Waste Management (SWM) Cess of ₹100 per month for each household.

  • The proposed SWM Cess represents a substantial increase from the previous user fees typically charged by ULBs (Urban Local Bodies) across India, which are generally in the range of ₹30-50 per month.
  •  The SWM Cess directly affects every household in Bengaluru, potentially adding financial burden on residents. 

About the Cess and Solid Waste :

  • Cess : A cess is a type of tax or levy imposed by governments to fund specific services or purposes, such as waste management or infrastructure development.
  • Solid Waste : Solid waste comprises byproducts from household or commercial activities that are no longer valuable to their original owners but may be useful to others. Examples include municipal solid waste (discarded household items) and industrial waste.

Current State of Solid Waste Management (SWM) in India:

  • Waste Generation: India generates approximately 160,038.9 tons of solid waste per day.
  • Collection Efficiency: Around 95% of the generated waste is collected efficiently (CPCB, 2020-21).
  • Waste Treatment: Of the collected waste, about 50% undergoes some form of treatment.
  • Unaccounted Waste: 31.7% of the total waste generated remains unaccounted for, indicating significant gaps in the waste management process.

Challenges in Solid Waste Management (SWM) in India:

  • Segregation of Waste: Inadequate segregation at the source increases the cost and complexity of waste disposal.
  • Collection and Transportation: Underdeveloped infrastructure for waste storage at the source and limited door-to-door collection services.
  • Disposal and Treatment: Reliance on open dumps that emit methane gas due to anaerobic decomposition of biodegradable waste, leading to fires, explosions, and contributing to global warming.
  • Municipal Finance: Difficulty in generating sufficient revenue from provided services and attracting private investment due to inadequate creditworthiness and financial constraints.

Key Provisions of Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016:

  • Applicability: The rules apply to municipal areas, urban agglomerations, census towns, notified industrial townships, etc., ensuring comprehensive coverage of waste management practices.
  • Segregation of Waste: Waste generators are mandated to segregate waste at the source into three categories: Biodegradable, Non-biodegradable, and Sanitary and Domestic Hazardous waste. 
  • Collection & Disposal of Waste: Local authorities are entrusted with the responsibility of establishing robust systems for waste collection, transportation, processing, and disposal.
  • Recovery and Recycling Facility: Developers of Special Economic Zones (SEZs), industrial estates, and industrial parks are required to allocate at least 5% of the total area of the plot or a minimum of 5 plots/sheds for recovery and recycling facilities. 

Bengaluru's Solid Waste Management (SWM) Approach:

  • Current Challenges: Bengaluru grapples with significant SWM challenges due to its large population and daily waste generation of 5,000 tonnes, necessitating substantial resources and infrastructure.
  • Operational Focus: The Bruhat Bengaluru Mahanagara Palike (BBMP) prioritises waste collection and transportation, which are labour-intensive and consume a significant portion of the SWM budget.
  • Financial Strain: SWM services strain BBMP's budget, with limited revenue generation. Initiatives like the SWM Cess are proposed to bridge funding gaps and ensure sustainable service delivery.

Future Plans for Bengaluru's Solid Waste Management (SWM):

  • Proposed Changes: 
    • Bengaluru is set to implement revisions in its SWM strategy, including adjusting user fees and possibly increasing charges for bulk waste generators. 
    • These measures aim to improve financial sustainability and enhance service efficiency.
  • Strategies for Improvement: 
    • BBMP plans to boost SWM practices by promoting waste segregation at source, establishing decentralised composting centres, and launching public awareness campaigns. 
    • These initiatives aim to optimise resource usage and enhance overall SWM effectiveness across the city.

UPSC Civil Services Examination PYQ 

Q:1 What are the impediments in disposing of the huge quantities of discarded solid wastes which are continuously being generated? How do we safely remove the toxic wastes that have been accumulating in our habitable environment? (2018)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3, Ecology & & Environment - Solid Waste Management — SWM Rules, 2016
Monthly Current Affairs

50th year of India’s saurian conservation


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, the effective Crocodile Conservation Project at Bhitarkanika National Park is exacerbating human-crocodile conflicts impacting local communities.

What is the Crocodile Conservation Project ?

  • Launch : The Crocodile Conservation Project began in 1975 at Bhitarkanika National Park, Odisha.
  • Objective: It aims to safeguard crocodile habitats and bolster populations through captive breeding, addressing low hatchling survival rates in the wild.
  • Historical Context: Launched shortly after the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, the project was a response to the looming threat of extinction due to widespread hunting for commercial gain and significant habitat loss.
  • Implementation: Across 34 locations in India, centres were established to breed and rear saltwater crocodiles, muggers, and gharials under the guidance of HR Bustard. 
  • Success: The Bhitarkanika project, led by Sudhakar Kar and HR Bustard, has been exceptionally successful, increasing the crocodile population from 95 in 1975 to 1,811 in the latest reptile census.
  • Ongoing Efforts: Even after retirement, Sudhakar Kar continues to contribute technical expertise and oversee the annual census of saltwater crocodiles, underscoring his lifelong commitment to crocodile conservation.

IUCN Status of Crocodiles of India:

  • The Saltwater Crocodile is listed as Least Concern on the IUCN Red List.
  • The Mugger Crocodile is listed as Vulnerable on the IUCN Red List.
  • The Gharial is listed as Critically Endangered on the IUCN Red List.

Bhitarkanika National Park:

  • Bhitarkanika National Park is a 145 km² (56 sq mi) protected area located in Odisha, eastern India.
  • Established as a national park in 1998, it was designated as a Ramsar site in 2002.
  • The park is renowned for its unique mangrove ecosystem, the second largest in India.
  • It is home to diverse flora and fauna, including the endangered saltwater crocodile, Indian python, king cobra, black ibis, and darters.

What are the Issues Faced by Bhitarkanika ?

  • Human-Crocodile Conflict: The increasing number of crocodiles has resulted in heightened conflicts with humans. Sudhakar Kar has expressed concern and advised locals against entering water bodies inhabited by estuarine crocodiles.
  • Impact on Local Communities: Since 2014, these conflicts have resulted in 50 deaths. Local villagers have criticised politicians for not adequately addressing safety concerns, impacting political outcomes.
  • Preventive Measures: Forest officials have installed barricades around 120 river ghats in and around Bhitarkanika to mitigate crocodile attacks on humans.
  • Political Implications: The human-crocodile conflict has significantly influenced local political dynamics. Villagers have shown dissatisfaction with current leaders due to safety concerns related to crocodile attacks.

Conclusion: 

Enhancing protective measures around water bodies with reinforced barricades and secure river ghats is essential. Establishing safe, designated areas for water-related activities can effectively reduce the risk of crocodile attacks.

UPSC Civil Services Examination PYQ

Mains:

Q:1 How does biodiversity vary in India? How is the Biological Diversity Act,2002 helpful in the conservation of flora and fauna? (2018)

Source: DTE

Keywords: GS-3 Ecology & Enviro. — Biodiversity – Conservation Project - IUCN Status
Monthly Current Affairs

Water Management: From Scarcity to Sustainability


Context:     

  • India faces an imminent water crisis due to severe water scarcity exacerbated by heat waves and erratic rainfall. 
  • Declining river flows and groundwater levels have worsened conditions, causing taps to run dry in cities like Bengaluru. 
  • Addressing this requires more than just providing tap water connections; India needs a sustainable water management policy emphasising conservation, equitable distribution, and holistic strategies.

What is the Structure of Water Management in India? 

  • Central Level:
    • Ministry of Jal Shakti (MoJS): Established in May 2019, formulates national water policies and oversees water resource management.
    • Central Water Commission (CWC): Provides technical guidance on water resource development projects and river basin planning.
    • Central Groundwater Board (CGWB): Assesses, monitors, and manages groundwater resources.
    • Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB): Ensures water cleanliness by preventing and reducing water pollution.
  • State Level:
    • State Water Resources Departments: Implement water policies and manage resources within states.
    • Irrigation Departments: Manage irrigation systems and distribute water for agriculture.
    • State Pollution Control Boards (SPCBs): Monitor and control water pollution.
  • Local Level:
    • Panchayats (Village Councils): Manage water resources, promote conservation, and ensure equitable distribution.
    • Municipalities: Manage water supply and sanitation in urban areas.
    • Water User Associations (WUAs): Manage local irrigation systems and maintenance

Constitutional Provisions Related to Water:

  • Fundamental Right: Water is included within the right to life under Article 21 of the Indian Constitution, essential for human survival.
  • Entry 56 of Union List: Grants the central government authority to regulate and develop inter-state rivers and river valleys for public interest.
  • Entry 17 of State List: Covers water supply, irrigation, canals, drainage, embankments, water storage, and water power within the domain of state governments.
  • Article 262: Empowers Parliament to legislate on disputes concerning inter-state rivers or river valleys, excluding their jurisdiction from any court, including the Supreme Court.

What are the Major Factors Driving Water Crisis in India? 

  • Largest Global Extractor: India extracts approximately 25% of the world's groundwater, causing significant depletion of aquifers.
  • Agricultural Dominance: About 78% of India's freshwater is used for agriculture, mainly through flood irrigation, exacerbating water scarcity, especially in states like Punjab and Haryana.
  • Inadequate Infrastructure: Aging water systems, widespread leakages, and poor maintenance contribute to substantial water loss, with Mumbai alone losing 700 million litres daily.
  • Urbanization and Industry: Rapid urban growth and industrialization intensify water demand and pollution, with five of the world's 20 most water-stressed cities located in India.
  • Environmental Impact: Unregulated sand mining disrupts river ecosystems and increases flood risks, exemplified by the Yamuna river's degradation.
  • Governance Challenges: Fragmented water management across ministries and states leads to inefficiencies and conflicts, such as the ongoing Cauvery water dispute.
  • Neglect of Demand-Side Management: Policies focus on supply expansion over demand-side measures like water-efficient technologies and recycling, with only 30% of wastewater recycled.
  • Climate Threats: Rising sea levels contribute to salinization of coastal aquifers, threatening freshwater availability in states like Gujarat and Andhra Pradesh.

What  are the Challenges posed by water scarcity in India ?

  • Human Capital Development: Girls miss school due to the time burden of water collection, hindering their education. Waterborne illnesses from scarcity can also impair children's cognitive development.
  • Long-Term Economic Risks: The World Bank predicts water scarcity could cost India up to 6% of GDP by 2050, deterring investment in water-intensive industries and impacting job creation.
  • Rise of Water Mafias: In cities like Bangalore, "water mafias" control water tanker access, leading to exorbitant prices and social inequalities.
  • Transboundary Water Disputes: Scarcity may escalate tensions with neighbouring countries sharing river basins like Pakistan and Bangladesh.
  • Biodiversity Threat: Depleting water levels and pollution endanger freshwater species like the Ganges River Dolphin, leading to habitat loss and biodiversity decline.

What are the Government Initiatives To Tackle the Water Crisis in India?

  • National Water Policy, 2012
  • Pradhan Mantri Krishi Sinchayee Yojana
  • Jal Shakti Abhiyan- Catch the Rain Campaign
  • Atal Bhujal Yojana
  • Jal Jeevan Mission (JJM)
  • National Mission for Clean Ganga (NMCG)

What are the measures to tackle the water crisis ?

  • Transforming Fallow Land into Recharging Units: Convert underutilised land into "water parks" with bioswales, wetlands, and rainwater harvesting to recharge aquifers.
  • Desalination with Renewable Energy: Develop desalination plants powered by renewables and waste-to-energy tech for sustainable water production.
  • Urban Rainwater Harvesting: Mandate rainwater harvesting in new and existing buildings, coupled with green roofs to replenish groundwater.
  • Promoting Drip Irrigation and Aquaponics: Encourage drip irrigation to minimise water loss and support aquaponics for efficient water use.
  • Smart Water Grids: Implement sensor-based grids for leak detection, pressure management, and efficient water distribution.
  • Fog Harvesting: Explore fog harvesting technologies in hilly regions to capture moisture for water supply.
  • Decentralised Water Management: Adopt community-driven approaches like the Swajal project and decentralised wastewater treatment systems.
  • Public-Private Partnerships (PPPs): Encourage PPPs for water infrastructure development to leverage private sector expertise and funding.
  • Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) for Industries: Mandate ZLD systems in industries to treat and recycle wastewater, reducing freshwater demand.
  • Eco-Industrial Parks: Establish parks where industries share and reuse water resources to conserve freshwater and minimise pollution.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims:

Q.1. Which one of the following ancient towns is well known for its elaborate system of water harvesting and management by building a series of dams and channelizing water into connected reservoirs? (2021)

  1. Dholavira
  2. Kalibangan
  3. Rakhigarhi
  4. Ropar

Ans: A


Q.2. With reference to ‘Water Credit’, consider the following statements: (2021)

  1. It puts microfinance tools to work in the water and sanitation sector.
  2. It is a global initiative launched under the aegis of the World Health Organization and the World Bank.
  3. It aims to enable the poor people to meet their water needs without depending on subsidies.

Which of the statements given above are correct?

  1. 1 and 2 only
  2. 2 and 3 only
  3. 1 and 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

Ans: C


Mains:

Q.1 What are the salient features of the Jal Shakti Abhiyan launched by the Government of India for water conservation and water security? (2020)

Q.2 Suggest measures to improve water storage and irrigation system to make its judicious use under the depleting scenario. (2020)

Source:   IE

Keywords: GS - 3, Ecology & environment- Water Resources— Conservation of Resources
Monthly Current Affairs

Monsoon in India


Why in the news ?

  • The southwest monsoon arrived early in Kerala and has progressed up to Maharashtra, while North and Northwest India continue to face 'heatwave' to 'severe heatwave' conditions.

About the monsoon:

  • The term ‘monsoon’ originates from the Arabic word ‘mausim’, meaning season, referring to the seasonal reversal of wind direction.
  • The onset and retreat of the monsoon significantly impact India's climate, agriculture, and economy.

Monsoon Onset(Arrival):

  • Traditionally, the monsoon arrives over the Andaman Sea by the third week of May and progresses into the mainland, typically reaching Kerala around June 1.
  • During the summer months (June to September), winds blow from the South-West, delivering more than 70% of India’s annual rainfall.

  • The northward shift of the Inter-Tropical Convergence Zone (ITCZ) triggers the onset of monsoon rains.
  • The monsoon trough fosters the formation of a thermal low over north and northwest India.
  • The IMD declares the monsoon's onset based on defined criteria, including rainfall patterns, wind conditions, and Outgoing Longwave Radiation (OLR) levels.

Monsoon Progress:

  • Following its onset over Kerala, the monsoon moves northward and typically covers the entire country within approximately six weeks. 
  • Its progression accelerates until central India before slowing down. 
  • By the end of June, it usually reaches north Uttar Pradesh, Delhi, and neighbouring areas, achieving national coverage by July 15th. This timing is critical for kharif crop sowing.

Monsoon Retreat (Withdrawal):

  • The monsoon's retreat signifies the shift from the rainy season to dry winter conditions. Starting in early September, it begins withdrawing from northwestern India, completing its retreat by early October. 
  • Unlike its onset, the withdrawal is gradual, with the monsoon lingering over southern and northeastern regions well into October.

 

Monsoon Variability:

  • Onset, Advancement, and Withdrawal: The timing and duration of the monsoon influence rainfall patterns in different regions.
  • Position of Monsoon Trough: The monsoon trough's location can shift up to 5° north or south within 24 hours. Its southern position enhances monsoon activity over India, while a northern or absent trough can lead to breaks in monsoon conditions.
  • Synoptic Systems: Cyclonic circulations, lows, and depressions moving along the troughs contribute to rainfall distribution.

Periodicity of Monsoon:

  • The year-to-year variation in monsoon rainfall over many years is known as interannual variability. 
  • Global ocean-atmospheric phenomena like El Niño Southern Oscillation (ENSO) and Indian Ocean Dipole (IOD) primarily influence the monsoon's periodicity. 
  • Additional factors include the North Atlantic Oscillation (NAO) and Pacific Decadal Oscillations (PDO

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-1, Indian Geography- Geophysical Phenomena - Monsoon
Monthly Current Affairs

Tamil Nadu Seeks GI Tag for Seven Agricultural Products


Why in the news ?

  • The Tamil Nadu State Agricultural Marketing Board has filed applications for Geographical Indication (GI) tags for seven agricultural products from the state.
  • The application process was facilitated by the NABARD-Madurai Agribusiness Incubation Forum (MABIF).

Products seeking GI Tag:

  • Senganthal Seed: Senganthal seed is a traditional paddy variety from Tamil Nadu, prized for its drought resistance and adaptability to local soil conditions. It is known for producing nutritious rice with a unique flavour, and is often cultivated using organic farming practices.
  • Kolli Hills Pepper: Kolli Hills pepper is cultivated in the Kolli Hills region of Tamil Nadu. It is renowned for its robust flavour and pungency. This pepper is organically grown by tribal farmers and holds a significant place in both domestic and international spice markets.
  • Ayyampalayam Nettai Thennai: Ayyampalayam Nettai Thennai refers to a tall coconut variety from Ayyampalayam, Tamil Nadu. Known for its high yield, these coconuts are rich in water and meat, making them ideal for both culinary uses and copra production.
  • Tirunelveli Senna Leaf : Tirunelveli Senna leaf is a medicinal plant grown in Tirunelveli, Tamil Nadu. It is widely used for its natural laxative properties. The leaves contain compounds like sennosides, which are effective in treating constipation and are exported globally for pharmaceutical use.
  • Sathyamangalam Red Banana: Sathyamangalam red banana is a rare banana variety from Sathyamangalam, Tamil Nadu. Characterised by its reddish skin and sweet, creamy flesh, it is not only a local delicacy but also rich in nutrients like vitamin C and beta-carotene.
  • Urigam Puli: Urigam puli is a variety of tamarind known for its rich, tangy flavour. Cultivated in the Urigam region, Tamil Nadu, it is a key ingredient in South Indian cuisine, especially in dishes like sambar and rasam. It is also valued for its antioxidant properties.
  • Odaipatti Seedless Grapes : Odaipatti seedless grapes are grown in the Odaipatti region of Tamil Nadu. These grapes are noted for their sweet, juicy flavour and are popular both as fresh fruit and in wine production. They are a significant agricultural product, contributing to the local economy

What is a Geographical Indication (GI) Tag?

About:

  • A GI tag is a name or sign used on products that originate from a specific geographical location.
  • The GI tag ensures that only authorised users or those residing in the specified area can use the product name.
  • It protects the product from being copied or imitated by others.
  • A registered GI is valid for 10 years.
  • The Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade under the Ministry of Commerce and Industry oversees GI registration.

Legal Framework and Obligations:

  • The Geographical Indications of Goods (Registration and Protection) Act, 1999 provides for the registration and protection of geographical indications in India.
  • It is governed by the WTO Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS).
  • The importance of protecting industrial property and geographical indications as part of intellectual property is recognized in Articles 1(2) and 10 of the Paris Convention.

 

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Pelims

Q1. Which of the following has/have been accorded ‘Geographical Indication’ status? (2015)

  1. Banaras Brocades and Sarees
  2. Rajasthani Daal-Bati-Churma
  3. Tirupathi Laddu

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

  1. 1 only
  2. 2 and 3 only
  3. 1 and 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (c)


Q:2. India enacted the Geographical Indications of Goods (Registration and Protection) Act, 1999 in order to comply with the obligations to (2018)

(a) ILO

(b) IMF

(c) UNCTAD

(d) WTO


Ans: (d)

Source: (TH)

Keywords: GS-1, indian geography- GI tags
Monthly Current Affairs

Filoboletus manipularis


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, researchers have discovered a rare species of bioluminescent mushrooms in Kasargod that emit a brilliant, otherworldly green light in the darkness of night.

  • The fungi, scientifically known as Filoboletus manipularis, are capable of producing their own light through a biochemical process in their cells.
  • Bioluminescence in these mushrooms is attributed to a chemical reaction involving luciferin (a pigment) and luciferase (an enzyme), substances that produce light when combined with oxygen.
  • The natural glow emitted by these mushrooms is believed to attract insects, facilitating the dispersal of spores and contributing to the fungi’s reproductive cycle.
  • They thrive in tropical, humid environments, typically found in dense forests with abundant decaying organic matter, like fallen trees and leaves, as it provides the nutrients and conditions necessary for their growth and their unique glowing property.
  • These mushrooms are not fit for consumption as the chemicals that make them glow could be toxic, leading to severe gastrointestinal issues.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3, Ecology & Environment –biodiversity- Species
Monthly Current Affairs

Earth’s Inner Core Rotation Slowing Down


Why in the news ?

  • Recently,  new study has provided compelling evidence that the Earth’s solid inner core, composed of iron and nickel, began to slow down its rotation compared to the planet’s surface in 2010.

  • Since the Earth’s core and most part of the Earth’s interior is physically inaccessible, researchers typically study it by analysing seismic waves generated by earthquakes recorded on seismograms.

Impacts:

  • The process could potentially change the length of a day on Earth by fractions of a second.
  • The inner core‘s spin is influenced by the magnetic field generated in the liquid outer core and gravitational effects within the Earth’s mantle.
  • The inner core’s rotation generates Earth’s magnetic field and influences geological processes. Changes in its rotational speed could affect Earth’s magnetic properties and geomagnetic events.
  • The recent study says that the inner core is reversing and backtracking relative to the surface, rotating slower than the mantle for the first time in about 40 years.

Connection to Climate Change and Earth’s Rotation:

  • A separate study (Nature Journal) found that climate change-driven melting of ice in Greenland and Antarctica was affecting global timekeeping by slowing down Earth’s rotation.
  • The liquid core was slowing down, causing the solid Earth to rotate faster to counterbalance the effect, resulting in fewer ‘leap seconds’ being needed to be added to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
  • Since 1972, a ‘leap second’ has been periodically added to the UTC to account for irregularities in Earth’s rotation speed.

Coordinated Universal Time (UTC):

  • UTC is the primary time standard by which the world regulates clocks and time. It is based on precise atomic clocks and is maintained by the International Bureau of Weights and Measures (BIPM).
  • UTC is designed to approximate the mean solar time at 0° longitude (the prime meridian), which is the basis for civil time and time zones.

Leap Seconds:

  • The Earth’s rotation is gradually slowing due to tidal forces from the Moon and Sun, as well as changes in Earth’s structure and climate. Consequently, the length of a day based on Earth’s rotation increasingly diverges from the day defined by atomic clocks.
  • To account for this divergence and keep UTC in sync with the Earth’s rotation, leap seconds are added.
  • A leap second is a one-second adjustment that is inserted as a “stop” second into UTC to keep it aligned with the Earth’s rotation. It is added on either June 30th or December 31st, as required.

Source: IE

Keywords: Recently, new study has provided compelling evidence that the Earth’s solid inner core, composed of iron and nickel, began
Monthly Current Affairs

Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPs)


Why in the news ?

  • According to a recent study, Dichloro-diphenyl-trichloroethane (DDT) and 11 other Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPs) have shown a decline in both human exposure and environmental presence since 2004. 
  • This reduction is attributed to stringent global regulations implemented to control these hazardous substances.

What about Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPs) ?

  • Findings from the study indicate that Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPs), including DDT and others, were detected in over 900 samples collected from various sources such as air, water, human milk, soil, and various food items including beef, milk, eggs, and seafood. 
  • The levels of 12 POPs, including DDT, have shown a global decline since 2004, attributed to stringent regulatory measures. 
  • However, other POPs like dieldrin and polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) continue to persist at elevated levels in the air across regions such as Africa, the Caribbean, and Latin America. 
  • POPs are carbon-based chemicals that resist degradation through natural processes like chemical reactions, biological breakdown, and sunlight exposure.

Key characteristics of Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPs):

  • Persistence: POPs are resistant to environmental breakdown. They can persist for extended periods, ranging from years to decades, without degrading.
  • Bioaccumulation: POPs have the tendency to accumulate in the fatty tissues of living organisms through the food chain. This results in higher concentrations of POPs in organisms at the top of the food chain, including humans.
  • Long-range transport: POPs can travel long distances from their original source of emission. Global transport occurs through processes such as atmospheric deposition and ocean currents, spreading these pollutants across vast distances.
  • Toxicity: Many POPs exhibit toxicity to both humans and wildlife. They can lead to various adverse health effects, including cancer, reproductive disorders, immune system disruption, and neurological impacts.
  • POPs include pesticides like DDT (dichloro-diphenyl-trichloroethane), industrial chemicals such as polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), and unintentional by-products of industrial processes like dioxins and furans.
  • POP pollution include improper use or disposal of agrochemicals and industrial chemicals, high-temperature processes and combustion, and unintentional production during industrial activities or waste incineration.

Regulation of Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPs) : 

  • Stockholm Convention on POPs: Entered into force in 2004, it aims to globally reduce the release of POPs chemicals.
  • Rotterdam Convention on PIC: Also entered into force in 2004, it promotes shared responsibilities in the international trade of hazardous chemicals, ensuring safe use.
  • Basel Convention: In force since 1992, it controls transboundary movements and disposal of hazardous wastes to protect human health and the environment.
  • LRTAP, Protocol on POPs: The protocol, effective since 2003, aims to limit and reduce air pollution, including long-range transboundary air pollutants like POPs. Its goal is to control, reduce, or eliminate discharges, emissions, and losses of persistent organic pollutants.

Source: DTE

Keywords: GS –3, Ecology & Environment— Environmental Pollution–(POPs)
Monthly Current Affairs

Eucalyptus Tree


In News: In 2024-2025, the Kerala government has issued an order permitting the Kerala Forest Development Corporation (KFDC) to cultivate eucalyptus trees as a means of ensuring its financial sustainability.

Overview and Uses of Eucalyptus

  • Eucalyptus is a large genus comprising more than 660 species of shrubs and tall trees belonging to the myrtle family (Myrtaceae).
  • Some of the tallest trees globally are eucalypti.
  • Native to Australia, Tasmania, and nearby islands, eucalypti are commonly referred to as gum trees or stringybark trees in Australia.
  • Many species are extensively cultivated worldwide as shade trees or in forestry plantations.

Features

  • Eucalyptus trees are characterized by gum-infused bark, long stems, and circular leaves that can be difficult to digest if eaten whole.
  • They bear small flowers in various colors, including white, yellow, and shades of red, along with small woody capsules containing seeds.

Uses

  • Widely recognized for its medicinal properties, some eucalyptus leaves contain oil with a potent aroma.
  • Eucalyptus oil, primarily composed of cineole or eucalyptol, along with flavonoids and tannins, acts as anti-inflammatory and antioxidants, making it useful in treating various ailments.
  • It is particularly effective in relieving congestion and aiding breathing during colds, and as a pain reliever for sore muscles, aching joints, and rheumatism, improving blood circulation.
  • Eucalyptus wood is tough and durable, often utilized in the construction of furniture and fences.

Eucalyptus Plantations in India

  • In India, Eucalyptus tereticornis and Eucalyptus hybrid are the most commonly planted species.
  • These plantations are widespread in regions such as Tamil Nadu, Andhra Pradesh, Gujarat, Haryana, Mysore, Kerala, and the Nilgiri Hills.
  • Eucalyptus thrives in deep, fertile, well-drained loamy soil with sufficient moisture.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 Ecology & Environment — Biodiversity- Species
Monthly Current Affairs

Markhor (Capra falconeri)


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, the UN declared 'IUCN: Near Threatened of Markhor’.

  • The Markhor, also known as screw horn goat, is the largest wild goat in the world. It is the national animal of Pakistan.
  • Distribution: It ranges over the north-western parts of the Hindu Kush Himalayas, in Uzbekistan, Turkmenistan, Tajikistan, Afghanistan, Pakistan and India.
    • In India, the subspecies is found only in Jammu and Kashmir (J&K).
  • Habitat: They are adapted to mountainous terrain between 600 m and 3600 m elevation and are strongly associated with scrub forests dominated by oaks, pines, and junipers.
  • Physical description: The coat is of light brown to black colour and is smooth and short in summer while growing longer and thicker in winter. Both sexes possess extremely bold, flared, corkscrew-like horns which twist outwards.
  • They are skilled climbers and can scale steep rocky terrain to escape predators such as snow leopards and wolves.
  • Conservation Status: IUCN: Near Threatened | WPA, 1972: Schedule I | CITES: Appendix I
  • Threats: Illegal hunting, poaching, habitat loss, climate change.

Source: (DTE)

Keywords: GS-3 Ecology & Environment — Biodiversity- Species
Monthly Current Affairs

Oedocladium sahyadricum (Algae)


Why in the news ?

  • Phycologists at Catholicate College, Pathanamthitta, Kerala, found a new algal species. The new species is named Oedocladium sahyadricum. Sahyadricum refers to the Western Ghats.
  • Western Ghats provide ideal conditions for the growth of terrestrial microalgae.
  • Phycology is the branch of science that deals with the study of algae.

About Oedocladium sahyadricum

  • Features: Dioecious and terrestrial, with a superior operculum, ellipsoid oogonium, and oospore.
    • Dioecious: Having the male and female reproductive organs in separate individuals.
    • Operculum: It is a cap-like structure in some flowering plants, mosses, and fungi.
    • Oogonium: The female sex organ of certain algae and fungi.
    • Oospore: It forms when an oogonium (female gamete) is fertilised by a male gamete nucleus.
  • Appearance: Found as a thin mat of elongated strands on damp soil, velvety green turning yellowish-green as it matures.
  • Climatic conditions: Abundant growth likely needs rainy weather.
  • Potential Applications: Potential uses in medicine, agriculture, and the production of astaxanthin, a natural pigment with health benefits.
  • Economic Importance: Algae are used in high-value products & wastewater treatment.

Source: (TH)

Keywords: GS-3 Ecology & Environment — Biodiversity- Species
Monthly Current Affairs

Snake Eel Discovered in Odisha


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, the Zoological Survey of India (ZSI) has identified a new species of snake eel in Odisha.
  • The new species has been named ‘Ophichthus Suryai’ to honour Surya Kumar Mohanty, former joint director of the state fishery department.
  • The new species can be distinguished from its closely related congeners by having the dorsal fin origin (DFO) just above or slightly anterior to the gill opening.
  • It also has a unique vertebral count and teeth patterns on both jaws (maxilla and mandible).

Snake Eels:

  • Snake eels belong to the fish family Ophichthidae.
  • They have an elongated, snake-like body with no pectoral and pelvic fins.
  • Their dorsal fin runs along the back, beginning just behind the head and continuing to the tail.
  • Snake eels are found in tropical and subtropical marine environments.
  • Many species live in shallow coastal waters, coral reefs, and estuaries.
  • There are over 200 species of snake eels. E.g. Shortfin snake eel (Ophichthus brevis), Longfin snake eel (Ophichthus cruentifer), Indian Ocean snake eel (Ophichthus rugosus), etc.
  • Snake eels are nocturnal predators that feed on crustaceans and small fish. 

Zoological Survey of India:

  • The Zoological Survey of India (ZSI) is a premier Indian organisation in zoological research and studies.
  • It is under the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change.
  • Established in 1916; Headquarter: Kolkata.
  • The objectives of the ZSI are to promote survey, exploration and research leading to the advancement of our knowledge on various aspects of animal life.
  • ZSI’s main focus areas are faunal exploration, taxonomic studies, status surveys of endangered species, environmental impact assessment, conservation, and training.
  • It has 16 regional centres located across different geographic regions of the country. 

Source: DH

Keywords: GS-3, Ecology & Environment – Biodiversity- Species
Monthly Current Affairs

GM Crops promise Food Security


Why in the News?

  • A new "gene revolution" is being promoted as a solution to increasing global food demand and the impact of climate change on agriculture.

What does the World Economic Forum (WEF) say?

  • The World Economic Forum (WEF) advocates for genetically modified (GM) technology, viewing it as crucial for ensuring food security for a global population projected to reach 10 billion by 2050.
  • Research efforts are focused on developing new strains of staple crops such as rice, maize, wheat, potato, and cassava, aiming to enhance their resilience to extreme weather conditions and emerging climate-induced diseases.
  • The latest advancements in bioengineering technologies can help plants and soils capture and store atmospheric carbon, contributing to the reduction of planet-heating carbon levels.
  • Additionally, projects are underway to optimise photosynthesis in crops like maize and rice, with the goal of improving yields and reducing atmospheric carbon.

Industrial-Scale GMOs Perpetuate Climate Change:

  • Critics argue that GM crops maintain an "agro-industrial system" responsible for significant greenhouse gas emissions. 
  • Current food systems contribute to about one-third of global greenhouse gas emissions.
  • GMOs often involve large-scale monocultures that require substantial amounts of artificial fertilisers, pesticides, and irrigation. 
  • This system is criticised for being energy-intensive and unsustainable, primarily benefiting large agro-industrial companies that dominate the seed, food, pesticide, and fertiliser markets.

Present Scenario:

  • Over half of harvested cropland in the US uses genetically modified seeds.
  • Despite the widespread adoption of GM crops, food insecurity remains prevalent, with 250 million people in nearly 60 countries facing crisis-level food insecurity.
  • Successful campaigns, such as those in the Philippines, have led to production moratoriums on certain GM crops due to health and ecological concerns.

Are Non-GM Ecological Crops Also a Food Security Solution?

  • Resistance to GMOs persists due to concerns about their safety and ecological impact.
  • Non-GM ecological approaches face challenges, primarily because most research funding originates from large agri-biotech companies.
  • Ecological, non-GM crops aim to produce toxic-free food and nurture biodiverse ecosystems capable of resisting and mitigating climate change.
  • Ongoing development of ecological, non-GM seed, food, and nutrition systems is underway to address food security in a warming world.

Note:  India has approved the commercial cultivation of only one GM crop, Bt cotton. No GM food crop has been approved for commercial cultivation in the country.

Way forward:

  • Enhanced Regulatory Oversight and Support for Ecological Practices:
    • Strengthen regulations to ensure the safe development, testing, and deployment of GM crops while simultaneously supporting research and development of non-GM ecological farming practices.
  • Public Awareness and Inclusive Research Funding:
    • Launch comprehensive public education campaigns to inform communities about the benefits and risks of GM and non-GM crops, promoting informed decision-making.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Mains:

Q:1 What are the present challenges before crop diversification? How do emerging technologies provide an opportunity for crop diversification? (2021)

Source: IE

Keywords: GS- 3- Ecology & environment- Biodiversity– GM crop in India- Food Security
Monthly Current Affairs

Iberian Lynx


  • Recently, the Iberian lynx (Lynx pardinus), one of the rarest cat species globally, has improved its conservation status from 'endangered' to 'vulnerable' on the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Red List.

  • Since 2001, the population of mature Iberian lynxes has increased significantly from 62 to 648 in 2022. 
  • Presently, there are more than 2,000 lynxes, including young individuals, thriving across Spain and Portugal.

Iberian Lynx: 

About: 

  • The Iberian lynx is one of two carnivore species endemic to Europe (the other being European mink, Mustela lutreola). 

Characteristic Features:

  • It has the most heavily spotted coat among all lynx species.
  • The coat is sparse, short, and coarse, with a base colour of bright yellowish red or tawny, adorned with dark brown or black spots.
  • White underparts.
  • Sexual dimorphism is evident, with males being larger and heavier than females.

Habitat:

  • Prefers Mediterranean forests with native oaks and dense undergrowth.
  • Thrives in areas with a mix of dense scrub for shelter and open pasture for hunting.
  • Found exclusively in southwest Spain on the Iberian Peninsula, west of the Pyrenees mountains.

Threats:

  • Habitat destruction and alteration due to agricultural and industrial development.
  • Conversion of native Mediterranean forest to plantations lacking undergrowth.
  • Direct persecution including vehicular accidents, illegal hunting with dogs, and traps set for other predators.

Conservation Status:

  • Classified as Endangered (EN) by the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN).
  • Downgraded from Critically Endangered to Endangered in 2015.
  • Protected under Appendix II of the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species (CITES).

Source: DTE

Keywords: GS-3, Ecology & Environment - Biodiversity- Species
Monthly Current Affairs

A New Diatom Genus Discovered


Why in the news ?

  • Researchers (Agharkar Research Institute, Pune) have identified a new genus of Gomphonemoid diatom, named Indiconema, in the clean waters of the Eastern Ghats.

  • The study reports the presence of Indiconema species in both the Eastern and Western Ghats.
  • This unique organism differs from its relatives by possessing a pore field at both ends (head and foot pole) instead of just the foot pole.
  • Researchers suggest that based on morphological features, Indiconema is related to Afro Cymbella, a genus endemic to East Africa. Early studies noted similarities between Gomphonema species from India and those from East Africa and Madagascar.

Diatoms:

  • Diatoms are the tiny, microscopic algae and workhorses of the aquatic ecosystem.
  • They are responsible for producing 25% of the world’s oxygen.
  • They are chief ‘producers’ in the oceans and form the base of the aquatic food chain.
  • They serve as excellent indicators of water quality due to their sensitivity to chemical changes.
  • India has nearly 6,500 diatom taxa, of which 30% are endemic.
  • Diverse biogeographic zones, from freshwater to marine environments, sea level to high mountains, and alkaline lakes to acidic swamps in India, provide a plethora of habitats for diatoms to thrive.
  • The Eastern and Western Ghats, with their unique physiographic, edaphic, and climatic gradients, host distinct diatom communities specific to these geographical locations.

Source: (PIB)

Keywords: GS-3, Ecology & Environment - Biodiversity- Species
Monthly Current Affairs

Striped caecilian


Why in the News?

  • A limbless amphibian, the striped caecilian (Ichthyophis spp), was newly discovered in Kaziranga National Park and Tiger Reserve (1,307.49 sq. km) during a recent herpetofauna survey conducted by Assam’s wildlife officials.

Herpetofauna:

  • Herpetofauna encompass reptiles and amphibians collectively, derived from "herpeto-" meaning "creeping animal" in Greek, combined with "fauna" denoting animal species in a specific area or period. 
  • They fulfil crucial ecological roles: regulating insect populations, serving as indicators of environmental health, and functioning as both predators and prey in ecosystems.

About Striped Caecilian:

  • The Striped Caecilian (Ichthyophis spp.) is a limbless amphibian from the family Ichthyophiidae.
  • Due to their elongated, cylindrical bodies and lack of limbs, caecilians are frequently confused with snakes or worms.
  • They inhabit primarily tropical regions across Africa, Asia, and the Americas.
  • Their habitats typically include underground burrows or moist soil environments.

Key features of the Striped Caecilian include:

  • They possess smooth, cylindrical bodies adorned with a ringed or striped pattern, earning them the name "striped."
  • Caecilians are primarily fossorial (burrowing), spending much of their lives underground or in leaf litter, which makes them elusive and challenging to observe.
  • They are carnivorous, feeding on small invertebrates found in soil and leaf litter.
  • Caecilians typically have poor eyesight and rely heavily on chemoreception to detect chemicals in their environment, aiding in prey location.
  • Caecilians exhibit unique reproductive strategies, including both live births and egg laying. Some species display parental care, with adults guarding eggs or young offspring

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Prelims:

Q:1 The organisms “Cicada, Froghopper and Pond skater are:(2024)

  1. Birds
  2. Fish
  3. Insects
  4. Reptiles

Answer:C

Source:   TH

Keywords: GS-3, Ecology & Environment - Biodiversity- Species
Monthly Current Affairs

Pink Sand in Australia


Why in the news :

  • Recently, Australian researchers have discovered that pink garnet sand on South Australian beaches originates from ancient Antarctic mountains.

  • The research has provided new insights into the timing of the subduction of the Australian tectonic plate beneath the Pacific plate and has revealed the existence of previously unknown ancient mountains in Antarctica.

Pink Sand in Australia Beaches: Composition

  • The pink sand is composed of a mineral called garnet. Garnet is rare in beach sand, as it is destroyed by prolonged exposure to the waves and currents of the ocean.
  • It requires high temperatures to form and is usually associated with formation of large mountain belts.
  • In Australia, Garnet is known to have formed locally during the Delamerian orogeny, an event which created the Adelaide Fold Belt around 514–490 million years ago, and during the formation of the Gawler Craton in western South Australia between 3.3–1.4 billion years ago.

Possible Sources of Garnet in Australia:

  • Kimberlite Pipes:
    • Garnets can reach the surface via carrot-shaped volcanic structures called kimberlite pipes (found in South Australia, e.g. at Eurelia).
    • However, these deposits are far from the coast, are not very abundant, and are only around 170–190 million years old, thus unlikely to be the source of beach garnets.
  • Prolonged Erosion of Adelaide Fold Belt:
    • Garnet typically forms in greater volumes in places where the crust is thick, such as under mountains.
    • As the mountains erode, the garnet may be revealed as a record of the former mountain belt.
    • The erosion of the Adelaide Fold Belt, which stretched north from Adelaide for hundreds of kilometres, developed between 514 million and 490 million years ago, could be another possible source.
  • Gawler Craton:
    • It is a huge slab of ancient rock beneath South Australia with outcrops in the Adelaide Fold Belt.
    • It contains plenty of garnet that formed in several episodes between 3.3 billion-1.4 billion years ago.
  • Result of the new findings:
    • Recent research found that most garnets formed around 590 million years ago.
    • Thus, the beach sand garnets were far too young to have come from the Gawler Craton, but too old to have come from the eroding Adelaide Fold Belt.
    • Garnet dating to the same period has been found previously in an outcrop in the Transantarctic Mountains in East Antarctica.
    • Ice-flow indicators along South Australia Shorelines reveal that the garnet-rich glacial sands were brought to Australia by a north-west moving ice sheet during the Late Palaeozoic Ice Age, when Australia and Antarctica were connected in supercontinent Gondwana.

 

    • The garnet deposits were then locally stored in glacial sedimentary deposits along the southern Australian margin until erosion liberated them and waves and tides concentrated them on the South Australian beaches.

Source:  (TH)

Keywords: GS-3, Ecology & Environment- Biodiversity- Conversation- Geographical phenomena
Monthly Current Affairs

World’s oldest termite mound found in South Africa


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, Scientists have discovered the world’s oldest inhabited termite mounds along the Buffels River in Namaqualand, South Africa.

  • Namaqualand is a global biodiversity hotspot renowned for its spring flowers, but it is a dry area. Surface water is in short supply, and the groundwater is saline.
  • The termite mounds, called ‘heuweltjies’ in Afrikaans (meaning ‘little hills’) are inhabited by the southern harvester termite, Microhodotermes viator.
  • Radiocarbon dating of the organic carbon within these mounds has shown ages ranging from 13,000 to 19,000 years, while the carbonate dates back up to 34,000 years.
  • This makes the Buffels River mounds the oldest active termite mounds with both organic & inorganic carbon. The previous oldest inhabited mounds from different species from Brazil are 4000 years old.
  • During the formation of heuweltjies, the region experienced significantly more rainfall. The wetter climate allowed for minerals such as calcite and gypsum to dissolve and move down to the groundwater.

Carbon sequestration by termites:

  • The insects transport organic material, e.g. small sticks, deep into the soil, leading to continuous renewal of soil carbon reservoirs at depth, where they are preserved for longer periods.
  • The tunnels also allow dissolved inorganic carbon (known as soil calcite or calcium carbonate) in the mound soil to move into the groundwater along with other soluble minerals thus sequestering CO2 through dissolution and leaching of soil carbonate-bicarbonate to groundwater.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS - 3, Ecology & Environment - Biodiversity
Monthly Current Affairs

School in a Box Initiative


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, the Assam State Disaster Management Authority (ASDMA), in partnership with UNICEF, is distributing "School in a Box" kits to children aged 6-18 in flood-affected relief camps.

About the initiative:

  • The "School in a Box" kits contain essential learning materials aimed at maintaining educational continuity for children amidst displacement and trauma caused by devastating floods and landslides in Assam. 
  • Initially targeted at children up to 6 years old, the program has expanded to include older children, offering notebooks, drawing books, pencils, and other educational resources.

Benefits of the "School in a Box" Initiative:

  • Educational Continuity of Children: Ensures uninterrupted education for children despite displacement, maintaining a sense of normalcy.
  • Developmental Support: Provides age-appropriate learning materials that support cognitive and emotional development across different age groups.
  • Empowerment: Equips children with knowledge and skills, empowering them to rebuild their lives and contribute to community recovery.
  • Community Building: Fosters a sense of community and support among children and families in relief camps, promoting connection and sharing.
  • Resilience Building: Contributes to building resilient communities by ensuring educational continuity, enhancing their ability to recover from future disasters.
  • Positive Impact: Demonstrates commitment to child welfare and education, enhancing public perception and support for relief efforts

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 - DM- UNICEF
Monthly Current Affairs

Create the space for governance with a green heart


Why in the news?

  • As a new term begins for the government and the Lok Sabha, prioritising environmental concerns must be paramount.
  • Historically, no government has given genuine priority to environmental issues, with the last one focusing on development at the expense of environmental harm. 

Present Himalayan states:

● The Indian Himalayan Region (IHR) encompasses the portion of the Himalayas located within India, extending across thirteen Indian States and Union Territories, including Ladakh, Jammu and Kashmir, Himachal Pradesh, Uttarakhand, Sikkim, West Bengal, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, Tripura, Assam, and Arunachal Pradesh.

Need for Green Policies:

  • India faces severe environmental degradation that can only be halted by adopting green policies.
  • Green policies are crucial even as India strives to become a middle-income economy.
  • Urgent areas for addressing environmental concerns include:
    • Policy reforms and stringent regulations
    • Sustainable development practices
    • Conservation of natural resources
    • Reduction of industrial pollution
    • Promotion of renewable energy sources
    • Protection of biodiversity and ecosystems 

Problems Associated with Lack of Political Will on Environmental Governance:

  • Neglect of Climate Change Mitigation and Adaptation: Inadequate actions to reduce carbon emissions and build climate resilience. Failure to address remediation aspects such as food security and disaster preparedness.
  • Degradation of Forest Cover:India has one of the lowest green cover per capita globally, with only 28 trees per person, compared to Canada's 10,163 and China's 130. Recent legislation weakening forest protections, exacerbating environmental damage.
  • Deteriorating Urban Environments: Major cities like Delhi, Mumbai, and those in the Gangetic belt suffer extreme air pollution, impacting health and lifespan. Inadequate sewage treatment infrastructure leading to pollution of rivers and water bodies.
  • Environmental Degradation in the Himalayas: Climate change-induced glacier recession is rapid glacial melting 80% volume loss and altered weather patterns threatening water and food security. Government inaction on local environmental concerns underscores a policy-grassroots disconnect.
  • Ineffective Environmental Impact Assessments (EIA): EIAs reduced to formalities, failing to prevent environmentally harmful projects. Dilution of EIA regulations and lack of meaningful stakeholder engagement compromising environmental protection efforts. 

Restoration Strategies:

  • Enhanced Environmental Impact Assessments (EIA): Strengthen EIA mechanisms, elevate them to statutory status, and ensure thoroughness and transparency to prevent projects from causing environmental harm.
  • Restoration Projects: Initiate large-scale conservation and restoration projects focused on glaciers, forests, and rivers in the Himalayan region to mitigate climate change impacts and restore biodiversity.
  • Community Involvement: Actively involve local communities and stakeholders in decision-making processes to integrate their concerns and knowledge into environmental policies and projects.
  • Strict Enforcement of Environmental Laws: Improve enforcement of existing environmental regulations and increase penalties for violations to deter harmful activities and ensure compliance.
  • Sustainable Development Policies: Develop and implement policies that promote sustainable development, balancing economic growth with environmental conservation to ensure long-term ecological health and resilience.
  • Revised Legislation: Reassess and amend legislation such as the Forest (Conservation) Amendment Bill, 2023, to strengthen protections for natural habitats and prevent environmental degradation.
  • Resilience Building: Invest in infrastructure and programs aimed at enhancing resilience against climate change impacts, including improved water management systems and disaster preparedness plans. 

Government steps taken:

  • The National Mission for Sustaining the Himalayan Ecosystem (NMSHE), launched under India's National Action Plan on Climate Change, aims to comprehensively address vulnerabilities in the Himalayan ecosystem.
  • It has developed a unified framework for climate vulnerability assessment across 12 Himalayan states.
  • Additionally, the government established the G.B. Pant Institute of Himalayan Environment & Development to focus on sustainable development and environmental conservation in the Indian Himalayan Region. 

Conclusion

To achieve Sustainable Development Goal 13 (Climate Action), India must prioritise enhancing environmental governance, bolstering climate resilience efforts, and enforcing robust conservation policies. This approach is crucial to safeguarding the Indian Himalayan Region and its ecosystems for current and future generations.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Mains

Q:1 Climate change is a global problem. How will India be affected by climate change? How Himalayan and coastal states of India are affected by climate change? (2017)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3, Ecology & environment- Biodiversity- Conservation- Present Himalayan states
Monthly Current Affairs

Government Offers Ten New Critical Mineral Blocks


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, the Ministry of Mines' launch of the fourth tranche of critical minerals auction, offering 21 blocks across 14 states. 

What are the Critical minerals ?

  • Critical minerals are raw materials crucial for economic and national security, primarily utilised in advanced industries and renewable energy technologies.
  • These minerals are characterised by their rarity, challenging extraction processes, and limited substitutes, making them susceptible to supply chain disruptions influenced by global production constraints and geopolitical dynamics.
  • The increasing global demand for critical minerals, driven by technological advancements and the shift towards sustainable energy solutions, highlights their pivotal role.
  • Securing a stable supply of these minerals is essential for ensuring economic resilience and facilitating technological innovation worldwide. 

Characteristics of Critical Minerals:

  • Economic Importance:
    • Critical minerals are essential for manufacturing high-tech devices, electric vehicles (EVs), energy storage systems, and other key industries critical to economic growth and technological advancement.
  • Supply Chain Vulnerability:
    • The supply of critical minerals is concentrated in a few countries or regions, making them vulnerable to geopolitical tensions, trade disputes, and other global disruptions.
    • This concentration increases the risk of supply shortages and price volatility.
  • Limited Substitutability:
    • These minerals often have few or no viable substitutes due to their unique chemical and physical properties.
    • As a result, disruptions in their supply chain can lead to significant economic and technological impacts, affecting industries that rely heavily on these materials. 

Examples of Critical Minerals:

  • Lithium:
    • Used in lithium-ion batteries for electric vehicles (EVs), consumer electronics, and energy storage systems.
    • Australia and Chile hold the largest reserves of lithium available in mines worldwide, according to the US Geological Survey (USGS).
  • Cobalt:
    • Essential for battery production, aerospace components, and high-strength alloys.
    • The Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) is the largest global supplier of cobalt, possessing nearly half of all global cobalt reserves.
  • Graphite:
    • Critical for batteries, fuel cells, and applications requiring high temperatures.
    • China held the world's largest reserves of natural graphite in 2023, totaling approximately 78 million metric tons.
  • Nickel:
    • Important for stainless steel production and battery manufacturing.
    • Australia and Indonesia have the largest reserves of nickel in global mines today.
  • Rare Earth Elements (REEs):
    • Vital for electronics manufacturing, magnets, and military applications.
    • China holds the majority of global rare earth reserves, estimated at about 44 million metric tons.
    • Other significant reserve-holding countries include Vietnam, Russia, and Brazil. 

Critical Minerals Reserves in the World & India:

  • India lacks reserves of nickel, cobalt, molybdenum, rare earth elements including neodymium and indium. Additionally, the country's demand for copper and silver exceeds its current reserves. 

India’s Critical Minerals Policy:

  • The Ministry of Mines, along with Khanij Bidesh India Ltd. (KABIL), is acquiring mineral assets in Australia, Argentina, and Chile to ensure a steady supply.
  • India has joined the U.S.-led Mineral Security Partnership to boost cooperation and investment in critical mineral supply chains.
  • The MMDR Amendment Act, 2023, empowers the Central Government to auction mining leases and licences for 24 critical minerals, promoting self-sufficiency and advancing high-tech electronics, telecommunications, and renewable energy sectors.
  • The first e-auction for 20 blocks of critical minerals, including lithium and rare earth elements, launched on November 29, 2023, aims to reduce import dependency, attract investments, and support India’s self-reliance goals (Atma Nirbhar Bharat).
  • A new Exploration Licence for 29 critical and deep-seated minerals encourages the use of advanced technologies in mineral discovery and mining, enhancing domestic production, securing supply chains, and contributing to India's economic growth and technological advancement. 

Government Offers Ten New Critical Mineral Blocks:

  • The Ministry of Mines launched the fourth tranche of critical minerals auction, offering 21 blocks across 14 states.
  • To incentivize exploration, the ministry announced a scheme to reimburse up to Rs 20 crore in exploration expenses for licence holders.
  • The fourth tranche brings the total number of critical mineral blocks offered to 48.
    • Auction history shows mixed results: out of 48 blocks, 24 have been annulled due to low bidder interest.
    • The ministry remains optimistic about successful re-auctions, with efforts to intensify investor engagement.
    • The newly announced exploration reimbursement scheme aims to boost investor interest.
    • Licence holders can claim up to Rs 20 crore for exploration activities and may receive additional reimbursements if they hand over a block for mining lease within three years.
    • This incentive addresses concerns about the need to re-auction blocks for mining after exploration. 

UPSC Civil Services Examination Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Mains

Q:1  Despite India being one of the countries of Gondwanaland, its mining industry contributes much less to its Gross Domestic Product (GDP) in percentage. Discuss. (2021)

Q:2  “In spite of adverse environmental impact, coal mining is still inevitable for development”. Discuss. (2017)

 

Source: IE

Keywords: GS - 1, Mineral & Energy Resources– Government Policies & Interventions
Monthly Current Affairs

Lithium Mining in India


Why in the News?

  • Recently, exploration of lithium in Chhattisgarh’s Korba district has progressed, with one block advancing to the second round of auctions and promising deposits identified in another block's initial exploration. 

About Lithium:

  • Properties: Lithium is a chemical element with the symbol Li and atomic number 3. It is a soft, silvery-white alkali metal.
  • Characteristics: Lithium is light and soft, can be cut with a kitchen knife, and is so low in density that it floats on water.

Applications of Lithium:

  • Rechargeable Batteries: Used in mobile phones, laptops, digital cameras, and electric vehicles (EVs). Often called "white gold" for EVs.
  • Alloys: Made into alloys with aluminium and magnesium to improve strength and reduce weight. Used in aircraft, bicycle frames, and high-speed trains.
  • Biological Role: Lithium has no known biological role and is toxic except in very small doses.

Where is Lithium Found Naturally?

  • Earth’s Crust: Makes up 0.0007% of the Earth's crust, found locked in minerals and salts.
  • India: The Geological Survey of India found 9 million tonnes in Salal-Haimana area of Reasi district, J&K. India now has the third largest lithium resource globally, but conversion to reserves will take time.
  • Global Production: Surpassed 100,000 tonnes in 2021, with Australia producing 52% of the world’s lithium.

Future of Lithium Production:

  • Demand Projections: Expected to reach 1.5 million tonnes of lithium carbonate equivalent (LCE) by 2025 and over 3 million tonnes by 2030.
  • Production Needs: Must triple by 2025 and increase nearly six-fold by 2030 to meet demand.

Lithium Mining in India:

  • Chhattisgarh: Exploration in Korba has advanced, with one block moving to the second auction round and another showing promising deposits.
  • Challenges: Setbacks include cancelled auction in J&K’s Reasi district due to low investor interest and halted exploration in Manipur's Kamjong district due to local resistance.
  • Exploration Efforts: Efforts in Manipur, Ladakh, and Assam have been less successful due to local resistance and poor results.
  • National Mineral Exploration Trust (NMET): Funded a private company that found lithium deposits in Korba ranging from 168 to 295 ppm.
  • Auctions: Since November, the Mines Ministry has auctioned 38 critical mineral blocks, including lithium blocks in J&K and Chhattisgarh. Korba block attracted investors, but Reasi block did not and is being re-auctioned.
  • International Assets: Despite mixed domestic results, India has secured lithium assets abroad, such as in Argentina’s Catamarca province through Khanij Bidesh India Limited (KABIL), and is exploring opportunities in Sri Lanka and Australia.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims

Q:1  Which one of the following pairs of metals constitutes the lightest metal and the heaviest metal, respectively? (2008)

(a) Lithium and mercury

(b) Lithium and osmium

(c) Aluminium and osmium

(d) Aluminium and mercury 

Ans: (b)


Source:
IE

Keywords: GS-1, Indian Geography— Distribution of Key Natural Resources— Mineral & Energy Resources
Monthly Current Affairs

Underground Coal Gasification


Why in the news?

  • Recently, The Ministry of Coal has initiated India’s first Underground Coal Gasification (UCG) project at the Kasta Coal block in Jharkhand.
  • Led by Eastern Coalfields Limited, this project aims to convert coal into valuable gases like methane and hydrogen for industrial use, promoting sustainable energy and enhancing coal resource utilisation.

Coal Gasification:

  • Definition: Coal gasification is a process that converts coal into syngas (synthetic gas), which primarily comprises carbon monoxide (CO), hydrogen (H₂), carbon dioxide (CO₂), methane (CH₄), and water vapour (H₂O).
  • Process: This conversion is achieved by reacting coal at high temperatures (typically above 700°C) with a controlled amount of oxygen and/or steam.
  • Applications: The resulting syngas can be used for power generation, the production of chemical feedstocks, and as a fuel for synthetic natural gas (SNG) production. 

In-Situ Gasification of Coal (Underground Coal Gasification):

  • Definition: A technique of converting coal into gas while it is still in the seam and then extracting it through wells.
  • Benefits: This method offers a promising alternative for accessing deep and un-mineable coal resources with potentially lower environmental impact compared to traditional mining and surface gasification.

Advantages of Underground Coal Gasification:

  • Utilisation of Un-mineable Coal: Accesses deep or thin coal seams that are not feasible to mine using conventional methods.
  • Reduced Surface Disturbance: Lesser environmental and social impacts compared to traditional methods.
  • Efficiency: Potentially higher efficiency and lower costs due to the elimination of coal mining, transportation, and surface gasification processes.
  • Lower Emissions: The controlled environment allows for better management of emissions and pollutants.

Disadvantages of Underground Coal Gasification:

  • Technical Complexity: Requires advanced technology for drilling, ignition, and maintaining controlled gasification conditions.
  • Environmental Risks: Potential risks include groundwater contamination, subsidence, and uncontrolled gas migration.
  • Regulatory and Public Acceptance: Addressing regulatory concerns and gaining public acceptance is crucial, especially regarding environmental and safety issues.
  • Monitoring and Control: Requires continuous monitoring and control to ensure efficient operation and to mitigate potential environmental impacts.

Applications:

  • Power Generation: Such as in gas turbines or combined cycle plants for electricity generation.
  • Chemical Feedstocks: Production of chemicals such as methanol, ammonia, and synthetic natural gas.
  • Hydrogen Production: UCG can be an alternative source of hydrogen for industrial uses and fuel cells. 

Source: (PIB)

Keywords: GS-3, Ecology & Environment – Conservation– Coal Gasification
Monthly Current Affairs

Energy Transition Index


Why in the news ?

  • The World Economic Forum's (WEF) Energy Transition Index (ETI) report highlights the urgent need to address energy equity in Sub-Saharan Africa. 


Energy Transition Index (ETI):

  • Purpose: ETI assesses countries’ energy systems’ performance across three dimensions:
    • Economic Development and Growth
    • Environmental Sustainability
    • Energy Access and Security
  • Insights: The index provides insights into how countries balance energy transition with economic and social considerations.
  • ETI 2024 Rankings:
    • Top Performers:
      • Sweden (1st)
      • Denmark (2nd)
      • Finland, Switzerland, and France follow in the top five.
    • Overall Progress: Out of 120 countries, 107 have shown progress over the past decade, with 30 countries increasing their scores by more than 10%.
  • Current Trends: ETI scores peaked in 2024, but the momentum of the energy transition has slowed over the past three years.


Energy Equity:

  • Definition: Energy equity refers to fair access to reliable, affordable, and sustainable energy for all socio-economic groups.
  • Components: Addressing disparities in energy access, ensuring affordability, and supporting sustainable energy solutions are key components of energy equity.

Challenges in Sub-Saharan Africa’s Energy Sector:

  • Limited Access to Electricity:
    • Approximately 600 million people lack access to electricity, impeding economic development, education, and healthcare.
  • Infrastructure Costs:
    • High costs associated with developing energy infrastructure in vast and sparsely populated regions.
  • Fossil Fuel Dependence:
    • Reliance on environmentally unsustainable fossil fuels, subject to volatile global markets, hinders the adoption of renewable energy sources.
  • Financial Constraints:
    • Limited financial resources and access to capital impede energy project development. Investment is deterred by perceived risks and economic instability.
  • Policy and Regulatory Challenges:
    • Inconsistent policies, lack of regulatory frameworks, and bureaucratic hurdles discourage private sector investment and innovation.
  • Technological Barriers:
    • Limited access to modern technologies and expertise slows the adoption of advanced energy solutions.
  • Environmental and Social Impacts:
    • Energy projects can cause displacement of communities, deforestation, and water pollution, raising environmental and social concerns.

Progress in Energy Transition:

  • Sub-Saharan Africa:
    • Despite challenges, the region has shown strong growth in ETI, particularly in improving energy access and affordability.
  • Case Studies:
    • Kenya:
      • Expanded electricity access through the Last Mile Connectivity Project and investments in geothermal energy, positioning it as a leader in renewable energy.
    • Rwanda:
      • Made significant strides in expanding electricity access through innovative off-grid solutions and investment in renewable energy.

 Source: (DTE)

Keywords: GS-3, Ecology & Environment - Energy region – Reports
Monthly Current Affairs

Maharashtra’s Water Crisis


Why in the News?

  • Recently, following last year's deficient monsoon, the Maharashtra government declared several parts of the state as drought-hit.


What are the reasons for drought in many parts of maharashtra?

  • Rain-shadow Region: Marathwada lies in the rain-shadow of the Western Ghats, receiving lower rainfall due to the blocking effect of these mountains. It averages 600-800 mm of rainfall annually.
  • Climate Change Impact: Climate change has increased drought severity and frequency in Maharashtra. Marathwada and North Karnataka are now among India's driest regions, with rainfall patterns increasingly erratic.
  • Soil Type: Marathwada's predominant soil type is clayey black soil (regur), which retains moisture well but has a low infiltration rate. This limits water percolation and groundwater recharge.
  • Topographic Variation: The region's topography includes parallel tributaries of the Godavari and Krishna rivers, creating valleys with perennial groundwater and uplands with seasonal availability. Wells in upland areas often dry up post-monsoon.
  • Promotion of Water-Intensive Crops: Government subsidies and policies supporting sugarcane cultivation prioritise water-intensive irrigation practices, significantly reducing water availability for other nutritious crops. For every acre of sugarcane, four acres of traditional crops suffer water scarcity.

Why is Sugarcane Production Not Suited for Regions with Less Rainfall?

  • High Water Requirement: Sugarcane requires 1,500-2,500 mm of water during its growing season, exceeding annual rainfall in low-rainfall areas like Marathwada.
  • Irrigation Demands: Sugarcane's daily irrigation needs consume 61% of the region's irrigation water while occupying only 4% of the cropped area, limiting water availability for more suitable crops.
  • Government Policies: Historical support for sugarcane pricing and promotion of sugarcane-juice-based ethanol production divert water resources from sustainable agricultural practices.

What is Meant by the Rain-Shadow Effect?

  • Moist winds from the Arabian Sea rise over the Western Ghats, causing heavy rainfall on the western side.
  • On the eastern side (Western Maharashtra and Marathwada), these winds descend with reduced moisture, resulting in lower rainfall.
  • Marathwada receives 600-800 mm of annual rainfall due to its location in the rain-shadow region, contributing to its dry climate and water scarcity.

How Can Supply-Side Solutions Help the Situation?

  • Watershed Management: Constructing water-conserving structures like contour trenches, earthen bunds, and gully plugs to capture and store runoff. Implementing silt-trapping mechanisms to prevent soil erosion and maintain water retention.
  • Interlinking of Rivers: The national interlinking of rivers (ILR) is the idea that rivers should be inter-connected, so that water from the surplus rivers and regions could be transferred to deficient regions and rivers to address the issue of water scarcity.
  • Promote Water Conservation: Encourage rainwater harvesting, efficient irrigation, and reduce water wastage across sectors through public awareness and policy support.
  • Invest in Water Infrastructure: Utilise innovative financing like public-private partnerships and water tariffs to ensure sustainable development of water infrastructure.
  • Promoting Water-Efficient Practices: Encouraging water-efficient irrigation methods such as drip irrigation and shifting to drought-resistant and high-value crops to reduce water demand and improve sustainability.
  • Adopt One Water Approach:


What are the Key Government Schemes to the Water Crisis?

  • MGNREGA for water conservation: Provides rural jobs for water projects like check dams. Over 5 million water-related structures were built, enhancing water availability in drought-prone regions and benefiting millions of households.
  • Jal Kranti Abhiyan: Promotes rainwater harvesting and watershed development. Campaigns reach 500 districts, focusing on sustainable water management and raising awareness about water conservation practices across India.
  • National Water Mission: Aims for integrated water resource management. Targets 20% water use efficiency improvement. Focuses on sustainable development, ensuring water security through optimal utilisation and conservation of water resources.
  • Atal Bhujal Yojana (ABHY): Targets community-led groundwater management in 8,350 water-stressed areas. Aims to cover 835,000 hectares with water conservation practices, ensuring sustainable groundwater use and recharge.
  • Jal Jeevan Mission (JJM): Plans to provide tap water to all rural households by 2024. Aims to cover 112 million rural households, emphasising local water resource management and quality improvement.
  • National Mission for Clean Ganga (NMCG): Focuses on Ganga rejuvenation. 300 projects initiated for sewage treatment, afforestation, and river basin management. Aims for sustainable development, benefiting 500 million people in Ganga basin.

Conclusion:

  • The Maharashtra government announced a Rs 59,000 crore package to transform Marathwada, focusing on resolving the water crisis. This includes reviving irrigation projects to achieve drought-free status through water linking and floodwater diversion to the Godavari basin. 

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Prelims:

Q:1 What are the benefits of implementing the ‘Integrated Watershed Development Programme’? (2014)

  1. Prevention of soil runoff
  2. Linking the country’s perennial rivers with seasonal rivers
  3. Rainwater harvesting and recharge of groundwater table
  4. Regeneration of natural vegetation 

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

(a) 1 and 2 only

(b) 2, 3 and 4 only

(c) 1, 3 and 4 only

(d) 1, 2, 3 and 4 

Ans: C

 

Mains:

Q:1 What is water stress? How and why does it differ regionally in India? (2019)

Q:2 Elaborate the impact of the National Watershed Project in increasing agricultural production from water stressed areas. (2019)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS Paper 3- Conservation– Water Resources– Driest region in India
Monthly Current Affairs

Water deficit in flagship Jal Jeevan Mission


Why in the news?

  • Recently, the Union Jal Shakti Minister announced a new project aimed at ensuring that rural households, which received taps under the ambitious Jal Jeevan Mission (JJM) but have not yet availed water, would soon be provided potable water.


Jal Jeevan Mission (JJM):

About:

  • Envisioned to provide safe and adequate drinking water through individual household tap connections by 2024 to all households in rural India.
  • Launched on August 15, 2019.
  • Focuses on assured and regular potable water service delivery at household level (55 litres per person per day).
  • Decentralised, demand-driven, and community-managed programme aiming to instil a ‘sense of ownership’ among the local community.
  • The Department of Drinking Water & Sanitation under the Ministry of Jal Shakti is responsible for implementing this mission.

Key Details:

  • Implements source sustainability measures as mandatory elements:
    • Recharge and reuse through grey water management, water conservation, rainwater harvesting.
  • Based on a community approach to water, including extensive Information, Education, and Communication.
  • Aims to create a jan andolan for water, making it everyone’s priority.

Focus Vision:


Measurement Process:

  • State or Union Territory water supply departments collect data from districts and report it to the Jal Shakti Ministry to measure water connections provided to households.
  • Data shows that 19 crore rural households have been given tap connections.
  • Villages, through their gram panchayats, self-certify if households actually receive water, double-checking state-provided figures.

Performance of the Scheme:

  • Status of Tap Water Supply in Rural Homes
    • As of June 26, 2024, the scheme encompassed 77% of its target households.
    • Households with tap water connections as of June 26, 2024: 14,91,32,648 (77.22%).
    • However, there is a difference between a household getting a tap connection and the daily quota of 55 litres per person per day of water being provided.
  • Har Ghar Jal Status
    • Achieving the Har Ghar Jal Status means:
      • All households have been connected.
      • The water supply department has certified water supply to homes, schools, and anganwadis.
      • A gram sabha resolution has confirmed the department's claim.
    • Certified States/UTs (certified by the Ministry):
      • Goa, A & N Islands, Puducherry, D&NH and D&D, Arunachal Pradesh, Haryana, Punjab.
    • Reported States/UTs:
      • Telangana, Mizoram, Himachal Pradesh, Gujarat.
      • The Jal Shakti Ministry portal shows target achievements by States.
      • Out of 2,24,678 villages claiming 100% tap connectivity, only 1,21,974 have self-certified.
      • It is unclear how many of the 19 crore households truly have functional tap water connections. 

Challenges to JJM:

  • Infrastructure Development
    • Establishing necessary infrastructure in remote and rural areas, including pipelines, water treatment plants, and storage facilities.
  • Water Quality
    • Ensuring the quality of water supplied through the taps.
    • Contaminants like fluoride, arsenic, and nitrates in groundwater sources require robust treatment solutions.
  • Sustainability
    • Maintaining water supply systems and ensuring they remain functional over time.
    • Regular maintenance, timely repairs, and efficient management of water resources.
  • Funding and Resources
    • Adequate funding and resource allocation are vital for success.
    • Ensuring states and local bodies have the financial and human resources to implement and maintain the systems is a continuous challenge.
  • Community Participation
    • Engaging local communities and ensuring their active participation in planning, implementation, and maintenance.
    • Building awareness and training local stakeholders is necessary for success.
  • Geographical Challenges
    • Diverse geographical conditions across India, such as hilly terrains, deserts, and densely populated areas, present unique challenges in laying pipelines and ensuring a consistent water supply.
  • Data Accuracy and Verification
    • Accurately reporting and verifying the number of functional household tap connections.
    • The self-certification process by gram panchayats is essential but can be prone to discrepancies.
  • Coordination Among Agencies
    • Effective coordination between various government agencies at the central, state, and local levels.
    • Overcoming bureaucratic hurdles and ensuring seamless collaboration can be difficult 

UPSC Civil Services Examination Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Mains

Q:1 What is water stress? How and why does it differ regionally in India? (2019)

Source:TH

Keywords: GS Paper - 3, Ecology & Environment- Government Policies & Interventions- Jal Jeevan Mission
Monthly Current Affairs

CDRI Policy Brief on Developing Power Sector Resilience


Why in the news ?

  • The Policy Brief by the Coalition for Disaster Resilient Infrastructure (CDRI) explores disaster resilience strategies for the power sector, specifically against cyclones and floods, with a focus on the measures undertaken by Odisha. 

Disaster Resilience:

  • Disaster resilience involves anticipating, planning, and reducing disaster risk to protect people, communities, and countries, as well as their livelihoods, health, cultural heritage, socio-economic assets, and ecosystems effectively. 

Key Findings for Odisha’s Transmission and Distribution (T&D) Infrastructure:

  • 80% of electricity poles are vulnerable to high wind speeds.
  • Over 75% of distribution lines cannot withstand cyclonic winds.
  • The situation is likely similar in other coastal states.

Key Policy Recommendations:

  • Enhance Codes and Standards for Wind Zonation:
    • Regularly update wind zonation maps to reflect the most recent and localised meteorological data.
  • Create Data Access Platforms for Physical Climate Risks:
    • Facilitate clear communication and collaboration with disaster management authorities.
  • Risk-informed Governance:
    • Incorporate resilience components in policy, training, and capacity-building initiatives.
    • Develop a cross-sectoral framework for enhanced stakeholder collaboration.
  • Innovative Financing Solutions:
    • Utilise insurance, reinsurance, Catastrophe (CAT) bonds, and create a “Grant” component for Power Utilities to address emergent needs.

About CDRI:

  • Launched: At UN Climate Action Summit (2019) by India.
  • Objective: To promote the resilience of infrastructure systems to climate and disaster risks.
  • It is a global partnership of nations, UN agencies, multilateral development banks, and the private sector.
  • Members: 39 countries and 7 organisations.

Source: ET

Keywords: GS-3, Disaster Management
Monthly Current Affairs

Sustainable Development in the Indian Himalayan Region


Context:     

  • The Indian Himalayan Region (IHR) is India's "water tower" and provides vital ecosystem services. However, there's a disconnect between the region's development needs and current development models. 
  • The IHR's economy relies on its natural resources, and exploiting them under the guise of development threatens economic decline. Sustainable management of these resources is essential to avoid this outcome.

What is The Indian Himalayan Region (IHR)?

About:

  • The IHR refers to the mountainous area in India encompassing the entire Himalayan range within the country.
  • It spans 13 Indian States/Union Territories: Jammu and Kashmir, Ladakh, Uttarakhand, Himachal Pradesh, Arunachal Pradesh, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, Sikkim, Tripura, Assam, and West Bengal.
  • The IHR stretches across 2500 km.

Significance:

  • The IHR includes some of the world's highest peaks, such as Kanchenjunga.
  • Known as India's "water tower," it is the source of many major rivers, including the Ganges, Yamuna, Brahmaputra, and their tributaries.
  • It plays a crucial role in regulating the ecological balance and maintaining biodiversity.
  • The region is home to a rich variety of flora and fauna, with many endemic and endangered species.
  • It includes several national parks, wildlife sanctuaries, and biosphere reserves, such as the Valley of Flowers National Park and Nanda Devi National Park.
  • The IHR influences the climate and weather patterns of the Indian subcontinent, acting as a barrier to cold winds from Central Asia and affecting monsoon patterns.
  • The region is inhabited by diverse ethnic communities with unique cultures, languages, and traditions.
  • It includes important religious and pilgrimage sites for various faiths, such as Amarnath and Badrinath.
  • The IHR holds strategic importance due to its location along India's northern borders with China, Nepal, and Bhutan.

Key Environmental Concerns in the Indian Himalayan Region

  • Climate Change and Glacial Melting
    • The Himalayan glaciers are melting rapidly due to global warming, affecting water resources downstream.
    • Changes in temperature and precipitation patterns disrupt local climates, impacting agriculture and livelihoods.
    • The IHR is increasingly experiencing natural disasters such as flash floods, glacial lake outburst floods (GLOFs), and extreme weather events.
    • Glaciers in the IHR are retreating at an average rate of 10 to 60 metres per year, with the Gangotri Glacier having retreated by more than 1,500 metres in the last 70 years.
    • The 2013 Kedarnath disaster was exacerbated by rapid glacial melting, leading to catastrophic flooding and massive destruction.
  • Soil Erosion and Landslides
    • Deforestation, unplanned construction, and overgrazing contribute to soil erosion.
    • The region is highly prone to landslides, especially during the monsoon season, causing damage to property, infrastructure, and loss of life.
    • In 2021, the Chamoli district in Uttarakhand witnessed a massive landslide triggered by glacial outburst floods, resulting in unprecedented damage to life and infrastructure.
  • Water Scarcity and Pollution
    • Many areas within the IHR face water scarcity due to the drying up of springs and streams.
    • Pollution from agricultural runoff, untreated sewage, and industrial effluents contaminates water sources, impacting human health and ecosystems.
    • A study by the Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) indicates that more than 50% of the springs in the Indian Himalayas are drying up, affecting water availability for millions.
  • Developmental Projects
    • The construction of numerous hydroelectric power stations disrupts river ecosystems, affects fish populations, and displaces local communities.
    • Infrastructure projects often ignore environmental norms, leading to ecological damage and heightened disaster risks.
    • The National Disaster Management Authority's post-disaster assessment of the 2023 floods in Himachal Pradesh attributed the disaster to widespread illegal construction on river beds and floodplains.
  • Air Pollution
    • Increased vehicular emissions, industrial activities, and biomass burning contribute to deteriorating air quality.
    • The mountainous terrain can trap pollutants, leading to health issues for residents and reduced visibility.
    • The town of Leh in Ladakh has seen rising air pollution levels due to increased vehicular traffic and construction activities, impacting the health of residents and tourists alike.
  • Deforestation and Habitat Loss
    • The IHR is home to over 10,000 plant species, 300 mammal species, and 1,000 bird species, with many listed as endangered.
    • Large-scale deforestation for agriculture, urban development, and infrastructure projects leads to habitat destruction and loss of biodiversity.
    • A decline of 902 square kilometres in forest cover was recorded in hill districts of the country as compared to 2019, according to the State of Forest Report, 2021. 
    • The loss is much more pronounced in the Himalayan states, which reported an overall loss of 1,072 sq km of forest cover.

Supreme Court Judgments Support Environmental Conservation Efforts in the IHR:

  •  Recognition of the Right against Climate Change 
    • Supreme Court Ruling
      • In the case of M K Ranjitsinh & Ors. v. Union of India & Ors., The Supreme Court ruled that people have a right to be free from adverse climate change impacts. 
      • This right is recognized under Articles 14 and 21 of the Constitution.
    • Implications
      • This recognition is a crucial step towards safeguarding environmental and human rights. 
      • It creates an obligation for the government to implement effective measures to combat climate change. 
  • Adoption of an Ecocentric View of the Environment:
    • Supreme Court Directive
      • In the case of State of Telangana and Others vs Mohd. Abdul Qasim, the Supreme Court emphasised the need to adopt an ecocentric view of the environment, placing nature at the core.
    • Court's Statement
      • The Court stated, "Man being an enlightened species, is expected to act as a trustee of the Earth.
      • The time has come for mankind to live sustainably and respect the rights of rivers, lakes, beaches, estuaries, ridges, trees, mountains, seas, and air. Man is bound by nature’s law." 
  • Directions on the Carrying Capacity of the Himalayan States:
    • Public Interest Litigation (PIL)
      • In the PIL titled Ashok Kumar Raghav vs Union of India and Ors., the Supreme Court asked the central government and the petitioner to suggest a way forward to enable the Court to pass directions on the carrying capacity of the Himalayan States and towns

Measures can be taken to Promote Sustainable Development in the IHR: 

  • Climate-Resilient Infrastructure:
    • Adopt Building Codes: Implement construction practices resilient to earthquakes, landslides, and floods.
    • Green Infrastructure: Invest in permeable pavements, green roofs, and bioswales to manage stormwater and reduce urban heat islands.
    • Ban Construction in Disaster-Prone Areas: Enforce a complete ban on construction activities in disaster-prone areas as suggested by the Mishra Committee, 1976. 
  • Integrated Land Use Planning:
    • Land Use Plans: Develop plans demarcating zones for conservation, agriculture, residential, and industrial activities.
    • GIS and Remote Sensing: Utilise these technologies for effective land use planning and monitoring environmental changes.
    • WGEEP Recommendations: Follow the zoning system for the Western Ghats recommended by the Western Ghats Ecology Expert Panel (WGEEP) to balance conservation and development needs. 
  • Water Resource Management:
    • Rainwater Harvesting: Promote installation in urban and rural areas.
    • Springshed Management: Restore and manage spring sheds for sustainable water sources.
    • NGRBA Recommendations: Implement comprehensive approaches to clean and rejuvenate the Ganga River, addressing pollution sources and promoting sustainable practices. 
  • Forest and Biodiversity Conservation:
    • Reforestation Projects: Initiate large-scale projects to restore degraded lands and enhance biodiversity.
    • Community Management: Empower local communities to manage and protect forest resources through joint forest management programs, exemplified by the Chipko Movement.
    • Endangered Species Programs: Develop and implement conservation programs for endangered species and their habitats.
    • NMSHE Initiatives: Focus on addressing climate change impacts, promoting sustainable livelihoods, and conserving biodiversity in the Indian Himalayan Region. 
  • Sustainable Agriculture:
    • Organic Farming: Encourage practices to reduce chemical inputs and maintain soil health.
    • Micro-Hydropower Projects: Develop projects with minimal environmental impact.
    • Agroforestry: Integrate trees and shrubs into agricultural systems to enhance biodiversity, reduce erosion, and improve crop yields.
    • Sikkim's Organic State: Follow Sikkim’s example of becoming fully organic, reducing chemical pesticide and fertiliser use. 
  • Eco-Friendly Tourism:
    • Carrying Capacity Assessments: Regulate the number of tourists to minimise environmental impact.
    • Eco-Tourism Initiatives: Promote sustainable practices and provide economic benefits to local communities.
    • Reduce Plastic Waste: Promote the use of biodegradable materials and reduce plastic waste.
    • NDMA Recommendations: Create buffer zones and restrict tourism in Glacial Lake Outburst Floods (GLOFs)-prone areas to reduce pollution. 
  • Monitoring and Research:
    • Environmental Monitoring Systems: Establish robust systems to track changes and assess the impact of development activities.
    • Support Research: Focus on sustainable development practices, climate change adaptation, and biodiversity conservation.
    • HLEG Report: Follow the High-Level Expert Group’s recommendations on monitoring Himalayan glaciers and understanding their role in regional water resources. 
  • Education and Awareness:
    • School Curricula: Include basic knowledge of the geology and ecology of the Himalayas to connect students with their environment.
    • Community Awareness: Educate residents about the geological vulnerability and ecological fragility of the Himalayas to promote compliance with environmental laws and regulations.

What are the Government Initiatives to Protect IHR?

  • National Mission for Sustaining the Himalayan Ecosystem (NMSHE)
  • Indian Himalayas Climate Adaptation Programme (IHCAP)
  • SECURE Himalaya Project
  • Integrated Himalayan Development Program (IHDP)
  • National Action Plan on Climate Change (NAPCC)

Conclusion: 

Thus, in response to recent Supreme Court rulings recognizing the right to protection from climate change, it's crucial that the Indian Himalayan Region (IHR) adopts a sustainable development model within its ecological limits. This approach must prioritise environmental preservation while fostering community prosperity and well-being through balanced development practices.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Prelims:

Q:1 Consider the following pairs: (2020)

           Peak                         Mountains

  1. Namcha Barwa         Garhwal Himalaya
  2. Nanda Devi               Kumaon Himalaya
  3. Nokrek                      Sikkim Himalaya

Which of the pairs given above is/are correctly matched?

  1. 1 and 2
  2. 2 only
  3. 1 and 3
  4. 3 only

Ans: (b)

Q:2 If you travel through the Himalayas, you are likely to see which of the following plants are naturally growing there? (2014)

  1. Oak
  2. Rhododendron
  3. Sandalwood

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

  1. 1 and 2 only
  2. 3 only
  3. 1 and 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (a)


Q:3 When you travel in Himalayas, you will see the following: (2012)

  1. Deep gorges
  2. U-turn river courses
  3. Parallel mountain ranges
  4. Steep gradients causing landsliding

Which of the above can be said to be the evidence for Himalayas being young fold mountains?

  1. 1 and 2 only
  2. 1, 2 and 4 only
  3. 3 and 4 only
  4. 1, 2, 3 and 4

Ans: (d)


Mains:

Q1. Differentiate the causes of landslides in the Himalayan region and Western Ghats. (2021)

Q2. How will the melting of Himalayan glaciers have a far-reaching impact on the water resources of India? (2020)

Q3. “The Himalayas are highly prone to landslides.” Discuss the causes and suggest suitable measures of mitigation. (2016)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3, Ecology & Environment- Conversation- Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)
Monthly Current Affairs

Himalayan Serow


In News: A Himalayan serow was recently sighted within the central region of the Nameri National Park and Tiger Reserve.

About Himalayan Serow

  • The Himalayan serow exhibits physical characteristics resembling a blend of a goat, a donkey, a cow, and a pig.
  • Types: Serows encompass several species, all native to Asia. The Himalayan serow, scientifically termed Capricornis sumatraensis thar, is specifically confined to the Himalayan region and taxonomically classified as a subspecies of the mainland serow (Capricornis sumatraensis).
  • Diet: These creatures are herbivores, primarily feeding on plant matter.
  • Distribution: Himalayan serows typically inhabit altitudes ranging from 2,000 meters to 4,000 meters (6,500 to 13,000 feet). While they are known to populate the eastern, central, and western Himalayas, they are absent from the Trans-Himalayan region.
  • Conservation Status: According to the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Red List, Himalayan serows are categorized as Vulnerable. They are also listed under Appendix I of the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES) and are protected under Schedule I of the Wildlife Protection Act, 1972.

Key Facts about Nameri Tiger Reserve

  • Location: Nameri Tiger Reserve is situated in the northern part of the Sonitpur district of Assam, bordering the foothills of Arunachal Pradesh.
  • Park Composition: The Nameri National Park forms the core of the Nameri Tiger Reserve, encompassed by rivers such as Jia-Bhoreli in the west and Bor-Dikorai in the east. The reserve shares contiguous habitat with the Pakke Tiger Reserve in Arunachal Pradesh to the north.
  • Flora: The reserve comprises tropical evergreen, semi-evergreen, and moist deciduous forests, interspersed with cane brakes and narrow strips of open grassland along riverbanks.
  • Fauna: Nameri Tiger Reserve boasts rich biodiversity, featuring species such as the white-winged wood duck, leopard cat, common otter, black giant squirrel, Indian mongoose, large-clawed shrew, Indian flying fox, slow loris, Assamese macaque, and Rhesus macaque among its inhabitants.

Source: TOI

Keywords: GS-3, Ecology & Environment- Biodiversity- Species- Himalayan Serow
Monthly Current Affairs

Indian Painted Frog (Uperodon taprobanicus)


Why in the news?

  • Recently, a rare Indian Painted Frog was sighted at Kawal Tiger Reserve in Telangana, marking its return after last being seen in 2016 in the same state.

About the Indian Painted Frog:

  • Known alternatively as the Sri Lankan painted frog or painted globular frog, it is a distinctive amphibian belonging to the Microhylidae family.
  • Range: Found in Nepal, Bangladesh, southern and eastern India, and Sri Lanka, typically up to an altitude of about 1300 metres.
  • Physical Characteristics: Noted for its smooth, rounded body and unique coloration, often featuring various shades of brown alongside patches of vivid colours like orange or yellow.
  • Preferred Habitats: Inhabits diverse environments including dry forests, coconut and rubber plantations, wetlands, rice fields, and disturbed areas close to human settlements.
  • Behavioural Patterns: Typically spends daylight hours concealed in leaf litter, loose soil, or under fallen logs, occasionally ascending tree branches. It is primarily nocturnal, which makes daytime observations uncommon.
  • Conservation Status: Classified by the IUCN as Least Concern

Source: (TOI)

Keywords: GS-3, Ecology & Environment-Biodiversity– Species
Monthly Current Affairs

RBI annual report 2023-24


Context: 

  • The Reserve Bank of India's (RBI) Annual Report for the year 2023-24, provides a comprehensive review of the Indian economy's performance, the central bank's policy measures, and its future outlook.

Key Insights from the RBI Annual Report 2023-24: 

  1. Domestic Economic Environment:
    • GDP Growth: Real GDP expanded by 7.6% in 2023-24, an acceleration from the previous year's 7.0% growth rate.
    • Investment Growth: Gross fixed capital formation (GFCF) surged to 10.2%, primarily fueled by government investments in infrastructure, while private consumption growth moderated to 3.0%.
    • Inflation Trends: Inflationary pressures eased, with headline inflation dropping to 5.4%, attributed to a decline in core inflation and deflationary trends in fuel prices.
    • Monetary Policy: The Monetary Policy Committee (MPC) maintained the policy repo rate at 6.50%, adhering to a stance of withdrawing accommodation to align inflation with targets while fostering economic expansion.
  2. Financial Sector:
    • Market Stability: Domestic financial markets remained steady, characterised by orderly movements in bond and foreign exchange markets, alongside buoyant equity markets.
    • Currency Performance: The Indian Rupee (INR) exhibited stability, experiencing a marginal depreciation of 1.4% during 2023-24, positioning it among the top-performing major Emerging Market Economies (EMEs) currencies.
    • Equity Market Performance: Domestic equity markets witnessed significant growth, surpassing a market capitalization of over US$ 4 trillion, reflecting robust investor confidence.
    • Interest Rate Transmission: Repo rate adjustments by the MPC continued to influence lending and deposit rates in banks, with a notable uptick in the proportion of external benchmark-linked loans within the total outstanding floating loans
  3. Fiscal and External Sector:
    • Fiscal Consolidation: The central government successfully reduced the gross fiscal deficit (GFD) to 5.9% of GDP in 2023-24 from 6.4% in the previous year, meeting fiscal consolidation targets.
    • Expenditure Management: Revenue spending growth was contained at 2.5%, while capital expenditure maintained double-digit growth for the fourth consecutive year, reflecting prudent fiscal management.
    • Export-Import Trends: India's merchandise exports declined by 3.1% in 2023-24 due to global trade volume and commodity price declines, while imports fell by 5.7%, contributing to a reduction in the trade deficit.
    • Current Account Deficit (CAD): The CAD narrowed to 1.2% of GDP during April-December 2023 from 2.6% in the previous year, indicating improved external sector stability.
    • Foreign Exchange Reserves: Foreign exchange reserves reached a record high of US$ 648.7 billion, providing a robust cover of 11.4 months of imports, bolstering India's external resilience.
  4. Regulatory and Supervisory Developments:
    • Enhanced Governance: Regulatory guidelines were issued to strengthen governance and risk management practices, including measures such as default loss guarantee in digital lending and frameworks for compromise settlements and technical write-offs.
    • Prudential Norms: Prudential norms were introduced for investment portfolios of commercial banks, enhancing the stability and resilience of the financial system.
    • Cyber Risk Management: The Reserve Bank conducted comprehensive onsite cyber risk assessments and actively engaged with supervised entities to ensure compliance with governance and assurance functions, fostering a robust regulatory environment.
  5. Financial Inclusion and Digitalization:
    • Improved Financial Inclusion: The Financial Inclusion Index (FI-Index) rose from 56.4 in March 2022 to 60.1 in March 2023, indicating a deepening of financial inclusion efforts.
    • Digital Transaction Growth: The expansion of online retail and e-commerce drove growth in card transactions, particularly notable in the Bharat Bill Payment System (BBPS).
    • UPI Milestones: The Unified Payments Interface (UPI) platform achieved significant milestones, exceeding 13 billion transactions in March 2024, showcasing its widespread adoption and utility.
    • Payment System Enhancements: Various payment systems were enhanced to improve user accessibility and convenience, such as the integration of near field communication (NFC) technology in UPI-Lite and the introduction of 'Conversational Payments' on UPI.
  6. Prospects for 2024-25:
    • Positive Economic Outlook: The Indian economy is poised for growth, supported by robust macroeconomic fundamentals, resilient financial and corporate sectors, and a strong external sector.
    • Government Initiatives: Continued government emphasis on capital expenditure (capex) and fiscal consolidation, coupled with optimism among consumers and businesses, is expected to drive investment and consumption demand.
    • Agricultural Sector Outlook: Favourable prospects are anticipated for agriculture and rural activities, buoyed by predictions of an above-normal southwest monsoon and government initiatives aimed at supporting the sector.
    • Emerging Sectors: Sectors like renewable energy and semiconductors are forecasted to advance rapidly, aided by government initiatives and budget allocations, contributing to overall economic growth and development

                            UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Years Question (PYQ)

Q.1 The Reserve Bank of India regulates the commercial banks in matters of (2013)

  1. liquidity of assets
  2. branch expansion
  3. merger of banks
  4. winding-up of banks

Select the correct answer using the codes given below:

  1. 1 and 4 only
  2. 2, 3 and 4 only
  3. 1, 2 and 3 only
  4. 1, 2, 3 and 4

Ans: (d)

Q.2 With reference to inflation in India, which of the following statements is correct? (2015)

  1. Controlling the inflation in India is the responsibility of the Government of India only
  2. The Reserve Bank of India has no role in controlling the inflation
  3. Decreased money circulation helps in controlling the inflation
  4. Increased money circulation helps in controlling the inflation

Ans: (c)

Q.3 Consider the following statements: (2020)

  1. The weightage of food in Consumer Price Index (CPI) is higher than that in Wholesale Price Index (WPI).
  2. The WPI does not capture changes in the prices of services, which CPI does.
  3. The Reserve Bank of India has now adopted WPI as its key measure of inflation and to decide on changing the key policy rates.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

  1. 1 and 2 only
  2. 2 only
  3. 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (a)

Source: TH  IE  ET

Keywords: GS Paper - 3- Economy- Monetary Policy- Growth & Development
Monthly Current Affairs

Decline in FDI Equity Inflows in FY 2024


In the News:

  • Foreign direct equity investments fell to a five-year low of $44.42 billion in FY24 due to high interest rates in advanced economies and limited absorptive capacity in various Indian sectors.

Key Highlights of decline in FDI: 

  • The Foreign direct investment (FDI) equity inflows in India reached a five-year low of USD 44.42 billion in the financial year ended 31st March 2024 (FY24), marking a 3.5% year-on-year (Y-o-Y) contraction.
  • The decrease in FDI equity inflows can be attributed to external factors such as high interest rates in advanced economies and limited absorptive capacity in various sectors in India.
  • Total FDI, encompassing equity capital, reinvested earnings, and other capital, contracted by 1% Y-o-Y to USD 70.95 billion during FY24 as per the Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade (DPIIT).
  • Singapore retained its position as the top investor with USD 11.77 billion in FDI, followed by Mauritius, the United States, Netherlands, and Japan.
  • Maharashtra remained the most favoured destination for investors, attracting USD 15.11 billion worth of investments, although inflows declined by 2%, followed by Karnataka.
  • Computer software and hardware, services sector, and trading were the leading recipients of FDI, but all three sectors witnessed a decline in inflows.

Source: (BS)

Keywords: GS Paper - 3- Economy - Liberalisation- Growth & Development
Monthly Current Affairs

India Questioned at the WTO For Its Rice Export Policy


In the News: 

  • Recently, Canada, Brazil, Australia, and the UK queried India's rice export policy at the WTO, seeking clarity on whether India barred its rice exporters from UN World Food Program tenders this year for broken rice supplies to nations like Cameroon, Togo, and Algeria.

 UN World Food Programme:

  • The United Nations World Food Programme (WFP) is the largest humanitarian organisation dedicated to addressing hunger and food security worldwide. 
  • Since its establishment in 1961, it has provided food assistance during emergencies and collaborated with communities to enhance nutrition and resilience. 
  • With a mission to eradicate hunger and malnutrition globally, WFP depends on donations from governments, corporations, and individuals to support its initiatives.

India's Rise in Rice Exports:

  • India holds the title of the largest rice exporter globally, commanding a significant 45% share in the world rice market.
  • To stabilise domestic rice prices, India implemented a 20% export duty on white rice in September 2022, followed by a similar duty on parboiled rice in August 2023.
  • The imposition of export duties aims to regulate rice prices domestically and address concerns regarding declining water tables, prompting the need to reduce paddy cultivation.
  • A balanced approach is essential to safeguard the interests of both consumers and farmers while ensuring the conservation of water resources.
  • Notably, the ban on rice exports primarily affects non-basmati rice, while basmati rice, constituting nearly half of India's exports, remains unaffected.
  • Despite the export ban, India continues to supply rice to countries in need and its strategic partners, albeit on a case-by-case basis.

World Food Programme’s Rice Tenders:

  • Many African nations heavily rely on rice imports from India, with Togo importing 88%, Benin procuring 61%, and Senegal obtaining nearly half of its rice imports from India.
  • In August 2024, the WFP requested 200,000 tonnes of rice from India for its humanitarian efforts due to severe global food insecurity exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic and the Ukraine war.
  • However, in February 2024, the Indian Government prohibited domestic rice exporters from participating in tenders issued by the United Nations World Food Programme.

Countries Seek Clarification on India's Rice Export Ban:

  • During a WTO agriculture committee meeting, the UK highlighted India's restrictions on rice exports, leading to a significant decline in total rice exports in 2023-24.
  • Concerns were raised that if India indeed halted participation in WFP exports, it would breach its commitment to exempt such supplies from export restrictions, as agreed upon during the WTO's 12th Ministerial Conference.
  • Initially, India had reservations about this decision, citing concerns about maintaining flexibility in imposing export restrictions for domestic food security but eventually consented.
  • At the recent WTO meeting, Australia, Canada, Brazil, Switzerland, and the UK sought clarification from India on the issue, to which India did not provide immediate answers.

                           UPSC Civil Services Examination Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims

Q 1. Among the following, which one is the largest exporter of rice in the world in the last five years? (2019)

(a) China

(b) India

(c) Myanmar

(d) Vietnam


Ans: (b)


Q 2. According to India’s National Policy on Biofuels, which of the following can be used as raw materials for the production of biofuels? (2020)

  1. Cassava
  2. Damaged wheat grains
  3. Groundnut seeds
  4. Horse gram
  5. Rotten potatoes
  6. Sugar beet

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

(a) 1, 2, 5 and 6 only

(b) 1, 3, 4 and 6 only

(c) 2, 3, 4 and 5 only

(d) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6

Ans: (a)

Source: (TH)

Keywords: GS Paper - 3, Economy- Buffer Stocks & Food Security
Monthly Current Affairs

India GDP growth -Surge


In the News: 

  • Recently, the Indian economy outpaced expectations, expanding by 7.8% year-on-year in the January-March (2024) quarter, propelled by strong performance in the manufacturing sector.
  • For the entire fiscal year 2023-24 (FY24), India's Real GDP is projected to have surged by a robust 8.2%, indicating sustained growth momentum.

Key Takeaways from India’s Q4 GDP: 

India Emerges as Fastest-Growing Major Economy:

  • The Indian government has revised its economic growth forecast for the 2023/24 fiscal year to 8.2%, surpassing the earlier estimate of 7.6% by the National Statistical Office (NSO). This growth momentum persists despite challenges in the agricultural sector.
  • While real GDP still lags approximately 7.5% behind its pre-pandemic levels, the Indian economy demonstrates resilience and potential for robust growth, propelled by domestic strengths and strategic policy interventions.

GDP Growth and Projections:

  • Real GDP is forecasted to reach Rs 173.82 lakh crore in FY24, a significant increase from Rs 160.71 lakh crore in FY23. 
  • Similarly, nominal GDP is expected to grow by 9.6% to ₹295.36 lakh crore in FY24 from ₹269.50 lakh crore in FY23.

Growth rate in GVA terms:

  • Gross Value Added (GVA) growth stood at 6.3% in the January-March (2024) quarter, up from 6.8% in the previous quarter and 6% in Q4 FY23. For the full fiscal year FY24, GVA growth was recorded at 7.2%, compared to 6.7% in FY23.
  • The divergence between GVA and GDP growth rates is notable, attributed to a significant increase in net taxes, indicating higher tax collections and reduced subsidies in the last quarter.

Performance of the different sectors:

  • Manufacturing Sector: Experienced a remarkable acceleration in Gross Value Added (GVA) growth, reaching 8.9% in the March quarter, a substantial improvement from the 0.9% growth recorded in the same period of the previous year.
  • Mining Sector: Witnessed an uptick in GVA growth, rising to 4.3% in the fourth quarter from 2.9% in the corresponding quarter of the previous fiscal year.
  • Construction Sector: Demonstrated robust growth, expanding by 8.7% in the quarter, surpassing the 7.4% growth observed in the same period of the previous fiscal year.
  • Agriculture Sector: Experienced a deceleration in growth, slowing down to 0.6% from 7.6% in the previous year, indicating challenges and disruptions faced by the sector.
  • Services Sector: GVA growth in trade, hotel, transport, communication, and related services moderated to 5.1% in the fourth quarter, compared to a growth of 7% a year ago, reflecting a slowdown in certain service-related activities

Fiscal Deficit and Investment:

  • The Central government's fiscal deficit during 2023-24 stood at 5.6% of the GDP, better than previous estimates of 5.8%, attributed to higher revenue realisation and lower expenditure. In absolute terms, the fiscal deficit amounted to ₹16.53 lakh crore.
  • According to the FRBM Act, the government aims to achieve a fiscal deficit of 4.5% in 2025-26, reflecting its commitment to fiscal discipline and prudent financial management.

Investment and Expenditure Growth: 

  • Despite sluggish growth in Private Final Consumption Expenditure (PFCE) at 4.0%, the primary demand-side impetus is coming from Gross Fixed Capital Formation (GFCF), which has grown by 9.0%, indicating a positive trend in investment and capital expenditure

                        UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Prelims

Q1. With reference to Indian economy, consider the following statements: (2015)

  1. The rate of growth of Real Gross Domestic Product has steadily increased in the last decade.
  2. The Gross Domestic Product at market prices (in rupees) has steadily increased in the last decade.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 1 only

(b) 2 only

(c) Both 1 and 2

(d) Neither 1 nor 2


Ans: (b)

Q2. A decrease in tax to GDP ratio of a country indicates which of the following? (2015)

  1. Slowing economic growth rate
  2. Less equitable distribution of national income

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

(a) 1 only

(b) 2 only

(c) Both 1 and 2

(d) Neither 1 nor 2


Ans: (a)


Mains

Q1. Define potential GDP and explain its determinants. What are the factors that have been inhibiting India from realising its potential GDP? (2020)

Q2. Explain the difference between computing methodology of India’s Gross Domestic Product (GDP) before the year 2015 and after the year 2015. (2021)

Source: (TH)

Keywords: GS Paper - 3, Economy- Growth & Development- GDP
Monthly Current Affairs

RBI to expand Unified Payment Interface (UPI) by 2028-29


In the news:

  • In Annual Report for 2023-24, RBI, collaboration with NPCI International Payments Ltd. (NIPL)  to expand Unified Payment Interface (UPI) to 20 countries by 2028-29.
  • The RBI also aims to investigate potential collaborations on the Fast Payment System with regional blocs such as the European Union and SAARC, as well as explore multilateral connections.

About UPI:

  • UPI, introduced by NPCI in 2016, consolidates multiple bank accounts into a single mobile application, offering various banking features, smooth fund transfers, and merchant payments. 
  • It is now supported by numerous countries such as Bhutan, Nepal, UAE, France, Mauritius, etc., facilitating UPI payments internationally.

Significance of Internationalisation of UPI:

  • Global market expansion: Enabling faster cross-border payments can boost trade between India and other nations.
  • Interoperability and standardisation: Widespread UPI adoption can enhance interoperability between payment systems globally, facilitating seamless integration with financial technologies.
  • Digital diplomacy: Collaborating on technological advancements enhances India's influence and fosters goodwill internationally.

Challenges in Internationalisation of UPI:

  • Regulatory compliance: Adhering to diverse regulatory frameworks in multiple jurisdictions poses complex challenges.
  • Security and data privacy: Implementing robust security measures and encryption protocols is crucial to maintain user trust and safeguard data.
  • Other challenges: Disparities in infrastructure and competition from established players like China's Alipay add to the complexities of internationalisation.

Steps taken for the Internationalisation of UPI:

  • Establishment of NIPL: NPCI's wholly-owned subsidiary, NIPL, was formed in 2020 to deploy RuPay and UPI services globally.
  • UPI One World: Introducing a prepaid payment instrument linked to UPI for foreign nationals/NRIs from G20 countries.
  • India's Initiatives under G20: Launching the Global Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI) Repository and a Social Impact Fund to promote DPI in the Global South.

UPSC  Civil services examination PYQ 

Prelims: 

Q:1 With reference to Indian economy, consider the following: (2015)

  1. Bank rate
  2. Open market operations
  3. Public debt
  4. Public revenue

Which of the above is/are components/ components of Monetary Policy?

(a) 1 only

(b) 2, 3 and 4

(c) 1 and 2

(d) 1, 3 and 4

Ans: (c)

Q:2 Which of the following statements is/are correct regarding the Monetary Policy Committee (MPC)? (2017)

  1. It decides the RBI’s benchmark interest rates.
  2. It is a 12-member body including the Governor of RBI and is reconstituted every year.
  3. It functions under the chairmanship of the Union Finance Minister.

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

(a) 1 only

(b) 1 and 2 only

(c) 3 only

(d) 2 and 3 only

Ans: (a)

Q:3 If the RBI decides to adopt an expansionist monetary policy, which of the following would it not do? (2020)

  1. Cut and optimise the Statutory Liquidity Ratio
  2. Increase the Marginal Standing Facility Rate
  3. Cut the Bank Rate and Repo Rate

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

(a) 1 and 2 only

(b) 2 only

(c) 1 and 3 only

(d) 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (b)

Q:4 Which one of the following activities of the Reserve Bank of India is considered to be part of 'sterilisation'?(2023)

a) Conducting 'Open Market Operations'

b) Oversight of settlement and payment systems

c) Debt and cash management for the Central and State Governments

d) Regulating the functions of Non-banking Financial Institutions

Answer: A

Source: financialexpress.

Keywords: GS- 3, Economy- Monetary and Credit Policy- RBI and its Subsidiaries.
Monthly Current Affairs

Consumption Divide Across Indian States


In news: 

  • Recently, Bank of Baroda has published a report about the finances of Indian states for the financial year ended March (FY2024). 
  • The report analyses state-level finances based on three variables: how much money they raised on their own, how much they spent to boost productive capacities of the state, and how much they borrowed from the market.

Key findings highlights:   

Fiscal Deficit:

  • Budgetary Discipline: Most states managed to keep their borrowing in check (fiscal deficit) as planned in their budgets.
  • National Impact: This is important because excessive borrowing by states puts pressure on the central government's finances, limiting the availability of funds for private businesses.
  • Loan Costs: When there's less money available for investment, interest rates rise, making it more expensive to borrow money for everything - houses, cars, and even factories.
  • Strong Fiscal Management:Large states such as Gujarat, Maharashtra, Odisha, and Tamil Nadu undershot their budgeted borrowings by over 30%.

Capital Spending:

  • Investments in infrastructure like roads and bridges (capex) drive economic growth within a state.
  • Overall, states spent only 84% of their budgeted capex.
  • Uttar Pradesh, Telangana, Bihar and Sikkim achieved or exceeded targets. - Punjab, Chhattisgarh, and Nagaland underperformed, spending less than 50% of the budget.

Tax Revenue:

  • State tax revenue consists of two main parts: their own tax collections (OTR) and a share of central taxes.
  • OTR accounted for around 61% of tax revenues of states. A higher OTR share indicates a state's stronger financial health.
  • Within the OTR, GST (Goods and Services Tax) collections made up the biggest chunk (almost 32%), followed by state excise and sales tax (22%) and stamp and registration (7%).
  • Telangana (82%) led the states in OTR share, followed by Haryana (79%), Karnataka (78%), Kerala (77%), Maharashtra (73%), and Tamil Nadu (71%).

Consumption Based Tax (GST):

  • GST (Goods and Services Tax) is a consumption-based tax levied in India. This means the tax is collected at the point of final consumption of a good or service.
  • The distribution of per capita GST collected across states reflects the consumption patterns within the country. States with higher consumption levels tend to pay more taxes like GST and sales tax/excise duty.
  • In contrast, states with limited consumption capacity rely more heavily on transfers from central taxes, as allocated by the Finance Commission.

Consumption Divide: 

  • The average per capita GST collection of the 25 states considered by the researchers was Rs 7,029. 

NORTH-SOUTH DIVIDE: 

  • States in North India (highlighted in yellow) fall well below the national average, while states in the South (highlighted in green) pull up the national average. 
  • Per-capita GST levels in Karnataka or Telangana are almost 3-4 times that of Madhya Pradesh and Jharkhand, which shows the relative lack of prosperity of the average citizen in the latter states.

EAST-WEST DIVIDE

  • There is a divide between some of the big states in the East and West. 
  • Consumption levels in Maharashtra and Gujarat (in pink) are far in excess of those in Odisha, West Bengal and Assam (in blue).

Note: 

There are some exceptions — such as Haryana in the North — but a broad divide is clearly visible.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS– 3, Economy– Growth & Development — Transparency & Accountability
Monthly Current Affairs

India's Leap Towards Green Energy


Context: 

  • India stands at a critical moment in its energy evolution, charting a substantial course towards a greener and sustainable future.
  • Driven by the dual aims of diminishing reliance on imported fossil fuels and fulfilling commitments to decarbonization and sustainability, the nation is expediting its transition towards clean renewable energy sources.

The Green Energy Transition Significant for India:

Combating Climate Change and Air Pollution: 

  • India, as the third-largest emitter of greenhouse gases after China and the US, faces significant environmental challenges. 
  • According to the 2022 State of Global Air Report, air pollution alone accounted for at least 1.6 million deaths in India in 2019. 
  • Adopting green energy will drastically reduce emissions and enhance air quality, leading to a healthier population.

Energy Security and Import Dependence:

  • India is projected to account for 25% of global energy demand growth over the next two decades, making it vulnerable to price fluctuations and geopolitical tensions. 
  • For example, the Russia-Ukraine war has disrupted global energy markets, causing oil prices to spike. Green energy sources offer greater energy independence and price stability, mitigating these risks.

Attracting Investments and Global Leadership:

  • The global emphasis on sustainability is drawing substantial investments into green technologies. 
  • By shifting to green energy, India can position itself as a leader in the clean energy sector, attracting investments and driving technological advancements.

Unlocking Opportunities in New Technologies:

  • The transition to green energy enables India to develop and harness cutting-edge clean energy technologies, such as energy storage solutions and smart grids. 
  • This not only fosters innovation but also positions India at the forefront of the global clean energy revolution.

The Major Roadblocks in India’s Green Energy Transition:

High Dependence on Fossil Fuels: 

  • India's energy mix is still heavily reliant on fossil fuels, with coal accounting for around 55% of the country's electricity generation.

Vulnerability in Green Technology: 

  • India's dependence on imported green technology, particularly China's dominance in solar panels, wind turbines, and critical minerals, creates a vulnerability.
  • Around 70% of India's solar power generation capacity is built on China-made solar equipment.

Grid Integration Challenges:  

  • The intermittent nature of renewable energy sources like solar and wind poses significant challenges in maintaining grid stability and ensuring a reliable and consistent power supply.

Limited Energy Storage Capacity:

  • Energy storage solutions like pumped hydro and battery storage are still in their early stages in India. This limits the ability to store excess renewable energy for later use, hindering their effectiveness in meeting peak demand periods.
  • India needs an advanced battery energy storage system (BESS) ecosystem to support 500GW of non-fossil energy targets by 2032.

Waste Management of Solar Panels and Wind Turbines: 

  • The increasing use of solar panels and wind turbines raises concerns about their end-of-life management.
  • India generated about 100 kilotons (kt) of solar waste in the financial year (FY) 2022-2023 and it is expected to reach 600 kt by 2030.

Water-energy Nexus Challenges: 

  • The water-intensive nature of certain renewable energy technologies, such as concentrated solar power (CSP), poses challenges in water-stressed regions of India.
  • The water level in the country's 150 main reservoirs has already dropped to 23% as per Central Water Board, significantly posing a challenge to the adoption of water intensive renewable energy technologies.

India can Accelerate Green Energy Transition:

  • Providing seed funding, incubation support, and regulatory frameworks to empower local entrepreneurs developing innovative solutions for clean energy access in rural areas.
  • Incorporating circular economy principles in the renewable energy sector by promoting the reuse, repurposing, and recycling of components and materials used in solar panels, wind turbines, and energy storage systems.
  • Exploring innovative solutions like agrivoltaics, where solar panels are installed on agricultural lands, allowing for simultaneous energy production and crop cultivation.
  • Establishing large-scale renewable energy storage parks, combining various storage technologies like batteries, pumped hydro, and thermal storage, to enhance grid stability and enable higher renewable energy penetration.
  • Create a vibrant "Green Gig Economy" by upskilling and reskilling the existing workforce for renewable energy jobs.
  • Utilising online platforms like Skill India Digital Hub (SIDH) to connect skilled individuals with freelance work in solar panel installation, wind turbine maintenance, and electric vehicle repair.
  • Combining the ministries of fossil fuels and renewables into a single energy ministry will enhance coordination, integrated planning, and efficient resource allocation. 

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims

Q:1 With reference to the Indian Renewable Energy Development Agency Limited (IREDA), which of the following statements is/are correct? (2015)

  1. It is a Public Limited Government Company.
  2. It is a Non-Banking Financial Company.

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

(a) 1 only

(b) 2 only

(c) Both 1 and 2

(d) Neither 1 nor 2


Ans: (c)


Mains

Q:1 “Access to affordable, reliable, sustainable and modern energy is the sine qua non to achieve Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)”.Comment on the progress made in India in this regard. (2018)

Source: IE

Keywords: GS- 3, Issues Relating to Development— Growth & Development — Renewable Energy – Environmental Pollution & Degradation
Monthly Current Affairs

Women in Corporates Roles in India


In News:

  • A recent study titled "Women in Leadership in Corporate India," conducted by a networking platform, highlights a continuous lack of representation of women in leadership roles within Indian corporations. 
  • The representation of women in corporate roles in India has persistently remained below 30% for an extended period.

The key highlights of the Report:

Stagnation of Women Representation in Corporates:

  • Women's representation across the workforce and in senior leadership positions consistently remains below 30%, with a declining trend observed post-pandemic, largely due to decreased recruitment of women for leadership roles.

Women in Leadership Lowest, Moderate and Highest in Sectors:.

  • Lowest Representation: Construction, Oil, Gas, and Mining, and Utilities (11%), Wholesale and Manufacturing(12%), and Accommodation and Food Services (15%).
  • Slightly Better (12%): Wholesale, Manufacturing
  • Moderate Representation: Technology, Information & Media, Financial Services (19%)
  • Highest Representation: Education (30%) and Government Administration (29%)

Break the Law:

  • Reports indicate non-compliance with laws like the Companies Act, 2013, requiring women directors on company boards. Between April 2018 and December 2023, 507 companies faced fines for violating this mandate, with 90% being listed companies.

India Employment Report 2024 by the International Labour Organization (ILO):

  • According to the 2024 India Employment Report by the International Labour Organization (ILO), the female labour force participation rate in India stood at 24.5%, slightly up from 23.3% in 2019, but still below the global average of 47.2%. 
  • Women in India are predominantly engaged in informal sector jobs, with 86% employed informally compared to 82% of men. 
  • The Covid-19 pandemic has disproportionately affected women's employment, with women being 1.8 times more likely to lose their jobs compared to men. 
  • The labour force participation rate encompasses individuals aged 16-64 actively employed or seeking employment, excluding those in education, homemakers, and individuals above 64 years of age.

Factors Contributing to Lower Representation of Women in Corporates:

  • Gender Bias in Recruitment: Gender bias in recruitment processes hinders women's entry into corporate roles. According to Catalyst, only 40% of entry-level corporate positions are filled by women.
  • Glass Ceiling Phenomenon: The "glass ceiling" effect limits women's advancement to higher corporate positions. A survey by McKinsey found that only 16% of C-suite positions in India are held by women.
  • Work-Life Balance Challenges: Women face challenges balancing work and family responsibilities, which can hinder career progression. Report to the International Labour Organization (ILO) shows that women in India spend 352 minutes per day on unpaid care work, compared to 51 minutes for men.
  • Lack of Mentorship and Networking Opportunities: Women often lack access to mentorship and networking opportunities critical for career advancement. A survey by LeanIn.Org and McKinsey found that women in India are 24% less likely than men to have had a formal interaction with a senior leader.
  • Gender Pay Gap: The gender pay gap persists in India, with women earning significantly less than their male counterparts. According to the World Economic Forum's Global Gender Gap Report 2023, India ranks 140th out of 156 countries in terms of wage equality for similar work.
  • Cultural and Societal Norms: Traditional gender roles and societal expectations often discourage women from pursuing ambitious career paths. A survey by the World Bank found that only 26% of Indian women participate in the labour force, compared to 80% of men.
  • Lack of Representation in Leadership Positions:According to the Confederation of Indian Industry (CII), women hold only 6% of board seats in listed companies in India and it creates a lack of role models and discourages aspiring female professionals.

Measures to Enhance Gender Diversity in Corporate Leadership:

  • Flexible or Hybrid Work Policies: Implementing flexible or hybrid work policies is crucial for retaining women, particularly at junior and middle management levels, enabling them to balance career aspirations and family commitments effectively.
  • Skills-First Approach to Hiring: Adopting a 'skills-first' approach to hiring can reduce biases and promote meritocracy by focusing on candidates' relevant skills, qualifications, and experience rather than gender-based stereotypes.
  • Promoting Diversity in Senior Leadership: Government initiatives can promote diversity in senior leadership, such as raising awareness of board diversity in listed companies, as seen in Japan's "Nadeshiko Brands" program, highlighting companies that empower women's leadership.
  • Establishing Networking and Support Groups for Women: Creating strong networking and support groups for women professionals fosters connections, collaboration, and empowerment, facilitating their journey to leadership through peer learning and mentorship opportunities.
  • Mentorship and Networking Opportunities: Providing mentorship and networking opportunities for women enhances their career advancement by enabling experienced female leaders to guide and support aspiring women, sharing insights and strategies.
  • Shared Parental Leave Policies: Implementing shared parental leave policies, including paid paternity leave in the private sector, promotes a more equitable distribution of caregiving responsibilities between men and women, supporting gender equality in the workforce.

Conclusion: 

Hence, the stagnation in the representation of women in corporate leadership roles in India is a concerning trend that demands immediate attention. By  addressing this issue and implementing such measures, we can enhance gender diversity and unlock the full potential of women in the corporate sector, fostering a more inclusive and equitable workplace for all.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Prelims

Q:1 Disguised unemployment generally means (2013)

(a) large number of people remain unemployed

(b) alternative employment is not available

(c) marginal productivity of labour is zero

(d) productivity of workers is low


Ans: (c)


Mains

Q:1 Most of the unemployment in India is structural in nature. Examine the methodology adopted to compute unemployment in the country and suggest improvements. (2023)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS- 3, Economy- Employment- Growth & Development– Skill Development– Human Resource
Monthly Current Affairs

External Commercial Borrowings (ECBs)


In News: 

  • According to data from the RBI, registrations by Indian companies for external commercial borrowings (ECBs) nearly doubled in the financial year 2023-24 (FY24), reaching $49.2 billion compared to $26.6 billion in FY23.

About External Commercial Borrowings (ECBs):

  • External Commercial Borrowings (ECBs) refer to the borrowing of funds by Indian companies from foreign sources through loans, bonds, or other financial instruments.

Purpose:

  • ECBs can finance various activities, including business expansion, asset acquisition, and debt repayment.

Sources of ECBs:

  • ECBs can be obtained from foreign banks, international financial institutions, and foreign subsidiaries of Indian companies.
  • ECBs can be rupee-denominated (repaid in Indian rupees) or foreign currency-denominated (repaid in a foreign currency).

Regulation:

  • The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) regulates ECBs, setting limits on the amount and usage of funds.
  • ECBs must comply with RBI regulations under the Master Direction - External Commercial Borrowings, Trade Credits, and Structured Obligations (Master Direction), and the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 (FEMA).
  • ECBs must meet criteria such as minimum maturity period, maximum all-in-cost ceiling, and permitted and non-permitted end-uses.

Routes to Raise ECBs:

  • Automatic Route: Companies that meet eligibility criteria set by the government can raise funds without needing approval. Eligibility criteria relate to the amount, industry, and end-use of funds.
  • Approval Route: Companies in certain specified sectors must obtain explicit permission from the RBI or the government before raising funds through ECBs.
  • Eligibility: All entities, except Limited Liability Partnerships, are allowed to raise ECBs under RBI guidelines.

Benefits:

  • Opportunity to borrow large volumes of funds.
  • Availability of funds for a relatively long term.
  • Lower interest rates compared to domestic funds.
  • Access to foreign currency to meet import requirements, such as machinery.

Risks:

  • Exchange Rate Risk: Fluctuations in the value of the Indian rupee against foreign currencies can affect the cost of repaying the loan.
  • Sovereign Risk: The creditworthiness of foreign lenders can be influenced by the ability of a foreign government to repay its debt.
  • Credit Risk: Foreign lenders may not have the same level of protection as domestic lenders in the event of default.
  • Regulatory Risk: Changes in government regulations or policies related to ECBs can affect the availability and cost of borrowing.

UPSC Civil Services examination PYQ 

Prelims:

Q:1 Consider the following statements: (UPSC Prelims-2019)

  1. Most of India’s external debt is owed by government entities.
  2. All of India’s external debt is denominated in US dollars.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 1 only

(b) 2 only

(c) Both 1 and 2

(d) Neither 1 nor 2


Answer: (d)

Source: BS

Keywords: GS-3 Economy- RBI- External Commercial Borrowings (ECBs)
Monthly Current Affairs

Reimagining India’s Agriculture


In News: 

  • As India traverses the road to Amrit Kaal, the agriculture sector’s journey will be difficult, and filled with challenges.
  • Over 58% of rural households depend on agriculture  and agriculture contributes to a nation's GDP around 18-19% and share of Gross Value Added (GVA) of agriculture and allied sectors in the total Indian economy is 18.3%.

The Significance of the Agriculture Sector in the Indian Economy:

  • Contribution to GDP: Agriculture contributes approximately 15-16% to India's Gross Domestic Product (GDP), highlighting its pivotal role in the nation's economic growth and development.
  • Resilience during the Pandemic: Amidst the Covid-19 pandemic, while many sectors faced downturns, the agriculture sector remained resilient, contributing 18.8% to the Gross Value Added (GVA) of the country in 2021-22.
  • Employment Generation: The Periodic Labour Force Survey (PLFS) report for 2021-22 (July-June) indicates that the farm sector employs 45.5% of the country's labour force, especially crucial in rural areas with a significant population engaged in agricultural and allied activities.
  • Food Security: With a population exceeding 1.3 billion, ensuring food security is a critical priority for India. The agriculture sector plays a vital role in meeting the country's food demand, producing staple crops like rice, wheat, pulses, and vegetables.
  • Foreign Exchange Earnings: Agricultural exports contribute significantly to India's foreign exchange earnings, with exports surpassing USD 56 billion in 2021. India ranks as the world's largest producer of milk and pulses and the second-largest producer of wheat and rice.
  • Raw Material Provider for Industries: The agriculture sector not only fulfils domestic food demand but also serves as a source of raw materials for various industries, including cotton for textiles, sugarcane for sugar, and oilseeds for edible oils.

Challenges Related to India’s Agriculture Sector:

Fragmented Landholdings:

  • The National Sample Survey Office's Situation Assessment Survey (SAS) reports that 89.4% of agricultural households own less than two hectares of land, exacerbating these challenges.

Menace of Climate Change: 

  • Erratic monsoon patterns, rising temperatures, Cyclones and unpredictable crop yields disrupt agricultural planning. 
  • In 2022, early heat waves affected India's wheat production, leading to an export ban. 
  • In absence of adoption of adaptation measures, rainfed rice yields in India are projected to reduce by 20% in 2050.

Water Scarcity: 

  • India faces a water crisis due to over-exploitation of groundwater and inadequate irrigation infrastructure, impacting agricultural productivity. Water levels in main reservoirs dropped to 23%, exacerbating concerns about water-intensive crops like rice.

Market Inefficiencies and Price Fluctuations: 

  • Farmers struggle with access to fair markets and pricing due to middlemen and complex supply chains, leading to price disparities.
  • Inadequate storage and transportation infrastructure contribute to post-harvest losses, particularly for perishable produce.

  • Around 74 million tonnes of food is lost in India every year, which is 22% of foodgrain output.

Limited Access to Credit and Insurance: 

  • Small farmers struggle to access affordable credit and insurance, limiting investment in technology and resilience to shocks.

Soil Degradation and Resource Depletion: 

  • Overuse of chemical fertilisers and poor soil conservation practices lead to  58% soil degradation, reducing long-term fertility and productivity.

Inefficient Agriculture Policy: 

  • Complex policies and poor implementation hinder progress. Only 6% of Indian farmers actually benefit from minimum support prices.

Measures can be Taken to Revitalise India's Agriculture Sector: 

  • Implementing Agroecological Intensification: Explore and promote agroecological intensification to mimic natural processes, enhance biodiversity, and build resilience. Practices like permaculture, agroforestry, and regenerative agriculture, including Zero Budget Natural Farming (ZBNF), can be adopted.
  • Establishing Agricultural Innovation Clusters: Develop agricultural innovation clusters or agri-parks to foster collaboration among research institutions, agri-tech startups, farmer cooperatives, and related industries. The "Agri-Food Innovation Park" in Singapore serves as a model.
  • Implementing Drone-based Precision Agriculture: Utilise drone technology for precision agriculture, enabling targeted crop monitoring, variable rate input application, and early detection of pest and disease outbreaks to improve efficiency and reduce resource wastage.
  • Genetic Editing Techniques for Crop Improvement: Explore genetic editing techniques like CRISPR-Cas9 to develop climate-resilient, disease-resistant, and high-yielding crop varieties. For instance, CRISPR-Cas9 was used to produce drought-tolerant variants of ARGOS8 in maize.
  • Fostering Public-Private Partnerships for Agricultural Extension: Encourage public-private partnerships for agricultural extension services, leveraging private expertise to provide farmers with localised advice, training, and support. A reallocation of India's farm subsidies towards enhancing agricultural capacity and infrastructure is suggested.
  • Developing Agri-Logistics and Cold Chain Infrastructure: Prioritise the development of efficient agri-logistics and cold chain infrastructure to minimise post-harvest losses and improve market access for perishable commodities. Initiatives like the "Kisan Rail" in India can be expanded.

The Major Indian Government Initiatives Related to Agriculture:

  • National Mission on Sustainable Agriculture
  • Paramparagat Krishi Vikas Yojana (PKVY)
  • Sub-mission on AgroForestry (SMAF)
  • Rashtriya Krishi Vikas Yojana
  • AgriStack
  • National e-Governance Plan in Agriculture (NeGP-A)
  • Pradhan Mantri Kisan Samman Nidhi
  • Agriculture Infrastructure Fund

 

UPSC Civil Services Examination Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims:

Q1. Under the Kisan Credit Card scheme, short-term credit support is given to farmers for which of the following purposes? (2020)

  • Working capital for maintenance of farm assets
  • Purchase of combine harvesters, tractors and mini trucks
  • Consumption requirements of farm households
  • Post-harvest expenses
  • Construction of family house and setting up of village cold storage facility

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

(a) 1, 2 and 5 only

(b) 1, 3 and 4 only

(c) 2, 3, 4 and 5 only

(d) 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5


Ans: (b)


Q:2 Consider the following statements: (2017)

  1. The nation-wide ‘Soil Health Card Scheme’ aims at expanding the cultivable area under irrigation.
  2. Enabling the banks to assess the quantum of loans to be granted to farmers on the basis of soil quality.
  3. Checking the overuse of fertilisers in farmlands.

Which of the above statements is/are correct?

(a) 1 and 2 only

(b) 3 only

(c) 2 and 3 only

(d) 1, 2 and 3


Ans: (b)


Q:3 Consider the following statements: (2019) 

  1. According to the Indian Patents Act, a biological process to create a seed can be patented in India. 
  2. In India, there is no Intellectual Property Appellate Board. 
  3. Plant varieties are not eligible to be patented in India. 

Which of the statements given above is/are correct? 

(a) 1 and 3 only 

(b) 2 and 3 only 

(c) 3 only 

(d) 1, 2 and 3 

Ans: (c) 


Mains

Q:1:1 What are the present challenges before crop diversification? How do emerging technologies provide an opportunity for crop diversification.(2021)  

Q:2 What are the challenges and opportunities in the food processing sector in the country? How can income of the farmers be sustainably increased by encouraging food processing? (2020)

Q:2 How is science interwoven deeply with our lives? What are the striking changes in agriculture triggered by science-based technologies? (2020)

Q:3 Given the vulnerability of Indian agriculture to vagaries of nature, discuss the need for crop insurance and bring out the salient features of the Pradhan Mantri Fasal Bima Yojana (PMFBY). (2016)

Keywords: GS - 3, Economy- Irrigation- Agricultural Marketing- E-Technology in the Aid of Farmers
Monthly Current Affairs

Pradhan Mantri Kisan Samman Nidhi (PM-Kisan) Scheme


In News:

  • According to the report by the Union Ministry of Agriculture & Farmers Welfare (MoA&FW) from June 2023 to May 2024, approximately 116,000 farmers nationwide voluntarily opted out of the annual Rs 6,000 PM-Kisan scheme.

PM Kisan Samman Nidhi (PM-Kisan) Scheme:

  • The PM-Kisan Yojana, a central government initiative launched on February 24, 2019, aims to provide financial support to landholding farmers' families across India. 
  • Under this scheme, eligible beneficiaries receive Rs. 6000 per year in three instalments of Rs. 2000 each, directly transferred to their bank accounts through Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT).
  • The scheme, administered by the Ministry of Agriculture & Farmers Welfare (MoA&FW), commenced with the transfer of the first instalment to 3.03 crore beneficiaries for the Dec-March 2018-19 cycle. 
  • It provides additional financial assistance to farmers for purchasing various inputs necessary for agriculture, thereby ensuring good crop yields and meeting domestic needs. 
  • The PM-Kisan Yojana is funded entirely by the central government, with the identification of eligible farmer families carried out by state and union territory governments.

Farmers Opting Out or Excluded from PM-Kisan Scheme:

  • Voluntary Exit Option: The Ministry of Agriculture & Farmers Welfare (MoA&FW) introduced a feature in the PM-Kisan mobile app and website allowing farmers to voluntarily exit the scheme if they choose to do so.
  • Surrendered Benefits: In Bihar, the highest number of farmers' families (29,176) surrendered their PM-Kisan benefits, followed by Uttar Pradesh (26,593) and Rajasthan (10,343).
  • Possible Reasons for Opting Out: Farmers may choose to relinquish PM-Kisan benefits due to reasons such as absentee landlords deciding against availing the subsidy, land ownership transferring to tax-paying descendants who are ineligible, or changes in the status of land ownership.
  • Exclusion of Ineligible Farmers: The central and state governments removed many ineligible farmers from the PM-Kisan database, resulting in a decrease in the number of beneficiaries from 10.47 crore in April-July 2022 to 8.12 crore in November 2023.

Benefits of the PM-KISAN Samman Nidhi scheme: 

  • Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT) Advantages: By leveraging DBT, the scheme eliminates intermediaries, ensuring direct fund transfers to farmers' accounts, thereby enhancing transparency and efficiency in disbursals.
  • Inclusive Coverage: Irrespective of land holdings, the program extends its benefits to all farmer families nationwide, ensuring comprehensive coverage and equitable distribution of financial assistance.
  • Digital Transformation: Through the adoption of digitization, farmer records are systematically maintained on official digital platforms, simplifying registration processes and enabling seamless fund transfers, thereby reducing administrative burdens.
  • Enhancing Farmer Liquidity: The scheme plays a crucial role in alleviating liquidity constraints faced by farmers, providing them with greater financial flexibility to manage agricultural expenses, invest in allied activities, and meet domestic needs.
  • Greater Coverage: Ensuring inclusivity, the scheme covers all farmer families across the country, regardless of the size of their land holdings, thereby ensuring that no eligible farmer is left behind.
  • Agricultural Reforms: The scheme serves as a catalyst for agricultural reforms, fostering the adoption of new systems and technologies across the agricultural value chain, from seed to market. It also facilitates reforms in existing agricultural practices, aiming to enhance productivity and sustainability in the sector.

Challenges Facing the PM-KISAN Scheme:

  • Insufficient Financial Support: The scheme's effectiveness heavily relies on providing substantial financial aid to farmers, ensuring they have the purchasing power to meet their basic needs. However, the cash transfer is not tied to the size of the farmer's land, potentially limiting its impact.
  • Limited Reach to All Farmers: Despite its pro-poor objectives, PM-KISAN appears to primarily benefit recipients who were relatively better off even before the scheme's implementation. This raises concerns about its inclusivity among the broader rural population.
  • Exclusion of Landless Farmers: The scheme's eligibility criteria exclude impoverished rural households without land ownership, leading to the exclusion of a significant portion of the rural population in need of financial assistance.
  • Implementation Challenges: PM-KISAN's top-down implementation approach overlooks governance constraints, leading to challenges in its effective execution at the grassroots level. Addressing these challenges is crucial for ensuring the scheme's success and reaching its intended beneficiaries.
  • Structural Concerns: Shifting budgetary allocations significantly towards cash transfers may raise concerns about the scheme's long-term impact on agricultural markets and crucial infrastructure areas such as irrigation. Balancing short-term financial support with long-term investments remains a key challenge for policymakers.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS Paper - 3– Agricultural Marketing – Direct & Indirect Farm Subsidies
Monthly Current Affairs

India’s Economic Growth Outlook


In News: 

  • S&P Global has upgraded India's outlook from stable to positive, citing policy stability, ongoing economic reforms, and significant infrastructure investments as factors supporting sustained long-term growth.

India’s Recent Economic Growth Projections: 

  • IMF Projection (World Economic Outlook, April 2024): The IMF raised India's GDP growth forecast for FY 2024-25 to 6.8%, up by 0.3 percentage points from its January 2024 projection. For FY 2025-26, the IMF forecasts India's GDP growth at 6.5%.
  • United Nations Projection (World Economic Situation and Prospects, mid-2024): India's economy is projected to grow by 6.9% in 2024 and 6.6% in 2025. The 6.9% growth forecast for 2024 marks an upward revision from the earlier 6.2% projection made in January 2024.
  • Reserve Bank of India: The Reserve Bank of India expects India's real GDP to grow by 7% in 2024-25. The GDP growth is pegged at 7.2% in the June 2024 quarter, and is expected to moderate to 6.8% in the September 2024 quarter.

The Major Factors Propelling Economic Growth in India:

Strong Domestic Demand: 

  • Deloitte reports a robust 3.5% year-over-year growth in private consumption expenditure in Q3 of FY 2024, fueled by increasing incomes and a growing middle class. Additionally, demand for luxury and premium goods and services is outpacing that for basic goods.

Robust Investment Activity: 

  • Private investment surged by 10.6% year-over-year in Q3 of FY 2024, signalling a strong revival in private capital expenditure. Initiatives such as the National Monetization Pipeline aim to unlock value in Brownfield infrastructure assets, attracting private investment. 
  • The IMF suggests that liberalising foreign investment and boosting exports could further bolster growth. Government-budgeted expenditure classified as capex is projected to rise to approximately ₹11 trillion in 2024-25, nearly 4.5 times the level in 2014-15.

Moderating Inflation: 

  • Retail inflation stood at 4.83% in April 2024, signalling a downward trajectory. This stable environment fosters spending and investment by providing businesses and consumers with confidence.

Manufacturing Resurgence: 

  • The manufacturing sector expanded by 11.6% year-over-year in Q3 of FY 2024, propelled by initiatives like Make in India and PLI schemes. The government's emphasis on self-reliance (Atma Nirbhar Bharat) is enhancing domestic manufacturing capabilities.

Services Sector Resilience: 

  • Accounting for a significant share of India's GDP, the services sector grew by 7% year-over-year in Q3 of FY 2024. The IT and IT-enabled services sector continues to drive growth, buoyed by increasing global demand for digital solutions. 
  • With the relaxation of Covid-19 restrictions, contact-intensive services like tourism, hospitality, and entertainment have experienced a robust recovery. The travel market in India is anticipated to reach USD 125 billion by FY 2027.

Resilience to Global Headwinds: 

  • Despite global economic uncertainties, geopolitical tensions, disruptions in supply chains, and tightening financial conditions in major economies, India's domestic demand has remained resilient.
  • In 2023, while world food prices saw a significant decline, India's food inflation remained high at 9.5% in December 2023, in contrast to global deflation of -10.1%. 
  • This resilience to external shocks has sustained growth, even as major economies face slowdowns or recessions.

Supply Chain Diversification

  • Amid global supply chain disruptions, India has emerged as an attractive destination for manufacturing investments, particularly in electronics and pharmaceuticals. 
  • Trade agreements like the India-UAE Comprehensive Economic Partnership Agreement (CEPA) have facilitated this supply chain diversification

Major Challenges in India’s Economic Growth:

  • Employment Challenges: Despite consistent GDP growth, India faces the issue of jobless growth, with unemployment at 8.1% in April 2024 according to CMIE's Consumer Pyramids Household Survey.
  • Export Competitiveness Challenges: Despite policy support, India's exports declined by 3% in FY24, with a merchandise trade deficit of USD 19.1 billion in April 2024.
  • Potential Fiscal Slippage Risks: S&P Global projects India's general government fiscal deficit to be 6.8% of GDP by FY28, posing risks to credit ratings and borrowing costs if the fiscal consolidation path is deviated from.
  • Skill Mismatch and Labor Quality: India grapples with a skills gap, as only 45% of graduates are deemed employable. This mismatch hampers productivity and job creation.
  • Income Inequality: India's wealth disparity is pronounced, with the top 1% owning 40.1% of wealth. The Gini coefficient stood at 0.4197 in 2022-23, reflecting significant income inequality.
  • Informal Sector Dominance: Approximately 83% of India's workforce is employed in the informal sector, characterised by low wages and limited social security benefits. This hinders economic growth and formalisation efforts.
  • Infrastructure Bottlenecks: Despite recent strides, India's infrastructure deficit persists, particularly in power, transportation, and logistics. The NITI Aayog estimates a need for USD 4.5 trillion in infrastructure spending by 2040 to sustain growth.

Measures can India Adopt to Accelerate Economic Growth:

  • Expanding Manufacturing Sector: To bolster job creation and absorb transitioning agricultural workers, targeted training programs and incentives for industries can be introduced. Promoting food processing industries can also enhance income opportunities for farmers.
  • Gig Economy Skilling: Partnering with online platforms can facilitate micro-skilling programs relevant to the gig economy, offering in-demand skills for immediate job opportunities. A national online marketplace for freelance work can connect skilled individuals with businesses, fostering flexible work arrangements.
  • Export Processing Zones (EPZs) 2.0: Establishing sustainable EPZs with tax breaks and streamlined regulations can attract green technology and high-value manufacturing companies. Financial incentives and training programs can prepare SMEs for e-commerce exports.
  • Smart Taxation and Revamped PPP: Leveraging technology for "smart taxation" and partnering with fintech companies can improve tax collection. Developing performance-based PPPs attracts private capital for infrastructure projects while ensuring value for money.
  • Industry-Academia Collaboration: Strengthening collaboration between universities and industries can align curriculum with industry needs. Introducing micro-credentials allows individuals to continuously upskill and adapt to job demands.
  • Green Infrastructure Bonds: Issuing green infrastructure bonds attracts private capital for sustainable projects like renewable energy. Utilising big data analytics and artificial intelligence optimises resource allocation for infrastructure development.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Prelims

Q:1 In the ‘Index of Eight Core Industries’, which one of the following is given the highest weight? (2015)

(a) Coal production

(b) Electricity generation

(c) Fertiliser production

(d) Steel production


Ans: (b)


Q:2 Increase in absolute and per capita real GNP do not connote a higher level of economic development, if: (2018)

(a) Industrial output fails to keep pace with agricultural output.

(b) Agricultural output fails to keep pace with industrial output.

(c) Poverty and unemployment increase.

(d) Imports grow faster than exports.


Ans: (c)


Q:3 In a given year in India, official poverty lines are higher in some States than in others because: (2019)

(a) Poverty rates vary from State to State

(b) Price levels vary from State to State

(c) Gross State Product varies from State to State

(d) Quality of public distribution varies from State to State


Ans: (b)


Mains

Q.1“Industrial growth rate has lagged behind in the overall growth of Gross-Domestic-Product(GDP) in the post-reform period”Give reasons.How far are the recent changes in Industrial Policy capable of increasing the industrial growth rate? (2017)


Q.2 Normally countries shift from agriculture to industry and then later to services, but India shifted directly from agriculture to services. What are the reasons for the huge growth of services vis-a-vis the industry in the country? Can India become a developed country without a strong industrial base? (2014)

Source: IE

Keywords: GS Paper - 3, Economy- Growth & Development
Monthly Current Affairs

ONDC Records Transactions


In News: 

  • In May 2024, the Open Network for Digital Commerce (ONDC) achieved a significant milestone by recording an all-time high of 8.9 million transactions across retail and ride-hailing segments.
  • The Open Network for Digital Commerce (ONDC) has expanded its reach to encompass 5,35,000 sellers across more than 1,200 cities, with a remarkable 84 percent being small sellers. 
  • Impressively, these small-scale entrepreneurs contribute 56 percent of the total orders, demonstrating ONDC's commitment to empowering and benefiting small businesses.

About ONDC: 

  • The Open Network for Digital Commerce (ONDC) is an initiative aimed at fostering open networks for the exchange of goods and services over digital or electronic platforms. 
  • It operates on open-sourced methodology, utilising open specifications and network protocols that are platform-independent. 
  • ONDC is spearheaded by the Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade (DPIIT) under the Ministry of Commerce and Industry.

Need of the ONDC

  • India's E-commerce Landscape: Despite having the third-largest online shopper base globally, India's e-retail penetration remains relatively low at 4.3%, compared to 25% in China and 26% in South Korea. There is a significant gap between the potential and the current state of e-commerce adoption in India.
  • Platform-centric Challenges: The dominance of single entities in managing all operations within the e-commerce value chain poses challenges. Sellers often face high margin costs and the need to maintain a presence across multiple platforms, limiting their flexibility and profitability.
  • Limited Interoperability: Currently, buyers and sellers can only transact if they are part of the same platform, restricting the scope of commerce and reducing market efficiency.
  • Rise of Monopolies: The emergence of monopolistic practices in the e-commerce sector creates barriers to entry for new players, hindering widespread adoption and stifling competition. This trend undermines the principles of a fair and open market.

Features of ONDC:

  • Autonomous Transactions: ONDC empowers consumers and merchants to engage in transactions for goods and services without being restricted to a particular platform or application.
  • Improving Effectiveness: ONDC strives to enhance effectiveness by deploying a dynamic pricing mechanism, digitised inventory management, and optimising delivery expenses. This contributes to reducing the overall operational expenses for all stakeholders involved.
  • Localised Search Engine: ONDC introduces a hyper-localised search engine that utilises GPS proximity data as its default setting. This enables buyers to independently select sellers and logistics partners to fulfil their orders based on proximity.
  • Legal Compliance: The platform is designed to comply with the Information Technology Act, 2000, and is structured to adhere to the forthcoming Personal Data Protection Bill, ensuring regulatory alignment and data security standards.

Benefits of ONDC:

  • Sellers: Enable fair competition with larger players and increase online visibility.
  • Buyers: Enjoy seamless shopping experiences with access to a diverse product range through a single checkout process.
  • Tech Companies: Experience accelerated product/service adoption and scalability.
  • FinTech: Provide credit and financing options to e-commerce entities, fostering financial inclusion and growth.

Challenges:

  • Complexity Factor: ONDC's intricate mechanisms make it less user-friendly compared to simpler systems like UPI, hindering easy adoption.
  • Breaking Established Habits: Consumers are used to current e-commerce platforms, so ONDC must provide a seamless, user-friendly experience to compete.
  • Dispute Resolution Concerns: ONDC's focus on buying and selling, without managing the entire transaction lifecycle, could increase disputes over deliveries, product quality, and after-sales service.
  • Lack of Robust Grievance Redressal: Unclear responsibility for customer service and complaint handling may deter users from joining ONDC.
  • Challenges from Existing Platforms: E-commerce giants have strong customer relationships through loyalty programs and bundled services, requiring ONDC to develop strong strategies to attract and retain customers.
  • Price Advantage Uncertainty: As a facilitator, ONDC may struggle to influence product pricing or offer discounts like established players who benefit from bulk deals and partnerships.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims— 2017

Q:1  With reference to ‘Quality Council of India (QCI)’, consider the following statements: 

  1. QCI was set up jointly by the Government of India and the Indian Industry.
  2. The Chairman of QCI is appointed by the Prime Minister on the recommendations of the industry to the Government.

Which of the above statements is/are correct?

  1. 1 only
  2. 2 only
  3. Both 1 and 2
  4. Neither 1 nor 2

Ans –C


Prelims– 2022

Q:2 Consider the following: 

  1. Aarogya Setu
  2. CoWIN
  3. DigiLocker
  4. DIKSHA

Which of the above are built on top of open-source digital platforms?

  1. 1 and 2 only
  2. 2, 3 and 4 only
  3. 1, 3 and 4 only
  4. 1, 2, 3 and 4

Ans: (d)

Source: TOI

Keywords: GS– 3, Economy- Growth and development
Monthly Current Affairs

Direct Seeded Rice Method


In News:   

  • Recently, the Indian Council of Agricultural Research (ICAR) has introduced herbicide-tolerant (Ht) basmati rice varieties, aimed at enhancing weed management in rice cultivation and enabling water-conservation methods such as direct seeded rice (DSR).

Direct-Seeding Method:

  • Direct-Seeded Rice (DSR), commonly referred to as the 'broadcasting seed technique,' is an eco-friendly approach to sowing paddy that conserves water.
  • In this method, seeds are directly planted into the fields, bypassing the necessity for nursery preparation and transplantation.
  • It is a traditional method of cultivating Basmati rice in the North Western Plains, including Punjab and Haryana.

DSR Innovations:

  • Between 2014 and 2017, the Indian Agricultural Research Institute (IARI) Karnal pioneered the TAR-VATTAR technology for Direct-Seeded Rice (DSR). 
  • This breakthrough harnesses climatic variables and potent herbicides such as Pendimethalin to cut costs and preserve water resources.

DSR Adoption and Impact:

  • During the COVID-19 pandemic, shortages in labour spurred a remarkable surge in the adoption of Direct-Seeded Rice (DSR) in Punjab, showcasing its efficacy.
  • In Andhra Pradesh alone, an NGO has implemented this method on approximately 4,000 hectares, resulting in significant cost savings.
  • The Haryana government embraced DSR extensively, resulting in substantial water conservation, with an estimated 31,500 crore litres saved in 2022.

Benefits of Direct Seeded Rice (DSR):

  • Labor Reduction: Employing drum seeders reduces the labour requirement for sowing seeds on one acre to only two labourers, a significant reduction from the 25-30 labourers needed in traditional methods. This effectively cuts labour expenses and lightens the workload for farmers.
  • Herbicide-Tolerant Basmati Rice:ICAR has introduced commercially available non-genetically modified (non-GM) herbicide-tolerant (Ht) basmati rice varieties. These varieties allow for the direct application of the herbicide Imazethapyr, facilitated by a mutated ALS gene.
  • Time and Resource Efficiency: By eliminating the need for nursery cultivation, farmers save approximately 30 days in the crop cycle. This enables them to start the rabi season earlier and avoid untimely rains during the harvesting phase.
  • Efficient & Yield-boosting: Scientific debate suggests that hand weeding at designated intervals (20 and 40 days after sowing) in Direct-Sown Rice (DSR) is more efficient and yield-boosting than employing Imazethapyr.
  • Yield Enhancement: Based on research trials and field surveys among farmers, this technique has resulted in a yield increase of one to two quintals per acre compared to puddled transplanted rice.
  • Conservation of Water: The direct-seeding method reduces water demands by approximately 15%, as water logging occurs only after a month. This is particularly advantageous in regions experiencing delayed rainfall.
  • Reduced Methane Emissions: A shorter flooding period and reduced soil disturbance compared to transplanting rice seedlings help reduce methane emissions

Challenges Associated With Direct Seeded Rice (DSR):

  • Yield and Pest Susceptibility Concerns: Farmers express apprehensions about Direct Seeded Rice (DSR) due to perceived lower crop yields compared to traditional transplanting methods. They increased susceptibility to pests and insects in DSR crops as another challenge.
  • Weed Diversity and Concerns: While Imazethapyr selectively targets certain broadleaf weeds (BLW), not all weed varieties are affected. The emergence of herbicide-resistant weeds poses risks to rice production and food security. 
  • Post-Harvest Facility Shortage: Inadequate post-harvest facilities pose a barrier to the widespread adoption of Direct Seeded Rice (DSR). Enhanced facilities are essential to efficiently handle and process DSR crops, facilitating their integration into the market.
  • Climate Extremes: Extreme temperatures and insufficient rainfall may impact seed germination and crop growth, posing challenges to the successful cultivation of DSR crops. Adaptation strategies and resilient crop varieties are necessary to mitigate the effects of climate extremes on DSR production.

UPSC Civil Services Examination Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims – 2020

Q:1  What is/are the advantages/advantages of zero tillage in agriculture?

  1. Sowing of wheat is possible without burning the residue of the previous crops.
  2. Without the need for a nursery of rice saplings, direct planting of paddy seeds in the wet soil is possible.
  3. Carbon sequestration in the soil is possible.

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

  1. 1 and 2 only
  2. 2 and 3 only
  3. 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (d)


Prelims - 2018

Q:2 With reference to the Genetically Modified mustard (GM mustard) developed in India, consider the following statements:

  1. GM mustard has the genes of a soil bacterium that give the plant the property of pest-resistance to a wide variety of pests.
  2. GM mustard has the genes that allow the plant cross-pollination and hybridization.
  3. GM mustard has been developed jointly by the IARI and Punjab Agricultural University.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

  1. 1 and 3 only
  2. 2 only
  3. 2 and 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (b)

Source:  DTE

Keywords: GS Paper - 3, Agriculture sector- Irrigation– Modes of Irrigation
Monthly Current Affairs

Preston Curve


In News:

  • Recently seen in the news the preston curve refers to a certain empirical relationship that is witnessed between life expectancy and per capita income in a country.

About Preston curve:

  • The Preston curve refers to the empirical relationship between life expectancy and per capita income in a country, proposed by American sociologist Samuel H. Preston in 1975.
  • It refers to a certain empirical relationship that is witnessed between life expectancy and per capita income in a country.

Preston curve

Key Points of preston curve:

  • Relationship Between Wealth and Lifespan: The curve illustrates that individuals in wealthier countries generally enjoy longer life spans compared to those in poorer countries, likely due to better access to healthcare, education, nutrition, and other essential services.
  • Initial Impact of Income Increase: As a poor country's per capita income rises, its life expectancy initially increases significantly. For example, India's per capita income rose from Rs 9,000 in 1947 to Rs 55,000 in 2011, while life expectancy increased from 32 to 66 years.
  • Diminishing Returns: However, the positive relationship between per capita income and life expectancy begins to flatten beyond a certain point, as the human lifespan cannot be increased indefinitely.
  • Applicability to Other Indicators: The positive relationship depicted by the Preston curve can also be applied to other development indicators such as infant/maternal mortality, education, and healthcare, reflecting broader improvements in quality of life with increased income.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS Paper - 3, Economy- Fiscal Policy— Inclusive Growth
Monthly Current Affairs

RBI policy panel kept repo rate unchanged


Why in the news?

  • The RBI's Monetary Policy Committee maintained the repo rate at 6.5% for the eighth consecutive time, citing persistent high retail inflation driven by stable food prices.

Why did the RBI keep the Rates Unchanged?

  • Inflation Concerns: The Monetary Policy Committee (MPC) maintained the repo rate at 6.5% due to ongoing high inflation levels, with retail inflation in April 2024 recorded at 4.83%.
  • Caution on Food Inflation: The policy stance remains cautious due to potential risks of increasing food inflation caused by heatwave conditions, which could disrupt the disinflation process.
  • Flexible Inflation Targeting: The RBI operates under a flexible inflation targeting framework, aiming to maintain inflation within the range of 2-6% and achieve a sustainable 4% target over time.
  • Supply Side Disruptions: Persistent supply disruptions in essential food items like cereals, pulses, spices, and vegetables have contributed to sustained high food inflation, impacting overall inflation management efforts.

What happens to Lending Rates if the Repo Rate is left steady?

  • Lending Rate: Also known as the bank rate, it's the rate at which commercial banks borrow money from the central bank without securities. It's higher than the repo rate and used for longer-term lending to assess a bank's long-term monetary goals and manage liquidity.
  • Repo Rate: This rate is the rate at which the central bank lends money to commercial banks against government securities as collateral. It's used for short-term lending and typically lower than the lending rate.
  • Relief for Borrowers: With the repo rate held steady at 6.5%, external benchmark lending rates (EBLR) tied to the repo rate won't rise, ensuring that equated monthly instalments (EMIs) for home and personal loans remain unchanged.
  • Potential MCLR Increase: However, lenders might increase interest rates on loans linked to the marginal cost of fund-based lending rate (MCLR) since the full transmission of the 250 basis points repo rate hike from May 2022 to February 2023 hasn't been released yet.

Why Has MPC Hiked GDP Growth?

  • Improving Demand: The MPC revised the GDP growth forecast for FY25 to 7.2% from 7% due to strengthening rural and urban demand conditions, supported by favourable monsoon forecasts.
  • Robust Economic Activity: Healthy growth in the eight core industries, strong Purchasing Managers Index (PMI) in manufacturing and services, and overall resilient domestic economic activity underpin the upgraded growth projection.
  • Sectoral Strength: Both the manufacturing and services sectors demonstrated robust performance, with the PMI for services reaching 60.2 in May 2024, signalling strong expansion.

Conclusion

Hence, the RBI's cautious decision to maintain steady rates while elevating GDP growth projections reflects a delicate balance between fostering economic expansion and controlling inflation, particularly in response to enduring food inflation concerns.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims

Q:1 With reference to Indian economy, consider the following: (2015)

  1. Bank rate
  2. Open market operations
  3. Public debt
  4. Public revenue

Which of the above is/are components/ components of Monetary Policy?

  1. 1 only
  2. 2, 3 and 4
  3. 1 and 2
  4. 1, 3 and 4

Ans: (c)


Q:2 Which of the following statements is/are correct regarding the Monetary Policy Committee (MPC)? (2017)

  1. It decides the RBI’s benchmark interest rates.
  2. It is a 12-member body including the Governor of RBI and is reconstituted every year.
  3. It functions under the chairmanship of the Union Finance Minister.

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

  1. 1 only
  2. 1 and 2 only
  3. 3 only
  4. 2 and 3 only

Ans: (a)


Q:3 If the RBI decides to adopt an expansionist monetary policy, which of the following would it not do? (2020)

  1. Cut and optimise the Statutory Liquidity Ratio
  2. Increase the Marginal Standing Facility Rate
  3. Cut the Bank Rate and Repo Rate

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

  1. 1 and 2 only
  2. 2 only
  3. 1 and 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (b)


Mains

Q:1 Do you agree with the view that steady GDP growth and low inflation have left the Indian economy in good shape? Give reasons in support of your arguments. (2019)

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3, Economy- Monetary Policy– Monetary Policy Committee – RBI
Monthly Current Affairs

World Wealth Report 2024


Why in the News? 

  • The Capgemini Research Institute’s World Wealth Report 2024 observed that the number of high-net-worth individuals (HNWI) in India increased by 12.2% in 2023 compared to 2022.

About World Wealth Report 2024:

  • It is released by the Capgemini Research Institute and It covers 71 countries, accounting for more than 98% of global gross national income and 99% of world stock market capitalization. 

Key Highlights Of the report:

  • HNWIs are segmented into three categories based on wealth bands: Ultra-HNWIs ($30 million or more), Mid-Tier Millionaires ($5-30M) and Millionaires Next Door (USD 1-5M).
  • HNWIs are individuals with investable assets of $1 million or more, excluding their primary residence, collectibles, consumables, and consumer durables. 
  • Global high-net-worth individuals (HNWI) wealth expanded by 4.7% in 2023, reaching $86.8 trillion. Similarly, the HNWI population increased by 5.1% to 22.8 million globally.
  • HNWI in India increased by 12.2% in 2023 vs 2022, bringing the total number of HNWI population to 3.589 million.
  • Among the best performers in the APAC region were India and Australia, which recorded HNWI wealth growth of 12.4% and 7.9%, and HNWI population growth of 12.2% and 7.8%, respectively. 
  • India’s unemployment rate decreased to 3.1% in 2023, down from 7% in 2022
  • India’s country’s market capitalisation increased by 29.0% in 2023, after an increase of 6% in 2022. 
  • The financial wealth of India’s HNWIs increased by 12.4% in 2023 to $1,445.7 billion, compared to $ 1,286.7 billion in 2022. 
  • The country’s national savings as a percentage of GDP also increased to 33.4% in 2023, compared to 29.9% in 2022.
  • Resurging the equity market and improving macroeconomics raised the global wealth and population of high-net-worth individuals (HNWI).

Source: (TH)

Keywords: GS– 3 – Economy – Inclusive Growth- Miscellaneous
Monthly Current Affairs

The message from rural India


Context: 

  • After the election result ,2024 everybody is examining and applying their own interpretation to the causes behind the  BJP's loss in support. 
  • Voters' perceptions are influenced by a variety of factors, including fears over potential changes to the constitution, societal concerns like caste or religion, economic worries like inflation and unemployment, or the party's welfare programme pledges.  

Factor responsible for BJP’s loss: 

  • Anti-Incumbency Factor: Voters often desire change after a party has been in power for an extended period, leading to a shift away from the ruling party .
  • Economic Issues: Rising unemployment, inflation, and economic inequality could have led to voter dissatisfaction .
  • Agricultural Distress: Persistent issues like low crop prices, high input costs, and inadequate government support may have alienated rural voters .
  • Social Issues: Increased polarisation, communal tensions, and perceived erosion of secularism might have contributed to the loss of support from diverse voter bases .
  • Alliance Dynamics: Effective coalition strategies and alliances by opposition parties could have fragmented the BJP’s vote base.
  • Leadership Fatigue: Voter fatigue with the existing leadership and a desire for new faces and perspectives may have played a role .
  • Campaign Strategy: Ineffective or miscalculated campaign strategies, failing to address voter concerns and adapting to the political climate, might have contributed to the defeat .

Rural India's Economic Challenges to Central govt

  • Low income: Almost two-thirds of India's population lives in rural areas, with a monthly spend of Rs 3,773 per person (NSO 2022-23). This equates to an average family income of approximately Rs 20,000 per month.
  • pay stagnation: During the Modi government's second term, actual pay growth in rural areas has slowed or dropped.
  • Uneven income distribution: Income levels vary throughout rural areas, with agricultural households earning even less than the average.
  • Government initiatives: The Modi administration has developed plans for rural development, such as toilets, houses, water supply, roads, and power.
  • Limited impact: Despite these attempts, rural income levels are still low, indicating a failing rural economy.

Challenges in Indian Agriculture

  • Slow growth: According to the most recent forecasts, agricultural GDP growth in 2023-24 (FY24) was only 1.4%.
  • Lagging behind the broader economy: This slow growth contrasts with the total GDP growth of 8.2% in FY24.
  • Slow growth has a huge impact on workers' well-being, as 45.8% of the workforce is employed in agriculture.
  • Limited effectiveness of free food programmes: While providing free grains provides short alleviation, it does not address the need for significant economic increase.

What could be the way forward for political parties?

  • A massive program for rural needed: 
    • There are too many individuals who rely on agriculture.
    • They must transition to more productive, non-farm jobs.
    • This could take place in rural areas to create rural infrastructure or outside of the rural economy to build urban India.
    • It would necessitate huge investments in skill development for higher-value occupations.
    • The industry must chip in to prepare people for meaningful work.
  • A robust strategy for high value farm production:
    • Within agriculture, the emphasis should shift from basic commodities, particularly rice, which is abundant, to high-value crops such as poultry, fishery, dairy, and fruits and vegetables.
    • Because high-value agriculture is perishable, it needs rapid logistics in a value chain strategy, similar to the AMUL concept for milk.
    • The incoming government must develop a strong plan for this.
  • Invest on climate smart agriculture:
    • Given the growing number of climate change-induced extreme weather events (heat waves or flash floods), India must invest heavily in climate-smart agriculture, including ag voltaic — solar as a third "crop" for farmers that can provide a consistent monthly income even when other crops fail due to drought or flooding.

Conclusion: 

Hence, The political parties will evaluate their performance in the recently finished election. Rural suffering has determined the success and failure of political parties. The administration and opposition must learn that rural communities want more than simply 'freebies'. Keeping this in mind, the government must implement significant changes in agriculture, raise agricultural incomes, and adjust priorities. 

UPSC Civil Services Examination Previous Year’s Question (PYQs)

Prelims:

Q:1 The Multi-dimensional Poverty Index developed by Oxford Poverty and Human Development Initiative with UNDP support covers which of the following? (2012)

  1. Deprivation of education, health, assets and services at household level
  2. Purchasing power parity at national level
  3. Extent of budget deficit and GDP growth rate at national level

Select the correct answer using the codes given below:

  1. 1 only
  2. 2 and 3 only
  3. 1 and 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (a)


Mains

Q:1 Despite Consistent experience of high growth, India still goes with the lowest indicators of human development. Examine the issues that make balanced and inclusive development elusive. (2016)

Source: IE

Keywords: GS- 2 - Human Resource , GS- 3, Economy– Poverty – Growth & Development — Inclusive Growth
Monthly Current Affairs

Household Consumption Expenditure Survey 2022-23


Why in the News? 

  • The Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation (MoSPI) recently released the detailed report of the Household Consumption Expenditure Survey (HCES) for 2022-23. 
  • This report Provided valuable insights into the spending habits of rural and urban households across various states.

Household Consumption Expenditure Survey:

  • The Household Consumption Expenditure Survey (HCES) is carried out by the National Statistical Office (NSO) every five years.
  • It is designed to gather data on household consumption of goods and services.
  • The information collected through HCES is also used to derive various macroeconomic indicators, including Gross Domestic Product (GDP), poverty rates, and the Consumer Price Index (CPI).
  • The average Monthly Per Capita Expenditure (MPCE) is calculated based on 2011-12 prices.
  • The survey encompassed the entire Indian Union, excluding a few inaccessible villages in the Andaman and Nicobar Islands.
  • The findings from the last HCES, conducted in 2017-18, were not released due to "data quality" issues cited by the government.
  • It provides insights into typical household spending on goods (both food and non-food items) and services.
  • It helps in estimating the household Monthly Per Capita Consumer Expenditure (MPCE) and analysing the distribution of households and individuals across different MPCE categories.

What are the Highlights of the Recent Household Consumption Expenditure Survey?

  • Food Expenditure Preferences:
    • Beverages, Refreshments, and Processed Food: This category represented the largest portion of food expenditure across many states, with Tamil Nadu showing the highest spending percentages in both rural (28.4%) and urban (33.7%) areas.
    • Milk and Milk Products: These were predominantly favoured in the rural and urban households of northern states, such as Haryana (rural 41.7%, urban 33.1%) and Rajasthan (urban 33.2%).
    • Egg, Fish, and Meat: Kerala households had the highest expenditure in this category, with rural areas spending 23.5% and urban areas 19.8%.
  • Overall Food vs. Non-Food Expenditure:
    • Food Expenditure: In rural India, food accounts for about 46% of total household consumption expenditure, whereas in urban areas, it is around 39%.
    • Non-Food Expenditure: There has been a notable shift towards higher spending on non-food items. Rural spending on non-food items increased from 40.6% in 1999 to 53.62% in 2022-23, and urban spending rose from 51.94% to 60.83% in the same period.
  • Major Non-Food Expenditure Categories:
    • Conveyance: This remained the top non-food expenditure in both rural and urban settings, with Kerala having the highest percentages.
    • Medical Expenses: Particularly high in rural areas of Kerala, West Bengal, and Andhra Pradesh, and in urban areas of West Bengal, Kerala, and Punjab.
    • Durable Goods: Kerala noted the highest expenditure on durable goods in both rural and urban areas.
    • Fuel and Light: Significant spending was observed in rural West Bengal and urban Odisha
  • Regional Variations:
    • Different states exhibited varying preferences for spending on specific food and non-food items, reflecting cultural and regional economic differences.
  • Growth in Consumption Expenditure:
    • The survey indicates a substantial increase in consumption expenditure over the past decade. Rural monthly consumption per person increased by 164% from 2011-12 to 2022-23, while urban monthly consumption per person grew by 146%.
    • Rural monthly per capita consumption has seen faster growth compared to the urban sector in India.
    • The difference between the urban and rural MPCE has decreased over the years, with the differential reducing from 90% in 2009-10 to 75% in 2022-23.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims:

Q:1 As per the NSSO 70th Round “Situation Assessment Survey of Agricultural Households”, consider the following statements: (2018)

  1. Rajasthan has the highest percentage share of agricultural households among its rural households.
  2. Out of the total agricultural households in the country, a little over 60 percent belong to OBCs.
  3. In Kerala, a little over 60 percent of agricultural households reported to have received maximum income from sources other than agricultural activities.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

  1. 2 and 3 only
  2. 2 only
  3. 1 and 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

Ans: C


Q:2 In a given year in India, official poverty lines are higher in some States than in others because (2019)

  1. poverty rates vary from State to State
  2. price levels vary from State to State
  3. Gross State Product varies from State to State
  4. quality of public distribution varies from State to State

Ans: (b)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS Paper - 3, Economy- Growth & Development- Household Consumption Expenditure Survey
Monthly Current Affairs

Pump and Dump Scheme


Why in the news?

  • Recently, The Securities Exchange Board of India (SEBI) slapped a fine of Rs 7.75 crore on 11 individuals for allegedly operating a ‘pump and dump’ scheme.

About:

  • Under SEBI guidelines, pump and dump schemes are completely banned.
  • Pump and Dump scheme is a type of manipulation activity that involves artificially inflating the price of a stock through false and misleading information, only to sell the stock at the inflated price.
  • It is prevalent, particularly in the micro-cap and small-cap sectors, where companies often have limited public information and trading volumes are lower.

Working mechanism:

  • First, a significant amount of stock in a relatively small or thinly traded company is acquired. These stocks are often referred to as ‘penny stocks’ because they trade at low prices and are more susceptible to price manipulation due to low trading volumes.
  • Then the stock is aggressively promoted to create a buzz and attract investors. Once the stock price has been pumped up, a sell-off begins, causing it to plummet, often leaving unsuspecting investors with significant losses as the stock returns to its actual value or even lower.

Impact:

  • Causes significant losses to unsuspecting investors due to stock price crash.
  • Undermines confidence in the financial markets, making legitimate investors wary of potential fraud.

Source: (BS)

Keywords: GS-3, Indian Economy- Securities- SEBI- Scheme
Monthly Current Affairs

UN Report on Global Debt Crisis


Why in the news?  

  • The UN Trade and Development (UNCTAD) recently published a report titled "A World of Debt 2024: A Growing Burden to Global Prosperity," which indicated an unprecedented global debt crisis.
  • Approximately 3.3 billion people currently live in countries where debt interest payments outnumber education and health-care expenditures.

Key Highlights of the Report:

  • Rapid Increase in Global Debt:
    • The Institute of International Finance reports a staggering global debt of USD 315 trillion in 2024, equivalent to three times the global Gross Domestic Product (GDP).
    • Escalating Public Debt:
    • Global public debt is on the rise due to a combination of recent crises, including the impact of Covid-19, escalating food and energy prices, and the repercussions of climate change.
  • Growing Net Interest Payments:
    • Developing countries particularly bear the brunt, with net interest payments on public debt soaring to USD 847 billion in 2023.
    • This marks a significant 26% increase compared to 2021, reflecting the mounting financial burden faced by these nations.

  • Regional Disparity in Debt Growth:
    • Public debt in developing countries is surging at twice the rate compared to developed countries, underscoring a growing regional disparity.
    • Developing countries accounted for USD 29 trillion of the global total in 2023, marking a significant increase from 16% in 2010.
  • Challenges in Africa:
    • Africa's debt burden is outpacing its economic growth, leading to a rise in the debt-to-GDP ratio across the continent.
    • The number of African countries with debt-to-GDP ratios exceeding 60% surged from 6 to 27 between 2013 and 2023.
  • Impact of Global Issues:
    • Unforeseen global challenges and a sluggish economy have hampered expansion and reduced domestic income in African countries, exacerbating their debt situation.

  • Higher Debt Servicing Share of Income & Impact on Climate Initiatives:
    • Approximately 50% of developing countries are now allocating a minimum of 8% of their government revenues to service their debts, representing a twofold increase over the past decade.
    • Presently, developing nations are allocating a larger portion of their GDP to debt interest payments (2.4%) compared to climate initiatives (2.1%).
    • Meeting the targets outlined in the Paris Agreement necessitates raising climate investments to 6.9% of GDP by 2030, a goal that is challenging to achieve amidst escalating debt obligations.

3 Shifts in Official Development Assistance (ODA):

  • Decreasing Overall Aid: ODA has witnessed a decline for two consecutive years, reaching USD 164 billion in 2022.
  • More Loans and Less Grants: There has been a notable shift in the nature of foreign aid, with the proportion of aid provided as loans increasing from 28% in 2012 to 34% in 2022.
  • Less Help with Existing Debt: Assistance for managing existing debt, such as debt relief and restructuring, has substantially decreased from USD 4.1 billion in 2012 to a mere USD 300 million in 2022.

What are the Initiatives Related to Solving Debt Crisis?

  • Measures to Address the Global Debt Crisis:
    • Inclusive Governance, Transparency, and Accountability:
      • Enhance participation of low-income countries in decision-making processes regarding debt management.
      • Promote financial transparency and accountability to prevent debt crises, as emphasised by the UN Office for Sustainable Development.
  • Contingency Financing:
    • Increase access to emergency financial support, such as Special Drawing Rights (SDRs), to bolster reserves during crises.
    • Utilise mechanisms like the IMF's emergency financing to provide vital support to countries in need.
  • Managing Unsustainable Debt:
    • Improve existing frameworks for debt restructuring, including mechanisms like the G20 Common Framework for Debt Treatment.
    • Implement automatic provisions for suspending debt payments during crises to offer flexibility and stability to affected economies.
  • Scaling up Sustainable Financing:
    • Transform Multilateral Development Banks (MDBs) to play a larger role in financing Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).
    • Encourage private investment in sustainable projects like clean energy.
    • Fulfil existing commitments for aid and climate finance, particularly for developing countries, to facilitate the transition towards sustainable development.

What is Global Debt?

  • Debt represents borrowed funds that must be repaid in the future.
  • Global Debt encompasses the collective outstanding debts owed by governments, businesses, and individuals worldwide.
  • It includes both public and private debt.

Composition of Global Debt:

  • Public Debt: Funds owed by governments to domestic and foreign creditors, often acquired through bond issuance, treasury bills, or loans from international organisations.
  • Private Debt: Money owed by businesses and individuals to banks, lenders, and other financial institutions, covering mortgages, corporate bonds, student loans, and credit card debt.

Source: DTE

Keywords: GS - 3, economy- Inclusive Growth – Liberalisation – Mobilisation of Resources – Monetary Policy – Fiscal Policy
Monthly Current Affairs

Imperatives to Enhance Agricultural Performance in India


Context:

  • Despite its large land area, India's agricultural sector faces productivity and competitiveness challenges. Though foodgrain production hit record levels in 2023, the sector's GDP contribution has declined compared to other sectors, reflecting slower development.     

Decline in Agriculture’s GDP Share: 

  • The share of agriculture in India’s GDP dropped notably from 35% in 1990-91 to 15% in 2022-23, indicating the swift expansion of the industrial and service sectors.
  • Despite various challenges, India witnessed a record-breaking foodgrain production of 3.2 billion tonnes in 2023, marking a substantial increase of 140.71 million tonnes from the previous fiscal year.
  • With a population exceeding 1.40 billion, ensuring food security remains a pressing concern, necessitating continual innovation and advancement in the agricultural sector.

Key Challenges:

  • Limited Availability of Advanced Crop Nutrition: Regulatory constraints and licensing hurdles in India hinder access to tailored crop nutrition, impeding the adoption of innovative fertilisers that could enhance productivity.
  • Subsidised vs. Specialty Fertilisers: Bulk fertilisers, heavily subsidised, often fail to meet the specific nutritional needs of crops, while specialty fertilisers encounter regulatory barriers that restrict their market entry.
  • Innovation and Efficiency Gap: The reluctance to adopt innovative agricultural practices and fertilisers limits the potential for higher yields and competitiveness in global trade.
  • Subpar Yields: Inadequate access to advanced fertilisers and regulatory constraints contribute to lower crop yields, adversely impacting farmer incomes and export potential.
  • Stringent Regulatory Process: India's Fertilizer Control Order (FCO) prolongs the fertiliser registration process, creating hurdles for innovation and the introduction of new products.

Government Reforms and Initiatives:

  • National Trade Facilitation Action Plan (NTFAP) 2017-2020: This initiative, primarily targeting cross-border trade, indirectly enhances agricultural efficiency by improving import/export procedures for agricultural inputs and products.
  • 2014 Guidelines for Water-Soluble Fertilisers: Demonstrating the government's commitment to streamline regulations and foster innovation in the fertiliser sector, these guidelines reduced approval times for new water-soluble fertilisers to under 60 days, promoting increased fertigation and improved crop quality.
  • Digital Registration Processes: The digitization of fertiliser registration applications aims to simplify procedures and expedite approvals, facilitating the introduction of innovative products.

Way Forward:

  • Micro-nutrient Coated Fertilisers: Enhancing bulk fertilisers with micronutrients can improve efficiency and reduce reliance on subsidies.
  • Streamlined Regulatory Framework: Implementing standardised specifications for fertilisers can expedite approval processes for innovative products.
  • Investment in Research and Development: Allocating resources to develop customised fertiliser formulations for Indian soil and crop requirements will drive innovation.

Conclusion:

Hence, streamlining the fertiliser registration process and fostering innovation are pivotal for boosting agricultural productivity, empowering farmers, and fostering sustainable growth in the sector. Through regulatory reforms, research incentives, and digital integration, India can unleash its agricultural potential and enhance competitiveness on the global stage.

UPSC Civil Services Examination PYQ

Mains:

Q:1 What is an Integrated Farming System? How is it helpful to small and marginal farmers in India? (2022)

Q:2 What are the present challenges before crop diversification? How do emerging technologies provide an opportunity for crop diversification?(2021)

Q:3 What are the major factors responsible for making the rice-wheat system a success? In spite of this success how has this system become bane in India?(2020 )

Q:4 How has the emphasis on certain crops brought about changes in cropping patterns in the recent past? Elaborate the emphasis on millets production and consumption. (2018)

Q:5 How do subsidies affect the cropping pattern, crop diversity and economy of farmers? What is the significance of crop insurance, minimum support price and food processing for small and marginal farmers? (2017)

Q:6 Explain various types of revolutions, took place in Agriculture after Independence in India. How have these revolutions helped in poverty alleviation and food security in India? (2017)

Q:7 What are the major reasons for declining rice and wheat yield in the cropping system? How crop diversification is helpful to stabilise the yield of the crops in the system? (2017)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3, Indian economy- growth & Development- Agriculture
Monthly Current Affairs

India’s Looming Financial Crisis


Why in the news ?

  • India is presently witnessing a credit boom fueled by optimism surrounding the country's digital infrastructure and financial innovations.
  • The 2024 review of the National Council of Applied Economic Research cheered a 20% increase in banks. 

IMF Projections on India's Economic Growth:

  • Current Economic Position: India is currently the fifth-largest economy in the world in U.S. dollar terms.
  • Future Projections: The IMF projects that India will become the third-largest economy globally by 2027.
  • Growth Rate Leadership: India has achieved the highest growth rate among G20 countries, surpassing China's growth rate for two consecutive years.
  • Historical Growth Milestones:
    • From historical data, India took six decades (1947 to 2007) to cross the one trillion-dollar GDP mark in 2007 (reaching $1.2 trillion).
    • It took just seven years for India to double its GDP to $2 trillion by 2014.
    • Subsequently, India added another $1.2 trillion by 2021, showcasing accelerated economic growth.
  • Projected Growth Trajectory: If India achieves the IMF's projected GDP figure of $5.2 trillion by 2027, it would imply adding $2 trillion in just six years 

A Lofty and Dangerous Narrative about the Indian economy:

  • Exaggerated Optimism on Digital Infrastructure: Policymakers are overly optimistic about India's digital infrastructure as a driver of financial innovation and inclusive growth, promising economic expansion and equality.
  • Enabling Poor Financial Practices: Unregulated financial sector encouraged by optimistic narratives, leading consumers to overextend financially, resulting in a surge in lending, especially personal loans.
  • Misleading Applause from Analysts: International and domestic analysts, including the IMF and National Council of Applied Economic Research, applaud the surge in bank lending, particularly personal loans, as a positive indicator despite challenges in industrial lending.
  • Neglect of Fundamental Issues: Emphasis on credit growth overlooks critical issues like job deficits and human capital shortages. The appearance of financial stability persists as new loans repay old ones, masking underlying vulnerabilities that could surface if lending slows.
  • Boom in Household Debt: Rapid annual expansion of household lending at 25% to 30% viewed as easy cash for lower- and middle-income households, fueling non-productive spending and inflation without enhancing competitiveness.
  • Economic Risks and Warning Signs: Economists caution that mounting household debt burdens could lead to severe economic downturns. Concerns are compounded by an overvalued stock market, sluggish corporate investments, weak consumer spending, inflated exchange rates, and unreliable economic data, signalling a potential financial crisis.

Challenges of  the financial sector:

  • Fragmented Financial Sector:
    • India's financial services industry is sprawling and disorderly, comprising around 30 major providers like scheduled commercial banks and significant NBFCs, alongside numerous smaller, often dubious players including fly-by-night NBFCs and fintech startups.
  • Rogue Behavior and Scams:
    • Major financial institutions in India have a history of unethical conduct, exploiting opportunities for quick profits since economic liberalisation in 1991, resulting in multiple financial scandals.
    • Post-COVID-19, many shifted focus to household lending, taking advantage of stagnant incomes.
  • Unsecured Lending Surge:
    • A substantial and growing portion of household loans, approaching a quarter, is unsecured, lacking collateral.
    • The surge in credit card issuance exemplifies this trend, with numbers rising from 20 million in 2011 to nearly 100 million by January 2024.
  • High-Risk Borrowers:
    • Intensive marketing of credit cards and loans has targeted low-creditworthy individuals, introducing stress into both borrower profiles and the financial system.
    • The Reserve Bank of India has highlighted that the rapid expansion of credit cards has attracted riskier, subprime borrowers.
  • Debt Addiction and Financial Strain:
    • Many households are ensnared in debt traps, enticed by rewards and "no-interest EMIs," resorting to further borrowing to settle existing debts, intensifying their financial burdens.
    • India's high household debt-service-to-income ratio (12%) ranks among the world's highest, akin to pre-2008 crisis levels in the US and Spain.

Major Steps to Address India’s Looming Financial Crisis:

  • Monetary Policy Measures: The RBI has implemented measures such as raising Repo Rates to manage liquidity and curb inflation. Impact: These measures aim to stabilise prices and maintain financial stability amidst economic challenges.
  • Fiscal Policy Measures: Increased spending on infrastructure projects and social welfare programs to stimulate economic growth and create jobs. Impact: Boosting economic activity and employment through public investment in key sectors.
  • Tax Reforms: Efforts to simplify tax rules and improve tax collection, including the implementation of GST. Impact: Enhancing revenue generation and reducing compliance burdens for businesses.
  • Ease of Doing Business Reforms: Reforms to improve the business environment, including initiatives like ‘Make in India’ and ‘Start-up India’. Impact: Strengthening manufacturing infrastructure, fostering innovation, and promoting entrepreneurship.
  • Financial Sector Reforms: Ongoing efforts to strengthen the banking sector and enhance financial inclusion. Impact: Improving resilience in the financial system and expanding access to banking services.
  • Attracting Foreign Investment: Steps taken to attract foreign investment to bolster economic growth. Impact: Infusing capital, technology, and expertise into the economy, supporting development and employment. 

Way forward:

  • Restructure Financial Sector: Scale down and regulate the financial services industry to align with productive borrowing, ensuring sustainable economic activities.
  • Adjust Exchange Rates: Consider rupee depreciation to boost exports, safeguard against economic downturns, and enhance global competitiveness of Indian goods.
  • Promote Job Creation: Prioritise job-rich manufacturing growth through investments in human capital, infrastructure, and industrial development to foster sustainable employment.
  • Enhance Financial Literacy and Consumer Protection: Improve financial education and regulatory frameworks to empower informed borrowing decisions and prevent predatory lending practices.
  • Manage Household Debt: Monitor household debt levels rigorously and implement measures to promote productive investments, mitigating risks of a debt-driven economic crisis

UPSC Civil Services Examination PYQ

Mains:

Q:1 Industrial growth rate has lagged behind the overall growth of Gross-Domestic-Product (GDP) in the post-reform period” Give reasons. How far are the recent changes in Industrial Policy capable of increasing the industrial growth rate? (2017)

Q:2 The product diversification of financial institutions and insurance companies, resulting in overlapping of products and services strengthens the case for the merger of the two regulatory agencies, namely SEBI and IRDA. Justify. (2013)

 Source : TH

Keywords: GS-3 Indian Economy– issues related to Financial , mobilisation of resources
Monthly Current Affairs

India’s Leading Start-up Ecosystem: Fintechs


Why in the News ?

  • Fintech companies remain a top choice for entrepreneurs in the startup ecosystem, securing over 15% of total equity funding in FY24, as per Tracxn data. 

What are Fintechs ?

About:

  • Fintech, derived from "financial" and "technology," refers to businesses leveraging technology to enhance or automate financial services and processes. 

Types:

  • Digital Payments: Provide solutions like mobile wallets, online payment gateways, and peer-to-peer (P2P) payments. Examples: PhonePe, Paytm.
  • Alternative Lending: Also known as marketplace or Peer-to-Peer (P2P) lending, connecting borrowers bypassed by traditional lenders with investors seeking high-yield investments. Examples: Lending Club, Prosper, PayPal Working Capital, GoFundMe.
  • Insurance: Offer digital insurance solutions such as health, life, and car insurance. Examples: Digit Insurance, Policybazaar.
  • InvestmentTech: Provide digital investment services like stock trading, mutual funds, and cryptocurrency trading. Examples: Zerodha, Groww.
  • Other Types Include:
    • Crop loan risk management (e.g., Satsure)
    • Online fraud detection (e.g., Tutelar)
    • Debt management (e.g., Debt Nirvana)
    • Banking-as-a-Service Platform (e.g., FidPay 

The State of Fintech Industry in India:

  • Global Leadership: India ranks third globally in fintech, following the US and UK, with a combined valuation exceeding USD 155 billion.
  • Soonicorn Presence: Nearly a third of the soonicorn universe comprises fintech companies.
  • Market Size Projection: The fintech industry in India is expected to reach USD 150 billion by 2025, as per Startup India initiative.
  • High Adoption Rate: Fintech companies in India boast an 87% adoption rate among diverse user bases, surpassing the global average of 64% (Economic Survey 2022-23).
  • Driving Digital Payments: Indian fintechs dominate digital payment transactions, accounting for 70% of the market, marking a significant increase from FY19 to FY22.
  • Financial Inclusion: Over 10 million individuals and small businesses have gained access to savings accounts, insurance, investments, and credit through mobile-based fintech services.
  • Democratising Lending: Peer-to-peer lending platforms democratise access to funds for individuals and small businesses, reducing dependency on traditional financial institutions.
  • Rise in Public Investment: Investment platforms and robo-advisors are enhancing accessibility to stocks, mutual funds, and other financial instruments, encouraging public investment. 

The Government Initiatives Driving the Growth of FinTech:

  • Digital Identity Infrastructure (JAM Trinity) :
    • Jan Dhan Yojana (PMJDY): World's largest financial inclusion program with over 450 million beneficiaries, enabling FinTechs to offer financial products like remittances, credit, insurance, and pensions directly through these accounts.
    • Aadhaar: Facilitated bank account openings for over 570 million previously unbanked adults in India, enhancing financial access.
    • Aadhaar Enabled Payment System (AePS): Allows Aadhaar holders to conduct financial transactions using biometric authentication.
    • Unified Payments Interface (UPI): Transaction volume surged 49% year-on-year, with the number of integrated banks increasing from 414 to 581, driving overall transaction growth.
  • Regulatory Support and Innovation:
    • P2P Lending Recognition: RBI recognition of P2P lending platforms as NBFCs in 2017 expanded credit access for individuals and small businesses.
    • Regulatory Sandbox (RS) and Fintech Repository: RS facilitates live testing of products before mass launch, while the Fintech Repository promotes transparency and regulatory compliance.
    • Self-Regulatory Organizations (SRO) Framework: Introduced by RBI in 2023, SROs promote responsible growth, enforce industry codes of conduct, and ensure consumer protection within the FinTech sector. 

Potential Growth Areas for the Fintech Sector in India:

  • SME Lending: Fintech solutions using alternative data and AI-driven credit scoring to improve access to credit for SMEs, overcoming traditional barriers.
  • Supply Chain Financing: Blockchain-based fintech solutions streamline payments, enhance transparency, and optimise working capital management in supply chains.
  • Agritech: Innovations in crop loan risk management, micro-insurance, and digital marketplaces for agricultural products support rural communities and empower farmers.
  • Regulatory Landscape and Stability:
    • RBI's framework addressing "user harm" in fintech fosters long-term stability, despite potential short-term cautiousness.
    • Clear regulations promote consumer protection, build trust, and attract sustainable investment in the sector. 

                    UPSC Civil Services Examination Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims

Q:1 With reference to “Blockchain Technology”, consider the following statements: (2020)

  1. It is a public ledger that everyone can inspect, but which no single user controls.
  2. The structure and design of the blockchain is such that all the data in it is about cryptocurrency only.
  3. Applications that depend on basic features of blockchain can be developed without anybody’s permission.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 1 only
(b) 1 and 2 only
(c) 2 only
(d) 1 and 3 only 

Ans: (d)

Q:2 With reference to India, consider the following: (2010)

  1. Nationalisation of Banks
  2. Formation of Regional Rural Banks
  3. Adoption of village by Bank Branches 

Which of the above can be considered as steps taken to achieve the “financial inclusion” in India?

(a) 1 and 2 only
(b) 2 and 3 only
(c) 3 only
(d) 1, 2 and 3 

Ans: (d)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS Paper - 3, Capital MarketIT & ComputersCyber SecurityScientific Innovations & Discoveries
Monthly Current Affairs

Global Economic Prospects Report


Why in the News:

  • India will remain the fastest-growing major economy, with a steady growth of 6.7% over the next three years, according to the Global Economic Prospects report published by the World Bank.

Key Takeaways:

  • The global growth will remain at 2.6% in 2024 (projected – 2.7% in 2025-26), marking steady growth in three years despite heightened geopolitical tensions and elevated interest rates.
  • Inflation remains a concern, with global inflation expected to moderate at a slower pace.
  • In 2024-25, nearly 60% of economies, representing more than 80% of the global population and world output, are projected to experience growth below their 2010s average.
  • The growth in emerging markets and developing economies (EMDE) is forecast to moderate from 4.2% in 2023 to 4% in 2024 and 2025, so it will likely remain cautious in easing monetary policy.
  • Growth in the South Asia Region is projected to slow to 6.2 per cent in 2024 from 6.6 per cent in 2023, which was primarily driven by faster growth in India.

India:

  • India’s growth is expected to slow down mainly due to a slowdown in investment activity.
  • India’s economy grew by an estimated 8.2% in FY24, exceeding previous forecasts by nearly 2% points.
  • In India, stronger-than-expected manufacturing, construction, and resilient services offset a slowdown in agriculture due to monsoons.
  • India’s economy has been driven by strong domestic demand and robust service activity.

●  Other important reports by the World Bank: World Development Report, the Remittance Report, the Ease of Living Index, the Logistics Performance Index, the Universal Health Coverage Index, The Service Trade Restriction Index, and the India Development Update.

SourceIE

Keywords: GS3 – Economy – Development - World Bank- Reports
Monthly Current Affairs

Gig Economy and Platform Workers in India


Why in the news?

  • Recently, gig workers have raised concerns about incidents of heat stroke and fainting, exacerbated by the lack of health support from the companies employing them.
  • As per a report published by Nasscom, the Indian gig workforce is expected to expand to 23.5 Mn workers by FY30 from 7.7 Mn in FY2.
  • Gig workers will form 4.1% of the total workforce in India by FY30, from 1.5% in FY21 and approximately 22% of the jobs are high-skilled, 47% are medium-skilled, and ~31% are low-skilled.

Who are Gig Workers?

  • Gig workers are individuals engaged in temporary, flexible work arrangements, often serving multiple clients or companies, performing tasks or providing services.
  • They are typically independent contractors rather than traditional employees, giving them more control over when, where, and how they work.

Gig Economy:

  • The gig economy, also known as the freelance or on-demand economy, is gaining prominence in India. It is marked by temporary and flexible job arrangements.
  • Companies are increasingly opting to hire short-term contractors, consultants, and freelancers instead of committing to full-time employees.

Growth of the Gig Economy:

  • In 2020-21, the gig economy in India employed 77 lakh workers, accounting for 2.6% of the non-agricultural workforce and 1.5% of the total workforce, according to a NITI Aayog report.
  • Approximately 47% are engaged in medium-skilled jobs, 22% in high-skilled jobs, and 31% in low-skilled jobs within the gig economy.
  • By 2029-30, the gig economy is projected to grow significantly, reaching 2.35 crore workers. At that point, gig workers are expected to constitute 6.7% of the non-agricultural workforce and 4.1% of the total workforce in India.

Why is it Essential to Provide Social Security Benefits to Gig Workers?

  • Economic Security:
    • The gig economy's reliance on demand-driven work lacks job security, necessitating social security benefits like unemployment insurance, disability coverage, and retirement savings to ensure stable income.
  • More Productive Workforce:
    • Lack of access to employer-sponsored health insurance makes gig workers vulnerable to unexpected medical expenses.
    • Prioritising their health through social security benefits can foster a healthier and more productive workforce.
  • Equity in Opportunities:
    • Exemption from traditional employment protections exposes gig workers to exploitative conditions and inadequate compensation.
    • Social security benefits can help mitigate these disparities and ensure fair treatment.
  • Long-term Financial Security:
    • Without employer-sponsored retirement plans, gig workers often struggle to save for retirement, increasing their risk of financial hardship later in life.
    • Social security benefits enable them to save effectively and reduce dependence on public assistance. 

Challenges Faced by Gig Workers:

  • Long Working Hours:
    • Nearly 30% of app-based cab drivers work over 14 hours daily; more than 83% work more than 10 hours, with 60% exceeding 12 hours.
    • About 60% of drivers from Scheduled Castes (SC) and Scheduled Tribes (ST) work over 14 hours daily.
  • Low Pay:
    • Over 43% of gig workers earn less than Rs 500 daily (Rs 15,000 monthly after deductions).
    • 34% of app-based delivery persons earn less than Rs 10,000 monthly, contributing to income disparities.
  • Financial Strain:
    • 72% of cab drivers and 76% of delivery persons face difficulties managing expenses.
    • 68% of cab drivers' total expenses exceed their earnings, leading to potential debt situations.
  • Unsatisfactory Compensation:
    • More than 80% of app-based cab drivers and over 73% of delivery persons are dissatisfied with their earnings.
    • Companies deducting 31-40% of the commission rate per ride exacerbates dissatisfaction.
  • Work Conditions:
    • Extensive work hours lead to physical exhaustion and increase the risk of road accidents, exacerbated by demanding delivery policies.
    • Limited union membership (less than 37% of drivers) affects their ability to negotiate better conditions.
  • Issues with Platforms:
    • Workers face challenges such as ID deactivation and customer misconduct, which hinder their work effectiveness.
    • A majority report negative impacts from customer behaviour, affecting job satisfaction and performance.

What are the Government Initiatives?

  • National Urban Policy Framework (NUPF): Recognizes urbanisation in India, aiming to manage growth as cities expand to 558.8 million by 2031. Cities and towns are pivotal in India’s economic development.
  • The Code on Wages, 2019: This code mandates a universal minimum wage and floor wage applicable across both organised and unorganised sectors, thereby extending coverage to gig workers as well.
  • Code of Social Security (2020): Proposes social security schemes for gig and platform workers, covering life and disability, accident insurance, health, maternity benefits, and old age protection. Yet to be implemented.
  • e-Shram Portal: Launched for registering unorganised workers, including gig and platform workers, across 400 occupations. Self-declaration basis for registration.
  • Registration and Welfare Bill (2023): Introduced to regulate gig platforms, with provisions to penalise aggregators for misconduct. Aims to ensure welfare and rights protection for gig workers in Rajasthan.

 

Recommendations for the Future:

  • Platform-Led Skilling Initiatives: Platforms should lead outcome-based skilling with educational and vocational partnerships to bridge worker skill gaps. Continuous assessments and certifications ensure relevance in a dynamic market.
  • Enhanced Social Inclusion: Platforms should create supportive environments for women and persons with disabilities, implementing policies to mitigate biases and ensure equitable access.
  • Extension of Social Security Measures: This includes provisions like paid sick leave, healthcare access, insurance, and retirement plans. Platforms should collaborate with government and insurers for effective implementation.
  • Transparency in Data Sharing: Platforms must uphold transparency in data practices while safeguarding user privacy, enabling stakeholders to analyse trends, identify challenges, and tailor interventions.

Conclusion:  

Thus, improving the conditions of workers in the gig economy requires comprehensive measures. By implementing fair regulatory frameworks, enhancing social security provisions, and fostering collaboration among stakeholders, we can create a more equitable and sustainable environment for gig workers in India. These efforts are essential to uphold dignity and fairness in the evolving landscape of work.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Mains

Q:1 Examine the role of ‘Gig Economy’ in the process of empowerment of women in India. (2021)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS3 — Economy —Growth & Development – Gig Economy- Employment
Monthly Current Affairs

New Economic Brain Power: India


Why in the news?

  • Recent years, India has shifted from being primarily known as a provider of back-office services to becoming a pivotal intellectual hub for Multinational Corporations (MNCs).

Major Shifts in the Indian Economy due to the Rise of GCCs:

  • From Back-Office to Strategic Partner:
    • Historical Focus: In the 1990s and 2000s, India's global economic role centred around back-office functions such as telemarketing and data entry.
    • Expansion into Complex Tasks: Today, India has expanded its role to encompass complex tasks including R&D, analytics, artificial intelligence/machine learning, robotic process automation, and product development.
  • Skill Development and Talent Pool Evolution:
    • Demand for Skilled Professionals: Global Capability Centers (GCCs) are driving the demand for skilled professionals, prompting a transformation in India's education and training systems.
    • Educational Emphasis: Educational institutions are now prioritising STEM fields (Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics), along with fostering critical thinking and problem-solving skills. These efforts aim to meet the evolving needs of GCCs.
  • Innovation and Knowledge Economy:
    • Role of GCCs: GCCs are not just executing tasks but are also emerging as innovation hubs for their parent companies, promoting a culture of research and development within India.
    • Knowledge Transfer: The transfer of knowledge from MNCs to the Indian workforce enhances innovation, leading to the development of new technologies and solutions. This strengthens India's position in the global knowledge economy.
  • Job Market Transformation:
    • Creation of High-Paying Jobs: GCCs are generating high-paying jobs across diverse sectors beyond traditional IT services, attracting talent such as engineers, data scientists, and financial analysts.
    • Career Prospects: The rise of GCCs improves career prospects for skilled professionals, contributing to an overall enhancement in living standards.
  • Evolving IT Landscape:
    • Technological Investments: The presence of GCCs is driving investments in advanced technologies like artificial intelligence, cloud computing, and big data analytics.
    • Global Leadership: India's focus on cutting-edge technologies positions it as a leader in the global IT services market.
  • Increased Global Competitiveness:
    • Showcasing Capabilities: The growth of GCCs highlights India's capabilities on the global stage, with MNCs increasingly recognizing India's talent pool and cost-efficiency advantages.
    • Attracting Foreign Investment: India's competitive edge is attracting more foreign investment, further bolstering its position in the global knowledge economy

What are Global Capability Centers (GCCs) ? 

  • About:
    • Internal Entities: GCCs operate within the global corporate structure of MNCs, providing specialised capabilities such as IT services, research and development (R&D), customer support, and other business functions.
    • Strategic Outposts: They serve as hubs for delivering crucial services and expertise while aligning with the parent company's global objectives.
  • Examples of GCCs:
    • General Electric (GE): Has a prominent GCC in Bangalore, focusing on R&D and engineering for its aviation and healthcare sectors.
    • Nestle: Established a GCC in Lausanne, Switzerland, dedicated to product development and innovation for its food and beverage brands.
  • Current Landscape:
    • Market Size: As of 2022–23, there were approximately 1,600 GCCs globally, collectively constituting a market worth USD 46 billion and employing 1.7 million people.
    • Growth Segments: Professional and consulting services within GCCs have shown rapid growth, outpacing sectors like computer services and R&D services.
  • Advantages of GCCs:
    • Cost Efficiency: Establishing GCCs in locations with lower operational costs allows MNCs to achieve significant savings.
    • Operational Efficiency: GCCs streamline specific functions, enabling headquarters to focus on core business strategies.
    • Market Insights: GCCs provide valuable insights into local markets, customer preferences, and regulatory landscapes, facilitating tailored business strategies for regional success.

Impact on Local Economies:

  • Job Creation: GCCs create high-skilled jobs in host countries, contributing to economic growth and enhancing the local knowledge base.
  • Knowledge Transfer: They promote knowledge transfer and technology adoption within the host country, fostering innovation and skill development.
  • Foreign Investment Catalyst: By showcasing skilled workforces and favourable business environments, GCCs attract further foreign investment, bolstering the host country's economic ecosystem.

Conclusion:

Hence, the emergence of GCCs marks a profound evolution in India's global economic stature. Harnessing its intellectual capital, India is transitioning from a service provider to a pivotal strategic partner for MNCs. This transformation is set to exert enduring influence on India's economic advancement and reshape the global technology landscape.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Prelims

Q:1  With reference to Foreign Direct Investment in India, which one of the following is considered its major characteristic? (2020)

  1. It is the investment through capital instruments essentially in a listed company.
  2. It is a largely non-debt-creating capital flow.
  3. It is an investment that involves debt-servicing.
  4. It is the investment made by foreign institutional investors in Government securities.

Ans: (b)


Q:2 Consider the following: (2021)

  1. Foreign currency convertible bonds
  2. Foreign institutional investment with certain conditions
  3. Global depository receipts
  4. Non-resident external deposits

Which of the above can be included in Foreign Direct Investments?

  1. 1, 2 and 3
  2. 3 only
  3. 2 and 4
  4. 1 and 4

Ans: (a)


Mains

Q1. “The broader aims and objectives of the WTO are to manage and promote international trade in the era of globalisation. But the Doha round of negotiations seems doomed due to differences between the developed and the developing countries.” Discuss from the Indian perspective. (2016)

Q2. What are the key areas of reform if the WTO has to survive in the present context of the ‘Trade War’, especially keeping in mind the interest of India? (2018)

Source: ET

Keywords: GS - 3, Economy-Mobilization of Resources– Infrastructure– Inclusive Growth — Liberalisation
Monthly Current Affairs

India's Journey to a Developed Economy


Context:     

  • India's journey to becoming a developed nation requires addressing fiscal and structural challenges, fostering inclusive growth, and strengthening the export sector.

  • India aims to become a developed nation by 2047, requiring a significant rise in per capita income from USD 2,600 to USD 10,205. 
  • This goal demands a 7.5% annual per capita income growth and a 9% GDP growth rate over the next 25 years.

What about the Developed Country?

  • A developed country refers to a nation with a mature and advanced economy, characterised by high levels of industrialization, technological infrastructure, and overall societal well-being. 
  • The term "developed" distinguishes these countries from "developing" or "underdeveloped" nations, which are still undergoing economic and social growth.
  • India, currently classified as a developing nation, is the world's fifth-largest economy with a GDP of 3.42 trillion USD.

Key Characteristics of Developed Countries: 

  • Economic Factors:
    • High per capita income (typically above USD 12,000 to USD 25,000 or more)
    • Diversified and advanced industrial and service sectors
    • Robust infrastructure, including transportation, communication, and utilities
    • Stable and efficient financial markets

  • Social and Human Development Factors:
    • High levels of education and literacy
    • Access to quality healthcare and social services
    • Low infant mortality and high life expectancy rates
    • Robust legal and political institutions, with democratic governance
  • Technological and Innovation Factors:
    • Advanced technological infrastructure and capabilities
    • Strong emphasis on research and development (R&D)
    • High levels of innovation and productivity

Measurements and Indicators:

  • Per Capita Income:
    • One of the primary indicators used to determine a country's development status
    • Calculated by dividing the Gross Domestic Product (GDP) by the total population
  • Human Development Index (HDI):
    • A composite index used by the United Nations to measure a country's overall well-being
    • Factors include life expectancy, education levels, and standard of living
    • Countries with an HDI score above 0.8 are generally considered developed
  • Examples of Developed Countries:
    • According to the International Monetary Fund (IMF), some developed countries include the United States, Canada, Japan, Australia, and New Zealand.
    • Other examples include Singapore, South Korea, and Hong Kong in Asia.

The Major Growth Drivers Propelling India Towards a Developed Economy:

  • Rise of the Services Sector:
    • Significant Contribution to GDP: India's services sector contributes over 50% to the GDP, offering high-value jobs and attracting foreign investment.
    • Global Leadership in IT and BPO: Industries like IT and Business Process Outsourcing (BPO) have made India a global leader, providing services to international clients and integrating the economy globally.
  • Demographic Dividend
    • Young Population: With a median age of 28.2 years (2023), India possesses a large pool of human capital that can drive economic growth if properly skilled and employed.
  • Government Initiatives for Infrastructure Development
    • Pradhan Mantri Gati Shakti National Master Plan: The Indian government's initiative aims to boost efficiency and economic activity across sectors through infrastructure development projects.
  • Digital Transformation and Startup Ecosystem
    • Digital India Initiative: India is undergoing a digital revolution with increasing internet penetration, facilitated by initiatives like the Unified Payment Interface.
    • Thriving Startup Ecosystem: The country hosts a growing number of startups and research institutions, fostering innovation and creating new growth opportunities across various sectors.
  • Economic Resilience Despite Global Slowdown
    • Relative Domestic Demand Resilience: Despite global economic uncertainties and geopolitical tensions, India's domestic demand has shown resilience, with the RBI forecasting a 7% real GDP growth in 2024-25.
  • Innovation and Entrepreneurship
    • Cultural Embrace of Innovation: India is nurturing a culture of innovation and entrepreneurship, evidenced by the proliferation of startups and research institutions focused on developing cutting-edge technologies and solutions.

The Major Roadblocks to India’s Goal of Developed Economy:

  • Jobless Growth:
    • Despite India's impressive economic growth of 7.8% in FY 2023–24, it has not translated into sufficient job creation.
    • A significant portion of the workforce remains entrenched in low-productivity agriculture, which contributes nearly 15% to GDP but employs 44% of the workforce.
    • India needs to generate 115 million jobs by 2030 to accommodate its expanding workforce.
  • Poverty-Education-Skill Trap:
    • Poor quality primary and secondary education in India limits cognitive development and diminishes the potential benefits of higher education.
    • This results in a workforce ill-prepared for higher-skilled jobs, contributing to a shortage of 150 million skilled workers.
    • Despite the National Education Policy, the education system in India is slow to adapt to evolving industry demands, leaving many graduates without the specific skills sought by employers.
  • High Public Debt:
    • India's public debt stands at 81.9% of GDP, raising concerns about fiscal sustainability.
    • The high debt burden necessitates high-interest rates, which crowd out private investment and impede economic growth.
  • Vast Income Inequality:
    • India exhibits high income inequality, with a substantial portion of the population living in poverty.
    • In 2022-23, the top 1% of income earners captured 22.6% of national income, exacerbating income disparities and hindering inclusive growth and access to basic services for many.
  • Rural-Urban Divide and Unbalanced Development: 
    • While India's urban centres have experienced economic growth, rural areas face persistent poverty, inadequate infrastructure, and limited access to basic services.
    • Neglecting rural development deepens social disparities and poses risks of social unrest, which could impede overall progress.
  • Climate Change Vulnerabilities:
    • Rapid industrialization and urbanisation in India have led to environmental degradation, including air and water pollution, deforestation, and biodiversity loss.
    • These environmental impacts not only affect public health and quality of life but also undermine the sustainability of economic growth.
    • Failure to prioritise adaptation and mitigation measures could jeopardise India's development trajectory, with up to 4.5% of GDP at risk by 2030, according to the Reserve Bank of India.
  • Infrastructure Deficit and Financing Challenges:
    • India faces a substantial infrastructure gap, particularly in transportation, power, and urban infrastructure, which acts as a bottleneck to economic development.
    • The infrastructure deficit is estimated at around USD 1.5 trillion, complicating efforts to spur economic growth.
    • Challenges such as land acquisition, environmental clearances, and regulatory hurdles further delay infrastructure projects and contribute to cost overruns.

Measures can India Adopt to Accelerate Progression Towards a Developed Economy:

  • Leveraging Demographic Dividend through Skill Development:
    • India must heavily invest in vocational education, skill development programs, and apprenticeships to build a globally competitive workforce.
    • Collaborating with industry to design curriculum aligned with market demands and emerging technologies such as AI, robotics, and renewable energy, drawing lessons from models like Norway's.
  • Balanced Regional Development and Rural Transformation:
    • Prioritise investment in rural infrastructure, including roads, electrification, healthcare, and digital connectivity, to bridge the rural-urban divide.
    • Incentivize agro-processing units and manufacturing hubs in rural areas to create non-farm job opportunities.
    • Promote sustainable agriculture practices, precision farming, and access to credit and insurance to enhance rural incomes and food security. 
  • Preventive and Affordable Healthcare:
    • Increase public healthcare spending to at least 2.5% of GDP, as recommended by the National Health Policy 2017, to strengthen the healthcare system and improve Human Development Index indicators.
    • Promote preventive healthcare through awareness campaigns, early detection, and lifestyle interventions.
    • Utilise digital technologies like telemedicine to enhance healthcare access in remote areas and reduce costs.
  • Innovative Infrastructure Financing and Public-Private Partnerships:
    • Explore innovative financing models such as asset monetization and securitization of infrastructure assets, along with tapping into global capital markets.
    • Promote infrastructure investment trusts (InvITs) and real estate investment trusts (REITs) to attract long-term institutional investors for infrastructure projects.
  • Fostering Innovation and Technological Advancement:
    • Increase R&D investment to 2% of GDP, in line with the Science, Technology, and Innovation Policy 2020 targets.
    • Establish clean technology parks, incubation centres, and circular-economy zones to attract global technology leaders and foster innovation.
  • Unlocking the Potential of the Blue Economy:
    • Harness India's coastal resources through sustainable maritime activities like coastal shipping, marine tourism, offshore wind energy, and deep-sea mining.
    • Develop infrastructure for ship repair, logistics hubs, and coastal economic zones to stimulate trade, employment, and economic growth.
    • Promote marine biotechnology and value-added marine products to meet global demand.
  • Formalising Informal Sector and Promoting Startup Hubs:
    • Implement a portable social security system for informal sector workers to incentivize formalisation and job security.
    • Establish well-funded startup hubs in Tier-2 and Tier-3 cities to foster disruptive innovation beyond major metros.
  • Green Collar Jobs Revolution:
    • Implement green jobs training programs in partnership with industries to prepare the workforce for roles in renewable energy, waste management, and sustainable infrastructure.
    • Provide tax incentives and subsidies to companies hiring and training workers in green sectors, promoting job creation and sustainable development.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Prelims

Q:1 In the ‘Index of Eight Core Industries’, which one of the following is given the highest weight? (2015)

  1. Coal production
  2. Electricity generation
  3. Fertiliser production
  4. Steel production

Ans: (b)


Q:2 Increase in absolute and per capita real GNP do not connote a higher level of economic development, if: (2018)

  1. Industrial output fails to keep pace with agricultural output.
  2. Agricultural output fails to keep pace with industrial output.
  3. Poverty and unemployment increase.
  4. Imports grow faster than exports.

Ans: (c)


Q:3 In a given year in India, official poverty lines are higher in some States than in others because: (2019)

(a) Poverty rates vary from State to State

(b) Price levels vary from State to State

(c) Gross State Product varies from State to State

(d) Quality of public distribution varies from State to State


Ans: (b)


Mains

Q.1 “Industrial growth rate has lagged behind in the overall growth of Gross-Domestic-Product(GDP) in the post-reform period” Give reasons. How far are the recent changes in Industrial Policy capable of increasing the industrial growth rate? (2017)

Q.2 Normally countries shift from agriculture to industry and then later to services, but India shifted directly from agriculture to services. What are the reasons for the huge growth of services vis-a-vis the industry in the country? Can India become a developed country without a strong industrial base? (2014)

Source: HT

Keywords: GS Paper - 3, Economy- Growth & Development
Monthly Current Affairs

World Lagging on Sustainable Development Goals


Conext:   

  • The recent UN report by the Sustainable Development Solutions Network (SDSN) highlights a pivotal moment in global efforts to achieve the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) by 2030. 
  • The report paints a grim picture, indicating that none of the 17 goals are on track, emphasising the critical need for immediate and comprehensive reforms.

Importance of SDGs:

The Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), established by the United Nations in 2015, serve as a universal call to action to address various global challenges by 2030.

  • Poverty Eradication: SDGs strive to eradicate poverty in all its forms and ensure access to basic necessities like food, water, shelter, and healthcare for everyone.
  • Environmental Protection: They tackle critical environmental issues such as climate change, biodiversity loss, and pollution, promoting sustainable practices for conserving natural resources and reducing environmental degradation.
  • Social Inclusion: SDGs promote equality and inclusion by addressing gender inequality, discrimination, and social exclusion. They aim to ensure equal opportunities and access to resources for all individuals.
  • Economic Growth: SDGs emphasise sustainable economic growth that is inclusive and equitable, creating jobs, fostering innovation, and building resilient economies.
  • Global Partnership: They call for global cooperation between governments, businesses, civil society, and individuals to achieve the goals collectively and sustainably.
  • Improved Health and Well-being: SDGs aim to ensure healthy lives and well-being for all, focusing on access to quality healthcare, nutrition, clean water, and sanitation.
  • Reduced Inequalities: SDGs aim to reduce inequalities within and among countries, addressing disparities in income, wealth, opportunity, and access to resources

Progress and Challenges of SDGs:

  • Stagnant Progress: Only 16% of SDG targets are advancing well, highlighting significant obstacles in policy implementation and achieving concrete results.
  • Key Areas of Concern:
    • Zero Hunger (SDG 2): Food insecurity and hunger are on the rise.
    • Sustainable Cities and Communities (SDG 11): Issues with urban planning and inadequate infrastructure.
    • Life Below Water (SDG 14) and Life on Land (SDG 15): Increasing biodiversity loss and environmental degradation.
    • Peace, Justice, and Strong Institutions (SDG 16): Declining press freedom and a rise in conflicts pose challenges.
  • Impact of COVID-19:
    • SDG 3 (Good Health and Well-being): Life expectancy and health disparities worsened.
    • Poverty Reduction and Education (Multiple SDGs): Setbacks in poverty reduction efforts and disruptions in education were observed

Leading and Lagging Nations in SDG Achievement:

  • Nordic Countries: These nations continue to lead in achieving the SDGs, bolstered by strong social policies and environmental commitments that support sustainable development.
  • BRICS and BRICS+ Countries: While showing progress, these countries are still lagging behind the leading nations in terms of SDG achievement. They face challenges in balancing economic growth with social and environmental sustainability.
  • Least Developed Countries: These nations are experiencing significant setbacks in SDG attainment, widening the gap since 2015. They struggle with limited resources, weak infrastructure, and socio-economic disparities that hinder progress.
  • Financial Architecture: Reforming global financial systems is crucial to provide low and middle-income countries with access to affordable, long-term capital. This reform is essential for investing in public goods such as education (SDG 4) and other critical sectors that support sustainable development goals

India’s Performance toward achieving various SDGs:

  • Progress: India has made strides in poverty reduction, renewable energy adoption, economic growth, and gender equality under the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).
  • Challenges: Persistent issues include addressing hunger, improving education quality, ensuring access to clean water, mitigating climate change impacts, and reducing inequality.
  • Impactful Initiatives: Programs like PMAY, MGNREGA, PDS, Ayushman Bharat, and Swachh Bharat have shown positive results in their respective areas.
  • Further Efforts Needed: Continued focus is required to achieve sustainable access to clean water, enhance educational standards, reduce healthcare disparities, and strengthen climate change resilience.
  • Commitment to SDGs: India demonstrates strong commitment through various policies and programs aimed at achieving the SDGs.
  • Key Areas for Improvement: Addressing infrastructure gaps, promoting technological innovation, tackling social inequalities, and fostering sustainable urban development are crucial for future progress.
  • Collaborative Approach: Collaboration between government, private sector, and civil society is essential for accelerating progress towards achieving the SDGs by 2030.

Recommendations:

  • Major Overhaul: The report advocates for a significant restructuring of current approaches, suggesting that maintaining the status quo will not be adequate. It proposes a UN 2.0 model aimed at enhancing global cooperation and effectiveness.
  • Reforming Financial Systems: To generate necessary funds, the report recommends establishing new institutions and implementing global taxation schemes. It suggests prioritising investments in quality education and sustainable infrastructure.
  • Multilateralism Index: Introducing a new index to measure countries' support for UN-based multilateralism underscores the importance of global cooperation. Countries that prioritise multilateralism tend to perform better on SDGs.
  • Food and Land Systems: Addressing both undernutrition and rising obesity through sustainable agricultural practices is crucial, according to the report. It emphasises the need for integrated approaches to food and land systems.
  • FABLE Pathways: Focusing on the Future of Agriculture, Biodiversity, Land-use, and Energy pathways, the report suggests:
    • Reducing overconsumption and limiting animal-based protein.
    • Investing in increasing productivity, especially in high-demand areas.
    • Establishing inclusive and transparent monitoring systems to combat deforestation.

Conclusion: 

The UN report calls for urgent and comprehensive action to achieve the SDGs, emphasising the necessity for robust global cooperation, substantial financial reforms, and innovative policy solutions. Addressing these challenges is essential for ensuring a sustainable and equitable future for all. The analysis underscores the interconnectedness of global issues and the importance of collective efforts in overcoming them

Source:  EU

Keywords: GS-3, Economy- Sustainable Development
Monthly Current Affairs

MSP Hikes for 14 Kharif Crops


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, the Union Cabinet has given its approval for raising the minimum support prices (MSP) for all 14 kharif crops for the crop season of 2024-25.

What is the Minimum Support Price?

  • MSP guarantees a set price paid to farmers by the government when it purchases their agricultural produce.
  • The Commission for Agricultural Costs and Prices (CACP), established in January 1965 as an attached office of the Ministry of Agriculture and Farmers Welfare, determines MSP.
  • It considers factors such as production costs, demand-supply dynamics, market price trends, and inter-crop price parity.
  • The CACP has operated as an attached office under the Ministry of Agriculture and Farmers Welfare since its inception in January 1965.
  • The final approval on MSP levels is decided by the Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs (CCEA), chaired by the Prime Minister of India.
  • MSP aims to ensure farmers receive fair prices for their produce, thereby fostering agricultural sustainability and promoting crop diversification initiatives 

The government announces MSPs for 22 crops, categorised into:

  • 14 kharif crops: paddy, jowar, bajra, maize, ragi, tur/arhar, moong, urad, groundnut, soyabean, sunflower, sesamum, niger seed, cotton
  • 6 rabi crops: wheat, barley, gram, masur/lentil, rapeseed and mustard, safflower
  • 2 commercial crops: jute and copra
  • MSPs for Toria and de-husked coconut are determined based on the MSPs of rapeseed & mustard and copra, respectively. 

Who decides what the MSP would be and how ?

  • The MSP is determined by the Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs (CCEA) at the onset of each sowing season, guided by recommendations from the Commission for Agricultural Costs and Prices (CACP).
  • The CACP considers several factors when formulating MSP recommendations:
    • Demand and supply dynamics of the commodity
    • Cost of production
    • Market price trends, both domestic and international
    • Inter-crop price parity
    • Terms of trade between agriculture and non-agriculture sectors
    • Ensuring a minimum of 50% margin over the cost of production
    • Potential impact of MSP on consumers of the product 

Calculation Formula of MSP:

  • The CACP utilises state-specific production cost estimates provided by the Directorate of Economics & Statistics within the Agriculture Ministry for its projections. It does not conduct its own field-based cost estimates.
  • The CACP calculates three types of costs — A2, A2+FL, and C2 — for each mandated crop across different states.
    • A2 cost: Covers all paid-out costs directly incurred by the farmer, including cash and kind expenditures on seeds, fertilisers, pesticides, hired labour, leased-in land, fuel, irrigation, etc.
    • A2+FL cost: Includes A2 costs plus an imputed value of unpaid family labour.
    • C2 cost: Represents the highest cost among the three, incorporating rentals and interest for owned land and fixed capital assets, in addition to A2+FL.
  • The National Commission for Farmers, chaired by MS Swaminathan, recommended calculating MSP using the C2+50 percent formula, which includes total crop costs (C2) plus a 50% profit margin.
    • However, the government announces MSP based on A2+FL costs. 

Benefits of Minimum Support Price (MSP):

  • Income Security: MSP guarantees farmers a minimum price for their crops, ensuring a stable income and protecting them from market price fluctuations.
  • Price Stability: MSP helps stabilise the prices of agricultural products, preventing extreme fluctuations and ensuring affordable prices for consumers.
  • Encourages Production: Minimum Support Price motivates farmers to increase their agricultural production by providing them with a fair price for their produce.
  • Food Security: MSP promotes a steady food supply by encouraging farmers to produce staple crops, reducing dependence on imports, and enhancing domestic food security. 

What are the Concerns Related to MSP in India?

  • Distorted Crop Selection: The MSP regime often focuses on a few crops, such as rice and wheat, leading to imbalanced crop selection. This can result in overproduction of certain crops and neglect of others, affecting the overall diversity and sustainability of agriculture.
  • Market Distortions: MSPs can create market distortions by influencing the cropping pattern and leading to surplus production of certain crops. This surplus can lead to storage challenges, market inefficiencies, and distortions in price signals.
  • Limited Coverage: MSP officially covers 23 crops, but in practice, only rice and wheat are extensively procured under the National Food Security Act (NFSA). Most farmers growing non-target crops do not benefit from MSP due to ad-hoc and insignificant implementation.
  • Storage and Logistics Challenges: MSP operations require effective storage and logistics infrastructure to handle the procurement of large quantities of crops. Inadequate facilities can lead to wastage and storage-related losses.
  • Fiscal Burden: Implementing MSPs can impose a significant fiscal burden on the government. Procuring crops at guaranteed prices and managing surplus stocks require substantial financial resources, impacting the government’s budget and fiscal health. 

Way forward:

  • Diversify Agriculture: Promote investments in animal husbandry, fisheries, fruits, and vegetables for improved nutrition and higher income prospects.
  • Encourage Private Sector Involvement: Incentivize the private sector to establish efficient agricultural value chains, using a cluster-based approach.
  • True MSP Intervention: Implement genuine MSP interventions where the government steps in when market prices dip below a set threshold. Focus on scenarios of excess production, oversupply, or price collapse influenced by global factors. 

UPSC Civil Services Examination Previous Year Question (PYQ) 

Prelims

Q:1 Consider the following statements: (2020)

  1. In the case of all cereals, pulses, and oil seeds, the procurement at Minimum Support price (MSP) is unlimited in any State/UT of India.
  2. In the case of cereals and pulses, the MSP is fixed in any State/UT at a level to which the market price will never rise.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 1 only

(b) 2 only

(c) Both 1 and 2

(d) Neither 1 nor 2 

Ans: (d) 

Q:2 Consider the following statements: (2023)

  1. The Government of India provides Minimum Support Price for niger (Guizotia abyssinica) seeds.
  2. Niger is cultivated as a Kharif crop.
  3. Some tribal people in India use niger seed oil for cooking.

How many of the above statements are correct?

(a) Only one

(b) Only two

(c) All three

(d) None

Ans: (c)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3, ECONOMY- Agriculture- MSP
Monthly Current Affairs

National Forensic Infrastructure Enhancement


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, the Union Cabinet has approved the National Forensic Infrastructure Enhancement Scheme (NFIES) aimed at improving conviction rates in criminal cases. 

About the NFIES :

  • The Union Cabinet has approved the National Forensic Infrastructure Enhancement Scheme (NFIES), a Central Sector Scheme with a budget of Rs. 2254.43 crore allocated from 2024-25 to 2028-29.
  • The scheme includes the following components:
    • Establishment of Campuses of the National Forensic Sciences University (NFSU) across the country.
    • Establishment of Central Forensic Science Laboratories (CFSLs) throughout the nation.
    • Enhancement of the existing infrastructure of the Delhi Campus of NFSU to bolster its capabilities. 

The need for the NFIES Schemes:

  • Increased Workload Due to New Laws: The enactment of new criminal laws requiring forensic investigation for offences punishable by seven years or more is expected to significantly increase the workload of forensic science laboratories.
  • Shortage of Trained Manpower: There is a notable scarcity of trained forensic professionals in the Forensic Science Laboratories (FSLs) across the country. This shortage hampers the timely and effective processing of forensic evidence.
  • International Standards and Collaboration: Upgraded forensic infrastructure will enable India to align with international standards, fostering better collaboration with global forensic bodies and law enforcement agencies. 

Advantages of Improved Forensic Investigation Facilities:

  • Enhanced Crime Investigation: The establishment of new Central Forensic Science Laboratories (CFSLs) will bolster the scientific capabilities to analyse evidence, thereby improving the quality and reliability of forensic investigations.
  • Speedier Justice Delivery: Efficient and timely forensic analysis facilitates quicker resolution of legal cases, ensuring swift justice delivery and reducing the backlog of pending cases.
  • Job Creation: The creation of new campuses and laboratories under NFIES will generate employment opportunities across academic, administrative, and technical domains, contributing to economic growth and skill development.
  • Addressing Manpower Shortage: NFIES aims to address the current shortage of trained forensic manpower. This will enhance the overall accuracy, efficiency, and credibility of forensic investigations and legal proceedings in India. 

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3, Economy- Infrastructure- Govt. Scheme
Monthly Current Affairs

VGF Scheme for Offshore Wind Energy Projects


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, the Union Cabinet approved the Viability Gap Funding (VGF) scheme for offshore wind energy projects.
  • Cabinet approves Rs 7453 crore funding for offshore wind projects in Gujarat, Tamil Nadu coast.

What is the Viability Gap Funding (VGF) Scheme:

  • The VGF scheme marks a significant stride in advancing the National Offshore Wind Energy Policy, which was established in 2015 to harness the extensive offshore wind energy potential within India's exclusive economic zone.
  • Objective:
    • The scheme aims to exploit the vast offshore wind energy potential by installing and commissioning 1 GW (1000 MW) of offshore wind energy projects.
    • This includes setting up 500 MW projects each off the coast of Gujarat and Tamil Nadu.
  • Nodal Agency:
    • The Ministry of New and Renewable Energy (MNRE) serves as the nodal agency responsible for coordinating with various Ministries and Departments to ensure the seamless implementation of the scheme.
  • Implementation:
    • The scheme aims to install and commission 1 GW (500 MW each off Gujarat and Tamil Nadu) of offshore wind energy projects.
    • Additionally, two ports will be upgraded to meet logistical requirements for handling offshore wind energy projects, facilitating the transportation and assembly of wind turbines and related equipment.
  • Significance:
    • Government-backed VGF support will lower the cost of electricity generated by offshore wind projects, ensuring they become economically feasible for purchase by DISCOMs (Distribution Companies).
    • The commissioning of 1 GW offshore wind projects is expected to generate approximately 3.72 billion units of renewable electricity annually.
    • This will contribute to reducing CO2 equivalent emissions by 2.98 million tons per year over a span of 25 years.
    • The initiative will foster the development of necessary ecosystems in India to support and enhance its ocean-based economic activities. 

Offshore Wind Energy:

●  Offshore wind power or offshore wind energy is the energy taken from the force of the winds out at sea, transformed into electricity and supplied into the electricity network onshore.

● It is a source of renewable energy which offers several advantages over onshore wind and solar projects, such as higher adequacy & reliability, lower storage requirement and higher employment potential.

Advantages of Scheme:

  • Enhanced Efficiency: Offshore wind turbines benefit from faster and more consistent wind speeds compared to onshore locations, leading to higher and more reliable electricity generation.
  • Reduced Environmental Impact: Offshore wind farms are positioned far from populated areas, minimising visual and noise disturbances that are more common with onshore installations.
  • Ample Space: Offshore sites provide larger and less constrained areas for deploying larger and more numerous turbines, potentially maximising electricity output per site.
  • Minimal Interference: Turbines can be situated in deeper waters, reducing the likelihood of obstructing shipping lanes or conflicting with other land uses. 

Disadvantages:

  • Higher Costs: Installing and maintaining offshore wind farms is more expensive than onshore projects due to the complexities of marine construction and logistics.
  • Environmental Concerns: Construction and operation can impact marine ecosystems and wildlife, although modern projects include rigorous environmental assessments and mitigation strategies. 

Conclusion:

Hence, despite challenges, offshore wind energy has grown significantly worldwide due to rising energy demand, climate change awareness, and advancements in technology and policy supporting renewables. Leaders like the UK, Germany, and Denmark spearhead offshore wind deployment with ambitious global projects.

Source:  TOI

Keywords: GS-3, Economy- Energy Sector Development- Govt. Schemes & Projects
Monthly Current Affairs

National Monetisation Pipeline


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, NITI Aayog announced that the government has monetised assets worth Rs 3.85 lakh crore under the National Monetisation Pipeline during the first three years of the financial period from 2021-22 to 2024-25.

What is the National Monetisation Pipeline (NMP)?

  • The NMP aims to generate Rs 6 lakh crore by leasing core assets of the Central government across sectors like roads, railways, power, oil and gas pipelines, telecom, and civil aviation from FY 2021-22 to 2024-25.
  • It excludes the monetization of non-core assets through disinvestment.
  • Currently, it covers only assets of central government line ministries and CPSEs in infrastructure sectors.
  • Non-core asset monetization, including land, real estate, and infrastructure, is transitioning from DIPAM to DPE within the Ministry of Finance to streamline operations.
  • The NMP is aligned with the National Infrastructure Pipeline (NIP), supporting investments worth Rs 111 lakh crore over six years until FY25.
  • Its timeline is strategically synchronised with the remaining period of the NIP 

Status of NMP:

  • The NMP aimed for Rs. 2.5 lakh crore in the first two years (2021-22 and 2022-23) and achieved around Rs. 2.30 lakh crore.
  • In 2023-24, with a target of Rs. 1.8 lakh crore, the achievement was approximately Rs. 1.56 lakh crore, marking a 159% increase from 2021-22.
  • All ministries achieved 70% of their monetisation targets, with the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways and the Ministry of Coal leading with Rs. 97,000 crore in achievements for 2023-24. 

Need for NMP:

  • Overcapitalisation: Government infrastructure projects often show overcapitalisation due to suboptimal input-output ratios.
  • Resource Optimization: NMP introduces market-driven approaches to match resources more effectively with project requirements, reducing delays and cost escalations.
  • Coordination Challenges: The NMP fosters collaboration among government departments and private firms to enhance project execution efficiency.
  • Boost to Economy: Aligned with PM Gati Shakti, NMP aims to fund new projects by leveraging existing assets, contributing to comprehensive infrastructure development.
  • Utilisation of Underutilised Assets: NMP targets the sale of unproductive government assets to fund new infrastructure and expand green initiatives 

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims:

Q:1 In India, the term “Public Key Infrastructure” is used in the context of (2020)

(a) Digital security infrastructure

(b) Food security infrastructure

(c) Health care and education infrastructure

(d) Telecommunication and transportation Infrastructure 

Ans: (a) 

Mains:

Q.1 Account for the failure of the manufacturing sector in achieving the goal of labour-intensive exports. Suggest measures for more labour-intensive rather than capital-intensive exports. (2017)

Q.2 The nature of economic growth in India in recent times is often described as jobless growth. Do you agree with this view? Give arguments in favour of your answer. (2015)

Source: PIB

Keywords: GS - 3, Economy- Mobilisation of Resources- Fiscal Policy– Government Policies & Interventions
Monthly Current Affairs

Angel Tax


Why in the news ?

  • Amid declining startup funding and job losses, Indian Inc. has urged the removal of the expanded Angel Tax from the Finance Bill 2023.

About the Angel tax:

  • Angel tax is an income tax (30.6%) levied on unlisted companies that issue shares to investors at a price exceeding the fair market value.
  • The tax was introduced in 2012 to curb money laundering through inflated valuations of startup shares.
  • The Finance Act 2023 amended Section 56(2)(VIIb) of the Income-tax Act, extending the Angel Tax to non-resident investors from April 2024.

Concerns raised by the Industry:

  • The industry argues that Angel Tax hinders startups’ growth and job creation, as taxes levied on the difference between the issue price and FMV have hurt funding for startups.
  • Investors often fund startups based on their future potential, not just current valuation, and Angel Tax penalises this practice. Recent data shows a decline in startup funding and job losses linked to Angel Tax.
  • CII recommended eliminating Section 56(2)(VIIb) of the Income-tax Act to boost capital formation. 

Recent Developments:

  • The government has partially addressed industry concerns by:
    • Exempting DPIIT-recognised startups from Angel Tax.
    • Excluding investors from 21 countries (US, UK, etc.) from Angel Tax on non-resident investments.
  • However, key investment source countries like Singapore, Netherlands, and Mauritius are still not exempt. 

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs) 

Prelims

Q:1 What does venture capital mean? (2014)

(a) A short-term capital provided to industries

(b) A long-term start-up capital provided to new entrepreneurs

(c) Funds provided to industries at times of incurring losses

(d) Funds provided for replacement and renovation of industries

Ans: (b)

 

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3, Economy- Growth & Development – Taxation system – Angel Tax
Monthly Current Affairs

IBBI proposes amendments to insolvency rules


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Board of India (IBBI) has proposed amendments to the Insolvency Resolution Process for Corporate Process regulations.

  • These amendments aim to enhance efficiency, reduce costs, and increase transparency in the Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process (CIRP), benefiting creditors and other stakeholders.

What is the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code (IBC)?

  • Insolvency vs. Bankruptcy
    • Insolvency: Results from an inability to pay debts due to a lack of assets.
    • Bankruptcy: Occurs when an application is presented to an authority declaring insolvency and requesting to be declared bankrupt.
  • About the IBC 2016:
    • Purpose: The bankruptcy law of India, aimed at consolidating the existing framework into a single law for insolvency and bankruptcy.
    • Efficiency: Provides a one-stop solution for resolving insolvencies, replacing the previously lengthy and economically unviable process.
    • Protection: Aims to protect the interests of small investors and simplify the process of doing business.

What is the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Board of India (IBBI)?

  • It regulates insolvency proceedings and oversees entities such as Insolvency Professional Agencies (IPA), Insolvency Professionals (IP), and Information Utilities (IU) in India.
  • Established on October 1, 2016, it was given statutory powers through the IBC 2016.
  • Operating under the Ministry of Corporate Affairs, it covers individuals, companies, limited liability partnerships, and partnership firms.

What is the Process Followed under the IBC?

  • When a corporate debtor (CD) defaults on loan repayment, either the creditor or the debtor can initiate a Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process (CIRP) under Section 6 of the IBC.
  • Previously, the minimum default amount for applying for insolvency was ₹1 lakh, but due to pandemic-related stress on companies, the government raised it to ₹1 crore.
  • To apply for insolvency, one must approach an adjudicating authority (AA) as specified by the IBC. Various benches of the National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT) across India serve as the designated AAs.
  • The Tribunal has 14 days to admit or reject the application, or it must provide a reason for any delay in admission. Once the application is admitted by the AA, the CIRP begins.
  • The mandatory deadline for completing the resolution process is 330 days.

What is the Recent Proposal of IBBI?

  • Comprehensive Valuation Report for Corporate Debtor:
    • Proposal: The IBBI suggests that a registered valuer should submit a comprehensive valuation report for the corporate debtor as a whole, rather than separate valuations for different asset classes.
    • Single Valuer for Small Entities: For companies with assets up to ₹1,000 crore and MSMEs, the board proposes appointing only one registered valuer for fair value and liquidation value estimates. Due to complexity, two valuers can be appointed if necessary. 
  • Interim Resolution Professional:
    • Proposal: To prevent delays in appointing authorised representatives (AR) for creditors, the IBBI proposes allowing the interim resolution professional to make these appointments.
  • Issue of Release of Guarantees in the Resolution Plan: 
    • Proposal: Any proposal by the applicant will not extinguish creditors' rights to proceed against guarantors and enforce the realisation of guarantees governed through various agreements.
  • Significance of These Proposals:
    • Consistency: These proposals aim to eliminate inconsistencies between the CIRP regulations and the Companies (Registered Valuers and Valuation) Rules.
    • Efficiency: These measures will reduce CIRP costs and expedite the process for small entities.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims

Q:1 Which of the following statements best describes the term ‘Scheme for Sustainable Structuring of Stressed Assets (S4A)’, recently seen in the news? (2017)

  1. It is a procedure for considering ecological costs of developmental schemes formulated by the Government.
  2. It is a scheme of RBI for reworking the financial structure of big corporate entities facing genuine difficulties.
  3. It is a disinvestment plan of the Government regarding Central Public Sector Undertakings.
  4. It is an important provision in ‘The Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code’ recently implemented by the Government.

Ans: (b)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3, Economy- Growth & Development – Transparency & Accountability– Banking Sector & NBFC
Monthly Current Affairs

World Investment Report 2024


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, The World Investment Report 2024 was released by the UN Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD).

Key findings:

  • Global foreign direct investment (FDI) fell by 2% to $1.3 trillion in 2023 amid an economic slowdown and rising geopolitical tensions.
  • FDI flows in Europe jumped from negative $106 billion in 2022 to positive $16 billion because of volatility in conduit economies. In contrast, in Africa, it declined by 3%, in Asia by 8% and in Latin America and the Caribbean by 1%.
  • FDI in critical minerals nearly doubled. Infrastructure and digital economy sectors witnessed lower investment.
  • International investment in sectors relevant for the Sustainable Development Goals in developing countries declined in 2023.
  • The sustainable finance market continues to grow, but there are clear signs of a slowdown. Greenwashing poses the most significant challenge to the sustainable fund market.

UN Conference on Trade and Development:

  • It is the UN’s leading institution dealing with trade and development.
  • It is a permanent intergovernmental body established by the United Nations General Assembly in 1964. 
  • Its objective is to assist developing countries, especially the least developed countries, and countries with economies in transition, to integrate beneficially into the global economy.
  • Headquarters: Geneva, Switzerland.
  • UNCTAD membership consists of 195 states.


Source:  DTE

Keywords: GS-3, Economy- Growth & Development- Investment – Reports
Monthly Current Affairs

GST Council


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, The 53rd meeting of the Goods and Services Tax (GST) Council was held in Delhi, chaired by Nirmala Sitharaman, Union Minister for Finance and Corporate Affairs, on Saturday, June 22nd. 

About the GST Council:

  • The GST Council is a constitutional body established under Article 279A of the amended Constitution of India.
  • It serves as a joint forum chaired by the Union Finance Minister and includes the Union Minister of State for Finance, along with representatives from each state and Union Territory with legislatures.
  • The Council's main responsibility is to make recommendations on matters concerning the Goods and Services Tax (GST), such as tax rates, exemptions, and the framework of GST laws. 

Powers and Functions of the GST Council:

  • Recommendations on GST Issues: The GST Council advises both the Union and State Governments on matters pertaining to the goods and services tax.
  • Tax Rates: It determines the rates of GST applicable to goods and services, including any adjustments or exemptions.
  • Dispute Resolution: The Council resolves disputes that may arise between the Union and States or among States concerning GST.
  • Administrative Changes: It can propose administrative adjustments to enhance the efficiency of GST implementation.
  • Review and Revision: Periodically, the Council reviews and revises GST rates and provisions to align with economic realities and policy objectives. 

Evolution of the GST Council since its inception:

  • Formation and Initial Years: Established in 2016 after the passage of the 122nd Constitutional Amendment Act, the GST Council commenced operations in 2017 with the nationwide implementation of GST.
  • Operational Efficiency: Over time, the Council has evolved to enhance operational efficiency, employing real-time discussions and consensus-building among members.
  • Expansion of Scope: Initially focused on setting basic tax rates and exemptions, the Council's role expanded to encompass amendments to GST laws and procedural changes.
  • Judicial Scrutiny: In 2022, the Supreme Court clarified that the Council's recommendations are collaborative and not binding, highlighting its consultative nature between the Union and States.
  • Adaptation to Challenges: The Council has adapted to economic fluctuations, addressed pandemic-related challenges (e.g., postponement of GST filing deadlines during COVID-19), and responded to evolving sectoral needs.
  • Interstate Dynamics: Structured with states collectively holding a two-thirds voting share, the Council underscores its federal and cooperative nature in decision-making processes. 

Issues associated with GST Council:

  • Multiple Tax Rates: India has multiple tax rates under GST, unlike many other economies with a single indirect tax rate. This complicates the tax regime for goods and services across the country.
  • New Cesses: Despite scraping multiple taxes and cesses, GST introduced a compensation cess initially for luxury and sin goods, later expanded to include automobiles. This has added complexity and additional levies.
  • Trust Deficit: The Union government's appropriation of cess revenues without sharing them with states has created a trust deficit. Guaranteed compensation to states was seen as necessary due to GST not meeting its economic promises.
  • Economy Outside GST Purview: Nearly half of the economy, including sectors like petroleum, real estate, and electricity duties, remains outside the GST framework. This limits the tax base and integration of these sectors into the GST system.
  • Complexity of Tax Filings: GST legislation mandates complex annual returns and audits for specified taxpayers, which are challenging and confusing. Detailed information required in annual filings contrasts with simplified monthly or quarterly filings.
  • Higher Tax Rates: Despite rationalisation efforts, around 50% of items are still taxed at 18% or higher under GST. Essential items like oxygen concentrators and vaccines faced higher taxes during the pandemic, affecting relief efforts. 

Conclusion:

Since its inception in 2017, the GST Council has played a pivotal role in advising on GST matters, setting tax rates, resolving disputes, and adapting to economic shifts. With its federal structure and collaborative approach, the Council ensures efficient tax administration in India through consensus-driven decision-making. 

                 UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Mains

Q:1 Enumerate the indirect taxes which have been subsumed in the Goods and Services Tax (GST) in India. Also, comment on the revenue implications of the GST introduced in India since July 2017. (2019)

Keywords: GS-3, Economy- Government Policies & Interventions– Growth & Development – Powers and Functions of GST Council
Monthly Current Affairs

Indian Railways and Safety Challenges


Context: 

  • The issue of Indian Railway safety is under scrutiny after a freight train collided with a passenger train near Siliguri, West Bengal. 
  • This incident, along with last year’s Balasore train accident, highlights the urgent need for comprehensive reforms and enhanced safety protocols to prevent future accidents.

Recent Issues in Indian Railways:

  • Tragic Accident: The GFCJ container train collided with the 13174 Agartala-Sealdah Kanchanjunga Express, resulting in 11 deaths and around 40 injuries.
  • Premature Conclusions: The Railway Board Chairperson prematurely blamed the container train crew and provided incorrect information about casualties.
  • Slow Rollout of Kavach System: The indigenous Kavach signalling system to prevent collisions has been slowly implemented due to limited industrial capacity.
  • Staffing Issues: Indian Railways is overstaffed but has critical vacancies in safety-sensitive positions, causing stress and overwork for existing staff.
  • Ambiguous Protocols: Ambiguous rules for handling automatic signal failures create confusion and increase the risk of accidents.
  • There has been an average of 44 consequential train accidents every year in the five-year period ending 2022-23 (FY23).

Types of Accidents:

  • Derailments: The most common type, where a train goes off the tracks, caused by track defects, equipment failure, human error, or sabotage.
  • Collisions: Occur when two or more trains collide on the same track, often due to signal failures or communication errors between railway personnel.
  • Level Crossing Accidents: Involve collisions between trains and vehicles or pedestrians at rail crossings, underscoring the need for improved safety mechanisms at these points.
  • Accident Trends in Indian Railways: Over the years, the trend in accident types has been: Derailments > Level crossing accidents > Collisions > Fire in trains > Miscellaneous accidents.

Impacts of Train Accidents:

  • Casualties and Operational Disruption: Train accidents result in casualties and injuries, disrupting the railway network, causing delays, cancellations, and financial losses.
  • Trust Issues: Accidents erode public trust in train safety, affecting passenger confidence and ridership.
  • Economic Cost: The economic impact includes infrastructure damage, compensation payouts, and substantial investments required for safety upgrades.
  • Broader Implications: Industries reliant on efficient freight transport face disruptions in supply chains and logistics due to train accidents.

Challenges Faced by Indian Railways:

  • Unmanned Level Crossings: Closing unmanned level crossings remains a priority as they pose significant risks to passengers and train crews. Focused measures have improved safety, but continued vigilance is essential.
  • Track Maintenance: Emphasising track maintenance has reduced accidents, but maintaining thousands of kilometres of tracks across diverse terrains is challenging. Regular inspections, timely repairs, and modern technology are crucial.
  • Communication and Information Management: Effective communication during emergencies is vital. The GFCJ container train accident highlighted the need for accurate and timely information dissemination, as premature statements can cause confusion and hinder investigations.
  • Overstaffing and Workload: Despite being overstaffed, Indian Railways has critical vacancies in safety-sensitive roles like loco crew and station managers. Addressing these vacancies and reducing long working hours for locomotive pilots is essential.
  • Near Misses and Management Failure: Investigating near misses in the affected section can reveal management effectiveness. AI-enabled applications can enhance safety analyses and provide actionable alerts by analysing digital data.

Safety Improvements:

  • Digital Data Management and AI: Utilising extensive digital data from station data loggers and locomotive microprocessors, AI can effectively manage and filter out irregularities. Implementing AI-driven predictive maintenance can help prevent accidents.
  • Track Maintenance: Regular track maintenance is crucial to prevent derailments and accidents. Focused measures, like closing unmanned level crossings, have already improved safety.
  • Traffic Demands vs. Safety: Balancing increasing traffic demands with safety requirements is a challenge. Ensuring timely maintenance without compromising safety is vital.
  • Reducing Accidents: Urgent steps are needed to fill vacancies and reduce long working hours for locomotive pilots. Analysing accident patterns and implementing targeted safety measures can help reduce incidents.

Steps Taken To Minimise Rail Accidents:

  • Safety System Implementation:
    • Kavach: 
      • Launched in 2020, Kavach is a cab signalling train control system with anti-collision features, developed by the Research Design and Standards Organisation (RDSO) and three Indian vendors.  
      • Considering the installation of ETCS Level II in important sections could be pragmatic as Kavach matures.
      • Adopted as the National Automatic Train Protection (ATP) System, it adheres to Safety Integrity Level-4 (SIL-4) standards. 
      • Kavach monitors the existing signalling system, alerts the loco pilot when approaching a 'red signal,' and applies automatic brakes if necessary to prevent overshooting. 
      • It also relays SoS messages during emergencies and features centralised live monitoring of train movements through the Network Monitor System.
    • Priority Areas for Kavach: 
      • The CRS report from the Vizianagaram train accident emphasised implementing Kavach in Automatic Signalling territories prone to collisions.
      • Prioritising trunk routes and Automatic Signalling territories for Kavach installation (at a rate of 4,000 to 5,000 km/year) is achievable.
  • Mission Zero Accident: Announced in the Railway Budget 2016-17, this mission comprises two sub-missions:
    • Elimination of Unmanned Level Crossings: All unmanned level crossings on Broad Gauge were eliminated by 2019.
    • Train Collision Avoidance System (TCAS): To prevent collisions and signal passing at danger, TCAS has been installed on the Lingampalli–Vikarabad–Wadi and Vikarabad–Bidar sections (250 Route km) on South Central Railway. It is under implementation on 1199 Route Km on South Central Railway.
  • Rashtriya Rail Sanraksha Kosh Fund: 
    • Created in 2017-18 with a corpus of 1 lakh crore over five years, this non-lapsable fund is dedicated to critical safety-related works.
  • Refresher Courses for Officers: 
    • Over 300,000 non-gazetted officers have received refresher training to address lapses through skills enhancement. Safety category staff are also trained in Disaster Management, focusing on Relief, Rescue, and Rehabilitation (3‘R’s), Threat Perception, Emergency Response, Fighting, use of Fire Extinguishers, and First Aid.
  • Fog PASS Device: 
    • A GPS-based handheld device aids crew during foggy weather by providing audio-visual alarms whenever any landmark comes within the geo-fence range.
  • Recommendations of the CAG Report:
    • Develop a strong monitoring mechanism for timely implementation of maintenance activities using fully mechanised track maintenance methods and improved technologies.
    • Ensure the railway administration follows the guiding principles for the deployment of RRSK funds.
    • Prepare a Detailed Outcome Framework for each item of safety work.

Committees Recommendations:

  • Kakodkar Committee (2012): Adopting advanced technologies for track maintenance and inspection. Improving human resource development and management
  • Bibek Debroy Committee (2014): Separating the railway budget from the general budget. Outsourcing non-core activities. Creating a Railway Infrastructure Authority of India
  • Vinod Rai Committee (2015): Establishing an independent Railway Safety Authority with statutory. Setting up a Railway Accident Investigation Board to conduct independent and impartial inquiries. Creating a separate Railway Infrastructure Company to own and maintain railway assets.

Suggestions and Way Forward:

  • Continued Investment: Upgrading tracks, signalling systems, and rolling stock is crucial. Modernising ageing infrastructure can significantly reduce the risk of accidents.
  • Strengthening Safety Protocols: Enhance safety protocols through better training of railway staff, stricter adherence to operating procedures, and leveraging technology for real-time monitoring and response.
  • Public Awareness: Increasing public awareness about railway safety, including rules at level crossings and onboard safety measures, can prevent accidents involving pedestrians and vehicles.
  • Improved Coordination: Improved coordination between government agencies, railway authorities, and the public ensures accountability and timely response to safety issues.
  • Encouraging Research: Promoting research into innovative safety technologies and practices tailored to Indian conditions can lead to breakthroughs in accident prevention.
  • Evolving Safety Measures: As India develops, the demand for safe and reliable rail transport grows. Evolving safety measures to protect passengers and ensure the continued viability of the railway system is imperative

Conclusion:

Hence, to enhance railway safety, it is essential to strengthen and clarify protocols for handling signal failures and emergencies, ensuring staff receive clear guidelines and comprehensive training. Fast-tracking the implementation of safety technologies like the Kavach system, with annual targets of 4,000 to 5,000 km, will improve overall safety and prevent collisions.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims:

Q:1 Consider the following communication technologies: (2022)

  1. Closed-circuit Television
  2. Radio Frequency Identification
  3. Wireless Local Area Network

Which of the above are considered Short-Range devices/technologies?

  1. 1 and 2 only
  2. 2 and 3 only
  3. 1 and 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (d)


Mains:

Q:1 The setting up of a Rail Tariff Authority to regulate fares will subject the cash strapped Indian Railways to demand subsidy for the obligation to operate nonprofitable routes and services. Taking into account the experience in the power sector, discuss if the proposed reform is expected to benefit the consumers, the Indian Railways or the private container operators. (2014)

Q:2  Why is Public Private Partnership (PPP) required in infrastructure projects? Examine the role of PPP model in the redevelopment of Railway Stations in India. (2022)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3, Economy- Growth & development - Infrastructure- Railways
Monthly Current Affairs

Transforming Indian Agriculture


Context: 

  • Recently, Shivraj Singh Chouhan has been appointed to lead the Ministry of Agriculture and Farmers Welfare (MoA&FW) and the Ministry of Rural Development. 

  • His extensive experience as Chief Minister of Madhya Pradesh, where he achieved a 7% GDP growth and 6.8% agri-GDP growth from 2005-06 to 2023-24, makes his appointment strategic. 
  • The MoA&FW urgently needs to address key challenges in the agriculture sector, aiming for over 5% annual agri-GDP growth and prompt enhancement of farmers' incomes.

Significance of Agriculture in India:

  • Contribution to GDP:
    • The share of agriculture in the total Gross Value Added (GVA) of the economy has decreased from 35% in 1990-91 to 15% in 2022-23. This decline is due to the rapid expansion of the industrial and service sectors.
  • Employment:
    • According to the Periodic Labour Force Survey (PLFS) 2022-23, about 45.76% of the total workforce is engaged in agriculture and allied sectors.

  • Food Security:
    • India is largely self-sufficient in staple food production, particularly rice and wheat.
    • It is the world’s largest producer of milk, pulses, spices, and has the world’s largest cattle herd (buffaloes). India also has the largest area under wheat, rice, and cotton.
    • India is the second largest producer of rice, wheat, cotton, sugarcane, farmed fish, sheep & goat meat, fruit, vegetables, and tea.
    • Government initiatives like the Public Distribution System (PDS) and food subsidy programs rely on agricultural production to ensure affordable food access to all citizens.
  • Land Use:
    • Agricultural land in India constitutes a little more than 50% of the total geographical area in the country, the highest share of land use for agriculture in the world.
    • India has approximately 195 million hectares under cultivation, with around 63% being rainfed and 37% irrigated.
  • Foreign Exchange:
    • Commodities like rice, spices, cotton, fruits, and vegetables are exported globally, generating revenue and balancing trade deficits.
    • In April-January 2024, the overall value of agricultural exports stood at USD 38.65 billion. In 2022-23, the agricultural exports from India were US$ 52.50 billion.

  • Socio-Cultural and Environmental Sustainability:
    • Agriculture is integral to India's cultural heritage and social fabric, shaping rural traditions, festivals, and community life.
    • Sustainable agricultural practices are crucial for preserving soil fertility, water resources, and biodiversity, promoting long-term environmental sustainability.

Key Challenges Related to the Farm Sector in India:

  • Small Land Holdings:
    • The average size of operational holdings decreased from 2.28 hectares in 1970-71 to 1.08 hectares in 2015-16.
    • As per India’s Agriculture Census 2015-16, 86.1% of Indian farmers are small and marginal, with landholding sizes smaller than 2 hectares.
  • Economic Hardships:
    • The average monthly income for a farmer's household from all sources was approximately ₹10,218, according to a 2019 NSO report.
    • Small and marginal farmers frequently face challenges in accessing credit and financial services.
    • Over half of agricultural households were in debt as per the 2019 NSS survey.
  • Soil Degradation & Water Scarcity:
    • Over-extraction of water for agriculture is depleting aquifers, making irrigation unsustainable in key regions.
    • Around 90% of India's groundwater is used for agriculture.
    • Improper land use, excessive chemical fertilisers and pesticides, and inadequate soil conservation lead to soil degradation.
  • Inadequate Agricultural Infrastructure:
    • Insufficient storage and cold chain facilities, inadequate rural roads, and limited access to markets contribute to post-harvest losses.
    • Infrastructure gaps add to production costs and limit farmers’ ability to fetch fair prices for their produce.
  • Outdated Farming Practices:
    • Many Indian farmers still rely on traditional and outdated farming methods.
    • Limited access to information and modern techniques hinders the adoption of advanced farming practices.
  • Market Volatility & Price Fluctuations:
    • Farmers often face price volatility due to a lack of effective market linkages, intermediaries, and price information.
  • Skewed Policy Challenges:
    • The government’s provision of cereals at low prices through the PDS drives down the prices farmers get for their crops.
    • Skewed fertiliser subsidies promote indiscriminate usage, adversely affecting human health and environmental sustainability.
  • Climate Change & Natural Disasters:
    • Erratic weather patterns, climate change, and natural disasters such as floods, cyclones, and droughts pose significant challenges to India’s agriculture.
    • Rainfed rice yields in India are projected to decrease by 20% by 2050 and 47% by 2080 without adaptation measures.

The Key Initiatives Related to Agriculture:

  • Pradhan Mantri Kisan Samman Nidhi (PM-KISAN):
    • Launch Date: February 24, 2019
    • Objective: Provide financial support to farmers.
    • Key Features: Direct income support of ₹6,000 per year to all landholding farmer families, paid in three equal instalments.
  • Pradhan Mantri Fasal Bima Yojana (PMFBY):
    • Launch Date: January 13, 2016
    • Objective: Provide insurance coverage and financial support to farmers in case of crop failure.
    • Key Features: Low premium rates for farmers, covers risks from pre-sowing to post-harvest, and ensures timely settlement of claims.
  • Soil Health Card Scheme:
    • Launch Date: February 19, 2015
    • Objective: Promote soil health management practices.
    • Key Features: Provides soil health cards to farmers with information on soil nutrient status and recommendations for fertilisers and amendments.
  • Pradhan Mantri Krishi Sinchai Yojana (PMKSY):
    • Launch Date: July 1, 2015
    • Objective: Enhance water availability and use efficiency in agriculture.
    • Key Features: Focuses on creating new water sources, improving existing ones, and promoting micro-irrigation techniques.
  • e-National Agriculture Market (e-NAM):
    • Launch Date: April 14, 2016
    • Objective: Create a unified national market for agricultural commodities.
    • Key Features: Integrates existing APMC markets through an online platform, facilitates better price discovery, transparency, and competition.
  • National Mission on Sustainable Agriculture:
    • Launch Date: 2014-15 (as part of the National Action Plan on Climate Change)
    • Objective: Promote sustainable agricultural practices.
    • Key Features: Focus on climate-resilient practices and technologies, efficient use of natural resources, conservation agriculture, and organic farming.
  • Paramparagat Krishi Vikas Yojana (PKVY):
    • Launch Date: 2015
    • Objective: Promote organic farming.
    • Key Features: Provides financial assistance for organic farming inputs and certification, encourages group farming and the formation of clusters.
  • Digital Agriculture Mission:
    • Launch Date: 2021
    • Objective: Leverage technology to improve agricultural practices and productivity.
    • Key Features: Focus on digital infrastructure, data management, and services for farmers, promotes the use of AI, IoT, blockchain, and drones.
  • Unified Farmer Service Platform (UFSP):
    • Launch Date: September 2020
    • Objective: Provide integrated services to farmers.
    • Key Features: Combines various agricultural services and schemes into a single digital platform, offers market information, weather updates, and advisory services.
  • National e-Governance Plan in Agriculture (NeGP-A):
    • Launch Date: 2010
    • Objective: Implement ICT-based solutions for better governance in agriculture.
    • Key Features: Develops databases and information systems for agriculture, provides online services to farmers, enhances the efficiency of government schemes and programs.

                        UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims:

Q:1 In the context of India’s preparation for Climate -Smart Agriculture, consider the following statements: (2021)

  1. The ‘Climate-Smart Village’ approach in India is a part of a project led by the Climate Change, Agriculture and Food Security (CCAFS), an international research programme.
  2. The project of CCAFS is carried out under Consultative Group on International Agricultural Research (CGIAR) headquartered in France.
  3. The International Crops Research Institute for the Semi-Arid Tropics (ICRISAT) in India is one of the CGIAR’s research centres.

Which of the statements given above are correct?

  1. 1 and 2 only
  2. 2 and 3 only
  3. 1 and 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (d)


Q:2  Consider the following pairs: (2014)

                 Programme/Project                                         Ministry

  1. Drought-Prone Area Programme                 Ministry of Agriculture
  2. Desert Development Programme Ministry of Environment and Forests
  3. National Watershed Development Project for Rainfed Areas Ministry of Rural Development

Which of the above pairs is/are correctly matched?

  1. 1 and 2 only
  2. 3 only
  3. 1, 2 and 3
  4. None

Ans: (d)


Q:3 In India, which of the following can be considered as public investment in agriculture? (2020)

  1. Fixing Minimum Support Price for agricultural produce of all crops
  2. Computerization of Primary Agricultural Credit Societies
  3. Social Capital development
  4. Free electricity supply to farmers
  5. Waiver of agricultural loans by the banking system
  6. Setting up of cold storage facilities by the governments

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

  1. 1, 2 and 5 only
  2. 1, 3, 4 and 5 only
  3. 2, 3 and 6 only
  4. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6

Ans: (c)


Mains:

Q:1 Given the vulnerability of Indian agriculture to vagaries of nature, discuss the need for crop insurance and bring out the salient features of the Pradhan Mantri Fasal Bima Yojana (PMFBY). (2016)

Q:2 Explain various types of revolutions, took place in Agriculture after Independence in India. How have these revolutions helped in poverty alleviation and food security in India? (2017)

Source: IE

Keywords: GS - 3, Economy– Direct & Indirect Farm Subsidies– PDS Buffer Stocks & Food Security – Agricultural Marketing
Monthly Current Affairs

Diseases Associated with Coal Mining


Why in the News?

  • The study, titled “At the Crossroads: Marginalised Communities and the Just Transition Dilemma”, follows NFI’s 2021 report on the socio-economic effects of coal transitions in India.
  • 75% of participants in focus groups suffer from chronic respiratory and skin ailments linked to coal mining pollutants.

Key Highlights of the National Foundation for India Reports:

  • Study Coverage and Methodology:
    • Geographical Focus: The study encompassed two districts each from Chhattisgarh, Jharkhand, and Odisha.
    • Survey Scope: It surveyed 1209 households and conducted 20 Focused Group Discussions (FGDs).
  • Health Concerns:
    • Impact of Coal Mining Pollutants: Prolonged exposure has led to prevalent respiratory and skin ailments.
    • Findings: 75% of FGD participants reported chronic bronchitis, asthma, and various skin conditions.
  • Economic Impact:
    • Dependency on Coal: Phasing down coal is predicted to cause substantial job losses and economic decline in coal-dependent regions.
    • Affected Groups: Directly impacts coal miners, workers, and the broader local economy.
  • Social Inequities:
    • Caste-Based Disparities: Marginalised communities like Scheduled Castes (SCs), Scheduled Tribes (STs), and Other Backward Classes (OBCs) face disproportionate challenges.
    • Access to Resources: Highlighted skewed access to resources and opportunities.

India’s Dependence on Coal for Energy Supply: 

  • Despite the rapid increase in renewable energy capacity, coal still supplies approximately 70 percent of India's electricity.
  • By 2050, coal is projected to contribute at least 21 percent of India's electricity needs.

  • Easily Available Source of Power:
    • Coal can meet the country's energy requirements without relying on imports, as it is plentiful domestically.
    • High costs and safety concerns have hindered alternatives like nuclear energy.
  • India’s Developmental Needs:
    • The International Energy Agency (IEA) forecasts that between 2020 and 2040, India will experience the largest energy demand growth globally.
    • To satisfy this demand, India will need to utilise a mix of both conventional and renewable energy sources.
  • Source of Employment:
    • Coal provides essential energy and is a significant source of employment, economic growth, and industrialization, similar to developed countries.
    • Approximately 4 million people in India are employed directly or indirectly in the coal sector.
    • An additional 500,000 Indians depend on the coal sector for their pensions.
  • Source of Revenue for the Government:
    • Coal India Limited is the largest coal mining company globally.
    • The coal sector is a significant revenue source for both State and Central Governments.

Present Challenges of Medical Expenses and Shift from Coal:

  • Health Concerns:
    • Proximity to coal mines correlates with higher medical costs due to elevated rates of respiratory illnesses, such as lung diseases and breathing-related issues, as well as skin infections.
  • Economic Concerns:
    • Global movement away from coal is anticipated to result in job losses and economic downturns in coal-reliant regions, affecting both coal miners and the broader local economy.
    • Economic disparities persist, marked by varying income levels and irregular wage patterns across coal-dependent districts.
    • Regions like Dhanbad and Koriya, heavily reliant on coal, report lower incomes compared to more diversified industrial districts.

Way Forward:

  • Diversification of Local Economies:
    • Foster alternative industries and economic activities in coal-dependent areas to reduce dependency on coal mining.
    • Promote skill development initiatives to facilitate the transition of coal workers into emerging sectors like renewable energy, manufacturing, and services.
  • Investment in Health Infrastructure:
    • Enhance healthcare facilities in coal mining regions to address the heightened prevalence of respiratory and skin diseases.
    • Implement comprehensive health monitoring and support programs for communities residing near coal mines.
  • Promotion of Renewable Energy:
    • Accelerate the adoption of renewable energy sources, capitalising on recent expansions in renewable energy capacity.
    • Invest in renewable energy infrastructure to create new job opportunities that offset losses in the coal mining sector.
  • Government and Policy Support:
    • Implement supportive policies and provide financial assistance to ensure a ‘just transition,’ safeguarding the interests of workers and communities reliant on coal mining.
  • Community Engagement and Participation:
    • Involve local communities in decision-making processes concerning the transition from coal, fostering inclusive planning and sustainable development practices.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Mains:

Q:1 In spite of adverse environmental impact, coal mining is still inevitable for Development”. Discuss. (2017)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS- 3: Indian Economy- Infrastructure - Coal production in India
Monthly Current Affairs

SEBI Tightens Norms on Financial Influencers


Why in the news? 

  • The Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI), India’s markets regulator, has instructed brokers and mutual funds to cease using unregulated financial influencers for marketing and advertising campaigns.
  • SEBI has introduced a fixed price process for delisting frequently traded shares and established a delisting framework for Investment and Holding Companies (IHC).

Finfluencers (Financial Influencers)

  • About Finfluencers:
    • Finfluencers are individuals with public social media platforms who offer advice and share personal experiences about money and investments in stocks. 
    • Their content includes budgeting, investing, property buying, cryptocurrency advice, and financial trend tracking.
  • Popularity of Finfluencers:
    • The popularity of finfluencers is demonstrated by their massive subscriber counts, often surpassing those of leading broking firms. 
    • Successful finfluencers can earn between Rs 15 lakh to Rs 30 lakh per month.
    • However, the low barriers to entry have led to increased exposure to potential bad actors and questionable advice.

Need to Regulate Finfluencers:

  • The rise of unregistered investment advisors giving unsolicited stock tips on social media has been notable.
  • India's low financial literacy rate (27%) and the influx of new investors during the Covid-19 pandemic have contributed to the popularity of influencers.
  • The democratisation of trading through new-age broking apps and affordable smartphones led many first-time investors to seek guidance from influencers.
  • Some companies have reportedly used social media to boost their share prices through influencers, with endorsements costing Rs 7 to 9 lakh per post.
  • There are concerns about whether these influencers have the necessary educational or professional qualifications and the nature of monetary transactions between them and the entities they promote.

Criticism:

  • Critics argue that influencers' advice falls under the Freedom of Expression guaranteed by the Constitution.
  • Followers are not compelled to act on their recommendations. 
  • They compare influencers to celebrities who endorse products without expertise
  • Claim that regulating influencers would be improper.

New Rules by SEBI:

  • SEBI Tightens Norms on Financial Influencers
    • Brokers and mutual funds are now prohibited from using unregulated financial influencers for marketing and advertising.
    • Financial influencers engaged in investor education are exempt from these restrictions.
    • Regulated entities must ensure their associates adhere to SEBI’s rules of conduct, including avoiding promises of assured returns. 
  • Changes to Derivative Trading Regulations
    • SEBI has introduced new criteria for linking stocks to derivative products like futures and options.
    • The total number of stocks eligible for derivative trading is expected to increase slightly.
  • Eased Delisting Rules
    • SEBI has approved changes to make it easier for companies to exit from stock exchanges.
    • Companies can now offer shareholders fixed prices for shares, as an alternative to reverse book-building.
    • The fixed price must be at least 15% above a floor price determined by SEBI rules.
    • SEBI has decided to remove financial disincentives for managing directors and chief technology officers of exchanges and other market infrastructure institutions (MIIs) in the event of technical glitches.

What is SEBI?

  • SEBI is a Statutory Body (a Non-Constitutional body which is set up by a Parliament) established in 1992 in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992.
  • The basic functions of SEBI is to protect the interests of investors in securities and to promote and regulate the securities market.
  • The headquarters of SEBI is situated in Mumbai. The regional offices of SEBI are located in Ahmedabad, Kolkata, Chennai and Delhi.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims:


Q:1 Which of the following is issued by registered foreign portfolio investors to overseas investors who want to be part of the Indian stock market without registering themselves directly? (2019)

  1. Certificate of Deposit
  2. Commercial Paper
  3. Promissory Note
  4. Participatory Note

Ans: (d)

Source: TOI

Keywords: GS - 3, Indian Economy- Capital Market– Fiscal Policy- SEBI
Monthly Current Affairs

SAARC & Currency Swap Agreement


Why in the News?

  • Recently, the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has decided to put in place a revised Framework on Currency Swap Arrangement for SAARC countries for the period 2024 to 2027.

About the SAARC:

  • SAARC is the regional intergovernmental organisation and geopolitical union of states in South Asia.
  • Established with the signing of the SAARC Charter in Dhaka in 1985.
  • Includes eight South Asian countries: Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Bhutan, India, Maldives, Nepal, Pakistan, Sri Lanka.
  • There are currently nine countries with ‘Observer’ status: Australia, China, European Union, Iran, Japan, South Korea, Mauritius, Myanmar, United States of America.

SAARC Structure:

  • SAARC Summits
    • The Meetings of the Heads of State or Government of Member States is the highest decision-making authority under SAARC.
    • Summits are usually held biennially, hosted by a Member State in alphabetical order.
    • The Member State hosting the Summit assumes the Chair of the Association.
  • Council of Ministers 
    • Council of Ministers (CoM) comprises the Ministers of Foreign/External Affairs of the Member States.
    • The Council meets preceding the Summit and between the two summits.
    • The Council has also been meeting informally since 1997 on the side-lines of the United Nations General Assembly Sessions in New York.
  • Secretariat
    • The SAARC Secretariat was established in Kathmandu on 16th January 1987.
    • Its role is to coordinate and monitor the implementation of SAARC activities.
  • Decision-making
    • Decisions at all levels are to be taken on the basis of unanimity.
    • Bilateral and contentious issues are excluded from the deliberations of the Association.

About Currency Swap Agreement:

  • Currency Swap Agreement:
    • A currency swap agreement is a financial contract between two parties to exchange principal and interest payments in different currencies.
    • The primary purpose of such an agreement is to secure more favourable loan terms or to hedge against currency risk.
  • Features of Currency Swap Agreement:
    • Exchange of Principal: At the start of the swap, the two parties exchange equivalent amounts of different currencies based on the prevailing exchange rate.
    • Interest Payments: Throughout the duration of the swap, the parties exchange interest payments on the borrowed amounts. These payments are typically made at regular intervals and can be fixed or floating rates.
    • Re-exchange of Principal: At the end of the swap agreement, the parties re-exchange the principal amounts at the initial exchange rate, regardless of the current exchange rate.
  • Benefits of Currency Swap Agreements:
    • Hedging: Companies can hedge against currency fluctuations and interest rate changes.
    • Access to Capital: Firms can access capital in foreign currencies at more favourable rates.
    • Cost Savings: It can lead to cost savings due to better loan terms in the foreign currency market.

India’s Currency Swap Agreements:

  • The Commerce Ministry of India has finalised arrangements with some 23 countries for trade in local currencies.
  • The importer or exporter in both countries quotes and receives settlements in their own currencies, eliminating the need to worry about exchange variations.
  • This arrangement is particularly beneficial with countries where India has a substantial trade deficit, saving the need to settle in foreign exchange like US dollars or Euros.
  • The Finance Ministry approves the countries for such arrangements, and the Commerce Ministry conducts bilateral talks to finalise the agreements.

Currency Swap Arrangement for SAARC Countries:

  • The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) announced a revised Currency Swap Framework for SAARC countries, effective from 2024 to 2027.
  • This framework enables bilateral currency swap agreements between the RBI and SAARC central banks to address short-term foreign exchange liquidity needs or balance of payments crises.
  • A new INR Swap Window with concessions for Indian Rupee support, totaling ₹250 billion, has been introduced.
  • Additionally, a US Dollar/Euro Swap Window with a corpus of $2 billion will continue.
  • All SAARC member countries can access the facility, provided they sign the bilateral agreements

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Prelims

Q:1 In the context of India, which of the following factors is/are contributor/contributors to reducing the risk of a currency crisis? (2019)

  1. The foreign currency earnings of India’s IT sector
  2. Increasing the government expenditure
  3. Remittances from Indians abroad

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

  1. 1 only
  2. 1 and 3 only
  3. 2 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (b)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS - 3, Economy, Growth & Development— Groupings & Agreements Involving India - Currency Swap Agreement
Monthly Current Affairs

International Sugar Organisation


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, India hosted the 64th Council Meeting of the International Sugar Organisation.

About the International Sugar Organization

  • An intergovernmental body based in London, it was established under the International Sugar Agreement of 1968 and dedicated to enhancing the global sugar market.
  • Membership of around 88 nations including India.
  • The ISO is the only worldwide forum for the exchange of views by major producing, consuming and trading countries at an intergovernmental level.
  • The ISO administers the International Sugar Agreement (ISA), 1992, which is related to international cooperation in sugar-related matters.
  • Encourages expanded sugar use, especially in non-traditional applications.
  • However, it lacks the authority to regulate the global sugar trade through price-setting or export quotas.
  • Earlier, India hosted the 41st session of the ISO Council Meeting in 2012.

Status of the Sugar Industry in India:

  • India is the largest consumer and second-largest producer of sugar globally.
  • 15% share in global sugar consumption and a robust 20% production rate.
  • Nearly 5 crore farmers are engaged in the cultivation of sugarcane.
  • Two primary production regions:
    • Northern belt encompassing Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Haryana, Punjab and Bihar.
    • Southern belt comprising Maharashtra, Karnataka, Tamil Nadu, and Andhra Pradesh.
  • The southern region benefits from a tropical climate, which is conducive to higher sucrose content in crops, resulting in increased yields per unit area compared to northern India.

Government initiatives:

  • The Government has encouraged sugar mills to divert sugar to ethanol and export surplus sugar so that mills may have better financial conditions to continue their operations.
  • The National Policy on Biofuels 2018 provides an indicative target of 20% ethanol blending under the Ethanol Blended Petrol (EBP) Programme by 2025.
  • Fair and Remunerative Price (FRP): The government has set the FRP for the 2023-2024 sugar season at Rs. 315 per quintal.
  • The Global Biofuel Alliance (GBA) was recently launched by world leaders under India’s G20 presidency to expedite the global uptake of biofuels.
  • The workshop on ‘Sugar and Bio-Energy: Emerging Vistas’ being organised during ISO includes various insightful sessions such as:
    • Sustainability through Diversification.
    • Mechanization & Modernization of the Sugar Sector.
    • Digitization of the Sugar Sector.
    • Global Demand and Supply of Sugar.
    • Green Hydrogen.

Global Biofuel Alliance (GBA):

  • The alliance brings together major biofuel producers and consumers, such as the US, Brazil, and India.
  • The GBA aims to strengthen the global biofuels trade for a greener, sustainable future.
  • Nineteen countries and 12 international organisations have already agreed to join or support the GBA.

 

UPSC Civil Services Examination Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims

Q:1 According to India’s National Policy on Biofuels, which of the following can be used as raw materials for the production of biofuels? (2020)

  1. Cassava
  2. Damaged wheat grains
  3. Groundnut seeds
  4. Horse gram
  5. Rotten potatoes
  6. Sugar beet

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

  1. 1, 2, 5 and 6 only
  2. 1, 3, 4 and 6 only
  3. 2, 3, 4 and 5 only
  4. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6

Ans: (a)


Q:2  Given below are the names of four energy crops. Which one of them can be cultivated for ethanol? (2010)

  1. Jatropha
  2. Maize 
  3. Pongamia
  4. Sunflower

Ans: (b)

Source: (PIB)

Keywords: GS - 3, Economy- Direct & Indirect Farm Subsidies – Cropping Patterns
Monthly Current Affairs

Fiscal Federalism future in India


Why in the news ?

  • Kerala recently filed a suit in the Supreme Court under Article 131 of the Constitution, urging the court to direct the Union government to lift the ceiling on state borrowing limits. 

  • This case has spotlighted Article 293 of the Indian Constitution, which governs state borrowing powers and Union regulation thereof. 
  • Kerala seeks greater autonomy in borrowing, while the Union government stresses macroeconomic stability through debt regulation.

Constitutional Interpretation by Supreme Court: 

  • Given the first-time interpretation of Article 293, the matter has been referred to the Constitution bench under Article 145, comprising five judges. 
  • The upcoming decision by the Supreme Court holds significant implications for fiscal federalism in India.

Provisions of Article 293: Provisions:

  • State Borrowing Power: States can borrow within India against their Consolidated Fund of State, under limits set by their legislature.
  • Union Guarantees: The Union government may guarantee state loans within limits set by Parliament.
  • Consent Requirement: States must seek Union government consent for loans if they owe any previous loans to or guaranteed by the Union. Conditions can be imposed on this consent.
  • Exception: Temporary overdrafts or arrangements with the Reserve Bank of India do not require prior consent.
  • Continuation of Existing Loans: Loans taken by states before the Constitution's commencement remain valid under the same terms.

Limitations of Article 293:

  • Article 293's authority is contingent upon states owing money to the Union, creating a gap if states clear their Union debts. The article lacks provisions for regulating state borrowing in the absence of such debts.
  • Economically stronger states could potentially clear Union debts and then borrow without Union oversight.
  • States increasingly use Public Sector Undertakings (PSUs) to circumvent Article 293, as seen in Kerala's argument that PSU debts should not count towards state debt calculations.
  • Growing reliance on non-central sources for borrowing may render Article 293 irrelevant for some states, complicating fiscal transparency and accountability.

Key Questions for the Constitution Bench:

  • Does Article 293 confer a state with an inherent right to borrow, and can the Union government regulate this right?
  • Are debts raised by state PSUs within the scope of Article 293's regulation?

Recent Trends in State Borrowing from the Union:

  • Recent data from the RBI indicates a significant decline in states' reliance on Union loans, plummeting from 57% in 1991 to merely 3% by FY 2020.
  • This shift underscores states' increasing preference for market borrowings and alternative financing sources.
  • The diminishing Union loans impact the relevance of Article 293, as its regulatory scope hinges on states owing money to the Union.
  • During the Covid-19 pandemic, state borrowing from the Union temporarily rose from 3% in FY 2020 to 8.6% in FY 2024 due to economic pressures and revenue shortfalls.
  • However, this uptick is expected to be transient, with states likely reverting to pre-pandemic borrowing patterns as the economy rebounds.

Arguments For and Against State’s Right to Borrow Uninterruptedly: Arguments in Favor:

  • Fiscal Autonomy: State borrowing empowers fiscal independence, aligning with federal principles. It allows states to finance development projects and address local needs without sole reliance on Union grants, promoting self-reliance.
  • Economic Development: Borrowing enables financing of large-scale infrastructure projects, stimulating economic growth and providing continuity in essential services during revenue shortfalls.
  • Flexibility in Financial Management: It buffers states against economic shocks and revenue fluctuations, enhancing financial resilience without resorting to politically challenging tax hikes.
  • Accountability to Electorate: Borrowing makes state governments accountable to voters for financial decisions, promoting transparency and informed electoral choices.
  • Competitive Federalism: Allows states to compete for investments and innovate in development strategies, potentially leading to national best practices and overall development.

Arguments against:

  • Risk of Fiscal Indiscipline:
    • Unrestricted borrowing may lead states to accumulate unsustainable debt levels, jeopardising their long-term fiscal health.
    • Political considerations, like short-term electoral gains, might override economic prudence, leading to misallocation of resources.
    • Excessive state debts, such as Punjab's debt-to-GSDP ratio of 53.3% in 2021-22 due partly to borrowing for populist schemes, could destabilise the national economy and impact other states.
  • Macroeconomic Stability Concerns:
    • Uncoordinated state borrowing can interfere with national monetary and fiscal policies, complicating economic management at the Union level.
    • It may negatively affect the country's credit rating and borrowing costs in international markets, impacting the entire nation's financial standing.
    • For instance, the increase in states' gross market borrowings by 55% in 2020-21 led to higher yields on state development loans, potentially affecting overall interest rates and Union government borrowing costs.
  • Inter-State Disparities:
    • Variations in states' economic strengths can lead to significant differences in their borrowing capacities, exacerbating regional inequalities.
    • Economically stronger states may secure loans at more favourable terms, while poorer states face higher borrowing costs, straining their finances.
    • This dynamic may require increased Union intervention to balance regional development, potentially complicating federal relations.
  • Complexity in Debt Management:
    • Independent state borrowings complicate national public debt management.
    • Monitoring and regulating diverse state borrowings pose administrative challenges and require sophisticated oversight mechanisms.
    • There's a risk of overlapping or conflicting debt obligations between states and the Union, creating legal and financial complexities.
    • For instance, the Ujwal DISCOM Assurance Yojana (UDAY) introduced in 2015 added complexity by transferring power distribution companies' debts to states, blurring lines between state and PSU borrowings.
  • Potential for Default and Bailouts:
    • States in financial distress might default on loans, impacting creditors and the broader financial system.
    • There's an implicit expectation that the Union government would bail out states in such cases, creating a moral hazard that encourages irresponsible borrowing.
    • State defaults or bailouts could undermine investor confidence in the Indian market, affecting overall economic stability.

What are the Other Federal Systems of Managing Subnational Debts?

  • Brazil: The Fiscal Responsibility Law imposes strict borrowing limits on all levels of government, ensuring fiscal discipline.
  • United States: States have high autonomy in borrowing but are subject to market discipline, balancing independence with financial accountability.
  • Germany: A cooperative federalism model with shared fiscal responsibility between federal and state governments ensures coordinated and balanced financial management.

Measures Can be Adopted to Improve Fiscal Health of States:

  • Incentive-Based Fiscal Responsibility Framework:
    • Implement a tiered system of borrowing limits based on comprehensive fiscal performance metrics.
    • Beyond traditional indicators like debt-to-GSDP ratio, include metrics such as revenue generation efficiency, development outcomes, and fiscal transparency.
    • For example, states improving their own tax revenue by 10% annually could be allowed to borrow an additional 0.5% of GSDP.
    • This approach creates a positive incentive for states to enhance fiscal management continually.
  • Technology-Driven Fiscal Monitoring System:
    • Develop a real-time, AI-powered fiscal monitoring system for all states to revolutionise fiscal management.
    • Track revenue, expenditure, and borrowing patterns to provide early warnings of fiscal stress.
    • Implement blockchain technology for transparency and immutability of fiscal data to prevent manipulation and build trust.
  • Fiscal Insurance Pools:
    • Establish collective insurance funds where states contribute based on their fiscal health.
    • These funds would provide temporary relief during economic shocks, reducing reliance on excessive borrowing.
    • Incentivize fiscal prudence by linking contributions and payouts to long-term fiscal performance metrics.
  • Cross-State Fiscal Mentorship Programs:
    • Pair fiscally stronger states with weaker ones in mentorship programs.
    • Mentor states would provide expertise and guidance on effective fiscal management.
    • Consider granting additional borrowing rights to mentor states as a reward for successful mentorship.
    • Foster inter-state cooperation and spread best practices in fiscal management organically through peer-to-peer learning.
  • Independent Fiscal Councils:
    • Establish independent fiscal councils at the state level to ensure unbiased analysis of state budgets.
    • These non-partisan bodies would assess fiscal health objectively and recommend sustainable debt management practices.
    • Provide transparency and accountability in fiscal decision-making to promote responsible fiscal behaviour among states.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Prelims:

Q:1 Consider the following statements: (2018)

  1. The Fiscal Responsibility and Budget Management (FRBM) Review Committee Report has recommended a debt to GDP ratio of 60% for the general (combined) government by 2023, comprising 40% for the Central Government and 20% for the State Governments.
  2. The Central Government has domestic liabilities of 21% of GDP as compared to that of 49% of GDP of the State Governments.
  3. As per the Constitution of India, it is mandatory for a State to take the Central Government’s consent for raising any loan if the former owes any outstanding liabilities to the latter.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

  1. 1 only
  2. 2 and 3 only
  3. 1 and 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

Ans: C


Mains:

Q:1 Public expenditure management is a challenge to the Government of India in the context of budget-making during the post-liberalization period. Clarify it. (2019)

Source: EP

Keywords: GS - 3, Economy– Fiscal Policy— Monetary Policy– Inclusive Growth
Monthly Current Affairs

India Inclusion in JP Morgan EM Bond Index


Why in the News?

  • Recently, India has officially been included in JP Morgan's Government Bond Index-Emerging Markets (GBI-EM). 
  • This inclusion is expected to bring nearly $20-25 billion into the country over the next 10 months, aiding India in managing its external finances, bolstering foreign exchange reserves, and strengthening the rupee.

Indian Bond Market:

  • Importance of Bond Markets:
    • Bond markets are advantageous for corporate entities and government bodies, providing a flexible and efficient capital-raising mechanism.
    • They help companies avoid equity dilution.
    • The cost of capital is reduced since interest expenses on debt instruments are tax-deductible, making bonds a more attractive financing option than other methods.
  • India's Bond Market:
    • India’s bond market plays a crucial role in its economic framework.
    • As of September 2023, the government bond market size is $1.3 trillion, with corporate bonds at $0.6 trillion.

  • Challenges in Indian Bond Markets:
    • Narrow investment base
    • Insufficient participation by foreign investors
    • Virtually nonexistent secondary market
    • Private placement (sale of stock shares or bonds to pre-selected investors and institutions rather than publicly on the open market)
  • Solutions:
    • Inclusion in Global Indices
    • Presence of market makers on both buy and sell-side
    • No credit default swaps
    • “Bonds bhi ‘Sahi Hain’” marketing campaign to attract all age groups in society
    • Credit enhancement frameworks
    • Incentivizing the issuer

What is the JP Morgan Emerging Market Index?

  • Created in the early 1990s, it is the most widely referenced index for emerging market bonds and serves as benchmarks for local market and corporate EM bonds.
  • It started with the issuance of the first Brady bond, denominated in U.S. dollars, issued by developing countries and backed by U.S. Treasury bonds.
  • It expanded to include the GBI-EM (in 2005) and the Corporate Emerging Markets Bond Index (CEMBI).

What was JP Morgan’s Announcement?

  • JP Morgan announced the inclusion of Indian Government Bonds (IGBs) in its emerging markets bond index starting June 28, 2024.
  • 23 IGBs meet the index eligibility criteria, with a combined notional value of approximately Rs 27 lakh crore or $330 billion.
  • Only IGBs under the Fully Accessible Route (FAR), introduced by the RBI in 2020 to enable non-residents to invest in specified Government of India dated securities, are eligible for the index.

Impact of IGBs Inclusion:

  • India is expected to reach the maximum weight of 10% in the GBI-EM Global Diversified Index (GBI-EM GD).
  • Higher weightage will prompt global investors to allocate more funds (~$2-3 billion flows to India every month) for investment in Indian debt.
  • This will reduce risk premia, help finance India’s fiscal and current account deficit (CAD), enhance the liquidity and ownership base of government securities (G-secs), and support the diversification of the investor base for Indian government securities.
  • It could help lower funding costs slightly and further develop domestic capital markets.

Will Higher Inflows be a Concern for RBI?

  • When the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) removes dollars from the market, it must release an equal amount in rupees.
  • While higher inflows will boost the rupee, the RBI will need to use its tools to manage resultant inflationary pressures.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3, Economy- Growth & Development- Banking Sector & NBFCs
Monthly Current Affairs

RBI releases the Financial Stability Report, 2024


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, the RBI published the 29th issue of the Financial Stability Report (FSR) . 
  • This report provides the combined evaluation of the Sub-Committee of the Financial Stability and Development Council (FSDC) regarding the Indian financial system’s resilience and the risks to financial stability.

About the Financial Stability Report (FSR):

  • Publication Frequency: The FSR is published biannually by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI).
  • Purpose: It reflects the collective assessment of the Sub-Committee of the Financial Stability and Development Council (FSDC), which is headed by the Governor of the RBI.
  • Key Focus Areas:
    • Risk Assessment: Evaluates risks to financial stability.
    • Financial System Resilience: Assesses the resilience of the financial system.
    • Development and Regulation: Discusses issues related to the development and regulation of the financial sector.

Key Highlights of the Financial Stability Report (FSR):

[1] Global Economic Context:

  • Heightened Global Risks: The global economy is facing significant challenges such as:
    • Geopolitical Tensions: Conflicts or political disagreements between countries that can affect global stability.
    • Elevated Public Debt: Many countries have high levels of debt, which can be risky if they struggle to repay it.
    • Slow Progress in Disinflation: Prices of goods and services are not decreasing quickly, affecting economic stability.
  • Resilience: Despite these challenges, the global financial system remains strong and stable.

[2] Indian Economy and Financial System:

  • Robust and Resilient: India’s economy and financial system are strong and capable of handling shocks or problems.
  • Banking Sector Support: Banks and financial institutions are in good health and are providing the necessary support for economic activities.

[3] Financial Metrics for Scheduled Commercial Banks (SCBs):

  • Capital Ratios:
    • Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets Ratio (CRAR): Measures a bank’s financial strength. A CRAR of 16.8% indicates that for every 100 units of risk, the bank has 16.8 units of capital to cover potential losses.
    • Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) Ratio: A stricter measure of a bank’s core capital. A CET1 ratio of 13.9% shows a strong base of high-quality capital.
  • Asset Quality:
    • Gross Non-Performing Assets (GNPA) Ratio: Measures the percentage of a bank’s loans that are not being repaid. A GNPA ratio of 2.8% means that 2.8% of total loans are in trouble.
    • Net Non-Performing Assets (NNPA) Ratio: Similar to GNPA but considers provisions already made. An NNPA ratio of 0.6% means that 0.6% of total loans, after accounting for provisions, are in trouble.

[4] Macro Stress Tests for Credit Risk:

  • Stress Scenarios and Projections:
    • Baseline Scenario: Banks are expected to have a CRAR of 16.1% by March 2025 under normal conditions.
    • Medium Stress Scenario: Banks are expected to have a CRAR of 14.4% by March 2025 under moderate stress.
    • Severe Stress Scenario: Banks are expected to have a CRAR of 13.0% by March 2025 under severe stress.
  • Interpretation: These tests show how banks might perform under different levels of economic stress, ensuring banks are prepared for tough times.

[5] Health of Non-Banking Financial Companies (NBFCs):

  • CRAR: NBFCs have a CRAR of 26.6%, indicating strong financial health.
  • GNPA Ratio: NBFCs have a GNPA ratio of 4.0%, meaning 4% of their loans are not being repaid.
  • Return on Assets (RoA): NBFCs have a RoA of 3.3%, indicating good profitability from their assets

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims

Q:1 With reference to ‘Financial Stability and Development Council’, consider the following statements:(2016)

  1. It is an organ of NITI Aayog.
  2. It is headed by the Union Finance Minister.
  3. It monitors macroprudential supervision of the economy.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

  1. 1 and 2 only
  2. 3 only
  3. 2 and 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

Answer: C

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3, Indian Economy- Financial Stability Report, FSDC
Monthly Current Affairs

Earth CARE Mission


Context :

  • The EarthCARE (Earth Clouds, Aerosols, and Radiation Explorer) mission was successfully launched by Falcon 9 from Vandenberg Space Force Base in California.
  • Spacecraft Name: JAXA nicknamed the spacecraft Hakuryu or “White Dragon” due to its visual appearance.
  • ESA-Led Mission on Falcon 9: EarthCARE marks the second ESA-led mission to be launched on a Falcon 9 rocket, following the Euclid space telescope.
  • Mission Collaboration: The EarthCARE mission is a collaborative effort between the Japan Aerospace Exploration Agency (JAXA) and the European Space Agency (ESA) under ESA’s Earth Explorer Program.
  • Scientific Objectives: The primary objective of the EarthCARE mission is to advance our understanding of the interactions between clouds, aerosols, and solar and terrestrial radiation in the Earth's atmosphere

Objective:

  • EarthCARE aims to offer comprehensive vertical profiles of clouds and aerosols within the Earth's atmosphere. 
  • It seeks to investigate the influence of these atmospheric elements on the Earth's radiation budget.
  • By utilising high-resolution data, the mission aims to enhance the accuracy of climate models.
  • Mission Specifications:
    • Orbital Parameters: EarthCARE will orbit the Earth at an altitude of approximately 400 km (250 miles) in a sun-synchronous orbit.
    • Orbit Characteristics: The orbit will have an altitude of 393.14 km, an inclination of 97.05°, a period of 92.5 minutes, and a repeat cycle of 25 days.
  • EarthCARE will carry four instruments onboard:
    • Atmospheric Lidar (ATLID): Provides vertical profiles of aerosols and thin clouds.
    • Cloud Profiling Radar (CPR): Offers vertical profiles of thicker clouds.
    • Multi-Spectral Imager (MSI): Acts as a multi-purpose imaging radiometer, delivering visible light and infrared radiation measurements of clouds and aerosols.
    • Broad-Band Radiometer (BBR): Provides radiation measurements from the top of the atmosphere

Relationship between Clouds, Aerosol and and climate : 

Clouds:

  • The dominance of cooling or warming is determined by the cloud type.
  • High, thin clouds trap more heat than they reflect sunlight, intensifying warming, whereas low, thick clouds promote cooling.
  • Currently, low clouds are predominant, cooling the climate by counteracting greenhouse warming.
  • However, as climate shifts, more high clouds and fewer low clouds are anticipated, reversing the overall effect to enhance warming.

Aerosols: 

  • Aerosols and clouds share similarities in their direct effects, reflecting sunlight and absorbing and re-radiating infrared radiation. Increased aerosol concentration amplifies these direct effects.
  • However, their primary climate influence stems from their indirect effects. Aerosols serve as cloud condensation nuclei, providing surfaces for water vapour to condense onto, forming cloud droplets.
  • With abundant water vapour, higher aerosol levels lead to increased cloud formation and brighter cloud tops. This enhances sunlight reflection, strengthening the cooling effect.

                              UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Mains:

Q.1 What is the main task of India’s third mood mission which could not be achieved in its earlier mission? List the countries that have achieved this task. Introduce the subsystems in the spacecraft launched and explain the role of the ‘Virtual Launch Control Centre’ at the Vikram Sarabhai Space Centre which contributed to the successful launch from Sriharikota. (2023)

Q.2  What is India’s plan to have its own space station and how will it benefit our space programme? (2019)

Q.3  Discuss India’s achievements in the field of Space Science and Technology. How the application of this technology helped India in its socio-economic development? (2016)

Source:  (BBC)

Keywords: GS- 3–Science & Technology–Space Technology- Achievements in Science & Technology
Monthly Current Affairs

LignoSat: World’s First Wooden Satellite


Context :

  • Kyoto University and the logging company Sumitomo Forestry in Japan have developed the world’s first wooden satellite, LignoSat.

  • LignoSat is scheduled to launch on a SpaceX rocket from the Kennedy Space Centre.
  • The satellite is a mere 10 centimetres on each side and is crafted from magnolia wood, which was selected for its strength and workability.
  • This wooden satellite would completely burn upon re-entry into Earth’s atmosphere.
  • It will be delivered to the International Space Station (ISS), where it will be deployed for a series of tests to assess its strength and ability to withstand extreme temperature fluctuations.

Significance of LignoSat:

  • Environmental Impact: Burns into ash on re-entry, leaving no harmful residues.
  • Scientific Role: Equipped with sensors and cameras to study the behaviour of wood in space.
  • Innovation: Demonstrates the potential of wood as a sustainable material for space exploration.

The Need For Such Satellites: 

  • Sustainability: Addresses the need for eco-friendly space exploration by using biodegradable materials, countering the threat of persistent non-biodegradable materials.
  • Space Debris Management: Provides a solution to the growing issue of space debris by utilising biodegradable satellites to mitigate threats to spacecraft and the environment.
  • Environmental Protection: Research emphasises the environmental impact of space debris, such as aluminium contributing to ozone depletion. This underscores the importance of sustainable satellite design to protect the Earth's atmosphere and ecosystems.

Source: (NDTV)

Keywords: GS- 3 – Science & Technology – Space
Monthly Current Affairs

India's First 3D-Printed Rocket Launched


In News

  • Recently, Chennai-headquartered space start-up Agnikul Cosmos Private Limited launched the world’s first rocket “Agnibaan SubOrbital Technology Demonstrator (SOrTeD)” with a single piece 3D-printed engine from Sriharikota .

About the Agnibaan SOrTeD : 

  • Its objective is to conduct a test flight to demonstrate the company's proprietary technologies and collect vital flight data. 
  • Agnibaan is a customizable, two-stage launch vehicle that can carry a payload of up to 300 kg into orbit of about 700 km.
  • This accomplishment marks several milestones for the Indian space sector, including the first launch from a private pad (Dhanush), the maiden flight of a domestically developed semi-cryo engine-powered rocket. 
  • The rocket utilises liquid oxygen and kerosene as propellants and received support from the Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) and the Indian National Space Promotion and Authorisation Centre (IN-SPACe).
  • 3D printing, also known as additive manufacturing, involves the use of materials like plastics and metals to transform computer-aided design concepts into tangible three-dimensional objects. 
  • This method contrasts with subtractive manufacturing, which entails cutting or hollowing out metal or plastic using tools like milling machines.

Source: (TH)

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Technology— Space and related technology- Scientific Innovations & Discoveries
Monthly Current Affairs

Non-infectious Nipah virus-like particles (VLPs)


In the News: 

  • Recently, scientists at the Institute of Advanced Virology (IAV), Thiruvananthapuram, developed a novel way of generating non-infectious Nipah virus-like particles (VLPs) in the laboratory.

About Virus-like Particles (VLPs):

  • VLPs resemble viruses but lack infectivity due to the absence of viral genetic material.
  • Effective in creating vaccines against diseases like human papillomavirus (HPV), hepatitis B, and malaria.
  • Trigger an immune response upon introduction into the body without causing virus symptoms.
  • Once the immune response occurs, the body recognizes and prevents future infections, providing immunity.

Structure:

  • Small in size, with a radius of 20 to 200 nm, allowing easy entry into lymph nodes.
  • Comprise one or more structural proteins arranged in layers, sometimes with an outer lipid envelope.
  • The outer layer shields the genetic material, enhancing protection.
  • VLP vaccines can be produced using bacterial, yeast, insect, or mammalian cells.
  • As vaccines, VLPs prompt a robust immune response due to epitope density and the presentation of multiple proteins.
  • Recent advancements include using VLPs as nanomachines for targeted delivery of pharmaceuticals to specific cells in the body.

Key Facts about Nipah Virus:

  • Nipah virus (NiV) is zoonotic, transmitted from animals to humans, and can spread through contaminated food or direct contact.
  • In humans, it leads to a spectrum of illnesses, from asymptomatic infection to fatal encephalitis and acute respiratory illness.
  • NiV also affects animals like pigs, causing severe disease and economic losses for farmers.
  • The first outbreaks occurred in Malaysia and Singapore in 1998 and 1999.

Treatment:

  • No specific drugs or vaccines exist for Nipah virus infection.
  • Treatment primarily involves intensive supportive care to manage severe respiratory and neurological complications.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3, Science and technology– Basic Biology- Virus
Monthly Current Affairs

Red Flag 24 Exercise


In News: 

  • Recently, an Indian Air Force (IAF) contingent arrived at the Eielson Air Force Base in Alaska to take part in the esteemed multinational exercise, Red Flag 24.
  • Supported by IL-78 air-to-air refuelers and the C-17 transport aircraft, the IAF Rafale fighters undertook a transatlantic flight.
  • They made staging halts in Greece and Portugal before reaching their destination.

How does it work?

  • Participants in RED FLAG-Alaska are divided into: 1."Red" defensive forces 2."Blue" offensive forces. 3."White" forces serving as a neutral controlling agency.
  • The defensive forces include ground-control intercept and surface air defence units to replicate potential threats from hostile nations.
  • They employ defensive counter-air tactics under ground-control intercept guidance.

Participation and Objectives:

  • The Indian Air Force (IAF) has deployed Rafale fighter jets for participation in the Red Flag 24 exercise.
  • The exercises adapt to diverse forces within a realistic threat environment, utilising over 77,000 square miles of airspace in the Joint Pacific Alaska Range Complex, the world's largest combat training range.
  • Red Flag is a two-week advanced aerial combat training exercise.
  • It aims to integrate aircrew in a multinational environment.
  • It joins forces with other international participants to enhance their combat readiness and interoperability.

Exercise Location and Management:

  • Eielson Air Force Base, located just 40 km from the town of Fairbanks, will serve as the hub for this multinational collaboration.
  • The base is home to a squadron of F-16 Fighting Falcons and two squadrons of the United States Air Forces’ (USAF) F-35s.
  • The exercise is managed by the 353rd Combat Training Squadron based at Eielson AFB,

Historical background:

  • RED FLAG-Alaska is an exercise sponsored by Pacific Air Forces, initially named COPE THUNDER.
  • It was relocated to Eielson AFB from Clark Air Base, Philippines, in 1992 due to the eruption of Mount Pinatubo.
  • COPE THUNDER was later renamed RED FLAG-Alaska in
  • Beginning in 1976, COPE THUNDER was created to provide aircrews with simulated combat training.
  • It evolved into PACAF's primary exercise for airpower employment.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 - Science & technology- Defence
Monthly Current Affairs

Cryonics


In News: A cryonics company in Australia has frozen its first client, hoping to revive him in the future.

Understanding Cryonics:

  • Cryonics is the practice of freezing a deceased individual with the aim of reviving them in the future.
  • The term "cryonics" originates from the Greek word "krýos," which means "icy cold."
  • This method seeks to save lives by preserving individuals at extremely low temperatures, enabling future medical technology to restore them to full health, even if current medicine cannot help them.

Concept and Terminology:

  • Individuals preserved through cryonics are referred to as "cryopreserved patients" because proponents, known as Cryonicists, do not consider them truly dead.
  • Cryonic preservation can only occur after a person has been legally declared dead.

Process of Cryonic Preservation:

  • The procedure begins shortly after death, with the body being packed in ice and transported to a cryonics facility.
  • At the facility, blood is drained from the body and replaced with antifreeze and organ-preserving compounds called cryoprotective agents.
  • In this vitrified state, the body is placed in a chamber filled with liquid nitrogen, maintaining a temperature of -196 °C.
  • The body remains preserved in this state until scientists develop the means to revive it in the future.

Ethical Considerations:

  • Consent: Individuals must provide informed consent prior to death for cryonic preservation.
  • Ethical Debates: Concerns about identity and continuity, the potential for future resuscitation, and resource allocation.

Source: NDTV

Keywords: GS-3 Science and Tech- Biotechnology
Monthly Current Affairs

Draft Digital Competition Bill 2024


In News:

  • India has proposed a new digital competition law to curb practices by tech giants like Google, Facebook, and Amazon that involve favouring their own services or using data from one business to benefit another within the same company.
  • The ministry of corporate affairs (MCA) formed a Committee on Digital Competition Law, which recommended a new Digital Competition Act. 
  • This act aims to introduce proactive legislation specifically targeting large digital companies, complementing the existing Competition Act.

Digital Competition Bill 2024:

  • The proposal is similar to the EU’s Digital Markets Act (DMA), which went into complete effect earlier this year, and requires large tech firms like Alphabet, Amazon and Apple to open their services, and not favour their own at the expense of rivals.
  • The provisions of the Digital Competition Bill 2024 aims to set presumptive norms to curb anti-competitive practices before they actually take place, and promises to impose heavy penalties.

Need for Digital Competition Bill:

  • Inadequacy of Current Ex-Post Antitrust Framework: The existing antitrust framework under the Competition Act, 2002, reacts to violations after they occur, often too late to protect competition. The Digital Competition Bill (DCB) proposes an ex-ante approach to prevent violations before they disrupt the market.
  • Addressing Monopolistic Actions: Recent fines imposed on big-tech companies like Google for anti-competitive behaviours highlight the necessity for stringent regulations. The DCB aims to establish clear guidelines to prevent such dominant practices upfront.
  • Anti-Competitive Practices by Big-Tech Companies: Big-tech companies have a documented history of engaging in anti-competitive practices. For instance, in 2023, Google was fined Rs 1.337 crore by the Competition Commission of India (CCI) for its anti-competitive conduct in the Android ecosystem.
  • Facilitating New Entrants and Innovation: The current digital market structure disproportionately favours big tech, deterring new competitors. The DCB seeks to dismantle these barriers, fostering innovation and diversity within the marketplace.
  • Ensuring Fair Competition: The dominance of big tech often overshadows smaller entities, making competition inequitable. The DCB focuses on creating conditions that allow smaller companies to compete on a level playing field.
  • Promoting Systematic Growth and Fairness: The digital competition bill aims to guide the growth of the digital ecosystem towards fairness and competitive equity, addressing issues such as arbitrary pricing and anti-competitive practices.

Key Proposals of the Draft Digital Competition Bill:

  • Predictive Regulation: The bill proposes a forward-looking, preventive ex-ante framework to foresee and prevent potential antitrust issues, setting clear no-go areas in advance, similar to GDPR for data privacy. The current ex-post framework under the Competition Act, 2002, involves delays and excludes smaller competitors.
  • Enlisting of Core Digital Services: The bill lists "core digital services" under Schedule I, including online search engines, video-sharing platforms, social networking services, interpersonal communications, operating systems, web browsers, cloud services, advertising services, and online intermediation services like web-hosting and payment sites.
  • Provision of Significant Entities: The bill designates certain enterprises as Systemically Significant Digital Enterprises (SSDEs) based on turnover, user base, market influence, etc. Entities not meeting these criteria can still be designated as SSDEs by the CCI if they have a significant presence in any core digital service.
  • Responsibilities of SSDEs: SSDEs are prohibited from practices like self-preferencing, anti-steering, and restricting third-party applications. For example, Google cannot favour its own services over competitors. Violations can result in fines up to 10% of global turnover.
  • Designation of Associate Digital Enterprises (ADE): The bill designates associate digital enterprises (ADEs) to recognize the impact of data sharing within a tech group. ADEs would have the same obligations as SSDEs, depending on their involvement with the core digital service offered by the main company.

Criticism of the Draft Digital Competition Bill:

  • Compliance Burden: Big tech companies argue that the ex-ante framework imposes heavy compliance costs, diverting attention from innovation to regulatory adherence. Example: The EU’s Digital Markets Act (DMA) increased Google search time by 4,000%, causing delays and inefficiencies.
  • Impact on Innovation: Tech giants prefer strengthening current competition laws over the new framework, fearing it might stifle innovation. Example: Apple opposes allowing third-party app stores on iPhones, citing concerns about security and user experience.
  • Broad Definitions: Companies worry about the broad and discretionary definitions of significant platforms, leading to uncertainty. Example: Unlike the EU’s DMA, India’s draft leaves the determination of 'gatekeeper' entities to the CCI, causing ambiguity.
  • Potential Arbitrary Decisions: Discretion given to the CCI could result in arbitrary decision-making, affecting startups and small businesses.
  • Impact on Smaller Businesses: Changes in data sharing and platform policies may harm smaller businesses reliant on these platforms to reach audiences. Example: Reducing data sharing could hinder small businesses' ability to effectively target customers on major digital platforms.
  • Industry Concern: The Internet and Mobile Association of India (IAMAI) expresses apprehensions about the draft Digital Competition Bill 2024, fearing adverse effects on startups and digital enterprises. They argue that proposed regulations could deter venture investments in technology startups.

Governance Frameworks to Regulate Technologies for Responsible Use:

  • Competition Act 2002 and CCI: The Competition Act 2002 addresses antitrust issues and regulates Big Tech Companies in India. It establishes the Competition Commission of India (CCI) to monitor monopolistic practices and ensure fair competition.
  • Competition Amendment Bill, 2022: This bill enhances CCI’s review process, particularly for digital and infrastructure sectors, by requiring regulations to evaluate significant business operations in India.
  • Information Technology Act, 2000: The Act offers a legal framework for electronic governance, recognizing electronic records and digital signatures. However, it lacks provisions for addressing modern technology misuse.
  • Multi-stakeholder Initiatives: Collaboration among governments, businesses, and academia for technology governance. Examples include the Global Network Initiative (GNI) and Partnership on AI (PAI).
  • RBI Directions and Vision documents: The RBI issues directives and regulations to oversee big tech companies' activities in the fintech sector regularly.

Conclusion:

The Draft Digital Competition Bill marks a significant stride in fostering fair competition and curbing monopolistic practices in India’s digital markets. To ensure its effectiveness, balanced implementation and active engagement with stakeholders will be crucial for promoting sustainable digital growth.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS Paper - 3, GS Paper - 2, IT & Computers, Statutory Bodies
Monthly Current Affairs

Role of Nuclear Technology in Global Food Safety


In News: 

  • Recently an International Symposium on "Safe Food for a Better Life," organised by the FAO and IAEA, highlighted the crucial role of nuclear technologies in ensuring food safety.

The Application of Nuclear Technology on the Food Safety Standard: 

  • Complementary to One Health Approach:
    • The One Health approach acknowledges the interconnection between human, animal, and environmental health. Nuclear techniques can detect and monitor contaminants, pathogens, and toxins in food and the environment.
    • PCR tests, a molecular nuclear technique, can rapidly detect animal diseases in less than a day.
  • Food Irradiation:
    • Food irradiation involves exposing food to ionising radiation to eliminate harmful bacteria, pathogens, and pests, extending shelf life and ensuring food safety.
    • Stable isotope analysis, a nuclear technique, determines the origin and authenticity of food products, detecting adulteration and verifying labelling claims.
  • Improved Soil and Water Management:
    • Past nuclear fallouts help scientists measure and assess soil erosion. Radioactive nuclides from nuclear events help determine soil health and erosion rates.
  • Pest Control:
    • Nuclear techniques like the Sterile Insect Technique (SIT) are used for pest control in agriculture, limiting reproduction and reducing the need for chemical pesticides, enhancing food safety.
  • Plant Breeding and Genetics:
    • Nuclear technology in crop breeding develops enhanced varieties adaptable to climate change. Irradiation of seeds by gamma rays, X-rays, ions, or electron beams initiates genetic alterations, increasing genetic diversity for breeding.

Need for Tech-Related Advancements in Food Security:

  • Climate Change: Climate-induced challenges like droughts, floods, and temperature fluctuations negatively impact crop production and food availability, necessitating the promotion of climate-smart agriculture (CSA).
  • Food Waste: According to the FAO, about one-third of food produced for human consumption is lost or wasted globally, totaling approximately 1.3 billion tons per year. In 2020, around 3.1 billion people could not afford a healthy diet (FAO, 2022).
  • Increasing Population: The global population is projected to reach 9.7 billion by 2050 (UN World Population Prospects, 2019), placing immense pressure on food production systems and necessitating technological advancements.
  • Limited Resources: With limited arable land and freshwater resources, technology can maximise productivity through vertical farming, hydroponics, and efficient irrigation systems.

Key Initiatives :

Global 

  • Atoms 4Food Initiative, by FAO and IAEA
  • Joint FAO/IAEA Centre of Nuclear Techniques in Food and Agriculture

India

Technology demonstration  plants  were set  up for Irradiation:

  • KRUSHAK at Lasalgaon, Nashik for low dose radiation treatment
  • Radiation Processing Plant (RPP) in Navi Mumbai for high dose radiation treatment.
  • Food Safety and Standards Authority of India (FSSAI) brought Food Safety and Standards (Food Products Standards and Food Additives) Sixth Amendment Regulations, 2016, to harmonise food irradiation rules with the international regulation. 

Challenges are Associated with using Nuclear Technology for Food Safety:

  • Geographical and Regional Variations: 
    • Diverse agro-climatic regions and farming practices pose challenges in the uniform application and adaptation of nuclear techniques worldwide.
    • Isotopic techniques for soil and water management require region-specific calibration due to variations in soil types, climatic conditions, and irrigation practices. 
  • Limited Funding and Investment in Technology: 
    • Developing irradiation facilities for food preservation and pest control requires significant capital investment, often limited by budget constraints.
    • Access to advanced techniques like accelerator-based mutation breeding or specialised analytical equipment for food traceability can be hindered by technology transfer restrictions or high costs.
  • Regulatory Challenges:
    • Using nuclear technology in agriculture involves strict regulations and guidelines for safety and security, making the approval, licensing, and compliance processes lengthy and complex.
    • Intellectual property rights and technology transfer barriers further complicate adaptation. 
  • Lack of Allied Infrastructure:
    • The absence of specialised laboratories and research facilities hinders the effective utilisation of nuclear techniques in agriculture.
    • A shortage of trained personnel and expertise limits the widespread application of these techniques.

Nuclear Technology:

  • It is a form of energy released from the nucleus, or core, of atoms.
  • Known for its high energy density, a small amount of nuclear fuel can produce a large amount of energy.

Methods for Harnessing Nuclear Energy:

  • Nuclear Fission: Involves splitting the nucleus of an atom into two smaller nuclei, releasing a large amount of energy.
  • Nuclear Fusion: Involves combining the nuclei of two light atoms to form a heavier nucleus, which is the process that powers the sun and other stars.

Way Forward:

  • Developing Infrastructure and Facilities: Allocate funds and resources to establish irradiation facilities, analytical labs, and equipment for nuclear technology, such as food irradiation facilities to preserve perishable produce, reduce losses, and ensure food safety.
  • Regulatory Reforms and Streamlining Processes: Create guidelines for the safe handling, transport, and disposal of radioactive agricultural materials. Establish a regulatory body to oversee the approval and commercialization of radiation-induced mutant crops.
  • Promoting Public-Private Partnerships: Foster collaborations between research institutions, the private sector, and industry for nuclear technology transfer. Offer incentives for companies to invest in developing and commercialising nuclear-based agricultural products.
  • International Cooperation and Knowledge Sharing: Encourage international collaborations, such as partnering with the Joint FAO/IAEA Centre for expertise and technology transfer.

UPSC Civil Services Examination Previous Year’s Question (PYQs)

Prelims

Prelims – 2019

Q:1 Consider the following statements: 

  1. According to the Indian Patents Act, a biological process to create a seed can be patented in India.
  2. In India, there is no Intellectual Property Appellate Board.
  3. Plant varieties are not eligible to be patented in India.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

  1. 1 and 3 only
  2. 2 and 3 only
  3. 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (c)


Mains

Mains – 2021

Q:1 What are the present challenges before crop diversification? How do emerging technologies provide an opportunity for crop diversification?

Source: FAO

Keywords: GS-3, Sci.& Tech.—NuclearTechnology – E-Technology in the Aid of Farmers— Food Processing — Agricultural Marketing— Indigenization of Technology
Monthly Current Affairs

Pneumothorax


In News: 

  •  NEET UG 2024 Topper suffered from pneumothorax, a severe lung condition.

  • A pneumothorax is a lung rupture because of a puncture. It is when air gets inside the chest cavity and creates pressure against the lung, causing it to collapse partially or fully.
  • It happens when there’s air in the space between the chest wall and the lung (pleural space).
  • Causes: Lung injury, smoking, lung diseases.
  • Symptoms: Slight chest pain and breathlessness. But in extreme emergencies, one may present with profound breathlessness and a dangerous fall in oxygen levels.

Source: (IE)

Keywords: GS-3 –Science & Technology – Biology – Diseases
Monthly Current Affairs

TRISHNA - ISRO announces Indo-French Thermal Imaging Mission


Why in the news?

  • Recently, on the event of World Environment Day, ISRO provided details of Thermal Infrared Imaging Satellite for High-resolution Natural Resource Assessment (TRISHNA) mission.
  • TRISHNA (Thermal Infra-Red Imaging Satellite for High-resolution Natural Resource Assessment) mission is a collaborative endeavour between ISRO and CNES (French Space Agency) to monitor surface temperature and water management at regional to global scale.

About TRISHNA Mission:

  • Objective: The mission aims to meticulously monitor the energy and water budgets of the continental biosphere to quantify terrestrial water stress and usage. Additionally, it seeks to provide high-resolution observations of water quality and dynamics.
  • TRISHNA will contribute to comprehensive assessments of urban heat islands, detection of thermal anomalies associated with volcanic activity, and exploration of geothermal resources.

Equipped with two primary payloads:

  • Thermal Infra-Red (TIR) payload: Provided by CNES, features a four-channel long-wave infrared imaging sensor.
  • Visible - Near Infra-Red - ShortWave Infra-Red (VNIR-SWIR) payload: Developed by ISRO, includes seven spectral bands designed for detailed mapping of surface reflectance

features: 

  • It will operate in a sun-synchronous orbit at an altitude of 761 km.
  • The mission is designed for a five-year operational life and will provide a spatial resolution of 57 metres for land and coastal areas and 1 km for oceanic and polar regions.
  • The satellite will use a set of infrared sensors – developed by India and France in collaboration – to monitor the temperature.

Significance:

  • Water Management: Facilitates assessment of irrigation water use, enhancing crop water productivity and micro-watershed management sustainability.
  • Climate Monitoring: Tracks indicators like droughts, permafrost changes, and evapotranspiration rates, aiding climate monitoring efforts.
  • Water Quality: Monitors water quality, enabling pollution detection in coastal and inland water bodies.
  • Groundwater Discharge: Identifies submarine groundwater discharge at coastal fringes.
  • Fire Detection: Supports detection of subsurface fires and assessment of geothermal resources.
  • Cryosphere Monitoring: Evaluates snow cover and snow-melt patterns for improved hydrological models.
  • Global Initiatives: Contributes data to global initiatives such as GEOGLAM, UN Sustainable Development Goals, and Global Water Watch.

India’s international Space Cooperation:

  • India-France: Strategic Space Dialogues, signed Letter of Intent on Defense Space Cooperation, space exchanges and defence space industrial cooperation, etc. 
  • India-US: Bilateral space situational awareness arrangement (2022), NASA-ISRO Synthetic Aperture Radar (NISAR) Mission, etc. 
  • Others: Lunar Polar Exploration (LUPEX) Mission between India and Japan, South Asia Satellite (SAS) to boost communication and improve disaster links among India’s 6 neighbours, etc.

 

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims:

Q.1 In the context of space technology, what is “Bhuvan”, recently in the news? (2010)

  1. A mini satellite launched by ISRO for promoting the distance education in India
  2. The name given to the next Moon Impact Probe, for Chandrayaan-II
  3. A geoportal of ISRO with 3D imaging capabilities of India
  4. A space telescope developed by India

Ans: (c)


Mains

Q:1 What is the main task of India’s third mood mission which could not be achieved in its earlier mission? List the countries that have achieved this task. Introduce the subsystems in the spacecraft launched and explain the role of the ‘Virtual Launch Control Centre’ at the Vikram Sarabhai Space Centre which contributed to the successful launch from Sriharikota. (2023)

Q:2  What is India’s plan to have its own space station and how will it benefit our space programme? (2019)

Q:3  Discuss India’s achievements in the field of Space Science and Technology. How the application of this technology helped India in its socio-economic development? (2016)

Source: (TH | NDTV)

Keywords: GS3 – Science And Technology- Space technology- Scientific Innovations & Discoveries
Monthly Current Affairs

Coronal Mass Ejections (CMEs)


Why in the News ?

  • Recently, India’s solar mission Aditya-L1 captured images of the Sun and its Coronal Mass Ejections (CMEs) during a solar storm in May. 
  • The active region AR13664 on the Sun erupted several X-class and M-class flares, which were associated with these CMEs.

About the Aditya-L1:

  • Aditya-L1 is India’s first space mission dedicated to observing the Sun. It is ISRO’s second space-based astronomy mission following AstroSat, launched in 2015.
  • Aditya-L1 was launched on September 2, 2023, to study the Sun and its corona. 
  • The mission is positioned at the L1 point, a location in space where the gravitational forces of the Earth and the Sun balance, allowing the spacecraft to maintain a stable orbit.
  • Polar Satellite Launch Vehicle (PSLV) with 7 payloads (instruments) on board.

The 7 payloads:

  • Visible Emission Line Coronagraph (VELC): Captures images of the solar corona in visible light to analyse its structure and dynamics.
  • Solar Ultraviolet Imaging Telescope (SUIT): Takes images of the solar chromosphere and transition region in ultraviolet light to comprehend heating and dynamic processes.
  • Solar Low Energy X-ray Spectrometer (SoLEXS): Records the solar X-ray spectrum to examine solar flares and coronal mass ejections.
  • High Energy L1 Orbiting X-ray Spectrometer (HEL1OS): Detects high-energy solar X-rays to study particle acceleration mechanisms.
  • Plasma Analyser Package for Aditya (PAPA): Measures the properties of solar wind plasma to investigate its interaction with Earth's magnetosphere.
  • Aditya Solar Wind Particle Experiment (ASPEX): Assesses the properties of energetic particles in the solar wind to explore their effects on Earth's atmosphere.
  • Solar Irradiance Monitor (SIM): Measures variations in solar irradiance and their impact on Earth’s climate.

Objectives:

  • Coronal Heating: Investigate the mechanisms behind the heating of the solar corona.
  • Solar Wind Acceleration: Study the acceleration processes of the solar wind.
  • Coronal Magnetometry: Analyse the magnetic field of the solar corona.
  • Near-UV Solar Radiation: Examine the origin and variations of near-UV radiation from the Sun.
  • Continuous Observation: Continuously monitor the photosphere, chromosphere, and corona.
  • Solar Energetic Particles: Observe and analyse solar energetic particles.
  • Magnetic Field Study: Study the magnetic field of the Sun comprehensively.

Location:

  • L1 Halo Orbit: Aditya-L1 is positioned in a halo orbit around the L1 point, approximately 1.5 million kilometres from Earth. This orbit allows continuous observation of the Sun.
  • L1 Point: The L1 point, or Lagrange Point 1, is one of five positions in the Earth-Sun orbital plane where the gravitational forces of the two bodies balance each other.
  • Lagrange Points: These are positions in space where the gravitational forces of a two-body system, such as the Sun and Earth, create regions of enhanced gravitational attraction and repulsion.

Coronal Mass Ejections (CMEs):

  • Discovery and Importance: Discovered in 1971, CMEs became recognized for their significance in solar-terrestrial relations in the 1980s.
  • Composition: CMEs are massive clouds of solar plasma and magnetic field lines.
  • Accompanying Events: They typically accompany solar flares and filament eruptions.
  • Frequency: The occurrence of CMEs varies with the 11-year solar cycle, ranging from about one per week during solar minimum to two to three per day near solar maximum.
  • Speed: CMEs can travel at speeds of thousands of kilometres per hour.
  • Effects: They can cause geomagnetic storms, aurorae, and potentially damage electrical power grids in extreme cases.
  • Interaction with Earth: While not all CMEs affect Earth, those that do can disrupt satellite communications and power grids.
  • Halo CMEs: These are Earth-directed CMEs visible as rings in white-light coronagraph observations.

 

UPSC Civil Services examination PYQ

Q:1 The terms ‘Event Horizon’, ‘Singularity’, ‘String Theory’ and ‘Standard Model’ are sometimes seen in the news in the context of-(2017)

  1. Observation and understanding of the Universe
  2. Study of the solar and lunar eclipses
  3. Placing satellites in the orbit of the Earth
  4. Origin and evolution of living organisms on the Earth

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3, Science & Technology- space technology- Achievements Of Indians In S&T
Monthly Current Affairs

2025 Year of Quantum Science and Technology


Why in the News?

  • The United Nations has designated 2025 as the 'International Year of Quantum Science and Technology' to enhance global awareness of the importance of quantum science and its applications.
  • Spearheaded by Mexico and endorsed by nearly 60 countries, this initiative seeks to foster activities across various domains to underscore the significance of quantum science and technology on a global scale.

What is Quantum Science and Technology ?

  • About
  • Quantum Science and Technology integrates principles of quantum mechanics with practical applications.
  • Quantum mechanics explores particle behaviour at atomic and subatomic levels.
  • This field aims to apply quantum principles to innovate and enhance technological advancements.
  • Key Concepts
  • Superposition: Particles can exist in multiple states simultaneously until observed or measured.
  • Entanglement: Particles can be interconnected so that the state of one instantaneously affects another, regardless of distance.
  • Quantum Computing: Utilises quantum bits (qubits) capable of superposition, allowing for simultaneous execution of multiple computations.
  • Quantum Cryptography: Applies quantum mechanics to develop secure communication systems.

What is Quantum & Quantum Theory ?

●        Quantum” refers to the smallest discrete unit of any physical quantity involved in an interaction according to quantum theory.

●        Quantum theory is a fundamental theory in physics that provides a description of the physical properties of nature at the scale of atoms and subatomic particles.

Applications and Usefulness:

  • Quantum Computing:
  • Speed and Efficiency: Quantum computers excel at solving complex problems much faster than classical computers.
  • Optimization: Applied in logistics, finance, and material science to optimise large datasets efficiently.
  • Cryptography: Capable of breaking traditional encryption methods, driving the development of more secure cryptographic techniques.
  • Quantum Cryptography:
  • Secure Communication: Quantum Key Distribution (QKD) ensures communication security by preventing eavesdropping.
  • Data Protection: Provides unbreakable encryption based on quantum mechanics principles.
  • Quantum Sensing:
  • Precision Measurement: Quantum sensors achieve unprecedented precision in measuring physical quantities like time, gravity, and magnetic fields.
  • Medical Imaging: Enhances medical diagnostics and treatments through advanced imaging techniques.
  • Quantum Materials:
  • Superconductors: Enable electricity transmission without resistance, enhancing efficiency in power grids and electronic devices.
  • Topological Insulators: Unique materials with applications in advanced electronics and quantum computing.
  • Quantum Communication:
  • Internet Security: Quantum networks offer highly secure communication channels.
  • Satellite Communication: Quantum satellites support secure long-distance communication.
  • Fundamental Research:
  • Understanding the Universe: Provides deep insights into the fundamental nature of reality, advancing theoretical and applied physics.
  • New Technologies: Potential to unlock revolutionary technologies and materials that defy current imagination. 

Steps taken by India to promote Quantum S&T:

  • The Government of India announced a National Quantum Mission in April 2023 at a cost of Rs 6,000 crore, to be implemented from 2023 to 2031 by the Department of Science & Technology (DST).
  • It will have four verticals: quantum computing, quantum communication, quantum sensing and metrology, and quantum materials and devices.

Process by which the United Nations declares an international year:

  • Proposal Submission:
  • A member state, group of member states, or a UN agency initiates the process by submitting a proposal for an international year.
  • This proposal is typically submitted through a relevant UN agency and includes details on the theme, objectives, and relevance of the proposed international year.
  • For example, India proposed the International Year of Millets for 2023 through the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO).
  • Review and Endorsement:
  • The proposal undergoes review by relevant UN bodies such as the Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC) or other specialised agencies.
  • Review assesses the feasibility, potential impact, and alignment with UN goals and priorities.
  • Consultation and Support:
  • The proposal is subject to consultation with other member states, relevant UN agencies, and stakeholders to garner support and refine the proposal.
  • Broad consensus and support from member states are crucial for advancing the proposal.
  • Drafting a Resolution:
  • Once sufficient support is gathered, a draft resolution is prepared.
  • This resolution outlines the rationale, objectives, and planned activities associated with the international year.
  • Adoption by the General Assembly:
  • The draft resolution is presented to the UN General Assembly for consideration.
  • The General Assembly debates the proposal and, if there is broad support, adopts the resolution declaring the international year.
  • The resolution requires a majority vote in the General Assembly plenary session for adoption, typically a simple majority.
  • Monitoring and Reporting:
  • Throughout the international year, the UN monitors the progress of activities and initiatives.
  • At the conclusion of the year, a report is prepared to evaluate outcomes and assess the impact of the international year's initiatives and event

2025 be International Year of Quantum Science and Tech:

  • In May 2023, Mexico spearheaded a resolution for the International Year of Quantum Science and Technology, garnering support from numerous countries.
  • By November 2023, nearly 60 countries had co-sponsored the resolution, which was formally adopted during the UNESCO General Conference.
  • In May 2024, Ghana presented a draft resolution to the UN General Assembly seeking official proclamation, supported by over 70 countries.
  • On June 7, 2024, the UN General Assembly formally declared 2025 as the International Year of Quantum Science and Technology.
  • 2025 marks the 100th anniversary of German physicist Werner Heisenberg's seminal paper that redefined classical mechanics to incorporate quantum principles, setting the stage for quantum mechanics.
  • Heisenberg was awarded the Nobel Prize in Physics around the same time he formulated the renowned uncertainty principle

                                 UPSC Civil Services Examination PYQ

Prelims:

Q:1 Which one of the following is the context in which the term “Qubit” is mentioned?(2022)

(a)    Cloud Services

(b)    Quantum Computing

(c)     Visible Light Communication Technologies

(d)    Wireless Communication Technologies

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3 - Science & Technology- Quantum Technology
Monthly Current Affairs

SpaceX’s Starship Mega Rocket


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, SpaceX's Starship rocket has achieved its first fully successful test flight, marking a significant milestone in SpaceX's quest to develop a fully reusable rocket system. 

What is Starship?

  • Starship is an advanced two-stage heavy lift-off vehicle intended for transporting crew and cargo to Earth orbit, the Moon, Mars, and beyond. It towers at nearly 120 metres in height, surpassing the Saturn V rocket. 

Components:

  • Super Heavy Booster:
  • Equipped with 33 Raptor engines that produce 74 meganewtons of thrust, compared to NASA’s Space Launch System's (SLS) 39 meganewtons and Saturn V's 35 meganewtons.
  • Uses a 3.6:1 ratio of liquid oxygen and liquid methane.
  • Fully reusable, designed to re-enter Earth’s atmosphere and land at the launch site.
  • Starship Spacecraft:
  • Consists of six Raptor engines and four landing fins.
  • Fully reusable, capable of re-entering Earth’s atmosphere after completing its mission. 

Benefits of Starship:

  • Cost Efficiency: For instance, Starship could deliver 100 tonnes to Mars for approximately $50 million, significantly lower than previous missions.
  • Heavy Lift Capabilities: Capable of transporting up to 150 tonnes to low Earth orbit and a minimum of 100 tonnes to the Moon and Mars.
  • Key Role in Artemis: Integral to NASA’s Artemis program, which aims to return astronauts to the Moon by 2030 and pursue missions to Mars thereafter.
  • Support for Larger Payloads: Enables the launch of larger space telescopes, heavier scientific instruments, and equipment like drilling rigs for Moon and Mars missions.
  • Exploration Potential: Scientists can deploy larger and more sophisticated instruments, such as drilling rigs, to explore the Moon and Mars in unprecedented detail, advancing our understanding of these celestial bodies.
  • Sample Return Missions: Starship’s capability to return to Earth enables the retrieval of valuable samples from other planets. This capability is crucial for scientific research, allowing scientists to analyse extraterrestrial materials in laboratories on Earth.
  • In-Orbit Refuelling: This feature allows Starship to refuel in space, akin to how planes refuel mid-flight. It promises significant cost reduction by minimising downtime between missions and maximising operational efficiency.
  • Fully Reusable Design: Unlike traditional rockets that require costly hardware replacement after each launch, Starship’s components are designed for reuse. This approach reduces mission costs substantially over time. 

Challenges with Starship:

  • Proving Viability: SpaceX faces the challenge of demonstrating Starship’s safety and reliability while maintaining cost-effectiveness. Historically, reusable spaceflight programs, like NASA’s Space Shuttle, have struggled with balancing these factors.
  • Slow Progress: Despite rapid technological advancements, Starship's development has been slower than initially expected. This slower pace has also resulted in significant costs for SpaceX.
  • Workplace Safety Concerns: A 2023 Reuters investigation raised concerns about workplace injuries and safety issues at SpaceX. These concerns were attributed to the aggressive development schedule and the pressures associated with meeting ambitious timelines. 

 Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3, Science & Technology — Space technology- Space institutes — Innovation
Monthly Current Affairs

Atomic Clock


Why in the news ?

  • In a recent study published in the scientific journal Nature, researchers introduced a new type of portable iodine optical atomic clock designed for use on ships.
  • While not as precise as laboratory-grade optical atomic clocks, this new clock offers increased portability and durability.
  • It has an accuracy that allows it to gain or lose a second only once every 9.1 million years. 

What are Atomic Clocks?

About:

  • Atomic clocks are advanced timekeeping devices that rely on the natural vibrations of atoms to measure time with unparalleled precision.
  • Developed by Louise Essen in 1955, India currently operates atomic clocks in Ahmedabad and Faridabad.

Key Features:

  • Atomic clocks are significantly more accurate than traditional clocks due to the high frequency and stability of atomic oscillations.
  • Traditional atomic clocks can maintain accuracy to within one second over 300 million years, while optical atomic clocks extend this precision to 300 billion years.
  • A caesium atomic clock, for instance, gains or loses a second approximately every 1.4 million years.

Working Principle:

  • Caesium (Cs) atomic clocks operate by exposing Cs atoms to microwave radiation in a resonant cavity.
  • The frequency of the microwave radiation matches the energy transition frequency of Cs atoms (9,192,631,770 Hz).
  • When Cs atoms absorb this radiation, they move to a higher energy state, marking one second when they complete 9,192,631,770 oscillations.
  • Precise time measurement is ensured by detecting any frequency deviations and adjusting the microwave radiation accordingly to maintain resonance.

Optical Atomic Clock:

  • Optical atomic clocks surpass the accuracy of standard atomic clocks.
  • They utilise lasers to induce atomic transitions, generating coherent light with uniform frequency and stable wavelengths.

  • Comparison with Atomic Clocks:
    • Higher Operating Frequency:
      • Optical atomic clocks operate at higher frequencies than traditional atomic clocks, allowing them to complete more oscillations per unit of time.
      • This capability enables them to measure smaller increments of time with greater accuracy.
    • Narrower Linewidth:
      • Optical atomic clocks have much narrower linewidths, which refers to the range of frequencies over which the atomic transition occurs.
      • This narrow linewidth makes it easier to precisely match the frequency of the optical light used to stimulate atomic transitions.
      •  
    • Technology and Element Used:
      • The element strontium (Sr) is commonly employed in optical atomic clocks due to its stable optical transitions and exceptionally narrow linewidths, contributing to their enhanced accuracy.

Applications of Optical Atomic Clocks:

  • Self-Reliance and National Security:
    • Developing domestic optical atomic clocks reduces dependence on foreign technology, enhancing national security.
    • This is crucial for ensuring the reliability of critical infrastructure such as NavIC (Indian GPS) during conflicts.
  • Enhanced Accuracy and Reliability:
    • Optical atomic clocks offer unparalleled precision, making them ideal for synchronising all digital devices with Indian Standard Time (IST).
    • This ensures a unified and highly accurate time reference across the nation.
  • Telecommunications:
    • Precise timing provided by optical atomic clocks minimises errors in communication networks, facilitating seamless data transfer and enhancing overall network performance.
  • Financial Systems:
    • Optical atomic clocks provide accurate timestamps for financial transactions, crucial for mitigating fraud risks, especially in high-frequency trading environments.
  • Cybersecurity:
    • Reliable timestamps from optical atomic clocks bolster India's cybersecurity framework by ensuring the accuracy and integrity of transaction records, thereby enhancing fraud prevention and data security measures.
  • Critical Infrastructure and Power Grids:
    • Optical atomic clocks play a pivotal role in synchronising critical infrastructure, including power grids, transportation systems, and emergency services.
    • This synchronisation improves operational efficiency, reliability, and response times during emergency

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims:

Q.1 Which one of the following countries has its own Satellite Navigation System? (2023)

  1. Australia
  2. Canada
  3. Israel
  4. Japan

Ans: d

 

Source: TH

Keywords: GS - 3, Science & Technology- Indigenization of Technology — Achievements of Indians in Science & Technology
Monthly Current Affairs

Visceral Leishmaniasis (VL)


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, the World Health Organization (WHO) launched a framework to eradicate visceral leishmaniasis (VL) in eastern Africa.
  • In 2022, eastern Africa accounted for 73% of global VL caseload, 50% of which occurred in children aged under 15 years. 

About Visceral Leishmaniasis (VL):

  • Cause: VL is a severe and potentially fatal disease caused by the Leishmania parasite.
  • Also Known As: Commonly referred to as kala-azar or black fever.
  • Transmission: Transmitted by infected female phlebotomine sandflies.
  • Vulnerable Population: Primarily affects infants and children, though adults can also be infected.
  • Symptoms: Fever, weight loss, and enlargement of the spleen and liver.
  • Fatality Rate: Untreated cases can lead to a fatality rate as high as 100% within 2 years. It is the second deadliest parasitic disease globally, after malaria.
  • Endemic Areas: Endemic in 80 countries worldwide. In India, VL is caused exclusively by the Leishmania donovani parasite.
  • Eradication Efforts: Bangladesh achieved the first countrywide eradication of VL in 2023.
  • Post Kala-azar Dermal Leishmaniasis (PKDL) – It is a condition when Leishmania donovani invades skin cells, resides and develops there and manifests as dermal lesions. 

Initiatives on VL Elimination:

Global Initiatives:

  • WHO’s New Roadmap (2021–2030): Aims to prevent, control, eliminate, and eradicate neglected tropical diseases, including visceral leishmaniasis (kala-azar), by 2030.
  • Global Programme to Eliminate Lymphatic Filariasis (GPELF):
    • Seeks to eliminate lymphatic filariasis, onchocerciasis, and kala-azar through Mass Drug Administration (MDA).
    • The 2020 global elimination target was missed due to COVID-19, with efforts now accelerated for achievement by 2030. 

Indian Initiatives:

  • Government Efforts: India aims to eliminate kala-azar by 2023, implementing initiatives such as PM-AWAS Yojana for housing, rural electrification, and comprehensive healthcare including testing, treatment, and surveillance.
  • National Kala-azar Elimination Programme:
    • Originally targeted for 2010 (revised to 2015), aligned with the National Health Policy-2002.
    • India collaborates with Bangladesh and Nepal under a Tripartite MoU for elimination within the South-East Asia Region (SEAR).
  • Implementation: Activities are managed under the National Vector Borne Disease Control Programme (NVBDCP), operating within the framework of the National Health Mission (NHM) to ensure comprehensive disease management and prevention strategies. 

                 UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims:

Q:1 Consider the following statements: (2017)

  1. In tropical regions, Zika virus disease is transmitted by the same mosquito that transmits dengue.
  2. Sexual transmission of Zika virus disease is possible.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 1 only
(b) 2 only
(c) Both 1 and 2
(d) Neither 1 nor 2 

Ans: (c)

 

Source:  DTE

Keywords: GS - 3, Science & Technology- Health- Disease
Monthly Current Affairs

Chlorella Growth Factor


Why in the News?

  • Recently, scientists at CSIR-Indian Institute of Chemical Technology (IICT) have highlighted the potential of Chlorella Growth Factor (CGF), a protein-rich extract from the microalgae Chlorella sorokiniana, as an optimal ingredient for various food and feed applications.

What are Chlorella Growth Factor (CGF) and Chlorella Sorokiniana?

  • Chlorella Growth Factor (CGF): 
    • Nutritional Benefits: CGF is rich in amino acids and high-quality proteins, making it a promising alternative source for both human and animal diets. It contains essential amino acids, peptides, nucleotides, polysaccharides, vitamins, and minerals, surpassing commercial soy meal in nutrient content.
    • Production Method: CGF extraction involves a non-chemical autolysis process that preserves the integrity of amino acids and other valuable components.
    • Application: Adding CGF to chicken feed enhances egg quality, demonstrating its potential as a superior protein supplement for animals.
    • Sustainability: Microalgae like Chlorella sorokiniana are categorised as "under-exploited crops" that do not compete with traditional food crops for space and resources, offering a sustainable solution to address the rising global demand for high-quality protein sources.
  • Chlorella sorokiniana:
    • Chlorella sorokiniana is an oval-shaped single-celled algae renowned for its rapid growth in the microscopic world. 
    • Each cell functions as a self-contained organism, possessing all essential nutrients necessary for its sustenance, thereby being self-sustaining and complete. 
    • Under optimal conditions of sunlight and nutrient availability, Chlorella sorokiniana can multiply rapidly, increasing from one cell to 24 cells within a span of 24 hours.

What are Microalgae and Macroalgae ?

  • Microalgae:
    • Microalgae are tiny photosynthetic organisms found in various natural environments such as water, rocks, and soil. 
    • They exhibit higher photosynthetic efficiency compared to terrestrial plants and contribute significantly to global oxygen production. 
    • Microalgae thrive in both freshwater and marine habitats, examples include Chlorella and Diatoms. Marine microalgae are crucial in oceanic food chains and absorb carbon dioxide.
    • However, ongoing climate change and global warming are causing surface ocean waters to warm, leading to reduced nutrient availability due to decreased mixing between nutrient-rich deeper waters and surface waters.
  • Macroalgae:
    • Macroalgae, commonly known as seaweeds, are multicellular autotrophs categorised into three groups based on thallus colour: Chlorophyta (green algae), Rhodophyta (red algae), and Phaeophyta (brown algae). 
    • Seaweeds lack roots, stems, and leaves typical of land plants and are foundational in marine ecosystems. 
    • They form dense underwater forests called kelp forests, which serve as critical habitats for various marine organisms including fish, snails, and sea urchins.
    • Some species of seaweeds include Gelidiella acerosa, Gracilaria edulis, Gracilaria crassa, and Gracilaria verrucosa, each playing distinct roles within marine environments.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims:

Q:1 Consider the following statements in respect of probiotics: (2022)

  1. Probiotics are made of both bacteria and yeast.
  2. The organisms in probiotics are found in foods we ingest but they do not naturally occur in our gut.
  3. Probiotics help in the digestion of milk sugars.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

  1. 1 only 
  2. 2 only
  3. 1 and 3 
  4. 2 and 3

Ans: (c)


Mains

Q:1 What are the research and developmental achievements in applied biotechnology? How will these achievements help to uplift the poorer sections of the society? (2021)

Q:2 How can biotechnology help to improve the living standards of farmers? (2019)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS - 3, Science & Tech.- Achievements of Indians in Science & Technology
Monthly Current Affairs

Rift Valley Fever (RVF)


Why in the news ?

  • A recent study has revealed that the geographical range of Rift Valley Fever (RVF) disease clusters is expanding across eastern Africa.
  • The increasing frequency of small RVF clusters in previously unaffected areas is associated with a combination of higher temperature and rainfall.

  • Rift Valley fever (RVF) is a zoonotic viral disease caused by the Rift Valley fever virus, which is found in most of sub-Saharan Africa, especially eastern and southern Africa.
  • It was first identified in 1931 in the Rift Valley in Kenya.
  • It is transmitted by mosquitoes, most commonly the Aedes and Culex mosquitoes.
  • It is primarily a disease of ruminants such as sheep, goats and cattle but human infections occur following close contact with infected animal tissue and body fluids.
  • Symptoms: People with RVF often have either no symptoms or a mild illness that includes fever, weakness, back pain, and dizziness.
  • It produces high mortality rates in newborn ruminants, especially sheep and goats, and abortion in pregnant animals.
  • RVF is listed in the World Organisation for Animal Health (WOAH) Terrestrial Animal Health Code and must be reported to the WOAH.

Source: (DTE)

Keywords: GS-3 - Science & Technology- Biology – Disease
Monthly Current Affairs

India’s Prospects Through Artificial General Intelligence


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, it has been observed that Artificial General Intelligence (AGI) has the potential to redefine and shape India's future prospects on the global stage for coming generations.

Understanding AGI:

  • Definition: AGI refers to artificial intelligence systems with general intelligence comparable to or exceeding human cognitive abilities across nearly all areas.
  • Concept: AGI represents a futuristic vision where machines possess cognitive abilities on par with humans, capable of reasoning, problem-solving, perception, learning, and language comprehension.
  • Capabilities: Unlike AI designed for specific tasks, AGI can generalise its capabilities to solve any problem, even those it wasn't explicitly programmed to handle.

The Indian AI Mission:

  • Government Initiative: In March 2024, the Indian Cabinet approved the India AI mission, allocating over ₹110,000 crore over five years for AI development.
  • Infrastructure Development: This mission will support the creation of AI supercomputing infrastructure, accessible to startups, academia, and industry.
  • Strategic Entry: As India joins the global AI race, the focus must be on the next evolutionary leap: Artificial General Intelligence (AGI).

Journey Towards AGI:

  • Current AI Limitations: 
    • Despite significant advancements, no AI tool has yet passed the Turing test, a benchmark proposed by 20th-century computer scientist Alan Turing. 
    • This test measures an AI's ability to exhibit intelligent behaviour equivalent to, or indistinguishable from, that of a human.
  • Prediction Machines: 
    • Current state-of-the-art AI technologies, including ChatGPT, DALL-E, and others, function primarily as prediction machines. 
    • They predict answers to specific prompts with high accuracy because they have been trained on vast amounts of data.
  • Human-Level Performance
    • These AI systems lack human-level capabilities in areas such as creativity, logical reasoning, and sensory perception. 
    • They do not yet exhibit the comprehensive cognitive flexibility and problem-solving abilities characteristic of human intelligence.
  • Paradigm Shift with AGI: 
    • The advent of AGI represents a significant shift in our technological future and its societal role. Our adoption and management of AGI will not only shape our global standing but also define the legacy for future generations.
  • Transformative Power of AI: 
    • AI's potential to enhance human life is widely recognized. It is crucial to approach this future with a strong sense of responsibility and a collective vision to ensure technology benefits the greater good.
  • Future with AGI: 
    • Achieving success with AGI will transcend leading in technology; it will involve mastering a domain that could influence human evolution, economics, and global governance. Mastery of AGI could ultimately determine the future balance of global power.

Potential Benefits of AGI:

  • Healthcare: 
    • In India, it could bridge the gap between urban and rural healthcare services by monitoring health metrics in real-time, predicting potential problems, and coordinating customised preventative care and treatments.
  • Agriculture: 
    • AGI can optimise crop yields, manage pests, and monitor soil health. In India, it could assist small and marginal farmers in making informed decisions, thereby improving productivity and sustainability.
  • Education: 
    • It has the potential to democratise quality education across India, ensuring that students in remote areas receive the same quality of education as those in urban centres.
  • Governance: 
    • In India, it could ensure efficient public service delivery even in the remotest parts of the country, thereby improving governance and accountability

Risks and Challenges Associated with AGI:

  • Understanding the Risks: 
    • The National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) has developed an AI Risk Management Framework to help mitigate the risks associated with AGI. 
    • This framework identifies 12 risks and proposes over 400 actions that developers can implement to manage these risks effectively.
  • Long-term Risks: 
    • Yuval Noah Harari has highlighted a long-term risk involving the potential convergence of AGI and biotechnology. 
    • This convergence could fundamentally alter human existence by manipulating human emotions, thoughts, and desires.
  • Regulatory Challenges
    • Regulatory sandboxes have emerged as a crucial tool for evaluating innovations within a controlled and monitored environment. 
    • These sandboxes enable policymakers to gather empirical evidence on the benefits and risks associated with AGI applications.
  • Ethical Considerations: 
    • Ensuring that AI-based decisions are ethical, fair, and well-documented is essential to mitigate risks. 
    • There are concerns that AGI could potentially disadvantage individuals or groups through discriminatory practices, emphasising the need to align AGI development with universally accepted human values.

Policy Suggestions: 

  • Preparing for AGI-Driven Economy and Defence Integration: India needs to anticipate how AGI will transform job markets and economic structures while ensuring safe integration into defence strategy, acknowledging the tendency to under-prepare for rare catastrophic risks.
  • Establishing an AI Department: India should create a dedicated AI department to centralise coordination of all AI-related activities, setting standards, guidelines, and policies aligned with national strategic interests.
  • Democratising Data Access: India must liberate access to vast datasets across public and private sectors to foster a competitive AI ecosystem capable of addressing global and local challenges effectively.
  • Enhancing National Security through AI: India should develop a robust AI ecosystem for strategic applications in defence, drone technology, cybersecurity, and other critical sectors to bolster national security and drive innovation.
  • Nationwide AI Skilling Initiative: Launching a comprehensive AI skilling initiative is crucial, aiming to train 50 million people in AI usage skills and 1 million in AI development to meet future workforce demands.
  • Fostering Collaborations and Partnerships: India should forge partnerships with universities, technical institutes, and online education platforms to integrate AI-focused curricula, establish specialised degree programs, and promote continuous education opportunities nationwide.

Conclusion:

Thus. AGI offers significant potential for enhancing human life and economic competitiveness but introduces new risks and challenges. Striking a balance between fostering innovation and ensuring responsible development is crucial. Addressing current challenges and anticipating future impacts is essential as we navigate the uncharted territory of AGI to secure a safe and beneficial future.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims

Q1. With the present state of development, Artificial Intelligence can effectively do which of the following? (2020)

  1. Bring down electricity consumption in industrial units
  2. Create meaningful short stories and songs
  3. Disease diagnosis
  4. Text-to-Speech Conversion
  5. Wireless transmission of electrical energy

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

  • 1, 2, 3 and 5 only 
  • 1, 3 and 4 only 
  • 2, 4 and 5 only 
  • 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5

Ans: (b)

Source: LM

Keywords: GS –3 — science & Technology– Advancement in the field of Science and technology
Monthly Current Affairs

DRDO developed Woman-led start-up : Divya Drishti


Why in the news?

  • Recently, a start-up named Ingenious Research Solutions Pvt Ltd. collaborated with the Centre for Artificial Intelligence & Robotics (CAIR), a DRDO laboratory based in Bangalore, to develop an AI tool called ‘Divya Drishti.’

What is Divya Drishti ?

  • About:
    • ‘Divya Drishti’ integrates facial recognition with immutable physiological parameters such as gait and skeleton, creating a robust biometric authentication system. 
  • Biometric Authentication: 
    • This tool utilises both facial recognition and gait analysis, offering a dual-layered approach that enhances accuracy in identifying individuals and reduces the risks of false positives and identity fraud.
  • Applications:
    • ‘Divya Drishti’ has applications across various sectors including Defence, Law Enforcement, Corporate environments, and Public Infrastructure.
  • Supported by:
    • The development of this AI tool was supported by the Technology Development Fund (TDF), showcasing DRDO’s commitment to nurturing start-ups in the defence and aerospace sectors as part of the ‘Aatmanirbhar Bharat’ initiative.

Defence Research and Development Organization (DRDO):

  • About: The Defence Research and Development Organization (DRDO) is India's premier research and development agency under the Ministry of Defence, Government of India.
  • Objective: DRDO is mandated with conducting military research and development aimed at achieving self-sufficiency in the defence sector.

Centre for Artificial Intelligence and Robotics (CAIR):

  • About: CAIR, a prominent DRDO laboratory, specialises in research and development in Artificial Intelligence, Robotics, Command and Control, and Information and Communication Security.
  • Role: CAIR plays a crucial role in influencing national technology policies, emphasising the importance of national security and fostering self-reliance in advanced technologies.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS -3, Science and Technology- AI
Monthly Current Affairs

Nagastra – 1


Why in the news ?

  • Indian Army has received the 1st batch of man-portable suicide drones, Nagastra-1.
  • The high-tech drones are designed and developed indigenously by Economic Explosives Limited (EEL), a subsidiary of Solar Industries, Nagpur.

  • Nagastra is a fixed-wing electric unmanned aerial vehicle with an endurance of 60 minutes.
  • Unlike other weapons, Solar’s Nagastra has the capability to abort an attack if necessary and can be safely retrieved.
  • It is named a loitering munition weapon due to its ability to hover over the target.
  • It can carry a 1-kilo warhead and carry out a precision strike via GPS with an accuracy of within two metres.
  • It offers a 15 km range with man-in-loop control and extends up to 30 km in autonomous mode.
  • Due to its electric propulsion system, Nagastra-1 provides a low acoustic signature, making it almost undetectable at altitudes over 200 metres.
  • It has a ‘Kamikaze mode’ in which it can search and destroy any target by crashing into it.
  • It is equipped with day and night surveillance cameras.
  • It has been designed to hit enemy training camps, launch pads, and infiltrators and thus reduce risk to soldiers.

Source: TOI

Keywords: GS – 3 – S&T – Defence
Monthly Current Affairs

Tarang Shakti - 2024


Why in the News ?

  • India is set to host its inaugural multinational air exercise, Tarang Shakti-2024, in August 2024, with participation expected from 10 countries and others as observers.

Ket facts about the Tarang Shakti:

  • Inspired by the US-hosted Red Flag exercise, Tarang Shakti-2024 will be conducted in two phases. 
  • The first phase will take place in southern India, followed by the second phase in the western sector.
  • Participating countries include Australia, France, Germany, Japan, Spain, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, and the United States. Germany will showcase its A-400M aircraft during the exercise, which is being evaluated by the Indian Air Force (IAF) under an ongoing tender for medium transport aircraft.
  • Earlier, the IAF participated in the 2nd edition of Red Flag 2024 from June 4th to 14th in Alaska. 
  • Indian Rafale aircraft engaged in joint exercises with Singaporean and American counterparts, focusing on beyond-visual-range combat manoeuvres in offensive counter-air and air defence roles within large-scale operational scenarios.

Significance of the Exercise:

  • Showcasing Advanced Military Technologies: Tarang Shakti-2024 serves as a platform for demonstrating advanced military technologies and capabilities, such as fighter jets, transport aircraft, and aerial refuelling systems.
  • Demonstrating Effectiveness and Interoperability: Participating countries can showcase the effectiveness and interoperability of their equipment in multinational operational scenarios, fostering mutual understanding and collaboration.
  • Enhancing Regional Stability: The exercise contributes to enhancing regional stability, particularly in the Indo-Pacific region, by improving collective security capabilities and readiness among participating nations.
  • Strengthening Diplomatic Relations: Tarang Shakti-2024 reinforces India’s position as a crucial partner in global security initiatives. It also strengthens diplomatic ties with participating countries through collaborative defence engagement

UPSC Civil Services Examination PYQ

Prelims

Q:1  Which of the following statements about the Exercise Mitra Shakti-2023 is/ are correct?(2024)

  1. This was a joint military exercise between India and Bangladesh.
  2. It commenced in Aundh (Pune).
  3. Joint response during counter-terrorism operations was a goal of this operation.
  4. The Indian Air Force was a part of this exercise.

Select the answer using the code given below:

  1. 1, 2 and 3
  2. 1 and 4
  3. 1 and 4
  4. 2, 3 and 4

Answer: D

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3, Science & Technology- Defence- exercise
Monthly Current Affairs

Democratisation of Technology


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, PM urged for Democratisation of Technology at G7 Outreach summit 

About the Democratisation: 

  • Democratisation of Technology (DoT) refers to the process by which access to technology becomes more widespread among the larger population.

 Some key facets of DoT:

  • Accessibility: Ensuring that technological tools and resources are available to a broader audience, regardless of location or socioeconomic status.
  • Affordability: Making technology more affordable so that it can be accessed by individuals and organisations with varying financial means.
  • Decentralisation: Distributing technological resources and decision-making processes to reduce central control and enhance local empowerment.
  • Skill Development: Providing education and training to equip people with the skills needed to use and benefit from technology effectively.
  • Shared Resources: Promoting the use of shared technological resources, such as open-source software and communal hardware, to maximise utility and collaboration.

Significance of Democratisation of Technology (DoT):

  • Economic Impact: Empowers individuals and small businesses to use tech platforms for starting new ventures and driving innovation. Fosters economic growth, job creation, and new income opportunities across various sectors.
  • Social Impact: Bridges digital divides, providing access to educational resources, healthcare information, and financial services. Enhances social mobility, exemplified by initiatives like Massive Open Online Courses (MOOCs) offered by NPTEL.
  • Cultural Impact: Platforms like Twitter and Instagram amplify diverse voices and enable global sharing of cultural content. Promotes cultural exchange and understanding through accessible digital mediums.
  • Governance Impact: Enhances citizen engagement and public discourse, leading to greater accountability in governance. Utilises social media outreach to connect public services with beneficiaries, improving transparency and efficiency.

Challenges in Democratisation of Technology (DoT)

  • Digital Divide and Infrastructure Gap: Lack of reliable and affordable internet connectivity, especially in remote and rural areas, hinders widespread access.
  • Gender and Social Inequities: Persistent gender disparities in access to education, employment, and resources exacerbate the digital divide.
  • Cybersecurity and Privacy Concerns: Issues such as data privacy, online fraud, and cyber threats deter individuals and organisations from fully embracing technology.

Steps Taken for Democratisation of Technology (DoT) in India:

  • Digital Public Infrastructure: Implementation of the 'India Stack', a comprehensive digital framework for digital identification (Aadhaar), payments (UPI), and data management, enabling broad access to essential services.
  • Common Service Centres (CSCs): Establishment of access points for Government-to-Citizen (G2C) e-Services, creating physical service delivery ICT infrastructure within reach of citizens, especially in rural and remote areas.
  • NAMO Drone Didi Initiative: Support for women self-help groups (SHGs) to purchase drones for agricultural purposes, empowering women and promoting tech adoption in farming.
  • #BBD0E0 »

Keywords: GS-3, Science & Technology- Democratisation of Technology (DoT)
Monthly Current Affairs

H5N1 for humans


Why in the news?

  • Recently, the spread of highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) H5N1 to cattle and the first human cases among U.S. dairy workers have intensified concerns about broader human transmission.

Highly pathogenic avian influenza H5N1 strain spread from cattle to humans:

  • Recent Infections: Three cases of human infection in dairy farm workers were reported in the U.S., indicating the potential for the virus to spread from cattle to humans.
  • Transmission: The virus seems to spread to humans who have close interactions with infected birds or animals without adequate personal protection.
  • Current Risk Level: Scientists note that the virus currently lacks the mutations necessary for efficient human-to-human transmission, maintaining a low risk to human health. However, the potential for the virus to rapidly evolve remains a significant concern.

Strategy to Identify and Contain the Spread of the Virus:

  • Surveillance in Kerala:
    • Community-Based Disease Surveillance Network: Kerala has implemented a network involving 2.5 lakh volunteers trained in the ‘One Health’ concept across four districts: Alappuzha, Pathanamthitta, Kottayam, and Idukki.
    • Early Warning System: Volunteers report any unusual events or deaths of animals/birds in their locality, enabling early warning and prompt preventive or control measures.
  • Global Coordination:
    • Call for Robust Response: A recent editorial by The Lancet emphasises the need for a robust and coordinated global response to H5N1.
  • ‘One Health’ Concept:
    • Interconnection: ‘One Health’ recognizes the interconnection between people, animals, plants, and their shared environment.
    • Collaborative Efforts: It emphasises the need for collaborative efforts across different sectors to achieve optimal health outcomes.
  • Implementation in Kerala:
    • Operationalizing ‘One Health’: Kerala uses the ‘One Health’ concept through the World Bank-aided ‘Rebuild Kerala’ project. This involves a community-based disease surveillance network where volunteers monitor and report on animal and bird health, ensuring early detection and response to potential outbreaks.
    • Proactive Measures: The state has established an on-ground, volunteer-driven network for disease monitoring and control, taking proactive steps beyond the conceptual framework.

Way Forward:

  • Strengthen Global Surveillance and Collaboration:
    • International Cooperation: Enhance cooperation for surveillance, data sharing, and rapid response mechanisms.
    • ‘One Health’ Approach: Leverage the ‘One Health’ approach for coordinated action across human, animal, and environmental health sectors.
  • Implement Rigorous Biosecurity and Safety Protocols:
    • Biosecurity Measures: Ensure strict biosecurity measures for workers in close contact with animals, particularly in high-risk areas.
    • Personal Protective Equipment (PPE): Provide and enforce the use of PPE to prevent zoonotic transmission and reduce the potential for human infections.

                                         UPSC Civil  Services Examination PYQ

Mains PYQ: 

Q:1 The public health system has limitations in providing universal health coverage. Do you think that the private sector can help in bridging the gap? What other viable alternatives do you suggest? (2015)

Source:   TH

Keywords: GS-3, Science & Tech. – Awareness in various Science fields
Monthly Current Affairs

CRISPR Cas9 Gene Therapy


Why in the News?

  • Recently, India is advancing towards the development of a CRISPR-Cas9-based gene therapy for sickle cell disease (SCD), a genetic blood disorder highly prevalent among Scheduled Tribes.

What is Sickle Cell Disease?

  • Sickle cell disease (SCD) is a group of inherited blood disorders caused by a genetic mutation in the hemoglobin-β gene located on chromosome 11, resulting in defective haemoglobin that forms rod-like structures after releasing oxygen. 
  • This mutation leads to red blood cells becoming rigid and assuming a sickle shape.
  • SCD is inherited in an autosomal recessive pattern, requiring both parents to carry the abnormal gene for a child to inherit it. 
  • Symptoms may not manifest immediately in newborns but can include extreme tiredness, fussiness, swollen hands and feet, and jaundice.

Implications:

  • The misshapen red blood cells can block small blood vessels, impairing blood flow and causing chronic anaemia. 
  • Individuals with SCD often suffer acute pain episodes, severe bacterial infections, and tissue damage due to insufficient blood supply.

Treatment:

  • Current treatment options include medications for pain relief and regular blood transfusions to replace damaged red blood cells. 
  • In rare cases, a bone marrow or stem cell transplant, which carries significant risks, may be recommended.

Eliminating Sickle Cell Disease: 

  • Recent advancements include the U.S. Food and Drug Administration's approval of CRISPR-Cas9 technology for cell-based gene therapy to treat sickle cell disease in December 2023.
  • India faces the primary challenge of developing cost-effective therapy as part of its mission to eradicate sickle cell disease by 2047, initiated by the Prime Minister in July 2023.
  • The mission targets conducting over 7 crore screenings among vulnerable tribal populations across 17 States and Union Territories, with three crore screenings completed to date.

CRISPR-Cas9 Gene Editing:

  • CRISPR-Cas9, short for Clustered Regularly Interspaced Short Palindromic Repeats and CRISPR-associated protein 9, is a powerful technology enabling geneticists and researchers to edit sections of the genome by modifying DNA sequences.
  • Emmanuelle Charpentier and Jennifer Doudna's pioneering work on CRISPR-Cas9, likened to a 'molecular scissor,' earned them the 2020 Nobel Prize in chemistry.

The system comprises two primary components:

  • Cas9: This enzyme functions as molecular scissors, cutting the DNA strand at a precise location targeted for modification, such as removal, addition, or alteration of DNA.
  • Guide RNA (gRNA): This RNA segment is designed to bind to a specific DNA sequence complementary to its code. The gRNA directs the Cas9 enzyme to the exact location in the genome where genetic editing is intended.

Mechanism:

  • Initially, a gRNA is designed to match the DNA sequence requiring modification.
  • Once inside the cell, the Cas9 enzyme and gRNA form a complex that locates and binds to the targeted DNA sequence.
  • Cas9 then cleaves the DNA at the predetermined site.
  • Following the DNA cut, the cell's natural repair mechanisms can be utilised to insert or delete genetic material, or to make precise alterations to the DNA sequence

UPSC Civil Services Examination PYQ


Prelims:

Q:1 Consider the following statements in the context interventions being undertaken under Anaemin Mukt Bharat Strategy :[2023] 

  1. It provides prophylactic calcium supplementation for pre-school children, adolescents and pregnant women.
  2. It runs a campaign for delayed cord clamping at the time of child-birth.
  3. It provides for periodic deworming to children and adolescents.
  4. It addresses non-nutritional causes of anaemia in endemic pockets with special focus on malaria, hemoglobinopathies and fluorosis.

How many of the statements given above are correct?

  1. Only one
  2. Only two
  3. Only three
  4. All four

Answer: C  

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3, Sc. & Tech.-Awareness in various sc and tech fields
Monthly Current Affairs

SIPRI Annual Report2024


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, the SIPRI Yearbook 2024 has been published by Oxford University Press on behalf of the Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI).

About:

  • The SIPRI Yearbook offers comprehensive insights into international security, covering areas such as weapons and technology, military spending, arms production and trade, armed conflicts, conflict resolution efforts, and initiatives aimed at regulating conventional, nuclear, chemical, and biological weapons.

Major Findings from the SIPRI Yearbook 2024:

  • Nuclear Arsenal: In 2024, nine states—United States, Russia, United Kingdom, France, China, India, Pakistan, North Korea, and Israel—held approximately 12,121 nuclear weapons. Of these, 9,585 were potentially operational.
  • Decline in Nuclear Warheads: Overall, the global number of nuclear warheads is decreasing primarily due to dismantlement efforts by the USA and Russia of retired warheads.
  • Operational Warheads: Despite the overall decline, reductions in operational warheads have stalled globally, with numbers beginning to rise again. The USA and Russia, holding nearly 90% of all nuclear weapons, are actively replacing and modernising their arsenals.
  • China's Expansion: China is significantly modernising and expanding its nuclear arsenal, tripling its number to around 500 warheads. Some of these warheads are on high operational alert for the first time. Projections indicate China may deploy as many intercontinental ballistic missiles as Russia or the USA soon.
  • South Asian Developments: Both India and Pakistan are reportedly increasing their nuclear weapon stockpiles. Additionally, the UK plans to expand its nuclear stockpile.
  • North Korea's Program: North Korea's military nuclear program remains integral to its national security strategy, with estimates suggesting it has assembled up to 50 nuclear weapons and has the capability to produce more.
  • Israel's Ambiguity: Israel maintains a policy of nuclear ambiguity, leaving uncertainty about the size of its nuclear arsenal.

India's Nuclear Forces :

  • Arsenal Size: As of this year, India's nuclear arsenal consists of approximately 172 warheads, slightly exceeding Pakistan's inventory of 170 warheads.
  • Triad Strengthening: India is enhancing the undersea component of its nuclear triad, which includes land-based missiles, strategic bombers, and nuclear-powered submarines (SSBNs).
  • SSBN Development: India launched its third SSBN (nuclear-powered submarine carrying ballistic missiles armed with nuclear warheads) in 2021. A fourth SSBN is currently under construction, with plans for possible launch by 2024.

SIPRI:

  • SIPRI, the Stockholm International Peace Research Institute, is an independent international institute headquartered in Stockholm. 
  • Established in 1966, SIPRI focuses on researching conflict, armaments, arms control, and disarmament. 
  • It provides data, analysis, and recommendations based on open sources to policymakers, researchers, media, and the general public. 
  • SIPRI operates under a funding model initiated by the Swedish Parliament, receiving a significant annual grant from the Swedish Government. 
  • Additionally, the institute seeks financial contributions from other organisations to support its research endeavours, ensuring its independence and capacity to conduct impactful international security studies.

Challenges in Nuclear Disarmament

  • Geopolitical Tensions: Nations often view nuclear weapons as a deterrent against potential adversaries, which hinders willingness to disarm when perceived threats exist.
  • Transparency: Verifying compliance with disarmament agreements is challenging, complicating efforts to ensure adherence to agreed-upon reductions.
  • Technological Advancements: Advances in nuclear technology, such as smaller and more sophisticated weapons, pose obstacles to effective disarmament initiatives.
  • Strategic Stability Concerns: Countries may see nuclear weapons as vital to national security, fearing that disarmament could disrupt strategic stability and deter them from fully committing to disarmament efforts.
  • Economic and Strategic Costs: The process of dismantling nuclear weapons and managing their materials is costly and complex, presenting financial and logistical challenges.
  • Non-Proliferation Concerns: As some states disarm, others may perceive a strategic advantage in acquiring or retaining nuclear weapons, potentially sparking proliferation concerns and undermining disarmament goals.

Treaties Related to Nuclear Disarmament:

  • Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons (NPT): 
    • Signed in 1968 and effective from 1970, the NPT aims to prevent nuclear weapon proliferation and encourage disarmament. 
    • It categorises states as nuclear-weapon states (NWS), recognized for possessing nuclear weapons before the treaty, and non-nuclear-weapon states (NNWS), which commit to refraining from nuclear weapons development.
  • Treaty on the Prohibition of Nuclear Weapons (TPNW): 
    • Adopted by the UN in 2017 and open for signature since 2018, the TPNW aims to ban the development, testing, production, stockpiling, stationing, transfer, use, and threat of use of nuclear weapons. 
    • It marks a significant step towards global nuclear disarmament, although nuclear-armed states have not signed it.
  • Comprehensive Nuclear-Test-Ban Treaty (CTBT): 
    • Opened for signature in 1996, the CTBT seeks to prohibit all nuclear explosions, whether for civilian or military purposes. 
    • Despite being signed by 185 countries and ratified by 170, its entry into force requires ratification by nuclear-armed states.
  • Outer Space Treaty: 
    • Entered into force in 1967, this agreement prohibits the placement of weapons of mass destruction in space. 
    • All nine known nuclear-armed states are parties to this treaty, contributing to the prevention of weaponization of outer space.

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3, Science & Technology - Defence
Monthly Current Affairs

Hooch tragedy


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, in Tamil Nadu's Kallakurichi, at least 38 people have died and around 100 others are in the hospital after drinking spurious liquor, also known as hooch.

What is the science of Creating Alcohol ?

  • Alcohol production relies on two main processes: fermentation and distillation. 
  • Fermentation: 
    • Fermentation involves the chemical reaction where yeast or bacteria act on sugars derived from grains, fruits, or sugarcane to produce ethanol, the alcohol found in beverages.
    • Alcohol Content Variation: Alcoholic beverages vary in alcohol content:
    • Beer typically contains around 5% alcohol by volume.
    • Wine ranges from approximately 12% alcohol by volume.
    • Distilled spirits, such as whiskey and vodka, have alcohol contents typically around 40% or higher.
  • Role of Distillation
    • Distillation is crucial, particularly for beverages with higher alcohol content. 
    • As more sugars are converted into alcohol during fermentation, the environment can become toxic for the fermenting microorganisms.
  • Distillation Process: 
    • Distillation separates alcohol from the fermented mixture by:
      • Evaporating the liquid to create alcohol vapour.
      • Condensing the vapour back into liquid form.
      • This process concentrates the alcohol, ensuring a more potent final product compared to the original fermented mixture.

Adverse effect of Ethanol on Human Health:

  • Ethanol Metabolism: 
    • Ethanol (C2H5OH) is metabolised in the liver and stomach by alcohol dehydrogenase (ADH) and aldehyde dehydrogenase (ALDH).

  • Acetaldehyde Effects: 
    • The harmful effects of alcohol consumption, including hangovers and cancer risks, stem largely from acetaldehyde. 
  • WHO's Alcohol Warning: 
    • Contrary to common belief, the World Health Organization (WHO) asserts that no level of alcohol consumption is safe for health. 

What is Hooch/Spurious Liquor ?

  • About Hooch:
    • Hooch, derived from the Hoochinoo tribe of Alaska known for strong liquor, refers to poor quality alcohol lacking rigorous quality control, often produced in crude, homemade settings.
  • Production Process:
    • Hooch, like all alcohol, is made through fermentation and distillation. It involves distilling a fermented mixture of local yeast, sugar, or fruit waste. 

  • Risks of Methanol:
    • During distillation, both ethanol (boiling point 78.37 °C) and highly toxic methanol (boiling point 64.7 °C) can concentrate. Improper distillation can result in high methanol levels in the final product. 
  • Health Hazards:
    • High methanol concentrations in hooch can cause severe toxicity, including cerebral edema, haemorrhage, and death. Differentiating safe hooch from toxic variants is challenging prior to consumption

Regulation of Methanol in India:

  • Inclusion in Hazardous Chemical Rules:
    • Methanol is listed in Schedule I of the Manufacture, Storage, and Import of Hazardous Chemical Rules 1989, indicating its regulatory control due to its hazardous nature.
  • Food Safety Regulations:
    • Under the Food Safety and Standards (Alcoholic Beverages) Regulations 2018, specific limits for methanol content in various liquors are stipulated. 
    • For example, coconut feni must have methanol "absent," while country liquor can contain up to 50 grams per 100 litres.
  • Quality Standards:
    • Indian Standard (IS 517) dictates the methods for assessing methanol quality.
    • The Tamil Nadu Denatured Spirit, Methyl Alcohol, and Varnish (French Polish) Rules 1959 govern how methanol packaging and signage should be handled to ensure safety and compliance.

How can Methanol Poisoning be Treated?

  • Administration of Ethanol:
    • Ethanol, administered in pharmaceutical grade under medical supervision, competes with methanol for the alcohol dehydrogenase (ADH) enzymes in the body.
    • By doing so, ethanol prevents methanol from being metabolised into toxic formaldehyde and subsequently into formic acid, which is responsible for the severe effects of methanol poisoning.
    • This competition prevents methanol from being metabolised into toxic formaldehyde, thereby reducing its harmful effects.
  • Use of Fomepizole:
    • An alternative treatment is the administration of fomepizole, an antidote that inhibits the action of ADH enzymes. 
    • By slowing down ADH activity, fomepizole helps the body metabolise methanol into formaldehyde at a slower rate. 
    • This allows the body more time to excrete formaldehyde safely, thereby preventing severe complications such as cerebral edema and death.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3, Science & technology- Health — Impact of methanol poisoning from illicit alcohol
Monthly Current Affairs

Space economy of India


Why in the news?

  • Recently, the Indian Government said that the country’s share in the global space economy is projected to increase fourfold by 2030 compared to 2021. 

About India’s Space economy:

  • India has established itself as a pioneer in space exploration, evolving from transporting rocket parts on bullock carts to achieving milestones like launching a record number of satellites in a single mission.

Present Status:

  • According to a report by the World Economic Forum and McKinsey, the global space industry was valued at $630 billion in 2023 and is projected to grow at a rate of 9% annually, reaching $1.8 trillion by 2035. 
  • India's space economy, valued at $8.4 billion in 2023, currently represents approximately 2-3% of the global space economy. 
  • India has earned $174 million from launching foreign satellites, with $157 million of that total earned over the past nine years alone.

Importance and Achievements:

  • ISRO has established itself as a reliable global player in satellite launches with its Polar Satellite Launch Vehicle (PSLV) and Geosynchronous Satellite Launch Vehicle (GSLV) series.
  • India has achieved milestones in advanced technologies with successful missions like Chandrayaan-3, Aditya-L1, and XpoSat. Notably, the Mars Orbiter Mission (Mangalyaan) in 2013 made India the first nation to reach Martian orbit on its maiden attempt.
  • India's Space Technology has widespread applications across sectors such as Disaster Management, SVAMITVA, PM Gati Shakti, Railways, Highways, Smart Cities, Agriculture, Water Mapping, Telemedicine, and Robotic Surgery.
  • The Indian Regional Navigation Satellite System (IRNSS), or NavIC, provides precise positioning information across India and its surrounding regions.

Upcoming missions:

  • In 2025, the Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) plans to launch the Gaganyaan mission, India's first manned space mission.
  • ISRO is also preparing for a mission to study Venus, focusing on its surface and atmosphere, aimed at gathering valuable scientific data.
  • NISAR (NASA-ISRO Synthetic Aperture Radar) is a joint Earth-observing mission between NASA and ISRO. It will be the first radar of its kind in space designed to systematically map Earth.

Challenges:

  • ISRO operates on a constrained budget compared to other major space agencies, limiting the scale and frequency of its missions and launches.
  • India's satellite manufacturing and testing infrastructure is less extensive and advanced than that of the USA and European nations.
  • Regulatory frameworks and bureaucratic processes can hinder private sector growth and innovation in the space sector.
  • Indian entities, including ISRO and private companies, face challenges competing globally due to resource limitations and technology gaps.

Initiatives:

  • The Indian Space Policy 2023 allows Non-Governmental Entities (NGEs) to participate comprehensively in all aspects of space activities.
  • The Indian National Space Promotion and Authorization Centre (IN-SPACe) was established to facilitate private sector engagement in space ventures.
  • India now hosts nearly 200 private space startups, which have emerged since the sector was opened up, with some transforming from earlier roles into entrepreneurs.
  • Private space startups have invested over Rs. 1,000 crore in the current financial year (April-December 2023).
  • NewSpace India Limited (NSIL), operating under the Department of Space (DoS), serves as ISRO's commercial arm, assisting NGEs in commercialising space technologies and platforms.
  • Amendments to the Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) policy permit 100% FDI for satellite manufacturing, satellite data products, and ground and user segments, with up to 74% allowed through the automatic route, subject to government approval beyond 74%.

Way Forward:

  • India's space sector, leveraging ISRO, NSIL, IN-SPACe, and its startup ecosystem, aims to excel globally and innovate for societal benefits.
  • Government support is crucial as space tech entrepreneurs initiate private sector participation, pivotal for India's space economy success.
  • Strategic investments in infrastructure, manufacturing, innovation, and education are pivotal for India to achieve a US$44 billion space economy by 2033, reinforcing global leadership in space technology.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Mains

Q.1 What is India’s plan to have its own space station and how will it benefit our space programme? (2019)

Q.2 Discuss India’s achievements in the field of Space Science and Technology. How the application of this technology helped India in its socio-economic development? (2016)

Source: AIR

Keywords: GS- 3, Science & Technology– Space Technology— Achievements of Indians in Technology
Monthly Current Affairs

Plutonium Isotope Fission (PIF)


Why in the news ?

  • A recent study on the Prompt Fission Neutron Spectrum (PFNS) conducted by the US is significant for informing design updates in India’s second stage of its nuclear power programme. 

Prompt Fission Neutron Spectrum (PFNS):

  • Definition: PFNS refers to the spectrum of neutrons emitted immediately after a Pu-240 nucleus captures a neutron, occurring before the nucleus reaches a stable state.
  • Previous Studies: To date, only one study has investigated PFNS for Pu-240-induced fission at 0.85 mega-electron-volt (MeV). Recently, researchers in the U.S. conducted a second study using neutrons with higher energy than 0.85 MeV.
  • New Findings: The latest research reveals significant differences between predicted and measured PFNS. These findings are crucial for aiding reactor designers and nuclear medicine practitioners in enhancing their applications.
  • India's Progress in Nuclear Energy: On March 4, India entered the second stage of its nuclear power programme by starting the core-loading process of the Prototype Fast Breeder Reactor (PFBR) at the Madras Atomic Power Station in Kalpakkam. 

India’s 3-stage Nuclear Power Program: 

Description

Timeline

Timelines

First Stage

Relies on pressurised heavy water reactors (PHWRs) using natural uranium as fuel.

Initiated in the 1950s;

Operational since the 1960s

Second Stage

Focuses on developing fast breeder reactors (FBRs) using plutonium-239.

Initiated in the 1970s;

Development phase

Third Stage

Involves the development of thorium-based reactors utilizing India’s significant thorium reserves.

Initiated in the late 1980s/early 1990s;

Research & Development phase

About Plutonium-240 and its Fission:

  • Neutron Capture: When a Pu-239 nucleus captures a neutron, it can either undergo fission or become Pu-240. Pu-240 is prevalent in nuclear reactors and nuclear weapon test fallout.
  • Pu-240 Behaviour: Pu-240 capturing a neutron typically turns into Pu-241. If Pu-240 undergoes fission, there’s uncertainty about the energy of its fission products. Current models use complex calculations to estimate this output.

Note:

Plutonium and Its Creation:

  • Origin: Plutonium is created from Uranium-238 in nuclear reactors.
  • Plutonium-239: Pu-239 is a weapon-grade fissile material used to make nuclear weapons.
  • By-products: Both Pu-239 and Pu-240 are by-products of nuclear reactor operations and nuclear bomb explosions. 

Relevance of PFNS Study to India’s PFBR:

  • PFBR Use: The Prototype Fast Breeder Reactor (PFBR) in India utilises plutonium derived from the spent fuel of CANDU (Canada Deuterium Uranium) reactors, which includes Pu-240. Reprocessed spent fuel from the PFBR will also contain Pu-240.
  • Importance of New Data: Updated data on the behaviour of Pu-240 is crucial for enhancing reactor efficiency and safety. 

Production and Characteristics of Pu-240:

  • Creation of Pu-239: Pu-239 is formed when U-238 absorbs neutrons in a reactor. As Pu-239 captures additional neutrons, it transforms into Pu-240, accumulating over time.
  • Spontaneous Fission: Pu-240 undergoes spontaneous fission, emitting alpha particles, and is considered an impurity in weapons-grade plutonium, where its concentration is maintained below 7%.
  • Reactor-Grade Plutonium: Plutonium containing more than 19% Pu-240 is classified as reactor-grade. 

Experimental Findings on PFNS

Research at LANSCE: At Los Alamos Neutron Science Centre (LANSCE), researchers bombarded a pure Pu-240 sample with neutrons ranging from 0.01 to 800 MeV.

Detection Setup: Liquid scintillators were used to detect emitted particles, with a small Pu-240 sample employed to reduce alpha particle emission.

Measurement Focus: The study measured the energies of neutrons and other fission products, concentrating on neutron-induced fission data. 

                              UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims

Q:1 India is an important member of the ‘International Thermonuclear Experimental Reactor’. If this experiment succeeds, what is the immediate advantage for India?(2016)

(a) It can use thorium in place of uranium for power generation

(b) It can attain a global role in satellite navigation

(c) It can drastically improve the efficiency of its fission reactors in power generation

(d) It can build fusion reactors for power generation

Ans: (D)

Q:2 The function of heavy water in a nuclear reactor is to: (2011)

(a) Slow down the speed of neutrons

(b) Increase the speed of neutrons

(c) Cool down the reactor

(d) Stop the nuclear reaction

Ans: (A)

 

Source:  TH

Keywords: GS-3, Science & Technology- Nuclear energy - Prompt Fission Neutron Spectrum
Monthly Current Affairs

Breast cancer detecting by microRNAs


Why in the news?

  • Recently, scientists at the CSIR-Centre for Cellular and Molecular Biology (CCMB) have discovered a potentially cost-effective and non-invasive method to detect various types of breast cancer using just a drop of blood. 

About:

  • microRNAs (miRNAs):
    • Most cellular processes in the body are regulated by miRNAs, which are small non-coding RNA molecules consisting of 23-25 bases.
    • Researchers have analysed microRNA signatures in human cancer samples and identified miRNAs associated with invasive breast cancer.

  • Biomarkers:
    • Researchers identified 107 miRNAs that could serve as potential biomarkers for different types, grades, and stages of invasive ductal carcinoma.
    • Cancer cells shed DNA/RNA into the circulation, known as ‘Circulating Nucleic Acids (CNAs),’ which can be detected in plasma or other body fluids of cancer patients to identify early stages of cancer development.
    • These identified biomarkers could form the basis of a liquid biopsy system, allowing cancer detection from just one drop of blood.
  • Significance:
    • This study paves the way for the application of miRNAs as biomarkers, enabling the development of a refined, cost-effective, and non-invasive method for breast cancer diagnosis.
    • The discovery of biomarkers is crucial for the early detection, classification, and monitoring of cancer 

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3, Science and Technology- Biotechnology- Achievement in science & tech.
Monthly Current Affairs

ISRO’s Reusable Launch Vehicle


Why in the News?

  • Recently, ISRO completed the third Reusable Launch Vehicle (RLV) Landing Experiment (LEX) of its winged vehicle ‘Pushpak’ at the Aeronautical Test Range (ATR) in Chitradurga, Karnataka. 

What is an RLV and How is it Different from Other Launch Vehicles?

Primarily, launch vehicles comprise three or four stages apart from the payload, which needs to be launched into a polar or geosynchronous orbit, depending on a mission’s requirements.

  • In ISRO’s 3-stage rockets:
    • The first/lowermost stage has solid fuel/up to 4 liquid strap-on boosters in the GSLV;
    • The second stage has the Vikas engine powered by liquid fuel; and
    • The third and uppermost stage has a cryogenic engine, which uses liquid oxygen and liquid hydrogen.
  • In the 4-stage PSLV:
    • The first stage has a motor using solid fuel augmentable with up to six solid-fuel strap-on boosters;
    • The second stage has a Vikas engine;
    • The third stage again has a solid-fuel motor; and
    • The fourth stage has two liquid engines.

Note:

  • The RLV that ISRO is building has only two stages to propel the vehicle into orbit. Once the fuel in the first stage has been expended, the vehicle will shed it and carry on with the second stage.
  • The first stage will re-enter the atmosphere and land in an autonomous fashion at a predetermined location. After some maintenance, it will be available for reuse. 

What is the Significance of RLVs?

  • Low lift-to-drag (L/D) ratio: In aerodynamics, the L/D ratio is the lift generated by an aircraft, divided by the aerodynamic drag caused by moving through air.
  • Cost-effective: The use of two-staged RLVs can reduce the cost of a launch by nearly 80% of the current cost.
  • Foundation for advanced technologies: It has the potential to serve as the foundation for advanced technologies such as:
    • Hypersonic flight,
    • Autonomous landing,
    • Return flight experimentation,
    • Powered cruise flight, and
    • Air-breathing propulsion systems.
  • Scientific, strategic and commercial advantages for India: The building of RLVs will ensure that the country does not lag in important scientific and strategic areas and will also commercially help ISRO.

What is the History of ISRO’s RLV Missions?

  • In 2010, ISRO began developing a winged reusable rocket, taking the first step towards realising a two-stage-to-orbit (TSTO) launch vehicle that could be fully reusable.
  • In 2016, the winged vehicle successfully flew at hypersonic speed and touched down at a predetermined site 425 km east of Sriharikota, in the Bay of Bengal.
  • While several other related technologies have been tested through the years, ISRO’s RLV’s autonomous landing was only tested successfully in 2023.
  • Currently, ISRO is working on the ‘Orbital Reentry Experiment’ (ORE), which will be taken to orbit by a modified launch vehicle comprising existing GSLV and PSLV stages. The vehicle will stay in orbit for a stipulated period, re-enter, and finally land autonomously on a runway, with landing gear.

What are the RLV LEX Missions?

  • The mission was accomplished by Vikram Sarabhai Space Centre (VSSC) along with the Liquid Propulsion System Centre (LPSC) and the ISRO Inertial Systems Unit (IISU).
  • This is the third and final test in the series of LEX (03), following the success of the RLV LEX-01 and LEX-02 missions.
  • The third and final test re-demonstrated the autonomous landing capability of the RLV under more challenging release conditions.
  • The mission simulated high-speed landing conditions for a vehicle returning from space, reaffirming ISRO’s expertise in acquiring the most critical technologies required for the development of an RLV.

          UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims

Q:1 With reference to India’s satellite launch vehicles, consider the following statements: (2018)

  1. PSLVs launch the satellites useful for Earth resources monitoring whereas GSLVs are designed mainly to launch communication satellites.
  2. Satellites launched by PSLV appear to remain permanently fixed in the same position in the sky, as viewed from a particular location on Earth.
  3. GSLV Mk III is a four-staged launch vehicle with the first and third stages using solid rocket motors, and the second and fourth stages using liquid rocket engines. 

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 1 only

(b) 2 and 3

(c) 1 and 2

(d) 3 only

Ans: (a)

 

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3, Science & Technology - India achievements in science & tech.- ISRO’s
Monthly Current Affairs

10th Spectrum Auction for Radio Waves


Why in the News?

  • Recently, an auction for spectrum worth ₹96,238 crore started on June 25, 2024. Companies like Airtel and Reliance Jio are expected to bid for airwaves to enhance their 5G services. 

  • This is the 10th spectrum auction since the process for the sale of radio waves started through an online bidding process in 2010.
  • The last spectrum auction was held in August 2022, which, for the first time, included radio waves for 5G services.

Airwaves/Spectrum:

  • Airwaves are radio frequencies within the electromagnetic spectrum that can carry information wirelessly for a range of services including telecommunications.
  • The government manages and allocates airwaves to companies or sectors for their use.
  • The government auctions a fixed amount of spectrum within specified bands to be utilised by operators for providing communication services to consumers.

Types of Spectrum Band:

  • Low Band Spectrum: Less than 1 GHz (600 MHz, 700 MHz, 800 MHz, 900 MHz)
    • Offers blanket coverage suitable to serve thousands of customers over long distances with fewer towers.
    • Ideal for wide and in-building coverage.
    • When bundled with high-spectrum bands, it can be used for commercial mobile and broadcasting services.
  • Mid-Band Spectrum: Ranges from 1 GHz to 6 GHz (1800 MHz, 2100 MHz, and 2300 MHz)
    • Provides coverage as well as the capacity to carry more data while travelling significant distances.
  • High Band Spectrum: Ranges from 24 GHz to 40 GHz and is also known as the millimetre wave spectrum.
    • Ideal for speedy networks over short ranges.
    • However, this range is subject to interference from dense objects.


What Spectrum Do Telecom Companies Require?

  • According to the GSM Association, for telecom purposes, spectrum in the 400 MHz to 4 GHz range is the most optimum.
  • Operators can provide 2G, 3G, 4G, and 5G services using one frequency band if they have enough spectrum.

For Mobile Technology in India:

  • 2G services use the 900 MHz and 1800 MHz bands
  • 3G uses 900 MHz and 2100 MHz
  • 4G uses 850 MHz, 1800 MHz, 2300 MHz, and 2500 MHz
  • 5G uses 3.5 MHz and 700 MHz bands

Spectrum Allocation – Only Through Auction:

  • Spectrum, considered a scarce natural resource, was ordered by the top Court to be allocated through the fair and impartial process of auction.

Case Originated in 2008:

  • The alleged 2G spectrum allocation scam is said to have originated in 2008 when the then government sold 122 2G licences on a first-come-first-serve (FCFS) basis to specific telecom operators.
  • In its charge sheet filed in April 2011, the CBI alleged that there was a loss of ₹30,984 crore to the exchequer as a result of discrepancies in the allocation process.

Matter Reaches SC:

  • Petitions were filed in the top Court alleging a ₹70,000 crore scam in the grant of telecom licences in 2008.
  • In February 2012, a division Bench of the SC cancelled the licences while cautioning that an FCFS basis for the allocation of scarce natural resources can be prone to misuse.

Competitive Auctions for Allocating Natural Resources:

  • In its judgement, the apex court advocated for competitive auctions as the only route to allocate spectrum.
  • It further emphasised that the burden lies on the state to ensure that the non-discriminatory method of auction is adopted by giving wide publicity so that all eligible persons can participate in the process.

2012 Presidential Reference on 2G Verdict:

  • In 2012, the then President Pratibha Patil sought the Supreme Court's opinion on several questions arising from the 2012 SC judgement regarding the allocation of 2G spectrum licences.
  • Under Article 143 of the Constitution of India, the President is empowered to refer to the Supreme Court any matter of law or fact.
  • The Supreme Court emphasised that the decision to use auctions or other methods should be based on a case-by-case assessment of the resource in question, considering public interest and policy objectives.

Centre Sought a Clarification of the 2G Spectrum Scam Verdict:

  • In April 2024, the Union government moved an application for a certain class of spectrum to be allocated through administrative processes instead of competitive auctions.
  • An administrative allocation would mean that the government will have the final say in deciding the procedure for selecting operators.
  • However, the apex Court of India refused to entertain the Centre's plea to allow the administrative allocation of spectrum.

Tenth Spectrum Auction for Radio Waves:

  • The Department of Telecommunications (DoT) has initiated the spectrum auction.
  • The Ministry of Communications announced that the following spectrum bands will go up for bidding in the upcoming auction - 800 MHz, 900 MHz, 1800 MHz, 2100 MHz, 2300 MHz, 2500 MHz, 3300 MHz, and 26 GHz.
  • The 3300 MHz band and 26 GHz band are seen as suitable bands for 5G services.
  • The total quantum of spectrum being auctioned is 10,522.35 MHz in various bands valuing ₹96,238.45 crores at reserve prices.

 

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3, Science & technology- IT & Computers- Issues Relating telecom sector
Monthly Current Affairs

Chang’e-6: China’s Lunar Mission


Why in the News?

  • Recently, China’s Chang’e-6 has become the first spacecraft to bring back samples from the far side of the Moon, which is never visible from Earth.
  • The probe landed in northern China on June 25th, in the Inner Mongolian region, after a 53-day journey that began on May 3rd.
  • The probe successfully drilled into the lunar core and collected rock samples.


China’s Lunar Mission:

  • Objectives:
    • Sample Return Mission: The main goal of Chang'e-6 was to collect and return lunar samples to Earth.
    • Technological Demonstration: The mission aims to showcase and refine technologies for lunar landing, sampling, and returning to Earth, essential for future lunar exploration missions.
  • Mission Details:
    • Landing Site: Chang'e-6 aimed for the lunar far side, specifically the South Pole-Aitken Basin, one of the Moon's largest and oldest impact basins, noted for its unique geological features.
    • Spacecraft Components: The mission included an orbiter, a lander, an ascent vehicle, and a return capsule. The orbiter stayed in lunar orbit, while the lander collected samples from the Moon's surface.
    • Sample Collection: The lander used a robotic arm and a drill to gather samples from both the lunar surface and subsurface.

Significance of Chang'e-6 Lunar Mission:

  • Advanced Analysis: Returned samples allow for detailed examination using sophisticated laboratory instruments, providing comprehensive data on chemical, isotopic, mineralogical, structural, and physical properties, from macroscopic to atomic scales.
  • Preservation for Future Study: Samples can be preserved for decades, enabling future generations to study them with advanced technology, as shown by the Apollo mission samples.
  • Comparative Missions: India's Chandrayaan-4, currently under development by ISRO, is also a sample return mission, following the successful landing of Chandrayaan-3 near the Moon's South Pole.

What Can the Samples Brought by Chang’e-6 Reveal?

  • Geological Insights: The far side of the Moon has a thicker crust, more craters, and fewer lava plains than the near side.
  • Lunar History: Samples from the South Pole-Aitken basin could provide information on the timeline of lunar cratering and the Moon’s origins.
  • Future Exploration: These samples could aid future exploration by suggesting ways to use lunar resources, such as using lunar soil for 3D-printed bricks for research bases or extracting ice at the poles for water, oxygen, and hydrogen (the latter two for rocket fuel).

Countries’ Race to the Moon:

  • In 2023, India, China, Japan, the US, and Russia all launched lunar missions.
  • By 2030, more than 100 Moon missions by both governments and private companies are expected, according to the European Space Agency.
  • Both China and the US aim to send astronauts to the Moon by 2030. The success of Chang’e-6 is a significant step towards China achieving this goal.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3, Science & Technology- Development in technology- China Moon Mission
Monthly Current Affairs

India face tobacco epidemic


In News: 

  • India has the world's second-highest (after China) number of tobacco consumers, with nearly 26 crore people and 1.35 million die every year due to use of tobacco.
  • In the fiscal year 2017-2018, the health consequences of tobacco consumption imposed a financial burden of more than ₹1.7 lakh crore on India, surpassing the health budget of ₹48,000 crore for that period. 
  • Moreover, addressing tobacco waste incurs approximately ₹6,367 crore annually, excluding expenses related to soil erosion and deforestation.

The Statistics  in Curbing Tobacco Consumption:

  • Ineffectiveness of NTCP: Studies indicate no significant difference in reducing bidi or cigarette consumption between NTCP and non-NTCP districts, attributed to factors like inadequate staffing, resource allocation, and monitoring mechanisms.

  • Tax Evasion: Tax evasion, including purchasing tobacco in low-tax areas and illegal activities like smuggling, undermines government efforts.  Low tobacco taxes, compared to recommendations, have contributed to affordability.

  • Tobacco Use Higher Among Womens:  Tobacco use has declined in all groups, except for women where use increased by 2.1% between 2015 and 2021.

Impact of Tobacco Beyond Health Risks:

  • Soil Depletion: Tobacco rapidly depletes soil nutrients, necessitating increased use of fertilisers which further degrade soil quality.
  • Deforestation: Tobacco production contributes to deforestation, with up to 5.4 kg of wood required to process 1 kg of tobacco.
  • Waste Generation: The production and consumption of tobacco generate massive waste, totaling 1.7 lakh tonnes annually in India.
  • Economic Burden: Tobacco use incurs immense healthcare costs, with an estimated loss of Rs.1.7 lakh crore in India (2017-18), surpassing the national health budget of Rs.48,000 crore.
  • Health Risks for Workers: Over 6 million people working in the tobacco industry are at risk of health issues due to tobacco absorption through the skin.
  • Waste Management Cost: Cleaning up tobacco waste imposes significant additional costs, estimated at Rs.6,367 crore annually in India

Measures and Initiatives to Address Tobacco Consumption:

  • Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (FCTC): Launched in 2005, the FCTC aims to reduce global tobacco usage by assisting nations in developing strategies for demand and supply reduction.
  • Implementation of COTPA Act, 2003: The COTPA Act, enacted in 2003, regulates the production, advertisement, distribution, and consumption of tobacco products, aiming to prohibit ads and regulate tobacco trade.
  • National Tobacco Control Programme (NTCP): India initiated the NTCP in 2007 to enhance the implementation of COTPA and FCTC, increase awareness about tobacco's harmful effects, and facilitate tobacco cessation.
  • Tobacco Taxation: Tobacco taxation, considered a potent tool globally to curb tobacco use, is also applied in India.

Strategies for Future Action:

  • Strengthening Enforcement of Existing Laws: Stricter enforcement of laws like COTPA, PECA, and NTCP is imperative to control tobacco usage effectively.
  • Revision of Tobacco Taxes: Increasing tobacco taxes to align with international recommendations, inflation, and economic growth can deter consumption and generate revenue.
  • Diversification of Agriculture: Assisting tobacco farmers in transitioning to alternative crops can mitigate job losses and promote sustainable agriculture.
  • Data Collection and Monitoring: Regular and comprehensive data collection on tobacco use is essential to counter industry tactics and formulate effective control measures.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Prelims:

Q:1 Consider the following: (2012)

  1. Assessment of land revenue based on nature of the soil and the quality of crops
  2. Use of mobile cannons in warfare
  3. Cultivation of tobacco and red chillies

Which of the above was/were introduced into India by the English?

(a) 1 only

(b) 1 and 2

(c) 2 and 3

(d) None


Ans: (d)


Q:2 Match List-I with List-II and select the correct answer using the code given below the Lists: (2008)

List-I(Board)           List-II (Headquarters)

A. Coffee Board               1. Bengaluru

B. Rubber Board 2. Guntur

C. Tea Board             3. Kottayam

D. Tobacco Board 4. Kolkata


Code:

     A B C D

(a) 2 4 3 1

(b) 1 3 4 2

(c) 2 3 4 1

(d) 1 4 3 2


Ans: (b)


Q:3 Which of the following are the reasons/factors for exposure to benzene pollution? (2020)

  1. Automobile exhaust
  2. Tobacco smoke
  3. Wood burning
  4. Using varnished wooden furniture
  5. Using products made of polyurethane

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

(a) 1, 2 and 3 only

(b) 2 and 4 only

(c) 1, 3 and 4 only

(d) 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5


Ans: (a)


Q: 4 Which one of the following groups of plants was domesticated in the ‘New World’ and introduced into the ‘Old World’? (2019)

(a) Tobacco, cocoa and rubber

(b) Tobacco, cotton and rubber

(c) Cotton, coffee and sugarcane

(d) Rubber, coffee and wheat


Ans: (a)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-2- Social issues- Government Policies & Interventions GS-3- Health
Monthly Current Affairs

Why Exam Paper Leaks in India Became


Why in the News ?

  • Recently, the 2024 Lok Sabha election results have thrown up several issues to be decoded; paper leaks in the Hindi heartland become one of the top poll issues.

  • The National Testing Agency (NTA) released the NEET UG results 2024, drawing attention to the unusually high number of 61 candidates scoring a perfect 720/720 and the controversial near-perfect scores of 718 or 719.

What is the present state of exam paper leaks in India?

  • Exam paper leaks and scams have been a significant concern for young voters aged 18-25 in Uttar Pradesh, Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh, Bihar, and other states.
  • Over the past five years, 41 paper leaks in 15 states have affected 1.4 crore job seekers who applied for over one lakh vacancies.
  • The transformation of dreams into failure is swift with news of question paper leaks and exam cancellations. For instance, in Uttar Pradesh alone, three major competitive exams for government jobs experienced question paper leaks in 2024.
  • The most recent incident was during the UP police constable recruitment exam, which saw over 48 lakh candidates appearing.
  • In Rajasthan, question paper leaks for recruitment exams persist at an alarming rate. During the Congress tenure in the state, over 12 paper leaks occurred, evidently influencing the state's legislative elections in December 2023.

Note:

  • The brewing outrage among young aspirants, reportedly having a significant impact on the BJP's electoral prospects in the state, should not be ignored. The INDIA bloc adeptly tapped into the youth's uncertainty by proposing fast-track courts and monetary compensation for aspirants.

What are the Impacts of Exam Paper Leaks in India?

  • Disruption of Academic Integrity:
    • Exam paper leaks compromise the integrity of academic assessments, undermining the credibility of educational institutions and the value of qualifications obtained through these exams.
  • Loss of Trust and Confidence:
    • Exam paper leaks erode public trust and confidence in the examination system, leading to scepticism among students, parents, and society at large about the fairness and reliability of exam processes.
  • Emotional Distress:
    • Exam paper leaks cause emotional distress and anxiety among students who have invested time, effort, and resources in preparing for exams. The uncertainty and fear of unfair competition exacerbate stress levels and impact mental well-being.
  • Financial Loss:
    • Exam leaks cause financial losses for students and families, including coaching fees, study materials, and application fees. Cancelled or rescheduled exams lead to wasted resources and increased financial burden.
  • Impact on Career Opportunities:
    • Exam paper leaks can derail students' academic and career aspirations by affecting their performance in competitive exams. Lower scores or invalidated results may limit opportunities for higher education and employment, hindering future prospects.
  • Disruption of Academic Calendar:
    • Exam paper leaks disrupt the academic calendar, leading to delays in exam schedules, admissions, and recruitment processes. This disruption affects educational institutions, students, and employers, causing inconvenience and inefficiencies.
  • Political Fallout:
    • Exam paper leaks often attract political scrutiny and public outcry, with political parties facing criticism for inadequate oversight and governance of the examination system.

What should be done?

  • Enhanced Security Measures: Implement stricter security protocols during the printing, distribution, and administration of exam papers to prevent leaks.
  • Use of Technology: Utilise technology such as encrypted question papers, biometric authentication, and secure online exam platforms to minimise the risk of leaks.
  • Increased Transparency: Ensure transparency in the exam process by involving independent observers, monitoring mechanisms, and real-time tracking of exam materials.
  • Strict Legal Action: Enforce stringent penalties and legal consequences for individuals involved in leaking exam papers, including swift investigation and prosecution.
  • Awareness and Education: Educate students, educators, and stakeholders about the consequences of exam paper leaks and the importance of maintaining exam integrity.
  • Support for Aspirants: Provide financial and emotional support for aspirants affected by exam paper leaks, including reimbursement of exam fees and counselling services.

Conclusion:

Hence, exam paper leaks can derail students' academic and career aspirations, impacting their performance in competitive exams. Lower scores or invalidated results may limit opportunities for higher education and employment, hindering future prospects.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-2, Social Justice– Exam Paper Leaks in India – Public Examinations Prevention of Unfair.
Monthly Current Affairs

Social science shelter for the excluded students


Why in the news?

  • Recently, persistent exclusion causes some subjects to become a last alternative for many students, with social sciences becoming a substantial reservoir of the excluded in India. 

Causes of Exclusion in Higher Education:

  • Excessive Competition:
  • Rigorous Selection Processes: Premier institutions employ strict admission criteria due to high demand, leading to the exclusion of many students who cannot meet these challenging requirements.
  • Financial Factors:
  • High Tuition Fees in Private Institutions: Many private colleges and universities charge high tuition fees that are not regulated by statutory norms, making them unaffordable for a large segment of the population.
  • Increased Fees in Public Institutions: Reduced government funding has led public institutions to raise their fees, further restricting access to higher education for students from lower-income families.
  • Subject and Course Availability:
  • Regional Disparities: There is a significant difference in course availability across regions. Some areas only offer generic courses with outdated syllabi, limiting educational opportunities and leading to the exclusion of students seeking specific or up-to-date program
  • Regional Disparities in Higher Education:
  • In certain regions,there is a notable absence of diverse course offerings.This disparity results in a disconnect between student aspirations and the courses available, ultimately impacting the overall quality of education provided.

Surge of Empirical Orientation:

  • Employability Perception:
  • Practical vs. Theoretical Courses: Courses with a strong empirical and practical focus, such as economics, are perceived to provide better job prospects than more theoretical disciplines like anthropology or sociology.
  • Policy Intervention Skills:
  • Problem-Solving Expectations: There is an increasing demand for social science students to acquire problem-solving skills akin to those taught in engineering, which results in a narrower focus within social science curricula.
  • Private Universities:
  • Demand for Specialised Courses: The rise of private universities, often catering to wealthier students, has led to a higher demand for specialised courses that are less commonly offered in public institutions, thereby creating a divide in course availability and quality.

Improving Quality of Higher Education:

  • Expand Quantity & Improve Quality: Expand the number of available seats to accommodate excluded students and simultaneously improve the quality of education through competitive admissions processes and rigorous academic standards.
  • Enhance Teaching Quality: Focus on improving teaching techniques and course content to make education more relevant and effective. This includes regularly reviewing teaching practices and incorporating student feedback to enhance learning experiences.
  • Address Financial Exclusion: Implement strategies to minimise financial obstacles, thereby preventing the widening of educational inequalities. Examples include government-provided loans or scholarships to make quality education accessible to a broader demographic.
  • Update Course Content: Continuously update and revise course syllabi to reflect societal changes and technological advancements, such as incorporating generative artificial intelligence, to ensure the curriculum remains current and applicable.
  • Focus on Inclusivity: Develop and implement policies that promote inclusivity, addressing the needs of diverse student populations and reducing regional disparities in course offerings. This ensures a more equitable distribution of educational opportunities.

Steps Taken by the Government to Improve Quality of Higher Education:

  • Rashtriya Uchchatar Shiksha Abhiyan (RUSA): To improve the overall quality of state universities and colleges. As of 2023, RUSA has sanctioned over 1,200 projects across various states, focusing on infrastructure development, faculty improvement, and academic reforms.
  • AICTE Initiatives: AICTE has established over 800 Deen Dayal Upadhyay KAUSHAL Kendras and introduced Bachelor of Vocation (B.Voc) programs in more than 1,000 institutions across India to promote skill development among technical education students.
  • National Institutional Ranking Framework (NIRF): To rank over 4,000 institutions annually of higher education in India based on various parameters such as teaching, learning, research, and outreach to encourage institutions to improve their performance.
  • Scholarship and Fellowship Schemes: UGC's PG Doctoral Fellowship scheme supports over 2,500 SC/ST students annually in pursuing research programs and Over 5 lakh students annually, promoting inclusivity and supporting higher education aspirations among economically disadvantaged groups.
  • Study Webs of Active-Learning for Young Aspiring Minds (SWAYAM): To provide online courses and learning resources to students across the country. SWAYAM offers over 2,000 courses covering diverse subjects, benefiting millions of students and enhancing access to quality education.
  • UGC Regulations: UGC's regulations like Minimum Qualifications for Teachers, Curbing Ragging and Grievance Redressal etc. ensure that institutions seeking recognition meet specified quality benchmarks. Over 20,000 colleges and universities are accredited under these regulations.

 Source: TH

Keywords: GS 1- Indian Society , GS-2 –Social Issues– Health & Education
Monthly Current Affairs

Global gender gap index 2024


Why in the news ?

  • The Global Gender Gap Index is an annual report produced by the World Economic Forum (WEF) that measures gender-based gaps in access to resources and opportunities in countries around the world.
  • India ranks 129 in the World Economic Forum’s Global Gender Gap Index.
  • It is the longest-standing index, tracking progress towards closing these gaps over time since its inception in 2006.
  • It tracks the gender gap across four key parameters:
    1. Economic participation and opportunity,
    2. Educational attainment,
    3. Health and survival, and
    4. Political empowerment.
  • It ranks countries on a scale from 0 to 1, with a score of 1 indicating that a country has achieved complete gender equality, while a score of 0 indicates a complete lack of equality.

Key findings in the report:

  • Global Gender Gap Score: In 2023, the gender gap is 68.4% closed across 146 countries.
  • Top Performing Countries: No country has achieved full gender parity, but the top nine (Iceland, Norway, Finland, New Zealand, Sweden, Germany, Nicaragua, Namibia, and Lithuania) have closed at least 80% of their gap.
  • Iceland's Leadership: For the 14th consecutive year, Iceland ranks first with 91.2% of its gender gap closed, the only country surpassing 90%.
  • Gap Closures by Category:
  1. Health and Survival: 96% closed
  2. Educational Attainment: 95.2% closed
  3. Economic Participation and Opportunity: 60.1% closed
  4. Political Empowerment: 22.1% closed 

Gender Gaps in the Global Labor Market:

  • Labor Force Participation: Between 2022 and 2023, global gender parity in labour force participation increased slightly from 63% to 64%.
  • Unemployment Rates: Women globally face higher unemployment rates compared to men, with women at approximately 4.5% and men at 4.3%.
  • Representation in Workforce and Leadership: Women's representation in the workforce and leadership roles remains low at 32.2%, nearly 10 percentage points lower than men.
  • STEM Occupations: STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics) jobs are critical for future growth and well-remunerated. Despite comprising nearly half of non-STEM employment (49.3%), women make up only 29.2% of all STEM workers. 

Gender Gaps in Political Leadership:

  • Global Trends: There has been an increase in women holding political decision-making roles globally, but gender parity remains distant with significant regional disparities.
  • Female Heads of State: As of December 31, 2022, approximately 27.9% of the global population, totaling 2.12 billion people, live in countries with a female head of state.
  • Women in Parliaments: By 2022, women's representation in parliaments worldwide reached 22.9%, showing steady progress.
  • Local Government Representation: Globally, strides have been made in women's representation in local government. Out of 117 countries with data since 2017, 18 countries, including Bolivia (50.4%), India (44.4%), and France (42.3%), have achieved over 40% representation of women in local governance.

How has India fared?

  • India has closed 64.1% of its gender gap in 2024 and has declined two places from 127th last year to 129th. It ranked the third lowest among the South Asian economies.
    • Bangladesh stands at the 99th position, Nepal at 117th, Sri Lanka at 122nd, Bhutan (0.651) at 124th, and Pakistan (0.570) at the 145th position among the immediate neighbours. 

  • India’s rank in all the four parameters:
    • Economic Participation and Opportunity – 142
    • Health and Survival – 142
    • Educational Attainment – 112
    • Political empowerment – 65
  • In the political empowerment sub-index, it scored within the top 10 on the head-of-state indicator with a 40.7% score; representation at the federal level remains low. Women hold only 6.9% of ministerial positions and 17.2% of parliamentary seats.
  • India’s economic parity stood at 39.8 per cent. This means that women in India, on average, earn Rs 39.8 for every Rs 100 that men earn. 

Regional Results and Time to Parity:

● Europe: Overall Score: 75% gender gap closed in 2024, +6.2% since 2006. Top Performers: Iceland, Finland, Norway, Sweden, and Germany in global top 10. Disparities: Broad gaps, with Iceland leading by 29% over Türkiye. Economic Parity: Slight increase to 67.8%. Education: Third-highest globally at 99.5%. Political Parity: Highest score at 36%.

● Northern America : Overall Score: 74.8% gender gap closed, +4.3% since 2006. Economic Parity: Leading but slightly declined to 76.3%. Education: 100%. Health: 96.9%. Political Empowerment: Third with 26%, progress since 2006.

● Latin America and the Caribbean: Overall Score: 74.2%, +8.3% since 2006. Economic Parity: Highest score to date at 65.7%. Education: 99.5%. Health: 97.6%. Political Empowerment: Second highest at 34%, +22.4% since 2006.

● Eastern Asia and the Pacific: Overall Score: 69.2%, +3.1% since 2006. Economic Parity: 71.7%. Education: 95.1%. Health: Last at 95%. Political Empowerment: Improved to 14.5%, third from bottom.

● Central Asia: Overall Score: 69.1%, +2.3% since 2006. Top Performers: Armenia (72.1%), Georgia (71.6%), Kazakhstan (71%). Economic Parity: 73.4%, -0.6 points from 2023. Education: Near parity at 99.6%. Political Empowerment: 12.8%, -1.6 points.

● Sub-Saharan Africa: Overall Score: 68.4%, +5.6% since 2006. Top Performer: Namibia in global top 10. Economic Parity: 68.1%. Education: Last at 88.9%. Health: 97.1%. Political Empowerment: 22.6%, notable strides in Mozambique and South Africa.

● Southern Asia: Overall Score: 63.7%, +3.9% since 2006. Economic Parity: Lowest at 38.8%. Education: 94.5%, +13.4% since 2006. Health: Stable at 95.4%. Political Empowerment: 26%, -0.7 points from 2023.

● Middle East and North Africa (MENA): Overall Score: 61.7%, +3.9% since 2006. Economic Parity: 43.1%. Education: 97.2%. Health: 96.4%. Political Empowerment: Lowest at 11.7%, +8.4% since 2006.

 

     UPSC Civil Services Examination Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims

Q:1 Which of the following gives ‘Global Gender Gap Index’ ranking to the countries of the world? (2017)

(a) World Economic Forum
(b) UN Human Rights Council
(c) UN Women
(d) World Health Organization 

Ans: (a)

 

Source: (WEF | DTE)

Keywords: GS2 – Vulnerable Sections– Women
Monthly Current Affairs

Kerala Migration Survey 2023 report


Why in the news ?

  • Recently , the Kerala Migration Survey (KMS) 2023 report was unveiled at the Lok Kerala Sabha.

  • Lok Kerala Sabha is a state government-constituted platform for Keralites abroad and in other states, i.e. non-resident Keralites.
  • It is the sixth KMS conducted every five years since 1998. It was prepared by the International Institute of Migration and Development (IIMD) and the Gulati Institute of Finance and Taxation.
  • The survey looked at 20,000 households from all 14 districts of Kerala, including rural and urban areas.
  • KMS is among the biggest socio-economic surveys ever conducted in Kerala. The National Family Health Survey (NFHS-5) sampled only 12,330 households statewide.

Key findings:

  • Total emigrants increased: The KMS 2023 estimated the number of emigrants from Kerala to be 2.2 million, slightly more than the 2.1 million recorded in 2018.
  • Total emigrants returning home increased: The number of emigrants returning home has also increased, from 1.2 million in 2018 to 1.8 million in 2023.
  • The decline in emigration to Gulf countries: This is in line with the declining trend seen since 1998 when GCC destinations accounted for 93.8% of Kerala’s emigrants.

  • Rising emigration beyond the Gulf: Preference for destinations beyond the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) countries (Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and the UAE) has grown from 10.8% in 2018 to 19.5% in 2023.
  • Rising student emigration: Students constitute 11.3% of total emigrants from Kerala, with overall numbers almost doubling since 2018 — from 129,763 to 250,000.
  • Rise in women emigrants: The number and proportion of women emigrants have increased, from 15.8% in 2018 to 19.1% in 2023, with 71.5% of women being graduates as against 34.7% of men.
    • 40.5% of women emigrants are in Western countries, compared to only 14.6% of male emigrants.
    • Around 51.6% of women emigrants work in the nursing sector.
    • Women also make up 45.6% of Kerala’s student migrant population.
  • Muslim emigrants: Muslims, who make up 26% of Kerala’s population (according to the 2011 census), make up 41.9% of the state’s emigrants.
  • Growing remittances: Rs 216,893 crores in 2023, an increase of 154.9% from Rs 85,092 crores in 2018.
    • It amounts to a per capita remittance of Rs 61,118 for the state’s population of 3.55 crores.
    • Average remittance per emigrant household also increased to Rs 2.24 lakh in 2023, compared to Rs 96,185 in 2018.

Way forward

  • High student migration suggests an urgent need to enhance the state’s educational infrastructure.
  • Safe migration pathways for future student emigrants need to be ensured.
  • “Brain drain” to “Brain gain”: It is also important to develop new policies that will encourage those studying abroad to return home after acquiring valuable skills.
  • Skilling: Given that 76.9% of Kerala’s emigrants are labour emigrants, it is essential to improve and strengthen their skills to help them secure better employment opportunities and pay abroad.

Source: IE

Keywords: gs-1 geography - population - migration report
Monthly Current Affairs

eSakhsya App 2024


Why in the news ?

  • eSakhsya App is mobile-based application that helps police record the scene of crime, search for and seizure in a criminal case, and upload the file on the cloud-based platform.

About eSakhsya (e evidence) App:

  • Development:
    • Developed by the National Informatics Centre (NIC).
  • Purpose:
    • To help police record the scene of the crime.
    • Facilitate search and seizure in criminal cases.
    • Upload the recorded files to a cloud-based platform.
  • Key Features:
    • Selfie Verification: Police officials need to upload a selfie after completing the procedure.
    • FIR Integration: Recorded files are to be uploaded with each First Information Report (FIR).
    • Accessibility: The app will be available to all police stations that register and download it.
  • Legal Requirement:
    • The Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita (BNSS) mandates audio-video recording of all search and seizure operations in criminal cases.

About New Criminal Laws:

  • The Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita (BNS) replaces the Indian Penal Code, 1860.
  • The Bharatiya Sakshya (BS) replaces the Indian Evidence Act, 1872.
  • The Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita (BNSS) replaces the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898.

Source: (TH)

Keywords: GS-2 Polity & governance - govt. Scheme & policy
Monthly Current Affairs

Why India needs a third aircraft carrier ?


Why in the news?

  • According to recent media reports, the Indian Navy's long-standing proposal for a third aircraft carrier is becoming more realistic, as Cochin Shipyard Limited (CSL) prepares to begin construction on an extra Vikrant-class platform weighing roughly 40,000 tonnes.

Indigenous Aircraft Carrier-2 (IAC-2):

  • Overview: The Indigenous Aircraft Carrier-2 (IAC-2) is a proposed second indigenous aircraft carrier for the Indian Navy.
  • Comparison with INS Vikrant: It is planned to be similar to the first indigenous aircraft carrier, INS Vikrant, but will include some modifications.
  • Specifications: The IAC-2 is expected to have a displacement of around 45,000 tonnes.
  • Technology: It will be equipped with STOBAR (short take-off but arrested recovery) technology.

Future Scope of Indigenous Aircraft Carrier-2 (IAC-2):

  • Operational Versatility:
    • Enhanced Flexibility: IAC-2 will significantly boost the Indian Navy’s operational versatility, allowing for a variety of missions such as power projection, maritime security, and humanitarian assistance.
    • Advanced Capabilities: The carrier’s modern technologies and advanced capabilities will ensure its effectiveness in meeting evolving maritime challenges. 
  • Strategic Deterrence:
    • Maritime Deterrence: IAC-2 will play a crucial role in deterring potential adversaries, strengthening India's maritime deterrence posture.
    • Regional Influence: Its presence will underscore India’s commitment to safeguarding its maritime interests, enhancing its stature as a major maritime power in the Indo-Pacific region and contributing to regional stability and security.
  • Technological Advancement:
    • Innovation and Development: The construction and operation of IAC-2 will drive significant technological innovation and advancement within India’s indigenous defence industry.
    • Self-Reliance: It will stimulate research and development efforts, promoting self-reliance and technological sovereignty in naval defence capabilities.

Concerns Associated with Indigenous Aircraft Carrier-2 (IAC-2):

  • Budgetary Issues:
    • High Cost: The projected cost of constructing and operating IAC-2 is substantial, leading to concerns about budget constraints and resource allocation amidst competing defence priorities.
  • Operational Vulnerabilities: 
    • Evolving Threats: IAC-2 may encounter challenges from evolving anti-access/area denial (A2/AD) strategies employed by potential adversaries like China and Pakistan.
    • Susceptibility to Modern Warfare Tactics: Its large size and visibility make it susceptible to modern maritime warfare tactics, including advanced missile systems and submarine threats, potentially compromising its operational effectiveness.
  • Strategic Alignment:
    • Questions may arise regarding the carrier’s role and relevance in addressing contemporary security threats. 
    • There may be debates on whether alternative defence investments could yield better national security and strategic deterrence outcomes.

Upgrading aircraft Capabilities as a Solution:

  • Enhanced Airborne Capabilities:
    • Utilising Existing Aircraft: The Indian Air Force (IAF) can project maritime power using aircraft like the SEPECAT Jaguar IM/IS and Sukhoi Su-30MKI fighters.
    • Advanced Maritime Strike Weapons: These aircraft can carry advanced maritime strike weapons, including the Su-30MKI squadron equipped with BrahMos-A supersonic cruise missiles, significantly enhancing maritime strike capabilities. 
  • Strengthening Island Defences: 
    • Andaman and Nicobar Archipelago: Upgrading military capabilities in this region could establish an anti-access/area denial (A2/AD) maritime 'exclusive zone', deterring Chinese naval activities and bolstering regional security.
  • Balanced Force Development:
    • Diversified Investments: Channelling investments to upgrade existing surface combatants, submarines, and air assets can provide a balanced approach to enhancing naval capabilities.
    • Critical Areas: Ensuring adequate funding for critical areas like mine counter-measures, maritime patrol aircraft, and naval utility helicopters is essential for comprehensive maritime security and force modernization

Conclusion:   

Hence, the Indigenous Aircraft Carrier-2 (IAC-2) signifies a notable leap forward for India's naval strength. However, it is imperative to tackle financial limitations, strategic vulnerabilities, and diversify investments in maritime and airborne assets to forge a resilient and well-rounded defence strategy.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims:  

Q.1 Which one of the following is the best description of ‘INS Astradharini’, that was in the news recently? (2016)

  1. Amphibious warfare ship
  2. Nuclear-powered submarine
  3. Torpedo launch and recovery vessel
  4. Nuclear-powered aircraft carrier

Ans: (c)

Q.2 Consider the following in respect of Indian Ocean Naval Symposium (IONS): (2017)

  1. Inaugural IONS was held in India in 2015 under the chairmanship of the Indian Navy.
  2. IONS is a voluntary initiative that seeks to increase maritime co-operation among navies of the littoral states of the Indian Ocean Region.

Which of the above statements is/are correct?

  1. 1 only
  2. 2 only
  3. Both 1 and 2
  4. Neither 1 nor 2

Ans: (b)

Mains: 

Q:1 What are the maritime security challenges in India? Discuss the organisational, technical and procedural initiatives taken to improve maritime security. (2022)

Source: IE

Keywords: GS- 3, Various Security Forces – Agencies & Their Mandates
Monthly Current Affairs

Need for a National Security Doctrine in India


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, the Chief of Defence Staff (CDS) emphasised the necessity of formalising India's National Security Strategy (NSS).

CDS Calls for Debate on Formalizing India’s National Security Strategy:

  • The CDS outlined key components of the NSS: Policy, Processes, and Practices.
  • He acknowledged India's effective management of policy, processes, and practices.
  • However, he identified the absence of a formal written policy as a significant gap in India's NSS.
  • He questioned the need for a written policy, citing Israel's operational model without one.
  • This has sparked renewed analysis and debates on whether India should have a formal written national security strategy.

About National Security Strategy (NSS):

  • A National Security Strategy (NSS) is a comprehensive document that articulates a country's security objectives, identifies internal and external challenges, and outlines strategies to achieve these goals. 
  • It covers traditional and non-traditional threats, assesses potential risks, allocates resources, and guides diplomatic, military, intelligence, and defence policies.
  • For example, countries like the United States, the United Kingdom, Russia, China, and Pakistan have developed Comprehensive National Security Strategies to safeguard their interests and address diverse security challenges.

The need for a National Security Strategy (NSS) in India:

  • Enhancing Operational Effectiveness: NSS should define clear objectives, strategies, and resource allocations to promote delegation, synergy, and operational autonomy. It aims to foster initiative, innovation, and improvisation at the frontline level.
  • Crucial for Effective Theatre Commands: NSS is essential for establishing and enhancing the effectiveness of theatre commands and overall military transformation.
  • Inspiring Military Leadership: A well-defined NSS is expected to inspire bold and capable military leaders, akin to Field Marshal ‘Sam’ Manekshaw, Lt Gen Harbaksh Singh, and Lt Gen Sagat Singh.
  • Promoting ‘Whole of Nation’ Approach: A robust NSS promotes a "whole of nation" approach, synergizing comprehensive national power (CNP) across various sectors.
  • Facilitating Capacity Building: NSS enables setting milestones for capability-building, modernization, infrastructure development, and the Atma Nirbhar mission.
  • Addressing Defence Planning Concerns: Current discontinuation of Defence Plans and challenges with new formats like Integrated Capability Plan and Defence Capability Acquisition Plan highlight the need for NSS to provide clarity and direction.
  • Enhancing Accountability: NSS could improve parliamentary reviews and audits by providing a clear framework for evaluation. It allows for external expert scrutiny and peer reviews, fostering transparency and accountability in national security planning.

Issues and concerns surrounding India’s National Security Strategy (NSS):

  • Prolonged Drafting of Multiple Versions: The prolonged drafting of multiple versions of NSS over two decades raises doubts about its purpose and effectiveness.
  • Establishment of Defence Planning Committee: The establishment of the Defence Planning Committee chaired by the National Security Advisor in 2018 aimed to formulate NSS and National Defence Strategy, but progress has been slow.
  • Transparency Issues: There is a lack of transparency regarding the status and progress of NSS despite its public announcement and importance.
  • Challenges with Operational Directive: Current reliance on the cryptic and inadequate Operational Directive of the Defence Minister highlights the need for a comprehensive NSS.
  • Unclear Strategic Guidance: Concerns persist about unclear strategic guidance for Army Commanders, with substantive handover procedures often being brief and ceremonial.

Attempts to formulate a National Security Strategy (NSS) in India:

  • Kargil Review Committee Report (2000): Formed after the 1999 Kargil conflict, this committee provided recommendations on national security based on its findings.
  • Naresh Chandra Task Force on Security (2012): This task force focused on reforms in defence and intelligence sectors, contributing insights into national security strategy.
  • National Security Advisory Board (NSAB): The NSAB has been actively involved in drafting NSS documents on multiple occasions, offering strategic perspectives and policy recommendations.
  • National Security Council Secretariat (NSCS): The NSCS plays a crucial role by gathering inputs from various central ministries and departments to formulate draft NSS for eventual cabinet approval.

Conclusion

India requires a tailored strategy to effectively address its distinct security challenges. Resolving issues related to the National Security Strategy (NSS) is imperative to improve strategic clarity and operational preparedness in safeguarding national interests.

UPSC Civil Services Examination Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims

Q:1 With reference to the ‘Trans-Pacific Partnership’, consider the following statements: (2016)

  1. It is an agreement among all the Pacific Rim countries except China and Russia.
  2.  It is a strategic alliance for the purpose of maritime security only.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

  1. 1 only
  2. 2 only
  3. Both 1 and 2
  4. Neither 1 nor 2

Ans: D

Mains :

Q:1“The diverse nature of India as a multi-religious and multi-ethnic society is not immune to the impact of radicalism which is seen in her neighbourhood.” Discuss along with strategies to be adopted to counter this environment. (200 words) [2014]

Souce: IE

Keywords: GS - 3 – Internal security
Monthly Current Affairs

India face refugee crisis


Why in the news ?

  • Recently,fearing "aerial bombardment and attacks," around 5,400 people from Myanmar have sought refuge in Manipur's Kamjong district.

About Kamjong District:

  • Location: Kamjong district shares its eastern border with Myanmar.
  • Neighbouring Districts: To the west are Thoubal and Kangpokpi districts, dominated by Meiteis and Kuki-Zos respectively.
  • Post-2021 Coup Migration: Since the 2021 military coup in Myanmar, many people have crossed over to Mizoram and Manipur due to shared ethnic ties with the local populations.
  • India and Myanmar share an unfenced border; however, earlier this year, the Union Home Minister announced the suspension of the Free Movement Regime (FMR) with Myanmar. 
  • The Assam Rifles are deployed along the Myanmar border.

Refugee Crisis in India:

  • Afghan Refugees:
    • Cause: The resurgence of the Taliban in Afghanistan has led to an influx of Afghan refugees seeking safety and asylum in India.
    • Demographics: Many of these refugees are Sikhs and Hindus facing religious persecution.
  • Rohingya Crisis:
    • Cause: Rohingya Muslims from Myanmar have sought refuge in India due to ethnic violence and persecution in Myanmar’s Rakhine State.
    • Government Stance: India has been grappling with their status, with the government taking a firm stance on their deportation. 
  • Tibetan Refugees:
    • Cause: Tibetans have been living in India since the 1959 Tibetan uprising against Chinese rule.
    • Status: They are granted refugee status and live primarily in settlements in states like Himachal Pradesh and Karnataka.

India's Policy on Refugees:

  • Non-Signatory Status: India is not a signatory to the 1951 UN Convention relating to the Status of Refugees and the 1967 Protocol.
  • Foreigners Act of 1946: Section 3: Empowers the Central government to detect, detain, and deport illegal foreign nationals.
  • Passport (Entry into India) Act, 1920: Section 5: Authorities can forcibly remove an illegal foreigner under Article 258(1) of the Constitution of India.
  • Registration of Foreigners Act of 1939: All foreign nationals (excluding Overseas Citizens of India) visiting India on a long-term visa (more than 180 days) must register with a Registration Officer within 14 days of arrival.
  • Citizenship Act, 1955: Covers renunciation, termination, and deprivation of citizenship.
  • Citizenship Amendment Act, 2019 (CAA): Seeks to provide citizenship to Hindu, Christian, Jain, Parsi, Sikh, and Buddhist immigrants persecuted in Bangladesh, Pakistan, and Afghanistan.
  • Illegal Immigrants: According to the Ministry of Home Affairs, foreign nationals who enter the country without valid travel documents are treated as illegal immigrants.

Challenges Faced by India due to Influx of Refugees:

  • Resource Strain: Hosting refugees increases the demand for resources such as food, water, housing, and healthcare, particularly in regions where infrastructure is already overburdened.
  • Legal and Administrative Concerns: The absence of a comprehensive legal framework for refugees in India leads to difficulties in determining their legal status and providing access to essential services like education and employment.
  • Social Cohesion: The presence of large numbers of refugees can strain social cohesion, potentially causing tensions with local communities, especially when resources are perceived as limited.
  • Security Concerns: The influx of refugees raises security concerns, including the potential infiltration of extremist elements and challenges in monitoring movements across porous borders.
  • Diplomatic Relations: Hosting refugees can complicate diplomatic relations with neighbouring countries or countries of origin, particularly in cases of geopolitical tensions or disputes.
  • Integration Issues: Integrating refugees into Indian society is difficult due to language barriers, cultural differences, and the lack of specific programs or policies designed for their integration.
  • Economic Impact: Refugees often compete for low-skilled jobs, affecting the local job market. Additionally, their potential economic contributions through entrepreneurship or labour are frequently underutilised.

Way Ahead:

  • Refugee Status Determination: Develop clear procedures for determining refugee status and provide appropriate legal protections.
  • Access to Rights: Guarantee refugees access to essential rights such as education, healthcare, and employment.
  • Regional Collaboration: Collaborate with neighbouring countries and international organisations to manage refugee flows and share responsibilities.
  • Bilateral Agreements: Enhance diplomatic relations to facilitate the safe return or resettlement of refugees.
  • Empowerment Initiatives: Encourage initiatives that economically and socially empower refugees, such as vocational training and language education.
  • Conflict Resolution: Tackle the root causes of displacement through diplomatic efforts and support for peacebuilding initiatives.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question:


Prelims

Q.:1 Consider the following pairs: (2016)

Community sometimes in the affairs of mentioned in the news

  1. Kurd — Bangladesh
  2. Madhesi — Nepal
  3. Rohingya — Myanmar

Which of the pairs given above is/are correctly matched?

  1. 1 and 2
  2. 2 only
  3. 2 and 3
  4. 3 only

Ans- (c)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS– 3 – Internal Security– External & Internal problems- Refugee
Monthly Current Affairs

Jammu & Kashmir


Why in the News?

  • Recently, the J&K Director General of Police (DGP) has stated that investigating agencies should prosecute anyone found aiding militants in J&K under the Enemy Agents Ordinance 2005.

What is the Background of the J&K Enemy Agents Ordinance?

  • Initially issued in 1917 by the Dogra Maharaja of J&K, it is called an ‘ordinance’ because laws made during the Dogra rule were referred to as ordinances.
  • After Partition in 1947, the ordinance was incorporated as a law in the erstwhile state and was later amended.
  • The Enemy Agents Ordinance 2005 (1948) was promulgated under Section 5 of the Jammu and Kashmir Constitution Act 1996.
  • In 2019, with the repeal of Article 370, J&K’s legal framework underwent significant changes.
  • The J&K Reorganisation Act listed state laws to continue, while others were repealed and replaced with Indian laws.
  • For instance, while security laws such as the Enemy Agents Ordinance and the Public Safety Act remained, the Ranbir Penal Code was replaced with the Indian Penal Code.

What are the Salient Provisions of the J&K Enemy Agents Ordinance?

  • Definition of an “enemy” agent: Anyone who conspires with another person to carry out an act intended to aid the enemy.
  • Punishment: Enemy agents can be punished with death, rigorous imprisonment for life, or rigorous imprisonment for a term which may extend to 10 years, and may also be liable to a fine.
  • Trials under the ordinance:
    • Conducted by a special judge appointed by the government in consultation with the High Court.
    • The accused cannot engage a lawyer to defend themselves unless permitted by the court.
  • Appeal against the verdict:
    • There is no provision for appeal against the verdict.
    • The decision of the special judge can only be reviewed by a person chosen by the government from the judges of the High Court, whose decision shall be final.
  • Bar on disclosure: The ordinance bars any disclosure or publication of the case tried under it without the previous authorisation of the Government.
  • Trials under the ordinance: Several Kashmiris have been tried and sentenced under the Enemy Agents Ordinance. 

Conclusion

Thus, The Enemy Agents Ordinance is a stringent measure to combat militancy in Jammu and Kashmir, imposing severe penalties and restricting legal defences to deter and punish those aiding militants. However, its rigorous provisions and lack of appeal options raise significant human rights and legal concerns, emphasising the need for a balanced approach. 

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year’s Question (PYQs)

Prelims

Q:1 With reference to the Delimitation Commission consider the following statements: (2012)

  1. The orders of the Delimitation Commission cannot be challenged in a Court of Law.
  2. When the orders of the Delimitation Commission are laid before the Lok Sabha or State Legislative Assembly, they cannot effect any modification in the orders. 

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 1 only

(b) 2 only

(c) Both 1 and 2

(d) Neither 1 nor 2 

Ans: C

 

Q:2 Which one of the following is the largest (areawise) Lok Sabha constituency? (2008)

(a) Kangra

(b) Ladakh

(c) Kachchh

(d) Bhilwara 

Ans: (b) 

 

Q:3  Siachen Glacier is situated to the (2020)

(a) East of Aksai Chin

(b) East of Leh

(c) North of Gilgit

(d) North of Nubra Valley 

Ans: (d)

 

Mains

Q:1 To what extent is Article 370 of the Indian Constitution, bearing marginal note “Temporary provision with respect to the State of Jammu and Kashmir”, temporary? Discuss the future prospects of this provision in the context of Indian polity. (2016)

Q:2 The banning of ‘Jamaat-e-Islami’ in Jammu and Kashmir brought into focus the role of over-ground workers (OGWs) in assisting terrorist organisations. Examine the role played by OGWs in assisting terrorist organisations in insurgency-affected areas. Discuss measures to neutralise the influence of OGWs. (2019)

 

Source: IE

Keywords: GS – 3 – Internal Security, GS-2 - Polity & Governance- Ordinance
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Water Management: From Scarcity to Sustainability


Context:     

  • India faces an imminent water crisis due to severe water scarcity exacerbated by heat waves and erratic rainfall. 
  • Declining river flows and groundwater levels have worsened conditions, causing taps to run dry in cities like Bengaluru. 
  • Addressing this requires more than just providing tap water connections; India needs a sustainable water management policy emphasising conservation, equitable distribution, and holistic strategies.

What is the Structure of Water Management in India? 

  • Central Level:
    • Ministry of Jal Shakti (MoJS): Established in May 2019, formulates national water policies and oversees water resource management.
    • Central Water Commission (CWC): Provides technical guidance on water resource development projects and river basin planning.
    • Central Groundwater Board (CGWB): Assesses, monitors, and manages groundwater resources.
    • Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB): Ensures water cleanliness by preventing and reducing water pollution.
  • State Level:
    • State Water Resources Departments: Implement water policies and manage resources within states.
    • Irrigation Departments: Manage irrigation systems and distribute water for agriculture.
    • State Pollution Control Boards (SPCBs): Monitor and control water pollution.
  • Local Level:
    • Panchayats (Village Councils): Manage water resources, promote conservation, and ensure equitable distribution.
    • Municipalities: Manage water supply and sanitation in urban areas.
    • Water User Associations (WUAs): Manage local irrigation systems and maintenance

Constitutional Provisions Related to Water:

  • Fundamental Right: Water is included within the right to life under Article 21 of the Indian Constitution, essential for human survival.
  • Entry 56 of Union List: Grants the central government authority to regulate and develop inter-state rivers and river valleys for public interest.
  • Entry 17 of State List: Covers water supply, irrigation, canals, drainage, embankments, water storage, and water power within the domain of state governments.
  • Article 262: Empowers Parliament to legislate on disputes concerning inter-state rivers or river valleys, excluding their jurisdiction from any court, including the Supreme Court.

What are the Major Factors Driving Water Crisis in India? 

  • Largest Global Extractor: India extracts approximately 25% of the world's groundwater, causing significant depletion of aquifers.
  • Agricultural Dominance: About 78% of India's freshwater is used for agriculture, mainly through flood irrigation, exacerbating water scarcity, especially in states like Punjab and Haryana.
  • Inadequate Infrastructure: Aging water systems, widespread leakages, and poor maintenance contribute to substantial water loss, with Mumbai alone losing 700 million litres daily.
  • Urbanization and Industry: Rapid urban growth and industrialization intensify water demand and pollution, with five of the world's 20 most water-stressed cities located in India.
  • Environmental Impact: Unregulated sand mining disrupts river ecosystems and increases flood risks, exemplified by the Yamuna river's degradation.
  • Governance Challenges: Fragmented water management across ministries and states leads to inefficiencies and conflicts, such as the ongoing Cauvery water dispute.
  • Neglect of Demand-Side Management: Policies focus on supply expansion over demand-side measures like water-efficient technologies and recycling, with only 30% of wastewater recycled.
  • Climate Threats: Rising sea levels contribute to salinization of coastal aquifers, threatening freshwater availability in states like Gujarat and Andhra Pradesh.

What  are the Challenges posed by water scarcity in India ?

  • Human Capital Development: Girls miss school due to the time burden of water collection, hindering their education. Waterborne illnesses from scarcity can also impair children's cognitive development.
  • Long-Term Economic Risks: The World Bank predicts water scarcity could cost India up to 6% of GDP by 2050, deterring investment in water-intensive industries and impacting job creation.
  • Rise of Water Mafias: In cities like Bangalore, "water mafias" control water tanker access, leading to exorbitant prices and social inequalities.
  • Transboundary Water Disputes: Scarcity may escalate tensions with neighbouring countries sharing river basins like Pakistan and Bangladesh.
  • Biodiversity Threat: Depleting water levels and pollution endanger freshwater species like the Ganges River Dolphin, leading to habitat loss and biodiversity decline.

What are the Government Initiatives To Tackle the Water Crisis in India?

  • National Water Policy, 2012
  • Pradhan Mantri Krishi Sinchayee Yojana
  • Jal Shakti Abhiyan- Catch the Rain Campaign
  • Atal Bhujal Yojana
  • Jal Jeevan Mission (JJM)
  • National Mission for Clean Ganga (NMCG)

What are the measures to tackle the water crisis ?

  • Transforming Fallow Land into Recharging Units: Convert underutilised land into "water parks" with bioswales, wetlands, and rainwater harvesting to recharge aquifers.
  • Desalination with Renewable Energy: Develop desalination plants powered by renewables and waste-to-energy tech for sustainable water production.
  • Urban Rainwater Harvesting: Mandate rainwater harvesting in new and existing buildings, coupled with green roofs to replenish groundwater.
  • Promoting Drip Irrigation and Aquaponics: Encourage drip irrigation to minimise water loss and support aquaponics for efficient water use.
  • Smart Water Grids: Implement sensor-based grids for leak detection, pressure management, and efficient water distribution.
  • Fog Harvesting: Explore fog harvesting technologies in hilly regions to capture moisture for water supply.
  • Decentralised Water Management: Adopt community-driven approaches like the Swajal project and decentralised wastewater treatment systems.
  • Public-Private Partnerships (PPPs): Encourage PPPs for water infrastructure development to leverage private sector expertise and funding.
  • Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) for Industries: Mandate ZLD systems in industries to treat and recycle wastewater, reducing freshwater demand.
  • Eco-Industrial Parks: Establish parks where industries share and reuse water resources to conserve freshwater and minimise pollution.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims:

Q.1. Which one of the following ancient towns is well known for its elaborate system of water harvesting and management by building a series of dams and channelizing water into connected reservoirs? (2021)

  1. Dholavira
  2. Kalibangan
  3. Rakhigarhi
  4. Ropar

Ans: A


Q.2. With reference to ‘Water Credit’, consider the following statements: (2021)

  1. It puts microfinance tools to work in the water and sanitation sector.
  2. It is a global initiative launched under the aegis of the World Health Organization and the World Bank.
  3. It aims to enable the poor people to meet their water needs without depending on subsidies.

Which of the statements given above are correct?

  1. 1 and 2 only
  2. 2 and 3 only
  3. 1 and 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

Ans: C


Mains:

Q.1 What are the salient features of the Jal Shakti Abhiyan launched by the Government of India for water conservation and water security? (2020)

Q.2 Suggest measures to improve water storage and irrigation system to make its judicious use under the depleting scenario. (2020)

Source:   IE

Keywords: GS - 3, Ecology & environment- Water Resources— Conservation of Resources
Monthly Editorial Analysis

In Andamans, It Can Protect National Security and Ecology


Context:

  • India's strategic and economic landscape has been significantly shaped by its geographical features, among which the Andaman and Nicobar (A&N) Islands hold a crucial position.

  • Despite their strategic importance, these islands have historically been neglected by Indian policymakers.

Historical Context and Strategic Importance of A&N Islands

  • Early Recognition of Strategic Value:
    • Sardar K. M. Panikkar underscored the islands' significance as early as 1945.
    • He argued for establishing advanced bases on the A&N archipelago for control over the Indian Ocean and defence of India’s coastline.
    • The islands’ location in the Bay of Bengal provides a strategic vantage point for maritime operations and coastal defence.
  • Evolution of Strategic Policies:
    • India acknowledged the islands' strategic imperatives later, driven by economic opportunities in Southeast Asia and the ASEAN region.
    • Look East and Act East policies aimed at strengthening economic and strategic ties, increasing the islands' importance.
  • Military Realisation Post-Kargil:
    • The Kargil conflict in 1999 highlighted the gaps in India's defence preparedness and emphasised the need for a robust military presence in the A&N Islands.
    • The Andaman and Nicobar Command (ANC) was established in 2001, integrating defence capabilities in the region.
  • Renewed Focus and Fortification:
    • Recent efforts focus on fortifying the ANC and enhancing infrastructure across the islands.
    • Naval and air force bases are being established from Shibpur in the north to Port Blair, Car Nicobar, Kamorta, and Campbell Bay in the south.

Neglect and Complacency Towards A&N Islands:

  • Post-Independence Neglect:
    • Early post-independence years saw significant neglect despite early warnings.
    • Focus on western borders and trading links diverted attention from eastern maritime concerns.
  • Maritime Remoteness and Tenuous Hold:
    • Geographical isolation posed logistical challenges for administration and defence.
    • Great Nicobar Island, though strategically located, faced difficulties in maintaining a strong presence.

The Holistic Development of Great Nicobar Island, Economic Potential and Development Challenges: 

  • The Holistic Development of Great Nicobar Island:
    • A Rs 75,000 crore project aims to establish infrastructure including an international container transshipment terminal, an international airport, power plants, new cities, a coastal transport system, and a free trade zone.
    • Faces opposition from environmentalists concerned about its impact on local ecology and indigenous tribes.
  • Economic Potential and Development Challenges:
    • A&N Islands have vast maritime resources with an Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) of 600,000 sq km.
    • Sustainable development balancing economic growth and preservation of indigenous tribes is crucial.

Critical Consideration to Balance the Ecology and Development of A&N Islands

  • Sustainable Development Practices:
    • Emphasising sustainable tourism, fisheries, and renewable energy projects is crucial.
    • New developments should integrate sustainability principles to maintain ecological balance.
  • Replicating Successful Models:
    • Challenges in replicating duty-free ports and free trade zones due to logistical and industrial support limitations.
    • Caution from Sri Lanka’s Hambantota port project serves as a lesson for ambitious developments.
  • Viability of a New Transshipment Terminal:
    • GNI's proximity to established hubs raises questions about the necessity and economic feasibility of a new terminal.
    • Evaluation of similar projects’ success is essential before embarking on new ventures.

Conclusion

  • The Andaman and Nicobar Islands hold immense strategic and economic potential for India.
  • A balanced approach addressing security and sustainable development can transform them into a strategic asset and model of sustainable development

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)


Prelims

Q1. Which one of the following pairs of islands is separated from each other by the ‘Ten Degree Channel’? (2014)

  1. Andaman and Nicobar
  2. Nicobar and Sumatra
  3. Maldives and Lakshadweep
  4. Sumatra and Java

Ans: (a)


Q2. Which of the following have coral reefs? (2014)

  1. Andaman and Nicobar Islands
  2. Gulf of Kachchh
  3. Gulf of Mannar
  4. Sunderbans

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

  1. 1, 2 and 3 only
  2. 2 and 4 only
  3. 1 and 3 only
  4. 1, 2, 3 and 4

Ans: (a)


Q3. In which one of the following places is the Shompen tribe found? (2009)

  1. Nilgiri Hills
  2. Nicobar Islands
  3. Spiti Valley
  4. Lakshadweep Islands

Ans: (b)

Source:IE

Keywords: GS - 2, Government Policies & Interventions- Issues Related to Andaman Islands, Paper - 3 - Growth & Development- Environmental Pollution & Degradation
Monthly Editorial Analysis

India’s Big Reform Push


Context: 

  • The upcoming 2024-25 budget presents a pivotal opportunity to articulate a clear vision and direction for the future. 
  • Achieving a sustained 10% real growth rate is within reach, signalling a robust economic trajectory ahead.
  • Importantly, through sustaining our achievements of macroeconomic and political stability, along with a continued push to physical and digital infrastructure. 

Key Elements of the 2024-25 Budget Vision:

  • Growth: 
    • India aims to achieve developed economy status by 2047, necessitating sustained high growth rates. 
    • In 2023, India's per capita income grew by 9.2% in nominal terms, showcasing robust economic potential. 
    • Sustaining such growth could elevate India's per capita income from $2,500 to $14,000 by 2047.
  • Employment: 
    • With a focus on labour-intensive manufacturing, India aims to capitalise on its demographic dividend. 
    • The manufacturing sector, vital for job creation, will be pivotal. Currently, India's labour to capital ratio is rising rapidly, prompting factor market reforms and digitization of land records.
  • Manufacturing: 
    • Emphasising competitiveness in manufacturing complements growth in the service sector. 
    • This strategy aims to position India as a global manufacturing hub, leveraging initiatives like 'China +1' and attracting investment to boost industrial output.
  • Public Finance: 
    • Addressing fiscal challenges through frameworks like the Fiscal Responsibility and Budget Management (FRBM) Act ensures fiscal discipline.
    • Despite high debt-to-GDP ratios compared to peers, initiatives focus on reducing debt burdens and maintaining sustainable fiscal policies.
  • Others: 
    • Reforms in agriculture markets, education, health, and environmental sustainability are pivotal for holistic economic development. 
    • These reforms aim to enhance productivity, improve human capital, and meet global environmental standards, fostering sustainable growth.

Significance of Budget in India:

  • Policy Document:
    • The budget serves as a comprehensive policy document that outlines the government's financial plans and priorities for the fiscal year.
    • It includes detailed allocations across sectors like health, education, infrastructure, and defence, reflecting strategic economic and social policies.
  • Economic Planning:
    • It plays a crucial role in economic planning by projecting revenue and expenditure targets, guiding macroeconomic policies.
    • The budget estimates for 2023-24 projected a total expenditure of ₹39.45 lakh crore and estimated revenue receipts of ₹22.45 lakh crore, indicating planned financial outlay and resource mobilisation efforts.
  • Allocation of Resources:
    • Determines allocation of public funds to sectors crucial for development and welfare.
    • For instance, in the 2023-24 budget, ₹2.23 lakh crore was allocated to health, ₹1.08 lakh crore to education, and ₹1.35 lakh crore to rural development, showcasing sector-wise resource allocation priorities.
  • Fiscal Discipline:
    • Ensures prudent management of finances, maintaining fiscal stability.
    • The fiscal deficit target for 2023-24 was set at 6.4% of GDP, reflecting efforts to balance expenditure needs with revenue constraints.
  • Market Sentiment:
    • Budget announcements impact market sentiments, investor confidence, and business decisions.
    • After the budget presentation in February 2023, stock markets reacted positively with the Sensex rising by 1,147 points, highlighting the market's response to policy signals.
  • Transparency and Accountability:
    • Enhances transparency in governance through detailed financial reporting and parliamentary scrutiny.
    • The budget speech provides a breakdown of revenues and expenditures, fostering accountability in financial management.
  • Public Expectations:
    • Addresses public expectations regarding taxation, subsidies, welfare schemes, and economic reforms.
    • For example, changes in tax slabs or allocation of funds to social welfare programs directly impact citizens' financial planning and expectations

Strengths of India: 

  • Demographic Dividend:
    • India's population includes over 600 million aged 18-35, with 65% under 35.
    • Expected demographic dividend till 2055-56, peaking around 2041.
  • Vibrant Democracy:
    • India is the world's largest democracy with about 1.44 billion people and 945 million voters.
    • Demonstrates resilience through composite culture and democratic institutions.
  • Resilient Economy:
    • India's economy has shown resilience since liberalisation 30 years ago.
    • Forecasted to reach $30 trillion by 2047, with a per capita GDP of $17,590.
    • Recorded one of the fastest-growing major economies in FY22/23 at 7.2%.
  • Diplomacy:
    • India employs public diplomacy effectively as a responsible global power.
    • Ranked 28th in the Global Soft Power Index 2023.
    • Improved trust ratings among ASEAN countries, highlighted by hosting G20 and SCO in 2023.
  • Sustainable and Inclusive Development:
    • Leading contributor in global climate change efforts, committed to 'net zero' emissions by 2070.
    • Initiatives like 'Mission LiFE' promote environmentally conscious lifestyles.
    • Promotes gender equality with initiatives like 'Beti Bachao Beti Padhao'.
  • Technology and Innovation:
    • Advancing healthcare and agriculture through AI and digital infrastructure.
    • Over 7,000 farmers are using AI for crop health monitoring and yield optimization.
    • Unified Payments Interface (UPI) and robust digital public infrastructure driving economic transformation.

Challenges Faced by India:

  • Lack of Inclusivity:
    • Income distribution disparity with the top 10% of the population receiving 57% of national income.
    • Legacy issues such as a high proportion of non-agricultural labour in the unorganised sector and women's time devoted to the care economy.
  • Global Uncertainty:
    • Geopolitical conflicts and structural changes like energy transitions impacting labour market flexibility and mobility.
    • Implications for transport infrastructure and housing markets.
  • Lack of Trade Openness:
    • Rising protectionism in rich countries under environmental concerns.
    • Challenges due to weak global demand and monetary policy tightening affecting real GDP growth.
  • Economic Growth Challenges:
    • Need for sustained high growth rates to transition from lower middle-income to middle-income and eventually high-income status.
    • Targets include achieving an $7 trillion economy for middle-income and a $60 trillion economy for high-income status.
  • Other Challenges:
    • Risks include deteriorating asset quality of banks, delays in fiscal consolidation, difficulties in trade agreements, and impact of below-normal monsoon seasons.

Conclusion:

The 2024-25 budget presents an opportunity to articulate India's economic trajectory, aiming for sustainable growth, job creation, and fiscal prudence. It is a critical tool to align economic policies with developmental aspirations, ensuring India's position as a global economic player through strategic investments and reforms.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-3, Economy– Growth & Development , GS-2 - Polity & Governance- Parliament - Budget
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Building on Foreign Policy


Context: 

  • India aims to revise its "neighbourhood first" policy to assert its redlines and foster economic integration and connectivity with its neighbours.
  • Emphasises that earning respect is pivotal to building trust with neighbouring countries, underscoring India's regional leadership aspirations.

Key highlights of india foreign relations: 

  • India's Strategic Relations with the US:
    • Importance: The relationship with the US is pivotal for India, characterised by substantial defence and security ties.
    • Challenges: Despite its significance, various extraneous issues hinder the full potential of this partnership.
    • Way Forward: There is a need to recalibrate and reimagine the bilateral ties to align more closely on strategic interests, particularly in the Indo-Pacific region.
  • China as a Strategic Threat:
    • Perceived Threat: China is viewed as the primary strategic challenge for India, necessitating a robust strategy for external balancing.
    • Strategic Alliances: India engages in alliances like the Quad, partnerships with the US, France, Japan, and defense relations with Philippines and Vietnam to counterbalance Chinese influence.
    • Security Imperatives: Securing the Himalayan border and the Indian Ocean from Chinese influence is crucial for India's national security.
  • Maintaining Dialogue with China:
    • Diplomatic Engagement: Despite strategic tensions, maintaining dialogue with China remains essential.
    • Challenges: Recent developments indicate a hardening of positions, complicating bilateral relations.
    • Future Prospects: The possibility of a direct engagement between Indian and Chinese leadership remains on hold pending further developments.
  • European Union and UK Relations:
    • Trade and Economic Agreements: India aims to conclude Free Trade Agreements (FTAs) with the EU and UK swiftly post-elections.
    • Reform Agenda: Economic reforms, including those in land, labor, and agriculture sectors, are critical for enhancing India's economic standing and attracting foreign investments.
  • Middle East Engagement:
    • Strategic Partnerships: Sustaining and strengthening ties with Saudi Arabia and UAE are crucial, despite challenges posed by regional conflicts like the Gaza war.
    • Strategic Projects: Initiatives such as the India-Middle East-Europe Corridor (IMEEC) require continued advocacy and support.
  • Handling Russia Diplomatically:
    • Balancing Act: India navigates its relationship with Russia diplomatically amid global tensions, emphasizing dialogue and de-escalation in global conflicts.
    • International Relations: India's participation in global peace initiatives, such as the Ukraine peace conference, reflects its stance on promoting dialogue over conflict escalation.
  • Neighbourhood Policy Revisions:
    • Policy Objectives: India aims to revise its "neighbourhood first" policy to assert its redlines and foster economic integration and connectivity with its neighbours.
    • Trust Building: Emphasises that earning respect is pivotal to building trust with neighbouring countries, underscoring India's regional leadership aspirations.

The moral aspects of India's foreign policy:

  • Panchsheel (Five Virtues): Originating from the 1954 Agreement on Trade between Tibet (China) and India, these principles guide India's international relations:
    • Mutual respect for each other’s territorial integrity and sovereignty.
    • Mutual non-aggression.
    • Mutual non-interference.
    • Equality and mutual benefit.
    • Peaceful co-existence.
  • Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam (The World is One Family): Reflects India's belief in global unity and cooperation:
    • Emphasises Sabka Saath, Sabka Vikas, Sabka Vishwas (Collective Effort, Inclusive Growth, Trust of All).
    • Advocates harmony and collaboration across the global community.
  • Proactive and Impartial Assistance: India supports democratic principles worldwide:
    • Offers capacity building and institutional strengthening to promote democracy.
    • Engages with countries like Afghanistan to support democratic governance.
  • Global Problem Solving Approach: India champions global discussions and consensus on critical issues:
    • Advocates for global cooperation on trade regimes, climate change, terrorism, intellectual property rights, global governance, and health crises.
    • Notably, India's Vaccine diplomacy initiative distributed 60 million doses globally, including significant grants, to combat the COVID-19 pandemic.

What is India's foreign policy facing current challenges? 

  • Russia-Ukraine Issue:
    • Balancing geopolitical interests with moral imperatives in the Russia-Ukraine conflict poses a significant challenge.
    • Russia is a crucial trade partner and holds geopolitical leverage in the Eurasian region.
    • India's stance must navigate between maintaining relations with Russia and responding to international pressures for sanctions, highlighting the complexities of realist diplomacy.
  • Internal Challenges:
    • A nation's external power projection is constrained by its internal stability and strength.
    • India's soft power, including cultural influence and diplomatic initiatives, hinges on robust domestic support and governance.
    • Strengthening internal infrastructure and governance is essential for India to effectively wield its influence on the global stage, echoing the wisdom of former President A. P. J. Abdul Kalam.
  • Refugee Crisis:
    • Despite not being a signatory to international refugee conventions, India faces significant challenges in managing refugee influxes, notably from crises like the Rohingya refugee situation.
    • Balancing humanitarian obligations with national security imperatives is crucial for India's foreign policy.
    • Addressing refugee issues proactively can enhance India's reputation and influence in regional and global human rights discourse.

Way forward  to India’s Foreign Policy:

  • Collective Approach to Environmental Issues:
    • Lead global efforts on environmental sustainability, exemplified by commitments like reaching net zero emissions by 2070.
    • Integrate social, economic, and ecological sustainability into policies to achieve comprehensive development aligned with Sustainable Development Goals.
  • Balancing Internal and External Development:
    • Foster an external environment conducive to inclusive domestic development, ensuring benefits reach the most marginalised.
    • Strengthen India's presence and influence on global platforms to shape opinions and policies on critical global issues like terrorism, climate change, and global governance reforms.
  • Ethical Foundation in Foreign Policy:
    • Uphold ethical principles in diplomatic engagements, echoing Mahatma Gandhi's emphasis on politics grounded in ethics.
    • Reaffirm India's commitment to collective global development, enhancing its moral leadership on the world stage.
  • Evolutionary Policy Adaptations:
    • Maintain a proactive, flexible, and pragmatic foreign policy framework that can swiftly respond to evolving global dynamics.
    • Ensure consistency with core principles of national beliefs, interests, and strategies while adapting to new challenges and opportunities.
  • Shaping the Global Agenda:
    • Assert a leadership role in shaping global norms and institutional frameworks, reflecting India's aspirations as a leading global power.
    • Advocate for reforms such as a permanent seat on the UN Security Council, garnering international support to strengthen its global influence.
  • Diplomacy for Development:
    • Integrate economic diplomacy with political diplomacy to support India's growth initiatives like Make in India, Skill India, and infrastructure development.
    • Attract foreign investments, technology transfers, and financial assistance crucial for sustaining India's economic trajectory and development goals.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQ)

Mains

Q:1 “The long sustained image of India as a leader of the oppressed and marginalised nations has disappeared on account of its newfound role in the emerging global order.’ Elaborate. (2019)

Q:2 Evaluate the economic and strategic dimensions of India’s Look East Policy in the context of the post-Cold War international scenario. (2016)

Source: HT

Keywords: GS-2- IR- India Foreign Policy– Effect of Policies & Politics of Countries on India's Interests
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Fiscal Federalism future in India


Why in the news ?

  • Kerala recently filed a suit in the Supreme Court under Article 131 of the Constitution, urging the court to direct the Union government to lift the ceiling on state borrowing limits. 

  • This case has spotlighted Article 293 of the Indian Constitution, which governs state borrowing powers and Union regulation thereof. 
  • Kerala seeks greater autonomy in borrowing, while the Union government stresses macroeconomic stability through debt regulation.

Constitutional Interpretation by Supreme Court: 

  • Given the first-time interpretation of Article 293, the matter has been referred to the Constitution bench under Article 145, comprising five judges. 
  • The upcoming decision by the Supreme Court holds significant implications for fiscal federalism in India.

Provisions of Article 293: Provisions:

  • State Borrowing Power: States can borrow within India against their Consolidated Fund of State, under limits set by their legislature.
  • Union Guarantees: The Union government may guarantee state loans within limits set by Parliament.
  • Consent Requirement: States must seek Union government consent for loans if they owe any previous loans to or guaranteed by the Union. Conditions can be imposed on this consent.
  • Exception: Temporary overdrafts or arrangements with the Reserve Bank of India do not require prior consent.
  • Continuation of Existing Loans: Loans taken by states before the Constitution's commencement remain valid under the same terms.

Limitations of Article 293:

  • Article 293's authority is contingent upon states owing money to the Union, creating a gap if states clear their Union debts. The article lacks provisions for regulating state borrowing in the absence of such debts.
  • Economically stronger states could potentially clear Union debts and then borrow without Union oversight.
  • States increasingly use Public Sector Undertakings (PSUs) to circumvent Article 293, as seen in Kerala's argument that PSU debts should not count towards state debt calculations.
  • Growing reliance on non-central sources for borrowing may render Article 293 irrelevant for some states, complicating fiscal transparency and accountability.

Key Questions for the Constitution Bench:

  • Does Article 293 confer a state with an inherent right to borrow, and can the Union government regulate this right?
  • Are debts raised by state PSUs within the scope of Article 293's regulation?

Recent Trends in State Borrowing from the Union:

  • Recent data from the RBI indicates a significant decline in states' reliance on Union loans, plummeting from 57% in 1991 to merely 3% by FY 2020.
  • This shift underscores states' increasing preference for market borrowings and alternative financing sources.
  • The diminishing Union loans impact the relevance of Article 293, as its regulatory scope hinges on states owing money to the Union.
  • During the Covid-19 pandemic, state borrowing from the Union temporarily rose from 3% in FY 2020 to 8.6% in FY 2024 due to economic pressures and revenue shortfalls.
  • However, this uptick is expected to be transient, with states likely reverting to pre-pandemic borrowing patterns as the economy rebounds.

Arguments For and Against State’s Right to Borrow Uninterruptedly: Arguments in Favor:

  • Fiscal Autonomy: State borrowing empowers fiscal independence, aligning with federal principles. It allows states to finance development projects and address local needs without sole reliance on Union grants, promoting self-reliance.
  • Economic Development: Borrowing enables financing of large-scale infrastructure projects, stimulating economic growth and providing continuity in essential services during revenue shortfalls.
  • Flexibility in Financial Management: It buffers states against economic shocks and revenue fluctuations, enhancing financial resilience without resorting to politically challenging tax hikes.
  • Accountability to Electorate: Borrowing makes state governments accountable to voters for financial decisions, promoting transparency and informed electoral choices.
  • Competitive Federalism: Allows states to compete for investments and innovate in development strategies, potentially leading to national best practices and overall development.

Arguments against:

  • Risk of Fiscal Indiscipline:
    • Unrestricted borrowing may lead states to accumulate unsustainable debt levels, jeopardising their long-term fiscal health.
    • Political considerations, like short-term electoral gains, might override economic prudence, leading to misallocation of resources.
    • Excessive state debts, such as Punjab's debt-to-GSDP ratio of 53.3% in 2021-22 due partly to borrowing for populist schemes, could destabilise the national economy and impact other states.
  • Macroeconomic Stability Concerns:
    • Uncoordinated state borrowing can interfere with national monetary and fiscal policies, complicating economic management at the Union level.
    • It may negatively affect the country's credit rating and borrowing costs in international markets, impacting the entire nation's financial standing.
    • For instance, the increase in states' gross market borrowings by 55% in 2020-21 led to higher yields on state development loans, potentially affecting overall interest rates and Union government borrowing costs.
  • Inter-State Disparities:
    • Variations in states' economic strengths can lead to significant differences in their borrowing capacities, exacerbating regional inequalities.
    • Economically stronger states may secure loans at more favourable terms, while poorer states face higher borrowing costs, straining their finances.
    • This dynamic may require increased Union intervention to balance regional development, potentially complicating federal relations.
  • Complexity in Debt Management:
    • Independent state borrowings complicate national public debt management.
    • Monitoring and regulating diverse state borrowings pose administrative challenges and require sophisticated oversight mechanisms.
    • There's a risk of overlapping or conflicting debt obligations between states and the Union, creating legal and financial complexities.
    • For instance, the Ujwal DISCOM Assurance Yojana (UDAY) introduced in 2015 added complexity by transferring power distribution companies' debts to states, blurring lines between state and PSU borrowings.
  • Potential for Default and Bailouts:
    • States in financial distress might default on loans, impacting creditors and the broader financial system.
    • There's an implicit expectation that the Union government would bail out states in such cases, creating a moral hazard that encourages irresponsible borrowing.
    • State defaults or bailouts could undermine investor confidence in the Indian market, affecting overall economic stability.

What are the Other Federal Systems of Managing Subnational Debts?

  • Brazil: The Fiscal Responsibility Law imposes strict borrowing limits on all levels of government, ensuring fiscal discipline.
  • United States: States have high autonomy in borrowing but are subject to market discipline, balancing independence with financial accountability.
  • Germany: A cooperative federalism model with shared fiscal responsibility between federal and state governments ensures coordinated and balanced financial management.

Measures Can be Adopted to Improve Fiscal Health of States:

  • Incentive-Based Fiscal Responsibility Framework:
    • Implement a tiered system of borrowing limits based on comprehensive fiscal performance metrics.
    • Beyond traditional indicators like debt-to-GSDP ratio, include metrics such as revenue generation efficiency, development outcomes, and fiscal transparency.
    • For example, states improving their own tax revenue by 10% annually could be allowed to borrow an additional 0.5% of GSDP.
    • This approach creates a positive incentive for states to enhance fiscal management continually.
  • Technology-Driven Fiscal Monitoring System:
    • Develop a real-time, AI-powered fiscal monitoring system for all states to revolutionise fiscal management.
    • Track revenue, expenditure, and borrowing patterns to provide early warnings of fiscal stress.
    • Implement blockchain technology for transparency and immutability of fiscal data to prevent manipulation and build trust.
  • Fiscal Insurance Pools:
    • Establish collective insurance funds where states contribute based on their fiscal health.
    • These funds would provide temporary relief during economic shocks, reducing reliance on excessive borrowing.
    • Incentivize fiscal prudence by linking contributions and payouts to long-term fiscal performance metrics.
  • Cross-State Fiscal Mentorship Programs:
    • Pair fiscally stronger states with weaker ones in mentorship programs.
    • Mentor states would provide expertise and guidance on effective fiscal management.
    • Consider granting additional borrowing rights to mentor states as a reward for successful mentorship.
    • Foster inter-state cooperation and spread best practices in fiscal management organically through peer-to-peer learning.
  • Independent Fiscal Councils:
    • Establish independent fiscal councils at the state level to ensure unbiased analysis of state budgets.
    • These non-partisan bodies would assess fiscal health objectively and recommend sustainable debt management practices.
    • Provide transparency and accountability in fiscal decision-making to promote responsible fiscal behaviour among states.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Prelims:

Q:1 Consider the following statements: (2018)

  1. The Fiscal Responsibility and Budget Management (FRBM) Review Committee Report has recommended a debt to GDP ratio of 60% for the general (combined) government by 2023, comprising 40% for the Central Government and 20% for the State Governments.
  2. The Central Government has domestic liabilities of 21% of GDP as compared to that of 49% of GDP of the State Governments.
  3. As per the Constitution of India, it is mandatory for a State to take the Central Government’s consent for raising any loan if the former owes any outstanding liabilities to the latter.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

  1. 1 only
  2. 2 and 3 only
  3. 1 and 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

Ans: C


Mains:

Q:1 Public expenditure management is a challenge to the Government of India in the context of budget-making during the post-liberalization period. Clarify it. (2019)

Source: EP

Keywords: GS - 3, Economy– Fiscal Policy— Monetary Policy– Inclusive Growth
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Sustainable Development in the Indian Himalayan Region


Context:     

  • The Indian Himalayan Region (IHR) is India's "water tower" and provides vital ecosystem services. However, there's a disconnect between the region's development needs and current development models. 
  • The IHR's economy relies on its natural resources, and exploiting them under the guise of development threatens economic decline. Sustainable management of these resources is essential to avoid this outcome.

What is The Indian Himalayan Region (IHR)?

About:

  • The IHR refers to the mountainous area in India encompassing the entire Himalayan range within the country.
  • It spans 13 Indian States/Union Territories: Jammu and Kashmir, Ladakh, Uttarakhand, Himachal Pradesh, Arunachal Pradesh, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, Sikkim, Tripura, Assam, and West Bengal.
  • The IHR stretches across 2500 km.

Significance:

  • The IHR includes some of the world's highest peaks, such as Kanchenjunga.
  • Known as India's "water tower," it is the source of many major rivers, including the Ganges, Yamuna, Brahmaputra, and their tributaries.
  • It plays a crucial role in regulating the ecological balance and maintaining biodiversity.
  • The region is home to a rich variety of flora and fauna, with many endemic and endangered species.
  • It includes several national parks, wildlife sanctuaries, and biosphere reserves, such as the Valley of Flowers National Park and Nanda Devi National Park.
  • The IHR influences the climate and weather patterns of the Indian subcontinent, acting as a barrier to cold winds from Central Asia and affecting monsoon patterns.
  • The region is inhabited by diverse ethnic communities with unique cultures, languages, and traditions.
  • It includes important religious and pilgrimage sites for various faiths, such as Amarnath and Badrinath.
  • The IHR holds strategic importance due to its location along India's northern borders with China, Nepal, and Bhutan.

Key Environmental Concerns in the Indian Himalayan Region

  • Climate Change and Glacial Melting
    • The Himalayan glaciers are melting rapidly due to global warming, affecting water resources downstream.
    • Changes in temperature and precipitation patterns disrupt local climates, impacting agriculture and livelihoods.
    • The IHR is increasingly experiencing natural disasters such as flash floods, glacial lake outburst floods (GLOFs), and extreme weather events.
    • Glaciers in the IHR are retreating at an average rate of 10 to 60 metres per year, with the Gangotri Glacier having retreated by more than 1,500 metres in the last 70 years.
    • The 2013 Kedarnath disaster was exacerbated by rapid glacial melting, leading to catastrophic flooding and massive destruction.
  • Soil Erosion and Landslides
    • Deforestation, unplanned construction, and overgrazing contribute to soil erosion.
    • The region is highly prone to landslides, especially during the monsoon season, causing damage to property, infrastructure, and loss of life.
    • In 2021, the Chamoli district in Uttarakhand witnessed a massive landslide triggered by glacial outburst floods, resulting in unprecedented damage to life and infrastructure.
  • Water Scarcity and Pollution
    • Many areas within the IHR face water scarcity due to the drying up of springs and streams.
    • Pollution from agricultural runoff, untreated sewage, and industrial effluents contaminates water sources, impacting human health and ecosystems.
    • A study by the Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) indicates that more than 50% of the springs in the Indian Himalayas are drying up, affecting water availability for millions.
  • Developmental Projects
    • The construction of numerous hydroelectric power stations disrupts river ecosystems, affects fish populations, and displaces local communities.
    • Infrastructure projects often ignore environmental norms, leading to ecological damage and heightened disaster risks.
    • The National Disaster Management Authority's post-disaster assessment of the 2023 floods in Himachal Pradesh attributed the disaster to widespread illegal construction on river beds and floodplains.
  • Air Pollution
    • Increased vehicular emissions, industrial activities, and biomass burning contribute to deteriorating air quality.
    • The mountainous terrain can trap pollutants, leading to health issues for residents and reduced visibility.
    • The town of Leh in Ladakh has seen rising air pollution levels due to increased vehicular traffic and construction activities, impacting the health of residents and tourists alike.
  • Deforestation and Habitat Loss
    • The IHR is home to over 10,000 plant species, 300 mammal species, and 1,000 bird species, with many listed as endangered.
    • Large-scale deforestation for agriculture, urban development, and infrastructure projects leads to habitat destruction and loss of biodiversity.
    • A decline of 902 square kilometres in forest cover was recorded in hill districts of the country as compared to 2019, according to the State of Forest Report, 2021. 
    • The loss is much more pronounced in the Himalayan states, which reported an overall loss of 1,072 sq km of forest cover.

Supreme Court Judgments Support Environmental Conservation Efforts in the IHR:

  •  Recognition of the Right against Climate Change 
    • Supreme Court Ruling
      • In the case of M K Ranjitsinh & Ors. v. Union of India & Ors., The Supreme Court ruled that people have a right to be free from adverse climate change impacts. 
      • This right is recognized under Articles 14 and 21 of the Constitution.
    • Implications
      • This recognition is a crucial step towards safeguarding environmental and human rights. 
      • It creates an obligation for the government to implement effective measures to combat climate change. 
  • Adoption of an Ecocentric View of the Environment:
    • Supreme Court Directive
      • In the case of State of Telangana and Others vs Mohd. Abdul Qasim, the Supreme Court emphasised the need to adopt an ecocentric view of the environment, placing nature at the core.
    • Court's Statement
      • The Court stated, "Man being an enlightened species, is expected to act as a trustee of the Earth.
      • The time has come for mankind to live sustainably and respect the rights of rivers, lakes, beaches, estuaries, ridges, trees, mountains, seas, and air. Man is bound by nature’s law." 
  • Directions on the Carrying Capacity of the Himalayan States:
    • Public Interest Litigation (PIL)
      • In the PIL titled Ashok Kumar Raghav vs Union of India and Ors., the Supreme Court asked the central government and the petitioner to suggest a way forward to enable the Court to pass directions on the carrying capacity of the Himalayan States and towns

Measures can be taken to Promote Sustainable Development in the IHR: 

  • Climate-Resilient Infrastructure:
    • Adopt Building Codes: Implement construction practices resilient to earthquakes, landslides, and floods.
    • Green Infrastructure: Invest in permeable pavements, green roofs, and bioswales to manage stormwater and reduce urban heat islands.
    • Ban Construction in Disaster-Prone Areas: Enforce a complete ban on construction activities in disaster-prone areas as suggested by the Mishra Committee, 1976. 
  • Integrated Land Use Planning:
    • Land Use Plans: Develop plans demarcating zones for conservation, agriculture, residential, and industrial activities.
    • GIS and Remote Sensing: Utilise these technologies for effective land use planning and monitoring environmental changes.
    • WGEEP Recommendations: Follow the zoning system for the Western Ghats recommended by the Western Ghats Ecology Expert Panel (WGEEP) to balance conservation and development needs. 
  • Water Resource Management:
    • Rainwater Harvesting: Promote installation in urban and rural areas.
    • Springshed Management: Restore and manage spring sheds for sustainable water sources.
    • NGRBA Recommendations: Implement comprehensive approaches to clean and rejuvenate the Ganga River, addressing pollution sources and promoting sustainable practices. 
  • Forest and Biodiversity Conservation:
    • Reforestation Projects: Initiate large-scale projects to restore degraded lands and enhance biodiversity.
    • Community Management: Empower local communities to manage and protect forest resources through joint forest management programs, exemplified by the Chipko Movement.
    • Endangered Species Programs: Develop and implement conservation programs for endangered species and their habitats.
    • NMSHE Initiatives: Focus on addressing climate change impacts, promoting sustainable livelihoods, and conserving biodiversity in the Indian Himalayan Region. 
  • Sustainable Agriculture:
    • Organic Farming: Encourage practices to reduce chemical inputs and maintain soil health.
    • Micro-Hydropower Projects: Develop projects with minimal environmental impact.
    • Agroforestry: Integrate trees and shrubs into agricultural systems to enhance biodiversity, reduce erosion, and improve crop yields.
    • Sikkim's Organic State: Follow Sikkim’s example of becoming fully organic, reducing chemical pesticide and fertiliser use. 
  • Eco-Friendly Tourism:
    • Carrying Capacity Assessments: Regulate the number of tourists to minimise environmental impact.
    • Eco-Tourism Initiatives: Promote sustainable practices and provide economic benefits to local communities.
    • Reduce Plastic Waste: Promote the use of biodegradable materials and reduce plastic waste.
    • NDMA Recommendations: Create buffer zones and restrict tourism in Glacial Lake Outburst Floods (GLOFs)-prone areas to reduce pollution. 
  • Monitoring and Research:
    • Environmental Monitoring Systems: Establish robust systems to track changes and assess the impact of development activities.
    • Support Research: Focus on sustainable development practices, climate change adaptation, and biodiversity conservation.
    • HLEG Report: Follow the High-Level Expert Group’s recommendations on monitoring Himalayan glaciers and understanding their role in regional water resources. 
  • Education and Awareness:
    • School Curricula: Include basic knowledge of the geology and ecology of the Himalayas to connect students with their environment.
    • Community Awareness: Educate residents about the geological vulnerability and ecological fragility of the Himalayas to promote compliance with environmental laws and regulations.

What are the Government Initiatives to Protect IHR?

  • National Mission for Sustaining the Himalayan Ecosystem (NMSHE)
  • Indian Himalayas Climate Adaptation Programme (IHCAP)
  • SECURE Himalaya Project
  • Integrated Himalayan Development Program (IHDP)
  • National Action Plan on Climate Change (NAPCC)

Conclusion: 

Thus, in response to recent Supreme Court rulings recognizing the right to protection from climate change, it's crucial that the Indian Himalayan Region (IHR) adopts a sustainable development model within its ecological limits. This approach must prioritise environmental preservation while fostering community prosperity and well-being through balanced development practices.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Prelims:

Q:1 Consider the following pairs: (2020)

           Peak                         Mountains

  1. Namcha Barwa         Garhwal Himalaya
  2. Nanda Devi               Kumaon Himalaya
  3. Nokrek                      Sikkim Himalaya

Which of the pairs given above is/are correctly matched?

  1. 1 and 2
  2. 2 only
  3. 1 and 3
  4. 3 only

Ans: (b)

Q:2 If you travel through the Himalayas, you are likely to see which of the following plants are naturally growing there? (2014)

  1. Oak
  2. Rhododendron
  3. Sandalwood

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

  1. 1 and 2 only
  2. 3 only
  3. 1 and 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (a)


Q:3 When you travel in Himalayas, you will see the following: (2012)

  1. Deep gorges
  2. U-turn river courses
  3. Parallel mountain ranges
  4. Steep gradients causing landsliding

Which of the above can be said to be the evidence for Himalayas being young fold mountains?

  1. 1 and 2 only
  2. 1, 2 and 4 only
  3. 3 and 4 only
  4. 1, 2, 3 and 4

Ans: (d)


Mains:

Q1. Differentiate the causes of landslides in the Himalayan region and Western Ghats. (2021)

Q2. How will the melting of Himalayan glaciers have a far-reaching impact on the water resources of India? (2020)

Q3. “The Himalayas are highly prone to landslides.” Discuss the causes and suggest suitable measures of mitigation. (2016)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3, Ecology & Environment- Conversation- Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Transforming Indian Agriculture


Context: 

  • Recently, Shivraj Singh Chouhan has been appointed to lead the Ministry of Agriculture and Farmers Welfare (MoA&FW) and the Ministry of Rural Development. 

  • His extensive experience as Chief Minister of Madhya Pradesh, where he achieved a 7% GDP growth and 6.8% agri-GDP growth from 2005-06 to 2023-24, makes his appointment strategic. 
  • The MoA&FW urgently needs to address key challenges in the agriculture sector, aiming for over 5% annual agri-GDP growth and prompt enhancement of farmers' incomes.

Significance of Agriculture in India:

  • Contribution to GDP:
    • The share of agriculture in the total Gross Value Added (GVA) of the economy has decreased from 35% in 1990-91 to 15% in 2022-23. This decline is due to the rapid expansion of the industrial and service sectors.
  • Employment:
    • According to the Periodic Labour Force Survey (PLFS) 2022-23, about 45.76% of the total workforce is engaged in agriculture and allied sectors.

  • Food Security:
    • India is largely self-sufficient in staple food production, particularly rice and wheat.
    • It is the world’s largest producer of milk, pulses, spices, and has the world’s largest cattle herd (buffaloes). India also has the largest area under wheat, rice, and cotton.
    • India is the second largest producer of rice, wheat, cotton, sugarcane, farmed fish, sheep & goat meat, fruit, vegetables, and tea.
    • Government initiatives like the Public Distribution System (PDS) and food subsidy programs rely on agricultural production to ensure affordable food access to all citizens.
  • Land Use:
    • Agricultural land in India constitutes a little more than 50% of the total geographical area in the country, the highest share of land use for agriculture in the world.
    • India has approximately 195 million hectares under cultivation, with around 63% being rainfed and 37% irrigated.
  • Foreign Exchange:
    • Commodities like rice, spices, cotton, fruits, and vegetables are exported globally, generating revenue and balancing trade deficits.
    • In April-January 2024, the overall value of agricultural exports stood at USD 38.65 billion. In 2022-23, the agricultural exports from India were US$ 52.50 billion.

  • Socio-Cultural and Environmental Sustainability:
    • Agriculture is integral to India's cultural heritage and social fabric, shaping rural traditions, festivals, and community life.
    • Sustainable agricultural practices are crucial for preserving soil fertility, water resources, and biodiversity, promoting long-term environmental sustainability.

Key Challenges Related to the Farm Sector in India:

  • Small Land Holdings:
    • The average size of operational holdings decreased from 2.28 hectares in 1970-71 to 1.08 hectares in 2015-16.
    • As per India’s Agriculture Census 2015-16, 86.1% of Indian farmers are small and marginal, with landholding sizes smaller than 2 hectares.
  • Economic Hardships:
    • The average monthly income for a farmer's household from all sources was approximately ₹10,218, according to a 2019 NSO report.
    • Small and marginal farmers frequently face challenges in accessing credit and financial services.
    • Over half of agricultural households were in debt as per the 2019 NSS survey.
  • Soil Degradation & Water Scarcity:
    • Over-extraction of water for agriculture is depleting aquifers, making irrigation unsustainable in key regions.
    • Around 90% of India's groundwater is used for agriculture.
    • Improper land use, excessive chemical fertilisers and pesticides, and inadequate soil conservation lead to soil degradation.
  • Inadequate Agricultural Infrastructure:
    • Insufficient storage and cold chain facilities, inadequate rural roads, and limited access to markets contribute to post-harvest losses.
    • Infrastructure gaps add to production costs and limit farmers’ ability to fetch fair prices for their produce.
  • Outdated Farming Practices:
    • Many Indian farmers still rely on traditional and outdated farming methods.
    • Limited access to information and modern techniques hinders the adoption of advanced farming practices.
  • Market Volatility & Price Fluctuations:
    • Farmers often face price volatility due to a lack of effective market linkages, intermediaries, and price information.
  • Skewed Policy Challenges:
    • The government’s provision of cereals at low prices through the PDS drives down the prices farmers get for their crops.
    • Skewed fertiliser subsidies promote indiscriminate usage, adversely affecting human health and environmental sustainability.
  • Climate Change & Natural Disasters:
    • Erratic weather patterns, climate change, and natural disasters such as floods, cyclones, and droughts pose significant challenges to India’s agriculture.
    • Rainfed rice yields in India are projected to decrease by 20% by 2050 and 47% by 2080 without adaptation measures.

The Key Initiatives Related to Agriculture:

  • Pradhan Mantri Kisan Samman Nidhi (PM-KISAN):
    • Launch Date: February 24, 2019
    • Objective: Provide financial support to farmers.
    • Key Features: Direct income support of ₹6,000 per year to all landholding farmer families, paid in three equal instalments.
  • Pradhan Mantri Fasal Bima Yojana (PMFBY):
    • Launch Date: January 13, 2016
    • Objective: Provide insurance coverage and financial support to farmers in case of crop failure.
    • Key Features: Low premium rates for farmers, covers risks from pre-sowing to post-harvest, and ensures timely settlement of claims.
  • Soil Health Card Scheme:
    • Launch Date: February 19, 2015
    • Objective: Promote soil health management practices.
    • Key Features: Provides soil health cards to farmers with information on soil nutrient status and recommendations for fertilisers and amendments.
  • Pradhan Mantri Krishi Sinchai Yojana (PMKSY):
    • Launch Date: July 1, 2015
    • Objective: Enhance water availability and use efficiency in agriculture.
    • Key Features: Focuses on creating new water sources, improving existing ones, and promoting micro-irrigation techniques.
  • e-National Agriculture Market (e-NAM):
    • Launch Date: April 14, 2016
    • Objective: Create a unified national market for agricultural commodities.
    • Key Features: Integrates existing APMC markets through an online platform, facilitates better price discovery, transparency, and competition.
  • National Mission on Sustainable Agriculture:
    • Launch Date: 2014-15 (as part of the National Action Plan on Climate Change)
    • Objective: Promote sustainable agricultural practices.
    • Key Features: Focus on climate-resilient practices and technologies, efficient use of natural resources, conservation agriculture, and organic farming.
  • Paramparagat Krishi Vikas Yojana (PKVY):
    • Launch Date: 2015
    • Objective: Promote organic farming.
    • Key Features: Provides financial assistance for organic farming inputs and certification, encourages group farming and the formation of clusters.
  • Digital Agriculture Mission:
    • Launch Date: 2021
    • Objective: Leverage technology to improve agricultural practices and productivity.
    • Key Features: Focus on digital infrastructure, data management, and services for farmers, promotes the use of AI, IoT, blockchain, and drones.
  • Unified Farmer Service Platform (UFSP):
    • Launch Date: September 2020
    • Objective: Provide integrated services to farmers.
    • Key Features: Combines various agricultural services and schemes into a single digital platform, offers market information, weather updates, and advisory services.
  • National e-Governance Plan in Agriculture (NeGP-A):
    • Launch Date: 2010
    • Objective: Implement ICT-based solutions for better governance in agriculture.
    • Key Features: Develops databases and information systems for agriculture, provides online services to farmers, enhances the efficiency of government schemes and programs.

                        UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims:

Q:1 In the context of India’s preparation for Climate -Smart Agriculture, consider the following statements: (2021)

  1. The ‘Climate-Smart Village’ approach in India is a part of a project led by the Climate Change, Agriculture and Food Security (CCAFS), an international research programme.
  2. The project of CCAFS is carried out under Consultative Group on International Agricultural Research (CGIAR) headquartered in France.
  3. The International Crops Research Institute for the Semi-Arid Tropics (ICRISAT) in India is one of the CGIAR’s research centres.

Which of the statements given above are correct?

  1. 1 and 2 only
  2. 2 and 3 only
  3. 1 and 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (d)


Q:2  Consider the following pairs: (2014)

                 Programme/Project                                         Ministry

  1. Drought-Prone Area Programme                 Ministry of Agriculture
  2. Desert Development Programme Ministry of Environment and Forests
  3. National Watershed Development Project for Rainfed Areas Ministry of Rural Development

Which of the above pairs is/are correctly matched?

  1. 1 and 2 only
  2. 3 only
  3. 1, 2 and 3
  4. None

Ans: (d)


Q:3 In India, which of the following can be considered as public investment in agriculture? (2020)

  1. Fixing Minimum Support Price for agricultural produce of all crops
  2. Computerization of Primary Agricultural Credit Societies
  3. Social Capital development
  4. Free electricity supply to farmers
  5. Waiver of agricultural loans by the banking system
  6. Setting up of cold storage facilities by the governments

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

  1. 1, 2 and 5 only
  2. 1, 3, 4 and 5 only
  3. 2, 3 and 6 only
  4. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6

Ans: (c)


Mains:

Q:1 Given the vulnerability of Indian agriculture to vagaries of nature, discuss the need for crop insurance and bring out the salient features of the Pradhan Mantri Fasal Bima Yojana (PMFBY). (2016)

Q:2 Explain various types of revolutions, took place in Agriculture after Independence in India. How have these revolutions helped in poverty alleviation and food security in India? (2017)

Source: IE

Keywords: GS - 3, Economy– Direct & Indirect Farm Subsidies– PDS Buffer Stocks & Food Security – Agricultural Marketing
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Indian Railways and Safety Challenges


Context: 

  • The issue of Indian Railway safety is under scrutiny after a freight train collided with a passenger train near Siliguri, West Bengal. 
  • This incident, along with last year’s Balasore train accident, highlights the urgent need for comprehensive reforms and enhanced safety protocols to prevent future accidents.

Recent Issues in Indian Railways:

  • Tragic Accident: The GFCJ container train collided with the 13174 Agartala-Sealdah Kanchanjunga Express, resulting in 11 deaths and around 40 injuries.
  • Premature Conclusions: The Railway Board Chairperson prematurely blamed the container train crew and provided incorrect information about casualties.
  • Slow Rollout of Kavach System: The indigenous Kavach signalling system to prevent collisions has been slowly implemented due to limited industrial capacity.
  • Staffing Issues: Indian Railways is overstaffed but has critical vacancies in safety-sensitive positions, causing stress and overwork for existing staff.
  • Ambiguous Protocols: Ambiguous rules for handling automatic signal failures create confusion and increase the risk of accidents.
  • There has been an average of 44 consequential train accidents every year in the five-year period ending 2022-23 (FY23).

Types of Accidents:

  • Derailments: The most common type, where a train goes off the tracks, caused by track defects, equipment failure, human error, or sabotage.
  • Collisions: Occur when two or more trains collide on the same track, often due to signal failures or communication errors between railway personnel.
  • Level Crossing Accidents: Involve collisions between trains and vehicles or pedestrians at rail crossings, underscoring the need for improved safety mechanisms at these points.
  • Accident Trends in Indian Railways: Over the years, the trend in accident types has been: Derailments > Level crossing accidents > Collisions > Fire in trains > Miscellaneous accidents.

Impacts of Train Accidents:

  • Casualties and Operational Disruption: Train accidents result in casualties and injuries, disrupting the railway network, causing delays, cancellations, and financial losses.
  • Trust Issues: Accidents erode public trust in train safety, affecting passenger confidence and ridership.
  • Economic Cost: The economic impact includes infrastructure damage, compensation payouts, and substantial investments required for safety upgrades.
  • Broader Implications: Industries reliant on efficient freight transport face disruptions in supply chains and logistics due to train accidents.

Challenges Faced by Indian Railways:

  • Unmanned Level Crossings: Closing unmanned level crossings remains a priority as they pose significant risks to passengers and train crews. Focused measures have improved safety, but continued vigilance is essential.
  • Track Maintenance: Emphasising track maintenance has reduced accidents, but maintaining thousands of kilometres of tracks across diverse terrains is challenging. Regular inspections, timely repairs, and modern technology are crucial.
  • Communication and Information Management: Effective communication during emergencies is vital. The GFCJ container train accident highlighted the need for accurate and timely information dissemination, as premature statements can cause confusion and hinder investigations.
  • Overstaffing and Workload: Despite being overstaffed, Indian Railways has critical vacancies in safety-sensitive roles like loco crew and station managers. Addressing these vacancies and reducing long working hours for locomotive pilots is essential.
  • Near Misses and Management Failure: Investigating near misses in the affected section can reveal management effectiveness. AI-enabled applications can enhance safety analyses and provide actionable alerts by analysing digital data.

Safety Improvements:

  • Digital Data Management and AI: Utilising extensive digital data from station data loggers and locomotive microprocessors, AI can effectively manage and filter out irregularities. Implementing AI-driven predictive maintenance can help prevent accidents.
  • Track Maintenance: Regular track maintenance is crucial to prevent derailments and accidents. Focused measures, like closing unmanned level crossings, have already improved safety.
  • Traffic Demands vs. Safety: Balancing increasing traffic demands with safety requirements is a challenge. Ensuring timely maintenance without compromising safety is vital.
  • Reducing Accidents: Urgent steps are needed to fill vacancies and reduce long working hours for locomotive pilots. Analysing accident patterns and implementing targeted safety measures can help reduce incidents.

Steps Taken To Minimise Rail Accidents:

  • Safety System Implementation:
    • Kavach: 
      • Launched in 2020, Kavach is a cab signalling train control system with anti-collision features, developed by the Research Design and Standards Organisation (RDSO) and three Indian vendors.  
      • Considering the installation of ETCS Level II in important sections could be pragmatic as Kavach matures.
      • Adopted as the National Automatic Train Protection (ATP) System, it adheres to Safety Integrity Level-4 (SIL-4) standards. 
      • Kavach monitors the existing signalling system, alerts the loco pilot when approaching a 'red signal,' and applies automatic brakes if necessary to prevent overshooting. 
      • It also relays SoS messages during emergencies and features centralised live monitoring of train movements through the Network Monitor System.
    • Priority Areas for Kavach: 
      • The CRS report from the Vizianagaram train accident emphasised implementing Kavach in Automatic Signalling territories prone to collisions.
      • Prioritising trunk routes and Automatic Signalling territories for Kavach installation (at a rate of 4,000 to 5,000 km/year) is achievable.
  • Mission Zero Accident: Announced in the Railway Budget 2016-17, this mission comprises two sub-missions:
    • Elimination of Unmanned Level Crossings: All unmanned level crossings on Broad Gauge were eliminated by 2019.
    • Train Collision Avoidance System (TCAS): To prevent collisions and signal passing at danger, TCAS has been installed on the Lingampalli–Vikarabad–Wadi and Vikarabad–Bidar sections (250 Route km) on South Central Railway. It is under implementation on 1199 Route Km on South Central Railway.
  • Rashtriya Rail Sanraksha Kosh Fund: 
    • Created in 2017-18 with a corpus of 1 lakh crore over five years, this non-lapsable fund is dedicated to critical safety-related works.
  • Refresher Courses for Officers: 
    • Over 300,000 non-gazetted officers have received refresher training to address lapses through skills enhancement. Safety category staff are also trained in Disaster Management, focusing on Relief, Rescue, and Rehabilitation (3‘R’s), Threat Perception, Emergency Response, Fighting, use of Fire Extinguishers, and First Aid.
  • Fog PASS Device: 
    • A GPS-based handheld device aids crew during foggy weather by providing audio-visual alarms whenever any landmark comes within the geo-fence range.
  • Recommendations of the CAG Report:
    • Develop a strong monitoring mechanism for timely implementation of maintenance activities using fully mechanised track maintenance methods and improved technologies.
    • Ensure the railway administration follows the guiding principles for the deployment of RRSK funds.
    • Prepare a Detailed Outcome Framework for each item of safety work.

Committees Recommendations:

  • Kakodkar Committee (2012): Adopting advanced technologies for track maintenance and inspection. Improving human resource development and management
  • Bibek Debroy Committee (2014): Separating the railway budget from the general budget. Outsourcing non-core activities. Creating a Railway Infrastructure Authority of India
  • Vinod Rai Committee (2015): Establishing an independent Railway Safety Authority with statutory. Setting up a Railway Accident Investigation Board to conduct independent and impartial inquiries. Creating a separate Railway Infrastructure Company to own and maintain railway assets.

Suggestions and Way Forward:

  • Continued Investment: Upgrading tracks, signalling systems, and rolling stock is crucial. Modernising ageing infrastructure can significantly reduce the risk of accidents.
  • Strengthening Safety Protocols: Enhance safety protocols through better training of railway staff, stricter adherence to operating procedures, and leveraging technology for real-time monitoring and response.
  • Public Awareness: Increasing public awareness about railway safety, including rules at level crossings and onboard safety measures, can prevent accidents involving pedestrians and vehicles.
  • Improved Coordination: Improved coordination between government agencies, railway authorities, and the public ensures accountability and timely response to safety issues.
  • Encouraging Research: Promoting research into innovative safety technologies and practices tailored to Indian conditions can lead to breakthroughs in accident prevention.
  • Evolving Safety Measures: As India develops, the demand for safe and reliable rail transport grows. Evolving safety measures to protect passengers and ensure the continued viability of the railway system is imperative

Conclusion:

Hence, to enhance railway safety, it is essential to strengthen and clarify protocols for handling signal failures and emergencies, ensuring staff receive clear guidelines and comprehensive training. Fast-tracking the implementation of safety technologies like the Kavach system, with annual targets of 4,000 to 5,000 km, will improve overall safety and prevent collisions.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims:

Q:1 Consider the following communication technologies: (2022)

  1. Closed-circuit Television
  2. Radio Frequency Identification
  3. Wireless Local Area Network

Which of the above are considered Short-Range devices/technologies?

  1. 1 and 2 only
  2. 2 and 3 only
  3. 1 and 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (d)


Mains:

Q:1 The setting up of a Rail Tariff Authority to regulate fares will subject the cash strapped Indian Railways to demand subsidy for the obligation to operate nonprofitable routes and services. Taking into account the experience in the power sector, discuss if the proposed reform is expected to benefit the consumers, the Indian Railways or the private container operators. (2014)

Q:2  Why is Public Private Partnership (PPP) required in infrastructure projects? Examine the role of PPP model in the redevelopment of Railway Stations in India. (2022)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3, Economy- Growth & development - Infrastructure- Railways
Monthly Editorial Analysis

India's position with respect to the G-7


Context: 

  • Recently, leaders from the Group of Seven (G7) countries, which include the U.S., Canada, Germany, France, Japan, the U.K., and Italy, convened in Apulia, Italy, from June 13-15. The 
  • European Union leadership also participated in the summit. India, invited 11 times to this event, saw Prime Minister Narendra Modi attend for the fifth time.

  • The G7 leaders gathered to address key global issues, including bridging the gap between the "West and the Rest," funding the Ukraine war, investing in Africa, and tackling migration, climate change, and artificial intelligence. 
  • They agreed to allocate $50 billion for Ukraine using Russia's frozen assets and held a summit focused on promoting clean energy in Africa. 
  • They criticised China's trade practices and engaged with leaders from 10 countries, including India, to discuss concerns of the Global South.

About the Group of Seven (G7):

  • Origin of G7:
    • The G7 originated in response to the 1973 oil shocks and the subsequent financial crisis. 
    • To address these challenges, the heads of six leading industrial nations— the US, UK, France, West Germany, Japan, and Italy—held a meeting in 1975.
    • Canada joined in 1976, officially forming the G7.
  • Current Members:
    • The current G7 members are the US, UK, Canada, France, Germany, Italy, and Japan, representing some of the world's most developed and advanced economies.
    • Russia joined in 1997, but it was renamed as G7 after Russia was expelled as a member in 2014 following its annexation of the Crimea region of Ukraine.
    • The European Union is also represented within the G7.
  • Significance: 
    • Wealth: Control 60% of global net wealth
    • Growth: Drive 46% of global GDP
    • Population: Represents 10% of the world's population.

Significance of India for G7:

  • India’s Role in the G-7 Process:
    • India has been a significant part of the G-7 process for years, gaining attention in the 2000s for its steady growth during the global financial crisis.
    • Though not a G-7 member, India is a key Global South member and has hosted the "Voice of Global South" conference since 2023.
  • Part of G-20 Troika:
    • India is part of the G-20 troika with Brazil and South Africa, enhancing its strategic importance in global economic and political discussions.
  • Economic Growth and Stability:
    • India gained attention from the G7 in the 2000s due to its steady economic growth during the global financial crisis, demonstrating its resilience and potential as a major economy. 
  • Strategic Partnerships: 
    • India’s role in the G-20 troika with Brazil and South Africa adds to its strategic importance in global forums.
  • Regional Stability and Development:
    • India’s involvement in G7 outreach efforts contributes to regional stability and development through investments and cooperation in areas like clean energy, trade, and economic development.
  • Geopolitical Balance:
    • India’s participation helps balance global geopolitical dynamics, especially amidst rising concerns about China’s influence and trade practices.
    • India’s strategic position and partnerships are crucial for maintaining global stability.

Significance of G7 for India:

  • Highlighting Achievements:
    • The G-7 outreach session is a crucial platform for India to showcase its achievements and perspectives.
    • During the session, PM Modi emphasised the importance of Indian elections, technology, artificial intelligence, and climate change.
  • Economic Significance:
    • The G7 nations account for nearly 60% of global net wealth ($317 trillion as of 2018).
    • They represent 30% of global GDP and about 770 million people, or 10% of the world's population.
  • Political Significance:
    • The G7 can shape responses to multilateral challenges.
    • In 1999, it created the Financial Stability Forum to manage the international monetary system.
    • The 47th summit in June 2021 focused on COVID-19 recovery, promising 1 billion vaccines to poorer countries with the theme "Global Action to Build Back Better."
  • Developmental Significance:
    • In 1997, the G7 provided $300 million to contain the Chernobyl reactor meltdown.
    • In 2002, it played a crucial role in setting up a global fund to fight malaria and AIDS.
    • In October 2020, G7 finance ministers backed the G20 bilateral debt relief initiative for the world's poorest countries. 
  • Advocacy for the Global South:
    • India uses the G7 platform to advocate for Global South concerns like economic inequality, climate change, and resource security.
    • This ensures that developing nations' voices are heard in global decision-making processes.
  • Technological and Climate Initiatives:
    • India’s participation in G7 discussions on technology and climate change allows it to contribute to and benefit from global initiatives.
    • It provides an opportunity for India to share its innovations and approaches.
  • Showcasing Democratic Values:
    • By participating in the G7, India reinforces its commitment to democratic values and principles.
    • This aligns India with other major democracies and highlights the importance of democratic governance on the global stage

Criticism faced by G7:

  • Elitist, Non-Inclusive Group:
    • The G-7 is criticised for being elitist and non-inclusive, excluding three of the world's top 10 economies: China, India, and Brazil.
    • Unlike the G-20, the G-7 lacks representation from a broader spectrum of the world.
  • Membership Issues:
    • The G-7 has not expanded its membership, even reducing it by dropping Russia in 2014.
    • In contrast, BRICS has expanded to include the UAE, Saudi Arabia, Iran, Egypt, and Ethiopia, alongside Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa.
  • Challenges to Relevance:
    • The G-7's inability to influence Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, stop Israel’s bombardment of Gaza, or deter China’s global economic influence raises questions about its relevance and effectiveness.
  • Future Uncertainty:
    • The G-7’s future effectiveness is uncertain, especially with potential leadership changes due to upcoming elections in the U.K. and the U.S.
    • The next G-7 summit will be in Alberta, Canada, in 2025, and it remains to be seen if India will continue to participate on the sidelines.

Conclusion:

Hence, India's economic strength, strategic role in the Indo-Pacific, involvement in the European energy crisis, and potential for conflict mediation add immense value to the G7 Summit. As the global order evolves, collaboration with India will be essential for shaping future international cooperation.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Prelims

Q:1 The term ‘Intended Nationally Determined Contributions’ is sometimes seen in the news in the context of (2016)

  1. pledges made by the European countries to rehabilitate refugees from the war-affected Middle East
  2. plan of action outlined by the countries of the world to combat climate change
  3. capital contributed by the member countries in the establishment of Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank
  4. plan of action outlined by the countries of the world regarding Sustainable Development Goals

Answer: (b)


Q:2 With reference to the Agreement at the UNFCCC Meeting in Paris in 2015, which of the following statements is/are correct? (2016)

  1. The Agreement was signed by all the member countries of the UN and it will go into effect in 2017.
  2. The Agreement aims to limit greenhouse gas emissions so that the rise in average global temperature by the end of this century does not exceed 2°C or even 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels.
  3. Developed countries acknowledged their historical responsibility in global warming and committed to donate $1000 billion a year from 2020 to help developing countries to cope with climate change.

Select the correct answer using the code given below.

  1. 1 and 3 only
  2. 2 only
  3. 2 and 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

Answer: (b)


Q:3 In which one of the following groups are all the four countries members of G20? (2020)

  1. Argentina, Mexico, South Africa and Turkey
  2. Australia, Canada, Malaysia and New Zealand
  3. Brazil, Iran, Saudi Arabia and Vietnam
  4. Indonesia, Japan, Singapore and South Korea

Ans: (a)


Mains

Q:1 ‘Climate change’ is a global problem. How will India be affected by climate change? How Himalayan and coastal states of India are affected by climate change? (2017)

Q:2 Describe the major outcomes of the 26th session of the Conference of the Parties (COP) to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC). What are the commitments made by India in this conference? (2021)

Source:TH

Keywords: GS - 2, IR- Important International Institutions– Groupings & Agreements Involving India
Monthly Editorial Analysis

India – Bangladesh Bilateral Relationship


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, Bangladesh’s Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina is on a two-day visit to India.

How Have the Ties Between India-Bangladesh Flourished?

Historical Ties:

  • The foundation of India’s relationship with Bangladesh was established during the 1971 Bangladesh Liberation War, with India providing crucial military and material support for Bangladesh's independence from Pakistan.
  • However, relations deteriorated within a few years as military regimes took control in Bangladesh, leading to rising anti-India sentiment in the mid-1970s over issues such as boundary disputes, insurgency, and water sharing.
  • This instability persisted for several decades until Sheikh Hasina came to power in 1996, marking a new chapter in bilateral ties with a treaty on the sharing of Ganga waters.
  • Since then, India and Bangladesh have developed cooperation in various areas including trade, energy, infrastructure, connectivity, and defence.

Economic Cooperation:

  • Bangladesh has become India’s largest trade partner in South Asia, with bilateral trade reaching   USD 15.9 billion in FY 2022-23, USD 18 billion in 2021-2022.
  • It is up from USD 10.8 billion in 2020-21, though there was a dip in 2022-23 due to the Covid-19 pandemic and the Russia-Ukraine War.
  • India is also the second biggest trade partner of Bangladesh, with exports amounting to USD 2 billion in Indian markets.
  • In 2022, both nations completed a joint feasibility study on a Comprehensive Economic Partnership Agreement (CEPA). 
  • The CEPA is particularly significant as Bangladesh is set to lose its Least Developed Country (LDC) status after 2026, which will result in the loss of its duty-free and quota-free market access in India.
  • Bangladesh aims to finalise a Free Trade Agreement (FTA) with India and also pursue the China-backed Regional Comprehensive Economic Partnership (RCEP), a dual approach that raises concerns for India

Infrastructure:

  • Since 2010, India has extended Lines of Credit to Bangladesh worth over USD 7 billion.
  • India and Bangladesh resolved long-standing issues, including the Land Boundary Agreement (LBA) in 2015 and a maritime dispute over territorial waters.
  • In 2023, India and Bangladesh inaugurated the Akhaura-Agartala Rail Link, connecting Bangladesh and the northeast through Tripura. This link provides India access to Chattogram and Mongla ports in Bangladesh for cargo movement.
  • This rail link is expected to boost small-scale industries and development in Assam and Tripura.
  • The BIMSTEC Master Plan for Transport Connectivity aims to connect major transport projects in India, Bangladesh, Myanmar, and Thailand, establishing a shipping network.
  • India will focus on the Matarbari Port, 100 km from Tripura, being built by Bangladesh, creating an industrial corridor connecting Dhaka and Northeast India.

Energy:

  • In 2018, Russia, Bangladesh, and India signed a memorandum on cooperation for the Rooppur Nuclear Power Plant project, Bangladesh's first nuclear power reactor.
  • Bangladesh imports 1160 MW of power from India in 2022-2023.
  • Projects like the Maitree Super Thermal Power Plant and India-Bangladesh Friendship Pipeline are key initiatives.

Defence Cooperation:

  • India and Bangladesh share a 4096.7 km border, the longest land boundary India shares with any neighbour.
  • The states of Assam, West Bengal, Mizoram, Meghalaya, and Tripura share borders with Bangladesh.
  • The two countries conduct joint exercises: Army (Exercise Sampriti) and Navy (Exercise Bongo Sagar).

Multilateral Cooperation:

  • India and Bangladesh engage in regional cooperation through multilateral forums such as SAARC (South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation), BIMSTEC (Bay of Bengal Multi-Sectoral Technical and Economic Cooperation), and the Indian Ocean Rim Association (IORA).

Cultural Cooperation:

  • Cultural exchanges are facilitated through the Indira Gandhi Cultural Centre and Indian Cultural Centre in Dhaka.
  • Programs in arts, dance, and language promote people-to-people contacts.

PM Sheikh Hasina’s visit to India:

  • Bangladesh’s Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina is on a two-day visit to India.
  • This will be the first incoming bilateral State visit by a foreign leader after the formation of the new government following the Lok Sabha elections.
  • Sheikh Hasina was among the seven leaders from India’s neighbourhood who attended the swearing-in ceremony at the Rashtrapati Bhavan on June 9.

What are the Points of Tensions Between India and Bangladesh?

Sharing of Transboundary River Waters:

  • India and Bangladesh share 54 common rivers, but only two treaties have been signed: the Ganga Waters Treaty and the Kushiyara River Treaty.
  • Other major rivers, such as the Teesta and Feni, are still under negotiation.

Illegal Migration:

  • The issue of illegal migration from Bangladesh to India, including both refugees and economic migrants, remains a significant concern.
  • This influx strains resources and security in Indian border states.
  • The problem has intensified with Rohingya refugees entering India through Bangladesh.
  • The National Register of Citizens (NRC) aimed at curbing such migration has raised concerns in Bangladesh.
  • Bangladesh seeks Indian support in persuading Myanmar to take back the Rohingyas who have taken refuge in Bangladesh.

Drug Smuggling & Trafficking:

  • There have been numerous incidents of cross-border drug smuggling and trafficking.
  • Humans, especially children and women, are trafficked, and various animal and bird species are poached through these borders.

Growing Chinese Influence in Bangladesh:

  • Bangladesh is an active partner in the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI), which India is not a part of.
  • China's increasing involvement with Bangladesh could potentially undermine India's regional standing and impede its strategic aspirations

PM Sheikh Hasina’s visit to India  discussion:  Controversy on the Teesta Water Dispute

  • Background: 
    • The Teesta River originates in the Pauhunri mountain of Sikkim, flows through West Bengal, and enters Bangladesh, joining the Brahmaputra.
    • It is the second-largest river in West Bengal after the Ganga, making it crucial for both West Bengal and Bangladesh.

  • Historical Context:
    • India and Bangladesh have been negotiating the sharing of Teesta waters since the early 1980s.
    • A water-sharing agreement was nearly signed in 2011 during Prime Minister Manmohan Singh's visit to Bangladesh, but it was halted due to last-minute objections by West Bengal's Chief Minister Mamata Banerjee.
  • Recent Developments:
    • In 2015, Prime Minister Narendra Modi visited Dhaka, accompanied by Mamata Banerjee, and expressed confidence in finding a fair solution.
    • Despite efforts, the issue remains unresolved. In a recent interview, Prime Minister Hasina emphasised the need for India to be more accommodating to resolve the dispute.
  • Current Status:
    • Bangladesh seeks an equitable share of the Teesta waters to ensure sufficient water flow during the dry season.
    • India’s internal political dynamics, particularly the stance of the West Bengal government, play a significant role in the negotiations. 
  • Importance of Teesta Waters :
    • The Teesta River is vital for irrigation and water supply in both countries. Sheikh Hasina recently urged India to show greater flexibility to resolve the issue.

Way Forward:

  • Joint Task Forces:
    • Establish joint task forces comprising law enforcement agencies from both countries to effectively combat cross-border drug smuggling and human trafficking.
    • Shared intelligence and coordinated operations can disrupt illegal networks.
  • Smart Border Management:
    • Implement smart border management solutions that utilise Artificial Intelligence (AI) and data analytics.
    • These technologies can streamline cross-border movements while ensuring security and efficiency.
  • Digital Connectivity Corridor:
    • Establish a digital connectivity corridor between the two countries, focusing on high-speed internet connectivity, digital services, and e-commerce.
    • This initiative can create new avenues for trade, collaboration, and technological exchange.

              UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims

Q:1 With reference to river Teesta, consider the following statements: (2017)

  1. The source of river Teesta is the same as that of Brahmaputra but it flows through Sikkim.
  2. River Rangeet originates in Sikkim and it is a tributary of river Teesta.
  3. River Teesta flows into Bay of Bengal on the border of India and Bangladesh.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

  1. 1 and 3 only
  2. 2 only
  3. 2 and 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (b)


Mains

Q:1 Analyze internal security threats and transborder crimes along Myanmar, Bangladesh and Pakistan borders including Line of Control (LoC). Also discuss the role played by various security forces in this regard. (2018)

Source: LM

Keywords: GS-2-IR- India and its Neighbourhood— Bilateral Groupings & Agreements
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Complexities of Indian Federalism


Context: 

  • In recent years, disputes between the Union government and the States have become increasingly common.

Federalism in India:

  • Meaning:
    • Federalism involves a vertical division of power in a political system, where authority is distributed between a central government and other constituent units. 
    • For instance, in India, political power is divided among the Central government, state governments, and local governance institutions.
  • Features of a federal system:
    • Multiple levels of government: Federalism necessitates the functioning of multiple levels of government within their respective jurisdictions.
    • Division of Power: Power is distributed among different entities according to the division of subjects, minimising chances of conflict.
    • Written Constitution: A written and rigid constitution ensures clarity in the allocation of powers and stability in governance.
    • Independent Judiciary: The judiciary acts as a mediator to resolve disputes between various levels of government.
    • Interdependence of state and Central Government: India adopted a form of federalism where the Union and State governments are interdependent, with states more reliant on the Union government, contrary to the autonomous spheres characteristic of federal constitutions.
  • ‘Holding together’ Federalism:
    • India's centralised federal structure was established through 'holding together' and 'putting together' processes, rather than the 'coming together' process typical of federal systems.
  • Indestructible & Flexibility:
    • B. R. Ambedkar termed India's federation a Union because it is indestructible, hence the Constitution avoids using explicit federal terms. 
    • He also noted the Constitution's flexibility to function as federal or unitary based on necessity.

Types of Federalism:

  • Cooperative Federalism:
    • Cooperative federalism involves the horizontal relationship between entities within a federal structure. 
    • It emphasises cooperation between different levels of government to achieve unified socio-economic development.
  • Competitive Federalism:
    • Competitive federalism promotes healthy competition among states to encourage economic development. 
    • Lagging states are incentivized to improve, while leading states strive to maintain their position in various indices.
  • Fiscal Federalism:
    • Fiscal federalism deals with the division of financial powers and functions between different levels of government. 
    • It includes the imposition and division of taxes, as well as joint tax collections with fair fund allocation based on objective criteria. 
    • Institutions like India's Finance Commission ensure equitable distribution.

About the Increasing Federal Frictions:

  • Dependence on Public Expenditure:
    • Despite economic reforms since 1991 granting some autonomy, state governments still rely on the central government for revenue. 
    • This dependency often leads to friction between the Centre and states, limiting negotiation space.
  • Other Areas of Conflict:
    • Apart from resource allocation, conflicts arise in social sector policies, regulatory institution functioning, and the powers of central agencies. 
    • States ideally should have discretion in these matters, but central bodies sometimes seek to extend influence over state decision

Economic Consequences of Federal Frictions

  • Dilemma of Investments:
    • The expanding role of the Centre often results in crowding out state investments, particularly in infrastructure development. 
    • For instance, initiatives like PM Gati Shakti integrate schemes across Ministries and States under a national master plan, limiting state flexibility in planning and implementation.
  • Concentrated Spending:
    • Between 2021-22 and 2023-24, nearly half of the total expenditure by 16 states was concentrated in Uttar Pradesh, Maharashtra, and Gujarat. 
    • This concentration affects regional economies, as investments by these states generate significant local linkages compared to national projects that focus on global economic ties.
      • Data for 25 States shows that a total of ₹7.49` lakh crore was budgeted for by these States but they spent only ₹5.71 lakh crore which is 76.2% of the total.
  • Limited Competition: 
    • Frictions with the Centre reduce competitive dynamics among states and between states and the Centre, particularly in welfare provisioning. 
    • The Centre's larger fiscal space allows it greater spending power, while states face constraints in raising non-tax revenues due to the Centre's direct provision of many services.
  • Inefficiencies of Parallel Policies: 
    • Federal tensions often lead to duplication of policies between the Centre and states, resulting in parallel schemes and a trust deficit within the federal system. 
    • These inefficiencies impose long-term fiscal costs on the economy, impacting overall efficiency and development outcomes.

Way Forward

  • Securing Implementation:
    • The Centre relies on states, especially in concurrent areas, to effectively implement laws and policies. 
    • This interdependence underscores the need for collaborative governance frameworks that enhance coordination and mutual support.
  • Executive Functions:
    • States, with the Centre's consent under Article 258A, delegate their executive functions to central government agencies or bodies. 
    • This mutual delegation acknowledges the practical necessity of cooperation and coordination between different levels of governance.
  • Preserving Interdependence:
    • Given India's vast size, diversity, and developmental challenges, maintaining and nurturing interdependence between the Centre and states is crucial. 
    • This ensures efficient governance, effective policy implementation, and equitable development across the country.

UPSC Civil Services Examination Previous Year’s Question (PYQs)

Prelims:

Q:1 Which one of the following is not a feature of Indian federalism? (2017)

  1. There is an independent judiciary in India.
  2. Powers have been clearly divided between the Centre and the States.
  3. The federating units have been given unequal representation in the Rajya Sabha.
  4. It is the result of an agreement among the federating units.

Ans: (d)


Q:2 Local self-government can be best explained as an exercise in (2017)

  1. Federalism
  2. Democratic decentralisation
  3. Administrative delegation 
  4. Direct democracy

Ans: (b)

Mains:

Q:1 Though the federal principle is dominant in our constitution and that principle is one of its basic features, but it is equally true that federalism under the Indian Constitution leans in favour of a strong Center, a feature that militates against the concept of strong federalism. Discuss. (2014)

Source:   IE

Keywords: GS-2, Polity & Governance- union - state relation- Federalism
Monthly Editorial Analysis

An Ageing Population of India


Conext:

  • The ageing phenomenon stands out as a defining experience of the 21st century, characterised by significant improvements in human longevity alongside historically low reproduction rates.

About the Ageing Population in India: 

  • Projected Growth of Elderly Population
    • Current Population: India’s elderly population, currently at 153 million (aged 60 and above), is expected to nearly double, reaching 347 million by 2050.
  • India Ageing Report 2023
    • Percentage Growth: The elderly population is projected to grow from 10.5% of the total population in 2022 to 20.8% by 2050.
    • Population Increase: The number of individuals aged 60 and above is anticipated to rise from 14.9 crore to an estimated 34.7 crore.
  • Age Structure Reversal
    • By 2046, the elderly population is expected to surpass the number of children (aged 0 to 15 years), indicating a shift from a historically young populace to an ageing demographic.
  • National Commission on Population Report (2020)
    • Growth Rate and Projections: The elderly population is currently growing at an estimated decadal rate of 41% and is projected to constitute over 20% of the total population by 2050.
  • Comprehensive Review:
    • Data Sources: The report draws on data from the Longitudinal Ageing Survey in India (LASI), Census of India, and Population Projections by the Government of India.
    • Growth Rate: The elderly population is currently growing at an estimated rate of 41% per decade, with projections showing it will double to 20.8% of the total population by 2050. 
  • Sex Ratio Among Elderly 
    • Trend: The sex ratio (females per 1,000 males) among the elderly has been steadily increasing since 1991, unlike the stagnating ratio in the general population.
    • Census 2011 Data: India has 104 million older people (60+ years), making up 8.6% of the total population, with females outnumbering males in this age group.

Who Qualifies as Elderly?

  • WHO Definition: Age Group: 60-74 years. Classification: Elderly
  • UN Recommendations (1980): Age of Transition: 60 years

Categories:

  • Young Old: 60-75 years
  • Old-Old: 75-85 years
  • Very Old: 85 years and above

World Population Data Sheet (2002): Age Group: 65+ years. Classification: Aged Population

Indian Context:

  • Age Group: 60 years and above
  • Basis: Census of India and age of retirement in the government sector.

Demographics of the Elderly:

  • Gender Ratio: Predominantly female with 1,065 females per thousand males.
  • Widowhood: 54% of elderly women will be widows.
  • Living Alone: 6% of elderly men and 9% of elderly women live alone.
  • Rural Elderly: 70% residing in rural areas.

Primary Factors Contributing to the Ageing Phenomenon in India:

  • Increased Longevity
    • Healthcare Advancements: Significant improvements in healthcare services, medical technology, treatments, and preventive care.
    • Life Expectancy: WHO reports an increase in life expectancy from 62.1 years in 2000 to 67.3 years in 2021.
  • Improved Living Conditions
    • Better Living Standards: Access to clean water, sanitation, and improved nutrition.
    • Sanitation Coverage: The Swachh Bharat Abhiyan has reduced waterborne diseases through increased sanitation coverage.
  • Decreased Fertility Rates
    • Family Planning: Successful implementation of family planning programs.
    • Total Fertility Rate: According to NFHS 2019-21, TFR has declined to 2.0 children per woman, below the replacement level of 2.1.
  • Socio-Economic Changes
    • Female Education and Workforce Participation: Higher education and workforce participation among women lead to delayed marriages and fewer children.
    • Urbanisation: Smaller family norms due to the higher cost and demands of raising children in urban areas.
    • Kerala Model: High literacy rates and advanced healthcare contribute to high life expectancy and low fertility rates, serving as a model for managing the ageing population.

The Various Challenges Associated with Elderly Population in India:

  • Restrictions in Activities of Daily Living (ADL)
    • Prevalence of Restrictions: Approximately 20% of the elderly face limitations in activities like bathing, dressing, eating, and mobility.
    • Impact of Support Systems: Elders living alone or lacking family support often struggle with ADLs, increasing their dependence on caregiving services.
  • Multi-Morbidity
    • Chronic Conditions: About 75% of the elderly in India suffer from multiple chronic diseases such as hypertension, diabetes, arthritis, and cardiovascular issues.
    • Impact on Quality of Life: Coexistence of these conditions reduces quality of life and escalates healthcare requirements.
  • Poverty
    • Economic Vulnerability: More than 40% of India's elderly belong to the poorest wealth quintile, with about 18.7% having no income.
    • Quality of Life Impact: Economic instability affects their healthcare access and overall well-being significantly.
  • Changing Healthcare Needs
    • Demographic Challenge: With elder population growth outpacing younger generations, meeting diverse healthcare needs becomes crucial.
    • Specialised Services: Elderly require specialised medical services like telemedicine, physiotherapy, mental health counselling, and pharmaceutical support at home.
  • Social Issues:
    • Neglect and Stigma: Factors like familial neglect, low education, socio-cultural beliefs, and distrust in institutional healthcare worsen conditions for elders.
    • Access Inequity: Inequitable access to facilities compounds challenges, limiting physical, financial, and psychological support for the elderly.
  • Inherently Gendered’:
    • Feminization of Ageing: A higher proportion of elderly women compared to men face challenges like widowhood, economic dependency, and limited assets.
    • Sex Ratio Trends: The sex ratio among the elderly has varied, showing higher ratios in earlier decades but stabilising around 1033 females per 1000 males in 2011.
  • Inadequate Welfare Schemes:
    • Healthcare Coverage Gaps: Despite schemes like Ayushman Bharat, 400 million Indians lack financial health coverage.
    • Pension Challenges: State and central pension schemes offer minimal support, with some providing as little as ₹350-₹400 monthly, which isn't universally accessible.

Steps Should be Taken to Empower the Elderly Population in India:

  • Protection from Destitution
    • Besides pensions, access to healthcare, disability aids, assistance with daily tasks, recreational opportunities, and social engagement are crucial for their well-being.
  • Emulating the Frontrunners
    • States like Odisha and Rajasthan have achieved near-universal social security pensions, setting examples for others.
    • Revamping the National Social Assistance Programme (NSAP) nationwide would streamline pension distribution and benefit all states uniformly.
  • Recognising 
    • Policies must address the needs of elderly women, particularly widows. Focus should be on supporting vulnerable older women to live independently and respectfully.
  • Welfare & Bills: 
    • Senior Citizens (Amendment) Bill, 2019, Bill aims to regulate and set standards for home-based elder care services, yet awaits parliamentary approval since its introduction in 2019.
  • Building Elderly Inclusive Society
    • Promoting community integration ensures elderly remain active contributors rather than isolated in facilities. Leveraging their skills and experience benefits society, fostering their active participation in community life.
  • Transforming the Perception of the Elderly
    • Innovative programs like U3A offer continuous learning opportunities, empowering elderly with knowledge and skills.
    • Schemes like Singapore's Senior Employment Scheme match elderly job seekers with employers, recognizing their reliability and experience.

Initiatives Taken by Indian Government:

  • SACRED Portal
  • SAGE (Seniorcare Aging Growth Engine)
  • Elder Line
  • Integrated Programme for Older Persons (IPOP)
  • Rashtriya Vayoshri Yojana (RVY)
  • Indira Gandhi National Old Age Pension Scheme (IGNOAPS)
  • The Pradhan Mantri Vaya Vandana Yojana
  • Vayoshreshtha Samman
  • Maintenance and Welfare of Parents and Senior Citizens (MWPSC) Act, 2007

Conclusion: 

Innovative institutions and social agencies are pivotal in reshaping the elderly's perception from burdens to valuable assets. Through initiatives promoting education, employment, volunteering, health, wellness, and social inclusion, policies must empower the elderly and integrate them into active societal roles.

UPSC Civil Services Examination Previous Year Question


Prelims:

Q:1 Consider the following statements with reference to Indira Gandhi National Old Age Pension Scheme (IGNOAPS): (2008)

  1. All persons of 60 years or above belonging to the households below poverty line in rural areas are eligible.
  2. The Central Assistance under this Scheme is at the rate of `300 per month per beneficiary. Under the Scheme, States have been urged to give matching amounts.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

  1. 1 only
  2. 2 only
  3. Both 1 and 2
  4. Neither 1 nor 2

Ans: D


Mains:

Q:1 Performance of welfare schemes that are implemented for vulnerable sections is not so effective due to the absence of their awareness and active involvement at all stages of the policy process. Discuss. (2019)

Source:TH

Keywords: GS - 2. Govt. Policies & Interventions– Issues Related to Elderly – Human Resource
Monthly Editorial Analysis

World Lagging on Sustainable Development Goals


Conext:   

  • The recent UN report by the Sustainable Development Solutions Network (SDSN) highlights a pivotal moment in global efforts to achieve the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) by 2030. 
  • The report paints a grim picture, indicating that none of the 17 goals are on track, emphasising the critical need for immediate and comprehensive reforms.

Importance of SDGs:

The Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), established by the United Nations in 2015, serve as a universal call to action to address various global challenges by 2030.

  • Poverty Eradication: SDGs strive to eradicate poverty in all its forms and ensure access to basic necessities like food, water, shelter, and healthcare for everyone.
  • Environmental Protection: They tackle critical environmental issues such as climate change, biodiversity loss, and pollution, promoting sustainable practices for conserving natural resources and reducing environmental degradation.
  • Social Inclusion: SDGs promote equality and inclusion by addressing gender inequality, discrimination, and social exclusion. They aim to ensure equal opportunities and access to resources for all individuals.
  • Economic Growth: SDGs emphasise sustainable economic growth that is inclusive and equitable, creating jobs, fostering innovation, and building resilient economies.
  • Global Partnership: They call for global cooperation between governments, businesses, civil society, and individuals to achieve the goals collectively and sustainably.
  • Improved Health and Well-being: SDGs aim to ensure healthy lives and well-being for all, focusing on access to quality healthcare, nutrition, clean water, and sanitation.
  • Reduced Inequalities: SDGs aim to reduce inequalities within and among countries, addressing disparities in income, wealth, opportunity, and access to resources

Progress and Challenges of SDGs:

  • Stagnant Progress: Only 16% of SDG targets are advancing well, highlighting significant obstacles in policy implementation and achieving concrete results.
  • Key Areas of Concern:
    • Zero Hunger (SDG 2): Food insecurity and hunger are on the rise.
    • Sustainable Cities and Communities (SDG 11): Issues with urban planning and inadequate infrastructure.
    • Life Below Water (SDG 14) and Life on Land (SDG 15): Increasing biodiversity loss and environmental degradation.
    • Peace, Justice, and Strong Institutions (SDG 16): Declining press freedom and a rise in conflicts pose challenges.
  • Impact of COVID-19:
    • SDG 3 (Good Health and Well-being): Life expectancy and health disparities worsened.
    • Poverty Reduction and Education (Multiple SDGs): Setbacks in poverty reduction efforts and disruptions in education were observed

Leading and Lagging Nations in SDG Achievement:

  • Nordic Countries: These nations continue to lead in achieving the SDGs, bolstered by strong social policies and environmental commitments that support sustainable development.
  • BRICS and BRICS+ Countries: While showing progress, these countries are still lagging behind the leading nations in terms of SDG achievement. They face challenges in balancing economic growth with social and environmental sustainability.
  • Least Developed Countries: These nations are experiencing significant setbacks in SDG attainment, widening the gap since 2015. They struggle with limited resources, weak infrastructure, and socio-economic disparities that hinder progress.
  • Financial Architecture: Reforming global financial systems is crucial to provide low and middle-income countries with access to affordable, long-term capital. This reform is essential for investing in public goods such as education (SDG 4) and other critical sectors that support sustainable development goals

India’s Performance toward achieving various SDGs:

  • Progress: India has made strides in poverty reduction, renewable energy adoption, economic growth, and gender equality under the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).
  • Challenges: Persistent issues include addressing hunger, improving education quality, ensuring access to clean water, mitigating climate change impacts, and reducing inequality.
  • Impactful Initiatives: Programs like PMAY, MGNREGA, PDS, Ayushman Bharat, and Swachh Bharat have shown positive results in their respective areas.
  • Further Efforts Needed: Continued focus is required to achieve sustainable access to clean water, enhance educational standards, reduce healthcare disparities, and strengthen climate change resilience.
  • Commitment to SDGs: India demonstrates strong commitment through various policies and programs aimed at achieving the SDGs.
  • Key Areas for Improvement: Addressing infrastructure gaps, promoting technological innovation, tackling social inequalities, and fostering sustainable urban development are crucial for future progress.
  • Collaborative Approach: Collaboration between government, private sector, and civil society is essential for accelerating progress towards achieving the SDGs by 2030.

Recommendations:

  • Major Overhaul: The report advocates for a significant restructuring of current approaches, suggesting that maintaining the status quo will not be adequate. It proposes a UN 2.0 model aimed at enhancing global cooperation and effectiveness.
  • Reforming Financial Systems: To generate necessary funds, the report recommends establishing new institutions and implementing global taxation schemes. It suggests prioritising investments in quality education and sustainable infrastructure.
  • Multilateralism Index: Introducing a new index to measure countries' support for UN-based multilateralism underscores the importance of global cooperation. Countries that prioritise multilateralism tend to perform better on SDGs.
  • Food and Land Systems: Addressing both undernutrition and rising obesity through sustainable agricultural practices is crucial, according to the report. It emphasises the need for integrated approaches to food and land systems.
  • FABLE Pathways: Focusing on the Future of Agriculture, Biodiversity, Land-use, and Energy pathways, the report suggests:
    • Reducing overconsumption and limiting animal-based protein.
    • Investing in increasing productivity, especially in high-demand areas.
    • Establishing inclusive and transparent monitoring systems to combat deforestation.

Conclusion: 

The UN report calls for urgent and comprehensive action to achieve the SDGs, emphasising the necessity for robust global cooperation, substantial financial reforms, and innovative policy solutions. Addressing these challenges is essential for ensuring a sustainable and equitable future for all. The analysis underscores the interconnectedness of global issues and the importance of collective efforts in overcoming them

Source:  EU

Keywords: GS-3, Economy- Sustainable Development
Monthly Editorial Analysis

JOURNEY TO 2047: INDIA’S PATH TO BECOMING A DEVELOPED


Context: 

  • India aims to become a developed country by 2047(Vision 2047), marking 100 years of independence.
  • As of 2024, India’s per capita income is $2,500, far below the threshold for developed countries ($13,845).
  • To achieve developed status, India needs an average annual real growth rate of 6-7%.

What is Vision 2047?

  • Vision 2047 is a strategic document formulated by NITI Aayog, outlining India's long-term development goals. 
  • It aims to ensure that India avoids the middle-income trap, a situation where a country struggles to transition to a high-income economy due to rising costs and declining competitiveness. 
  • The document delineates action points and outcome goals for two periods: 2030 and the subsequent 17-year period leading up to 2047.

The Factors that may Contribute to India’s Economic Growth: 

  • Demographic Dividend: India's youthful population, over 600 million aged 18-35, drives economic growth. McKinsey projects annual growth of 1.3 million working-age individuals until 2030.
  • Urbanisation: Rapid urban migration boosts productivity and consumption; by 2030, 40% of Indians will reside in cities.
  • Infrastructure Development: Vital investments in roads, railways, ports, and airports drive economic growth; $1.4 trillion allocated via the National Infrastructure Pipeline.
  • Digitalization and Technology Adoption: India's digital economy and tech adoption foster innovation; digital transactions surged to 4.73 billion in March 2022 from 3.76 billion in March 2021.
  • Policy Reforms and Ease of Doing Business: Initiatives like GST and IBC streamline operations, attracting foreign investment and enhancing investor confidence.
  • Global Integration and Trade: Trade volume surged to $1.23 trillion in 2020-21, up from $818 billion in 2015-16, bolstering economic growth.
  • Investment in Human Capital: Education, healthcare, and skill development investments enhance productivity; Skill India aims to train 400 million by 2022.
  • Sustainable Development Initiatives: Embracing sustainable practices fosters long-term growth; India's renewable energy sector surpassed 100 GW capacity in 2021, surpassing targets.

Future Prospects:

  • GDP Growth Projections: India's GDP is forecasted to surpass Japan and Germany by 2030, with S&P estimating nominal GDP to soar from USD 3.4 trillion in 2022 to USD 7.3 trillion by 2030.
  • Regional Economic Standing: This growth trajectory positions India as the second-largest economy in the Asia-Pacific region, indicative of its burgeoning economic stature.
  • Export-Import Forecasts: NITI Aayog forecasts India's exports to reach USD 8.67 trillion by 2047, while imports are projected at USD 12.12 trillion, indicating a robust trade outlook.
  • Socioeconomic Progress: Predictions from NITI Aayog indicate significant improvements in social indicators by 2047, including an increase in average life expectancy to 71.8 years and a rise in literacy rate to 89.8%.

The Challenges before India’s 30 tn Dollar Economy Vision: 

  • Middle-Income Trap Concerns: There are concerns that India may face the middle-income trap, characterised by stagnation in economic growth after reaching a per capita income of USD 5,000-6,000, due to rising costs and declining competitiveness.
  • Ageing Population: India's population, projected to peak at 1.64 billion in 2048, will subsequently decline, leading to challenges associated with an ageing population, including increased healthcare costs, pension liabilities, and labour shortages.
  • Growth Rate Imperatives: Despite a commendable growth rate of 8%, sustaining economic growth necessitates a higher rate, with estimates suggesting India must grow at an annual average rate of 9.2% between 2030-2040 and 8.8% between 2040-2047, as per Niti Aayog projections.
  • Rupee-Dollar Exchange Dynamics: India's GDP in dollar terms is intricately linked to the rupee-dollar exchange rate, influenced by factors like inflation, trade balance, capital flows, and monetary policy, adding complexity to economic projections.
  • Geopolitical Considerations: India navigates a dynamic geopolitical landscape, marked by tensions with neighbouring countries like China and Pakistan, evolving relations with major powers like the US and Russia, impacting regional integration and stability.
  • Revitalising Agriculture and Manufacturing: Addressing the productivity and competitiveness gaps in agriculture, employing over half the workforce but contributing only 17% to GDP, and rejuvenating the manufacturing sector, stagnant at a 15% GDP share, are imperative to generate employment and spur economic growth.
  • Lower Labor Force Participation: India's labour force participation rate (LFPR) stood at 40.4% in 2022-2023, as per the Periodic Labour Force Survey (PLFS) Annual Report, significantly below the global average of 61.4%. Furthermore, India has witnessed a concerning trend of declining LFPR over the years, particularly among women.

Way forward to achieving Vision 2047:

  • Harnessing Demographic Dividend: Efforts are necessary to enhance the skill sets of millions of our working-age youth nationwide, ensuring their readiness for evolving job markets and future employment opportunities.
  • Increase Spending in Education Sector: India's allocation of government funds to the education sector has remained below 3.5% of GDP, lagging behind the global average of approximately 4.5% of GDP. Addressing this disparity is crucial for improving educational access and quality across the country.
  • Inclusive Growth: It is imperative to promote greater participation of women in India's labour force and address wage disparities to foster inclusive economic growth.
  • Unlocking Manufacturing Potential: India aims to bolster its manufacturing sector, with a target of expanding its contribution to the economy from the current 15% to 25%. Implementing initiatives like the Production Linked Incentive (PLI) scheme effectively will be instrumental in achieving this goal.

Conclusion:

Hence, vision 2047 outlines India's ambition to transition into a developed nation with a robust $30 trillion economy. Achieving this objective entails addressing obstacles like the middle-income trap and socioeconomic disparities, while capitalising on advantages such as a youthful demographic dividend and advancements in technology.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Q1. Define potential GDP and explain its determinants. What are the factors that have been inhibiting India from realising its potential GDP? (2020)

Source: (IE)

Keywords: GS- 3- Economy- Growth & Development, GS Paper - 2, Government Policies & Interventions
Monthly Editorial Analysis

India's Journey to a Developed Economy


Context:     

  • India's journey to becoming a developed nation requires addressing fiscal and structural challenges, fostering inclusive growth, and strengthening the export sector.

  • India aims to become a developed nation by 2047, requiring a significant rise in per capita income from USD 2,600 to USD 10,205. 
  • This goal demands a 7.5% annual per capita income growth and a 9% GDP growth rate over the next 25 years.

What about the Developed Country?

  • A developed country refers to a nation with a mature and advanced economy, characterised by high levels of industrialization, technological infrastructure, and overall societal well-being. 
  • The term "developed" distinguishes these countries from "developing" or "underdeveloped" nations, which are still undergoing economic and social growth.
  • India, currently classified as a developing nation, is the world's fifth-largest economy with a GDP of 3.42 trillion USD.

Key Characteristics of Developed Countries: 

  • Economic Factors:
    • High per capita income (typically above USD 12,000 to USD 25,000 or more)
    • Diversified and advanced industrial and service sectors
    • Robust infrastructure, including transportation, communication, and utilities
    • Stable and efficient financial markets

  • Social and Human Development Factors:
    • High levels of education and literacy
    • Access to quality healthcare and social services
    • Low infant mortality and high life expectancy rates
    • Robust legal and political institutions, with democratic governance
  • Technological and Innovation Factors:
    • Advanced technological infrastructure and capabilities
    • Strong emphasis on research and development (R&D)
    • High levels of innovation and productivity

Measurements and Indicators:

  • Per Capita Income:
    • One of the primary indicators used to determine a country's development status
    • Calculated by dividing the Gross Domestic Product (GDP) by the total population
  • Human Development Index (HDI):
    • A composite index used by the United Nations to measure a country's overall well-being
    • Factors include life expectancy, education levels, and standard of living
    • Countries with an HDI score above 0.8 are generally considered developed
  • Examples of Developed Countries:
    • According to the International Monetary Fund (IMF), some developed countries include the United States, Canada, Japan, Australia, and New Zealand.
    • Other examples include Singapore, South Korea, and Hong Kong in Asia.

The Major Growth Drivers Propelling India Towards a Developed Economy:

  • Rise of the Services Sector:
    • Significant Contribution to GDP: India's services sector contributes over 50% to the GDP, offering high-value jobs and attracting foreign investment.
    • Global Leadership in IT and BPO: Industries like IT and Business Process Outsourcing (BPO) have made India a global leader, providing services to international clients and integrating the economy globally.
  • Demographic Dividend
    • Young Population: With a median age of 28.2 years (2023), India possesses a large pool of human capital that can drive economic growth if properly skilled and employed.
  • Government Initiatives for Infrastructure Development
    • Pradhan Mantri Gati Shakti National Master Plan: The Indian government's initiative aims to boost efficiency and economic activity across sectors through infrastructure development projects.
  • Digital Transformation and Startup Ecosystem
    • Digital India Initiative: India is undergoing a digital revolution with increasing internet penetration, facilitated by initiatives like the Unified Payment Interface.
    • Thriving Startup Ecosystem: The country hosts a growing number of startups and research institutions, fostering innovation and creating new growth opportunities across various sectors.
  • Economic Resilience Despite Global Slowdown
    • Relative Domestic Demand Resilience: Despite global economic uncertainties and geopolitical tensions, India's domestic demand has shown resilience, with the RBI forecasting a 7% real GDP growth in 2024-25.
  • Innovation and Entrepreneurship
    • Cultural Embrace of Innovation: India is nurturing a culture of innovation and entrepreneurship, evidenced by the proliferation of startups and research institutions focused on developing cutting-edge technologies and solutions.

The Major Roadblocks to India’s Goal of Developed Economy:

  • Jobless Growth:
    • Despite India's impressive economic growth of 7.8% in FY 2023–24, it has not translated into sufficient job creation.
    • A significant portion of the workforce remains entrenched in low-productivity agriculture, which contributes nearly 15% to GDP but employs 44% of the workforce.
    • India needs to generate 115 million jobs by 2030 to accommodate its expanding workforce.
  • Poverty-Education-Skill Trap:
    • Poor quality primary and secondary education in India limits cognitive development and diminishes the potential benefits of higher education.
    • This results in a workforce ill-prepared for higher-skilled jobs, contributing to a shortage of 150 million skilled workers.
    • Despite the National Education Policy, the education system in India is slow to adapt to evolving industry demands, leaving many graduates without the specific skills sought by employers.
  • High Public Debt:
    • India's public debt stands at 81.9% of GDP, raising concerns about fiscal sustainability.
    • The high debt burden necessitates high-interest rates, which crowd out private investment and impede economic growth.
  • Vast Income Inequality:
    • India exhibits high income inequality, with a substantial portion of the population living in poverty.
    • In 2022-23, the top 1% of income earners captured 22.6% of national income, exacerbating income disparities and hindering inclusive growth and access to basic services for many.
  • Rural-Urban Divide and Unbalanced Development: 
    • While India's urban centres have experienced economic growth, rural areas face persistent poverty, inadequate infrastructure, and limited access to basic services.
    • Neglecting rural development deepens social disparities and poses risks of social unrest, which could impede overall progress.
  • Climate Change Vulnerabilities:
    • Rapid industrialization and urbanisation in India have led to environmental degradation, including air and water pollution, deforestation, and biodiversity loss.
    • These environmental impacts not only affect public health and quality of life but also undermine the sustainability of economic growth.
    • Failure to prioritise adaptation and mitigation measures could jeopardise India's development trajectory, with up to 4.5% of GDP at risk by 2030, according to the Reserve Bank of India.
  • Infrastructure Deficit and Financing Challenges:
    • India faces a substantial infrastructure gap, particularly in transportation, power, and urban infrastructure, which acts as a bottleneck to economic development.
    • The infrastructure deficit is estimated at around USD 1.5 trillion, complicating efforts to spur economic growth.
    • Challenges such as land acquisition, environmental clearances, and regulatory hurdles further delay infrastructure projects and contribute to cost overruns.

Measures can India Adopt to Accelerate Progression Towards a Developed Economy:

  • Leveraging Demographic Dividend through Skill Development:
    • India must heavily invest in vocational education, skill development programs, and apprenticeships to build a globally competitive workforce.
    • Collaborating with industry to design curriculum aligned with market demands and emerging technologies such as AI, robotics, and renewable energy, drawing lessons from models like Norway's.
  • Balanced Regional Development and Rural Transformation:
    • Prioritise investment in rural infrastructure, including roads, electrification, healthcare, and digital connectivity, to bridge the rural-urban divide.
    • Incentivize agro-processing units and manufacturing hubs in rural areas to create non-farm job opportunities.
    • Promote sustainable agriculture practices, precision farming, and access to credit and insurance to enhance rural incomes and food security. 
  • Preventive and Affordable Healthcare:
    • Increase public healthcare spending to at least 2.5% of GDP, as recommended by the National Health Policy 2017, to strengthen the healthcare system and improve Human Development Index indicators.
    • Promote preventive healthcare through awareness campaigns, early detection, and lifestyle interventions.
    • Utilise digital technologies like telemedicine to enhance healthcare access in remote areas and reduce costs.
  • Innovative Infrastructure Financing and Public-Private Partnerships:
    • Explore innovative financing models such as asset monetization and securitization of infrastructure assets, along with tapping into global capital markets.
    • Promote infrastructure investment trusts (InvITs) and real estate investment trusts (REITs) to attract long-term institutional investors for infrastructure projects.
  • Fostering Innovation and Technological Advancement:
    • Increase R&D investment to 2% of GDP, in line with the Science, Technology, and Innovation Policy 2020 targets.
    • Establish clean technology parks, incubation centres, and circular-economy zones to attract global technology leaders and foster innovation.
  • Unlocking the Potential of the Blue Economy:
    • Harness India's coastal resources through sustainable maritime activities like coastal shipping, marine tourism, offshore wind energy, and deep-sea mining.
    • Develop infrastructure for ship repair, logistics hubs, and coastal economic zones to stimulate trade, employment, and economic growth.
    • Promote marine biotechnology and value-added marine products to meet global demand.
  • Formalising Informal Sector and Promoting Startup Hubs:
    • Implement a portable social security system for informal sector workers to incentivize formalisation and job security.
    • Establish well-funded startup hubs in Tier-2 and Tier-3 cities to foster disruptive innovation beyond major metros.
  • Green Collar Jobs Revolution:
    • Implement green jobs training programs in partnership with industries to prepare the workforce for roles in renewable energy, waste management, and sustainable infrastructure.
    • Provide tax incentives and subsidies to companies hiring and training workers in green sectors, promoting job creation and sustainable development.

            UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Prelims

Q:1 In the ‘Index of Eight Core Industries’, which one of the following is given the highest weight? (2015)

  1. Coal production
  2. Electricity generation
  3. Fertiliser production
  4. Steel production

Ans: (b)


Q:2 Increase in absolute and per capita real GNP do not connote a higher level of economic development, if: (2018)

  1. Industrial output fails to keep pace with agricultural output.
  2. Agricultural output fails to keep pace with industrial output.
  3. Poverty and unemployment increase.
  4. Imports grow faster than exports.

Ans: (c)


Q:3 In a given year in India, official poverty lines are higher in some States than in others because: (2019)

(a) Poverty rates vary from State to State

(b) Price levels vary from State to State

(c) Gross State Product varies from State to State

(d) Quality of public distribution varies from State to State


Ans: (b)


Mains

Q.1 “Industrial growth rate has lagged behind in the overall growth of Gross-Domestic-Product(GDP) in the post-reform period” Give reasons. How far are the recent changes in Industrial Policy capable of increasing the industrial growth rate? (2017)

Q.2 Normally countries shift from agriculture to industry and then later to services, but India shifted directly from agriculture to services. What are the reasons for the huge growth of services vis-a-vis the industry in the country? Can India become a developed country without a strong industrial base? (2014)

Source: HT

Keywords: GS Paper - 3, Economy- Growth & Development
Monthly Editorial Analysis

India’s Prospects Through Artificial General Intelligence


Why in the news ?

  • Recently, it has been observed that Artificial General Intelligence (AGI) has the potential to redefine and shape India's future prospects on the global stage for coming generations.

Understanding AGI:

  • Definition: AGI refers to artificial intelligence systems with general intelligence comparable to or exceeding human cognitive abilities across nearly all areas.
  • Concept: AGI represents a futuristic vision where machines possess cognitive abilities on par with humans, capable of reasoning, problem-solving, perception, learning, and language comprehension.
  • Capabilities: Unlike AI designed for specific tasks, AGI can generalise its capabilities to solve any problem, even those it wasn't explicitly programmed to handle.

The Indian AI Mission:

  • Government Initiative: In March 2024, the Indian Cabinet approved the India AI mission, allocating over ₹110,000 crore over five years for AI development.
  • Infrastructure Development: This mission will support the creation of AI supercomputing infrastructure, accessible to startups, academia, and industry.
  • Strategic Entry: As India joins the global AI race, the focus must be on the next evolutionary leap: Artificial General Intelligence (AGI).

Journey Towards AGI:

  • Current AI Limitations: 
    • Despite significant advancements, no AI tool has yet passed the Turing test, a benchmark proposed by 20th-century computer scientist Alan Turing. 
    • This test measures an AI's ability to exhibit intelligent behaviour equivalent to, or indistinguishable from, that of a human.
  • Prediction Machines: 
    • Current state-of-the-art AI technologies, including ChatGPT, DALL-E, and others, function primarily as prediction machines. 
    • They predict answers to specific prompts with high accuracy because they have been trained on vast amounts of data.
  • Human-Level Performance
    • These AI systems lack human-level capabilities in areas such as creativity, logical reasoning, and sensory perception. 
    • They do not yet exhibit the comprehensive cognitive flexibility and problem-solving abilities characteristic of human intelligence.
  • Paradigm Shift with AGI: 
    • The advent of AGI represents a significant shift in our technological future and its societal role. Our adoption and management of AGI will not only shape our global standing but also define the legacy for future generations.
  • Transformative Power of AI: 
    • AI's potential to enhance human life is widely recognized. It is crucial to approach this future with a strong sense of responsibility and a collective vision to ensure technology benefits the greater good.
  • Future with AGI: 
    • Achieving success with AGI will transcend leading in technology; it will involve mastering a domain that could influence human evolution, economics, and global governance. Mastery of AGI could ultimately determine the future balance of global power.

Potential Benefits of AGI:

  • Healthcare: 
    • In India, it could bridge the gap between urban and rural healthcare services by monitoring health metrics in real-time, predicting potential problems, and coordinating customised preventative care and treatments.
  • Agriculture: 
    • AGI can optimise crop yields, manage pests, and monitor soil health. In India, it could assist small and marginal farmers in making informed decisions, thereby improving productivity and sustainability.
  • Education: 
    • It has the potential to democratise quality education across India, ensuring that students in remote areas receive the same quality of education as those in urban centres.
  • Governance: 
    • In India, it could ensure efficient public service delivery even in the remotest parts of the country, thereby improving governance and accountability

Risks and Challenges Associated with AGI:

  • Understanding the Risks: 
    • The National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) has developed an AI Risk Management Framework to help mitigate the risks associated with AGI. 
    • This framework identifies 12 risks and proposes over 400 actions that developers can implement to manage these risks effectively.
  • Long-term Risks: 
    • Yuval Noah Harari has highlighted a long-term risk involving the potential convergence of AGI and biotechnology. 
    • This convergence could fundamentally alter human existence by manipulating human emotions, thoughts, and desires.
  • Regulatory Challenges
    • Regulatory sandboxes have emerged as a crucial tool for evaluating innovations within a controlled and monitored environment. 
    • These sandboxes enable policymakers to gather empirical evidence on the benefits and risks associated with AGI applications.
  • Ethical Considerations: 
    • Ensuring that AI-based decisions are ethical, fair, and well-documented is essential to mitigate risks. 
    • There are concerns that AGI could potentially disadvantage individuals or groups through discriminatory practices, emphasising the need to align AGI development with universally accepted human values.

Policy Suggestions: 

  • Preparing for AGI-Driven Economy and Defence Integration: India needs to anticipate how AGI will transform job markets and economic structures while ensuring safe integration into defence strategy, acknowledging the tendency to under-prepare for rare catastrophic risks.
  • Establishing an AI Department: India should create a dedicated AI department to centralise coordination of all AI-related activities, setting standards, guidelines, and policies aligned with national strategic interests.
  • Democratising Data Access: India must liberate access to vast datasets across public and private sectors to foster a competitive AI ecosystem capable of addressing global and local challenges effectively.
  • Enhancing National Security through AI: India should develop a robust AI ecosystem for strategic applications in defence, drone technology, cybersecurity, and other critical sectors to bolster national security and drive innovation.
  • Nationwide AI Skilling Initiative: Launching a comprehensive AI skilling initiative is crucial, aiming to train 50 million people in AI usage skills and 1 million in AI development to meet future workforce demands.
  • Fostering Collaborations and Partnerships: India should forge partnerships with universities, technical institutes, and online education platforms to integrate AI-focused curricula, establish specialised degree programs, and promote continuous education opportunities nationwide.

Conclusion:

Thus. AGI offers significant potential for enhancing human life and economic competitiveness but introduces new risks and challenges. Striking a balance between fostering innovation and ensuring responsible development is crucial. Addressing current challenges and anticipating future impacts is essential as we navigate the uncharted territory of AGI to secure a safe and beneficial future.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims

Q1. With the present state of development, Artificial Intelligence can effectively do which of the following? (2020)

  1. Bring down electricity consumption in industrial units
  2. Create meaningful short stories and songs
  3. Disease diagnosis
  4. Text-to-Speech Conversion
  5. Wireless transmission of electrical energy

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

  • 1, 2, 3 and 5 only 
  • 1, 3 and 4 only 
  • 2, 4 and 5 only 
  • 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5

Ans: (b)

Source: LM

Keywords: GS –3 — science & Technology– Advancement in the field of Science and technology
Monthly Editorial Analysis

A chance to reboot relations with the West


Context: 

  • As a frequent G7 participant, India seeks to deepen collaboration with the "collective West." With the West eager to include India in global governance, the upcoming G7 summit in Italy is a prime opportunity for India to reboot its ties with Western nations.

What is G-7?

  • About: The G7 is an informal bloc of industrialised democracies, the United States, Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, and the United Kingdom (UK), that meets annually to discuss issues such as global economic governance, international security, and, most recently, artificial intelligence (AI).
  • History: The United States, France, Italy, Japan, the UK, and West Germany formed the Group of Six in 1975 to provide a venue for noncommunist powers to address pressing economic concerns, which included inflation and a recession sparked by the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC) oil embargo.
  • Canada joined in 1976 and The European Union (EU) has participated fully in the G7 since 1981 as a “non enumerated” member.
  • Russia belonged to the forum from 1998 through 2014, when the bloc was known as the Group of Eight (G8), but the country was suspended following its annexation of Ukraine’s Crimea region.
  • Secretariat: The G7 does not have a formal charter or a secretariat.
  • The presidency, which rotates among member countries each year, is in charge of setting the agenda.
  • The 50th G7 Summit is set to be held from 13th June to 15th June 2024 in the city of Fasano in Apulia, Italy (India is invited).

What Is the West in Geopolitical Terms?

Geographic Scope: 

  • The West until recently referred to Western Europe and the lands it settled, primarily North America and Australasia.
  • The debate about the inclusion of Eastern Europe-considered by some as equal to that of the former Soviet sphere of influence-continues.
  • However, this definition is not so clear-cut anymore. The world's growing interconnectedness challenges the clear-cut distinction between "West" and "East."

Cultural Features:

  • Greco-Roman Legacy Western culture borrows significantly from the way of life, philosophies, and governance of ancient Greece and Rome, where reason, logic, and rights of individuals were stressed.
  • Christianity has profoundly influenced Western values and institutions, even though religious practices have become increasingly diversified; this influence stems from Catholicism and Protestantism primarily.

Political and Economic Systems:

  • Democracy is a system of representative government with individual freedoms and liberties that is a cornerstone of political systems in the West.
  • Free-market economies with private ownership and competition define most Western economies.
  • The West emphasises a legal system based on established laws and procedures, ensuring fairness and accountability.

Why Does India Need to Reboot Its Relations with the West?

Managing the China Challenge:

  • Rising Assertiveness: China’s actions in the Indo-Pacific and its border tensions with India are significant challenges.
  • Strategic Competitor: The West, especially the U.S., sees China as a strategic rival.
  • Improved Relations: Stronger India-West ties would enhance coordination on economic, diplomatic, and military strategies against China.
  • Joint Military Exercise: India and the US's Tiger Triumph 2024 exercise shows a commitment to security collaboration.

Balancing Relations Alongside Russia:

  • Historical Ties: India's defence ties with Russia strain relations with the West, especially post-Ukraine conflict.
  • Energy Security: Increased Russian oil imports despite sanctions highlight energy concerns.
  • Rebooting Relations: Clarifying India's stance and finding common ground on energy and regional stability are key.

Managing the US-China Technological Decoupling:

  • Tech Wars: US-China tech decoupling in AI and 5G presents a challenge for India.
  • Non-alignment Risks: Staying non-aligned could hinder India’s tech and economic growth.
  • Balanced Approach: Seeking a balanced stance could allow India to access Western tech while maintaining strategic autonomy.

Reshaping the Global Trade Architecture:

  • WTO Challenges: The global trade order is shifting with new frameworks like the Indo-Pacific Economic Framework for Prosperity.
  • Proactive Engagement: India must engage to address issues like data localization and digital taxation.
  • Pivotal Player: A proactive stance could make India a key player in new trade rules.

Navigating the Geopolitics of Climate Change and Energy Transition:

  • Strategic Competition: Climate change has become a strategic issue, with the West pushing for renewables and tech weaponization.
  • Energy Security: India's energy needs and leadership in solar initiatives make it a crucial partner.
  • Balanced Approach: A revamped partnership could aid in climate finance, tech transfers, and a balanced energy transition.

Collaborating on Regional Connectivity:

  • Integrated Vision: India's regional connectivity plans, like the India-Middle East-Europe Corridor, need Western cooperation.
  • Western Cooperation: Support in financing, capacity-building, and aligning with the rules-based order is essential.

What are the Friction Points Between India and West?

Differences on Global Governance and Reforms:

  • India seeks changes in global governance to reflect shifting power dynamics.
  • Some Western nations resist reforms that would reduce their influence, causing friction with India’s ambitions.

Intellectual Property Rights and Technology Transfers:

  • India’s stance on IPR and production of affordable generics often clashes with Western pharmaceutical interests.
  • The West is wary of transferring sensitive technologies to India, fearing diversion or leakage.

Strategic Autonomy vs. Alignment Expectations:

  • India’s pursuit of strategic autonomy conflicts with Western desires for closer alignment, especially regarding the Russia-Ukraine War.
  • India’s all-alignment policy is seen as pragmatic by India but perceived as reluctance to take sides by the West.

Divergent Approaches to Regional Security:

  • India’s regional security strategies sometimes diverge from Western views.
  • India’s cautious approaches to Myanmar’s political crisis and the Taliban’s takeover of Afghanistan have caused friction with Western policies.

The Khalistan Issue:

  • The Khalistan movement, supported by elements within the Indian diaspora in countries like Canada and the UK, strains relations.
  • India accuses these nations of allowing platforms for anti-India activities, complicating bilateral ties.

Defense Cooperation and Arms Exports:

  • India’s defence collaboration with Russia, including the procurement of the S-400 system, creates tension with the West.
  • Although India received a CAATSA waiver, recent concerns about its Russian ties have resurfaced, particularly from the U.S.

How Can India and the West Reconcile Their Differences?

Establish a Plurilateral Tech Alliance:

  • India and the West could establish a plurilateral technology alliance to develop standards for critical technologies like AI, quantum computing, and cyber security.
  • This would facilitate joint research, knowledge sharing, and co-development, ensuring a level playing field and protecting strategic interests.

Create a Renewable Energy and Climate Innovation Fund:

  • India and the West could jointly create a fund dedicated to clean energy research, development, and deployment.
  • Projects in green hydrogen, carbon capture, sustainable aviation fuels, and climate-resilient infrastructure would be supported, fostering collaboration and addressing technology transfer and finance concerns.

Joint Framework for Responsible Space Exploration:

  • India and the West could develop a joint framework for responsible space exploration and governance.
  • This would address sustainable space resource utilisation, space debris prevention, and the peaceful use of space, promoting cooperation while respecting strategic interests.

Focus on Regional Trade Agreements:

  • Instead of a pan-India-EU FTA, India could pursue regional trade agreements with specific countries, like the recent TEPA with the European Free Trade Association.
  • These agreements allow for faster progress and cater to diverse economic interests.

Issue-Based Alignment:

  • India could adopt an "issue-based alignment" approach, cooperating on mutual concerns while maintaining its independent stance on other matters.
  • Establishing dialogue mechanisms would help address misperceptions about India's strategic autonomy, ensuring transparency and open communication.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs):


Prelims

Q:1 Recently, India signed a deal known as ‘Action Plan for Prioritisation and Implementation of Cooperation Areas in the Nuclear Field’ with which of the following countries? (2019)

  1. Japan
  2. Russia
  3. The United Kingdom
  4. The United States of America

Ans: (b)


Q:2 Among the following Presidents of India, who was also the Secretary General of the Non-Aligned Movement for some period? (2009)


  1. Dr. Sarvepalli Radhakrishnan
  2. Varahagiri Venkatagiri
  3. Giani Zail Singh
  4. Dr. Shanker Dayal Sharma

Ans: (c)

Source: IE

Keywords: GS - 2, IR- Global Groupings– Groupings & Agreements – Involving India & Affecting India's Interests
Monthly Editorial Analysis

European Parliament election: The rise of right-wing


Why in the news?

  • The recent European Parliament elections, in which around 51% of over 370 million eligible voters from 27 EU nations voted, showed a surge in support for right-wing and far-right parties, leading in losses for largely left-leaning and liberal parties.

What is the European Parliament?

  • The European Parliament is a fundamental institution of the European Union (EU), directly elected by citizens from its 27 member states. 
  • 19 of these countries use EURO as their official currency. 8 EU members (Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech Republic, Denmark, Hungary, Poland, Romania, Sweden) do not use the euro.
  • It provides democratic legitimacy to EU decisions and policies. The Parliament is composed of 720 seats allocated through a system of degressive proportionality. 
  • This approach ensures that smaller member states elect a proportionally higher number of Members of the European Parliament (MEPs) than their populations might otherwise dictate.

What are the Objectives of the EU?

  • Achieve sustainable development based on balanced economic growth and price stability, a highly competitive market economy with full employment and social progress, and environmental protection.
  • Promote peace, values, and the well-being of all EU citizens.
  • Offer freedom, security, and justice without internal borders.
  • Combat social exclusion and discrimination.
  • Promote scientific and technological progress.
  • Enhance economic, social, and territorial cohesion and solidarity among EU countries.
  • Respect the rich cultural and linguistic diversity within the EU.
  • Establish an economic and monetary union with the euro as its currency.

Eligibility Conditions for Voting in European Parliament Elections:

  • Voting Age Requirements:
    • In 21 member states, individuals aged 18 and above are eligible to vote.
    • Belgium, Germany, Austria, and Malta have a minimum voting age of 16.
    • In Greece, individuals who turn 17 during the election year are eligible to vote.
    • In Hungary, married individuals can vote regardless of their age.
  • EU Voting Abroad Rules:
    • EU citizens have the right to vote either in their country of origin or from abroad.
    • Voting from abroad is permitted in all member states except Czechia, Ireland, Malta, and Slovakia.
    • In Bulgaria and Italy, this right is applicable only to EU citizens residing within the EU.
    • Citizens residing in another EU country can choose to vote for candidates either from their country of origin or from their country of residence.
  • One-Country Voting Rule:
    • Voters must decide which country's Members of the European Parliament (MEPs) they will vote for.
    • It is not permissible to vote in elections for MEPs from more than one country simultaneously.

Eligibility of Candidates in European Parliament Elections:

  • Selection of Candidates: Candidates must be citizens of a European Union (EU) member state. Voters have the option to vote for individual candidates or for political parties' lists of candidates, depending on the electoral system of each member state.
  • Alignment in European Parliament: Once elected, MEPs align themselves with political groups in the European Parliament based on their ideological and political orientations.
  • Restrictions: Elected MEPs are prohibited from concurrently holding positions in national governments or other EU institutions such as the European Commission.
  • MEP Allocation: 
    • MEP allocation follows the principle of degressive proportionality, where MEPs from larger countries represent more constituents than those from smaller countries.
    • Each EU member state is guaranteed a minimum of six MEPs, while the maximum number any country can have is capped at 96

Major Players in the  New European Parliament:

  • European People’s Party (EPP): A centre-right political group advocating for Christian democratic and conservative values. Traditionally one of the largest groups in the Parliament.
  • Progressive Alliance of Socialists and Democrats (S&D): A centre-left group promoting social democracy and progressive policies. Historically a major force in the Parliament.
  • Renew Europe: A liberal-centrist group focusing on pro-European integration, market economy, and individual freedoms.
  • Greens/European Free Alliance (Greens/EFA): A coalition of green and regionalist parties advocating for environmental sustainability, social justice, and regional autonomy.
  • European Conservatives and Reformists (ECR): A conservative group promoting Eurosceptic and reformist policies, advocating for national sovereignty and decentralisation.
  • Identity and Democracy (ID): A right-wing populist and Eurosceptic group emphasising national sovereignty, immigration control, and cultural conservatism.
  • Left Group (GUE/NGL): A left-wing group advocating for socialist, communist, and other progressive ideologies, focusing on social justice, workers' rights, and environmental sustainability.

Impacts of Election Results:

  • EU Policy Direction:
    • Election results influence the EU's approach to critical issues such as climate change, migration, and international relations.
    • Shifts in parliamentary composition may lead to adjustments in policy priorities and strategies.
  • Rise of Right-Wing and Far-Right Parties:
    • The electoral success of right-wing and far-right parties can prompt a more conservative stance on certain policies within the EU.
    • These parties often advocate for stricter immigration policies and emphasise national sovereignty over EU integration.
  • National Political Landscape:
    • Election outcomes can impact the stability of national governments across Europe.
    • For example, poor electoral performances in European Parliament elections have led leaders like Emmanuel Macron to consider strategic responses, such as calling for snap polls to shore up domestic support.
  • Broader Political Trends:
    • The composition of the European Parliament reflects broader political trends in Europe, including concerns over immigration, national identity, and scepticism towards certain EU policies.
  • Pressure on Centre-Right Parties:
    • Increased electoral competition from right-wing factions has pressured traditional centre-right parties to adopt more stringent positions on immigration.

How Cordial are EU’s Relations with India?

  • Financial Relations:
    • The EU emerged as India’s third-largest trading partner in 2021.
    • EU foreign direct investment (FDI) in India reached €87 billion in 2020.
    • Approximately 15% of Indian exports were directed to the EU in 2021.
    • Trade in goods and services between India and the EU amounted to €95.5 billion in 2020.
    • The European Investment Bank (EIB) has invested over €3 billion in infrastructure, energy, and climate projects in India.
  • Strategic Partnerships:
    • EU-India Joint Declarations have been adopted to strengthen cooperation on connectivity, water, and resource efficiency, emphasising a circular economy approach.
    • In 2023, the EU and India launched a Trade and Technology Council, focusing on digital transformation and green technologies.
  • Neighbourhood, Development, and International Cooperation:
    • Under the Neighbourhood, Development, and International Cooperation Instrument (NDICI-Global Europe), India is slated to receive €90 million in grant funding for the period 2021-2027.
    • India also benefits from various multi-country EU programs aimed at fostering development and cooperation in the region

Conclusion: 

Thus, the outcome of the European Parliament elections indicates a growing influence of right-wing parties, influencing EU policies on immigration and other critical issues. This may also have ramifications for national politics, potentially impacting the stability of leadership positions.

Source: IE

Keywords: GS-2 - International Relations - Bilateral, Regional and Global Groupings and agreements involving India
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Imperatives to Enhance Agricultural Performance in India


Context:

  • Despite its large land area, India's agricultural sector faces productivity and competitiveness challenges. Though foodgrain production hit record levels in 2023, the sector's GDP contribution has declined compared to other sectors, reflecting slower development.     

Decline in Agriculture’s GDP Share: 

  • The share of agriculture in India’s GDP dropped notably from 35% in 1990-91 to 15% in 2022-23, indicating the swift expansion of the industrial and service sectors.
  • Despite various challenges, India witnessed a record-breaking foodgrain production of 3.2 billion tonnes in 2023, marking a substantial increase of 140.71 million tonnes from the previous fiscal year.
  • With a population exceeding 1.40 billion, ensuring food security remains a pressing concern, necessitating continual innovation and advancement in the agricultural sector.

Key Challenges:

  • Limited Availability of Advanced Crop Nutrition: Regulatory constraints and licensing hurdles in India hinder access to tailored crop nutrition, impeding the adoption of innovative fertilisers that could enhance productivity.
  • Subsidised vs. Specialty Fertilisers: Bulk fertilisers, heavily subsidised, often fail to meet the specific nutritional needs of crops, while specialty fertilisers encounter regulatory barriers that restrict their market entry.
  • Innovation and Efficiency Gap: The reluctance to adopt innovative agricultural practices and fertilisers limits the potential for higher yields and competitiveness in global trade.
  • Subpar Yields: Inadequate access to advanced fertilisers and regulatory constraints contribute to lower crop yields, adversely impacting farmer incomes and export potential.
  • Stringent Regulatory Process: India's Fertilizer Control Order (FCO) prolongs the fertiliser registration process, creating hurdles for innovation and the introduction of new products.

Government Reforms and Initiatives:

  • National Trade Facilitation Action Plan (NTFAP) 2017-2020: This initiative, primarily targeting cross-border trade, indirectly enhances agricultural efficiency by improving import/export procedures for agricultural inputs and products.
  • 2014 Guidelines for Water-Soluble Fertilisers: Demonstrating the government's commitment to streamline regulations and foster innovation in the fertiliser sector, these guidelines reduced approval times for new water-soluble fertilisers to under 60 days, promoting increased fertigation and improved crop quality.
  • Digital Registration Processes: The digitization of fertiliser registration applications aims to simplify procedures and expedite approvals, facilitating the introduction of innovative products.

Way Forward:

  • Micro-nutrient Coated Fertilisers: Enhancing bulk fertilisers with micronutrients can improve efficiency and reduce reliance on subsidies.
  • Streamlined Regulatory Framework: Implementing standardised specifications for fertilisers can expedite approval processes for innovative products.
  • Investment in Research and Development: Allocating resources to develop customised fertiliser formulations for Indian soil and crop requirements will drive innovation.

Conclusion:

Hence, streamlining the fertiliser registration process and fostering innovation are pivotal for boosting agricultural productivity, empowering farmers, and fostering sustainable growth in the sector. Through regulatory reforms, research incentives, and digital integration, India can unleash its agricultural potential and enhance competitiveness on the global stage.

UPSC Civil Services Examination PYQ

Mains:

Q:1 What is an Integrated Farming System? How is it helpful to small and marginal farmers in India? (2022)

Q:2 What are the present challenges before crop diversification? How do emerging technologies provide an opportunity for crop diversification?(2021)

Q:3 What are the major factors responsible for making the rice-wheat system a success? In spite of this success how has this system become bane in India?(2020 )

Q:4 How has the emphasis on certain crops brought about changes in cropping patterns in the recent past? Elaborate the emphasis on millets production and consumption. (2018)

Q:5 How do subsidies affect the cropping pattern, crop diversity and economy of farmers? What is the significance of crop insurance, minimum support price and food processing for small and marginal farmers? (2017)

Q:6 Explain various types of revolutions, took place in Agriculture after Independence in India. How have these revolutions helped in poverty alleviation and food security in India? (2017)

Q:7 What are the major reasons for declining rice and wheat yield in the cropping system? How crop diversification is helpful to stabilise the yield of the crops in the system? (2017)

Source: TH

Keywords: GS-3, Indian economy- growth & Development- Agriculture
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Transforming India’s Criminal Justice System


Context: 

  • The recent case in Bareilly, Uttar Pradesh, where a woman was jailed and fined over an alleged false rape accusation, underscores significant systemic deficiencies within India’s criminal justice framework.
  • The government extended the Fast Track Special Courts scheme till 2026 with increased funding. 
  • To prevent wrongful imprisonments and ensure prompt justice, police investigation protocols, prosecutorial autonomy, and judicial supervision need improvement.

What is the Structure of the Criminal Justice System in India? 

  • About: 
    • The criminal justice system ensures justice for offenders and victims, ensuring fairness and rights for the accused. India's system relies on the Indian Penal Code (IPC) and Criminal Procedure Code, soon to be replaced.
  • Main Pillars:
    • Police: Conducts investigations and law enforcement under state jurisdiction.
    • Judiciary: Interprets and delivers judgments, with the Supreme Court and High Courts overseeing.
    • Correction System: Manages prisons, focusing on punishment and rehabilitation.
  • Key Principles: 
    • Presumption of Innocence: Accused are innocent until proven guilty.
    • Right to Fair Trial: Ensures a fair, public trial with defence and evidence presentation.
    • Due Process: Legal procedures must be correctly followed for fairness.

What are the Major Challenges Related to India’s Criminal Justice System? 

  • Pendency and Delays in Justice: 
    • With over 5.02 crore pending cases as of July 2023, the judicial system faces a severe backlog, denying timely justice as each delayed case reflects systemic failure. 
    • Even "fast-track" courts, like in the Bareilly case, often exceed timelines, violating the right to speedy trial.
  • Inadequate Resources and Infrastructure: 
    • India's ratio of 21 judges per million people (December 2023) leads to overworked judges, rushed proceedings, and compromised judgments. 
    • Vacancies of 35% in lower judiciary and around 400 in High Courts exacerbate the issue, resulting in shoddy investigations and judicial delays.
  • Politicisation of the Police Force: 
    • Despite the Prakash Singh v. Union of India (2006) judgement advocating separation of investigation from law and order duties, politicisation persists. 
    • Cases like the 2021 Lakhimpur Kheri violence highlight delays and political interference, undermining impartial investigations and eroding public trust in the police.
  • Bail as the Exception, Not the Rule: 
    • Despite the Supreme Court's directive in Balchand alias Baliay case V. State of Rajasthan (1978) to prioritise bail over incarceration, over 75% of India's prison population are undertrials, with prisons operating at 130% occupancy. 
    • Certain acts like the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act shift the burden of proof to the accused, exacerbating bail challenges.
  • Gender Bias in Sexual Violence Cases: 
    • Despite the Supreme Court's condemnation of gender stereotypes in Aparna Bhat v. State of Madhya Pradesh (2021), instances like a Karnataka High Court judge's remarks on a rape victim's work schedule reveal persistent biases that hinder justice in sexual violence cases.
  • Outdated Prison Manual and Mental Health Crisis:
    • While the Model Prison Manual 2016 mandates mental health services, overcrowding and lack of care contribute to high rates of mental illness among prisoners.
    • For example, Maharashtra, with 42,577 prisoners in 2022, had only one psychiatrist and two psychologists.
  • Non-Implementation of Police Complaints Authority: 
    • Mandated by the Supreme Court in Prakash Singh (2006), Police Complaints Authorities (PCAs) to address grievances against the police remain largely unestablished or ineffective in most states, perpetuating police impunity.
  • Human Rights Violations
    • India's criminal justice system faces accusations of custodial torture, extrajudicial killings, false arrests, and illegal detentions, with 175 reported deaths in police custody during 2021-2022 alone.

What Measures Should be Adopted to Reform Criminal Justice System in India? 

  • Transitioning to a victim-centric approach by offering dedicated support services, including counselling and legal aid navigation, empowering victims, and ensuring their voices are heard in court.
  • Exploring AI for streamlined processes, identifying low-risk cases, and ensuring transparency to prevent bias.
  • Increasing funding for legal aid and implementing performance-based incentives for providers to ensure quality representation, particularly for disadvantaged defendants.
  • Urgent measures to curtail detention length and revise bail laws to prevent prolonged undertrial detention and full implementation of the Witness Protection Scheme with adequate funding and oversight to ensure safety.
  • Mandatory training for judicial officers, integrating gender perspectives, and mechanisms to address gender bias.
  • Mandatory segregation of inmates, comprehensive implementation of health insurance schemes, and improvements in infrastructure.
  • Enhancing infrastructure and introducing case management systems for efficient resolution of cases.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Mains:

Q:1 We are witnessing increasing instances of sexual violence against women in the country. Despite existing legal provisions against it, the number of such incidences is on the rise. Suggest some innovative measures to tackle this menace. (2014)

Q:2 Mob violence is emerging as a serious law and order problem in India. By giving suitable examples, analyse the causes and consequences of such violence. (2015)

SourceTH

Keywords: GS – 2, Polity & Governance– Constitutional Amendments – Judiciary – Government Policies & Interventions
Monthly Editorial Analysis

The message from rural India


Context: 

  • After the election result ,2024 everybody is examining and applying their own interpretation to the causes behind the  BJP's loss in support. 
  • Voters' perceptions are influenced by a variety of factors, including fears over potential changes to the constitution, societal concerns like caste or religion, economic worries like inflation and unemployment, or the party's welfare programme pledges.  

Factor responsible for BJP’s loss: 

  • Anti-Incumbency Factor: Voters often desire change after a party has been in power for an extended period, leading to a shift away from the ruling party .
  • Economic Issues: Rising unemployment, inflation, and economic inequality could have led to voter dissatisfaction .
  • Agricultural Distress: Persistent issues like low crop prices, high input costs, and inadequate government support may have alienated rural voters .
  • Social Issues: Increased polarisation, communal tensions, and perceived erosion of secularism might have contributed to the loss of support from diverse voter bases .
  • Alliance Dynamics: Effective coalition strategies and alliances by opposition parties could have fragmented the BJP’s vote base.
  • Leadership Fatigue: Voter fatigue with the existing leadership and a desire for new faces and perspectives may have played a role .
  • Campaign Strategy: Ineffective or miscalculated campaign strategies, failing to address voter concerns and adapting to the political climate, might have contributed to the defeat .

Rural India's Economic Challenges to Central govt

  • Low income: Almost two-thirds of India's population lives in rural areas, with a monthly spend of Rs 3,773 per person (NSO 2022-23). This equates to an average family income of approximately Rs 20,000 per month.
  • pay stagnation: During the Modi government's second term, actual pay growth in rural areas has slowed or dropped.
  • Uneven income distribution: Income levels vary throughout rural areas, with agricultural households earning even less than the average.
  • Government initiatives: The Modi administration has developed plans for rural development, such as toilets, houses, water supply, roads, and power.
  • Limited impact: Despite these attempts, rural income levels are still low, indicating a failing rural economy.

Challenges in Indian Agriculture

  • Slow growth: According to the most recent forecasts, agricultural GDP growth in 2023-24 (FY24) was only 1.4%.
  • Lagging behind the broader economy: This slow growth contrasts with the total GDP growth of 8.2% in FY24.
  • Slow growth has a huge impact on workers' well-being, as 45.8% of the workforce is employed in agriculture.
  • Limited effectiveness of free food programmes: While providing free grains provides short alleviation, it does not address the need for significant economic increase.

What could be the way forward for political parties?

  • A massive program for rural needed: 
    • There are too many individuals who rely on agriculture.
    • They must transition to more productive, non-farm jobs.
    • This could take place in rural areas to create rural infrastructure or outside of the rural economy to build urban India.
    • It would necessitate huge investments in skill development for higher-value occupations.
    • The industry must chip in to prepare people for meaningful work.
  • A robust strategy for high value farm production:
    • Within agriculture, the emphasis should shift from basic commodities, particularly rice, which is abundant, to high-value crops such as poultry, fishery, dairy, and fruits and vegetables.
    • Because high-value agriculture is perishable, it needs rapid logistics in a value chain strategy, similar to the AMUL concept for milk.
    • The incoming government must develop a strong plan for this.
  • Invest on climate smart agriculture:
    • Given the growing number of climate change-induced extreme weather events (heat waves or flash floods), India must invest heavily in climate-smart agriculture, including ag voltaic — solar as a third "crop" for farmers that can provide a consistent monthly income even when other crops fail due to drought or flooding.

Conclusion: 

Hence, The political parties will evaluate their performance in the recently finished election. Rural suffering has determined the success and failure of political parties. The administration and opposition must learn that rural communities want more than simply 'freebies'. Keeping this in mind, the government must implement significant changes in agriculture, raise agricultural incomes, and adjust priorities. 

UPSC Civil Services Examination Previous Year’s Question (PYQs)

Prelims:

Q:1 The Multi-dimensional Poverty Index developed by Oxford Poverty and Human Development Initiative with UNDP support covers which of the following? (2012)

  1. Deprivation of education, health, assets and services at household level
  2. Purchasing power parity at national level
  3. Extent of budget deficit and GDP growth rate at national level

Select the correct answer using the codes given below:

  1. 1 only
  2. 2 and 3 only
  3. 1 and 3 only
  4. 1, 2 and 3

Ans: (a)


Mains

Q:1 Despite Consistent experience of high growth, India still goes with the lowest indicators of human development. Examine the issues that make balanced and inclusive development elusive. (2016)

Source: IE

Keywords: GS- 2 - Human Resource , GS- 3, Economy– Poverty – Growth & Development — Inclusive Growth
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Transforming India's Healthcare


Context: 

  • India's healthcare system comprises a complex network of public and private facilities, striving to cater to its large population. 
  • While the private sector plays a significant role in providing healthcare services, recent events such as the fire at a nursing home in Delhi underscore a crucial challenge to the inadequacy of healthcare regulations in India.

What is the Framework of Healthcare Regulation in India?

  • Historical Regulatory Landscape:
    • During Colonial Times: Fragmented regulations influenced by colonial governance, such as the Madras Public Health Act of 1939.
    • Bhore Committee Report (1946): Advocated for the integration of preventive, promotive, and curative healthcare services and the establishment of Primary Health Centres in rural areas.
    • Economic Liberalisation (1991): Led to the expansion of private healthcare, necessitating updated regulations.
  • Key Regulatory Bodies:
    • Ministry of Health and Family Welfare (MoHFW): Formulates overarching healthcare policies.
    • National Medical Commission (NMC): Regulates medical education and licensure, replacing the Medical Council of India under the NMC Act, 2019, to enhance transparency.
    • Others: Include the Nursing Council and Pharmacy Council.
  • Major Regulatory Laws and Policies:
    • Pre-Conception and Pre-Natal Diagnostic Techniques Act, 1994: Aims to prevent female foeticide.
    • Clinical Establishments (Registration and Regulation) Act, 2010: Mandates registration and standard treatment guidelines for clinical facilities.
    • Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940: Regulates pharmaceuticals.
    • Consumer Protection Act, 1986: Initially did not explicitly cover healthcare services, but subsequent court rulings interpreted its scope to include healthcare.
    • National Health Policy, 2017: Sets out a vision for universal health coverage.

What are the Major Challenges Related to India’s Healthcare System?

  • Public Health Expenditure Gap: Despite ranking as the world's fifth-largest economy, India allocates only 2.1% of its GDP to healthcare in FY23, leading to high out-of-pocket expenses for citizens, amounting to 47.1%.
  • Urban-Rural Healthcare Disparity: India's healthcare infrastructure heavily favours urban areas, leaving rural regions underserved. While 65% of the population resides in rural areas, they have access to only 25-30% of healthcare facilities, challenging India's constitutional commitment to equality.
  • Rising Non-Communicable Diseases (NCDs): NCDs account for 64% of India's disease burden, with diabetes alone affecting 77 million people in 2019 and projected to rise to 134 million by 2045. Despite this, public health efforts remain primarily focused on infectious diseases, neglecting the growing NCD burden.
  • Mental Health Crisis: India faces a severe shortage of mental health professionals, with only 0.75 psychiatrists per 100,000 people and minimal allocation (0.05%) of the health budget towards mental health. Consequently, India grapples with 36.6% of global suicides.
  • Telemedicine Disparity: While telemedicine emerged as a solution during the Covid-19 pandemic, India's digital divide hampers its effectiveness. Rural areas, despite having the second-largest number of internet users globally, lag behind urban areas, exacerbating healthcare inequities.
  • Climate Change Impact: Climate change poses significant health risks, with air pollution alone contributing to 1.67 million deaths in India in 2019. Additionally, heatwaves affect crop yields, directly impacting nutrition and public health.
  • Governance Challenges: India's healthcare sector faces governance disparities, with bureaucratic hurdles and favouritism towards large corporate hospitals. This governance conundrum hinders efficient healthcare delivery, particularly for smaller clinics and nursing homes.
  • Pharmaceutical Credibility Crisis: Despite being a major supplier of generic drugs globally, India's pharmaceutical industry faces credibility issues, as highlighted by incidents like the 2022 cough syrup tragedy in Gambia.
  • Neglect of Preventive and Primary Care: India's healthcare system prioritises curative, hospital-based care over preventive measures and primary care. This neglect results in escalating costs and a burden of preventable diseases, perpetuating a cycle of illness and expenditure.

What Measures can be Adopted to Revamp India’s Health Sector?

  • Risk-Based Regulatory Reform: Introducing a tiered regulatory system based on facility complexity and risk to streamline approvals and ensure stringent oversight, with a focus on outcome-based regulations.
  • Health-Education-Livelihood (HEL) Campuses: Establishing integrated rural campuses with health centres, skill development centres, and health-tech incubators to boost healthcare human resources and local economies.
  • "Pharma-to-Plate" Integrity Chain: Implementing a blockchain-based tracking system for pharmaceutical products to combat counterfeit drugs and ensure high-quality medications, supported by a global tracking app.
  • Mental Wealth Initiative: Promoting mental health as an economic asset through corporate tax breaks, integrating mental health modules into professional courses, and training local providers to offer counselling services.
  • Ayush Integration: Increasing AYUSH practitioners in allopathic healthcare settings and introducing wellness sessions in schools and workplaces to foster holistic healthcare and prevent non-communicable diseases.
  • Climate Clinics: Deploying mobile clinics in climate-vulnerable areas, upgrading primary healthcare centres for climate resilience, and utilising health data to predict climate-related impacts and improve farming practices.
  • Expansion of ABHA: Nationwide promotion of Ayushman Bharat Health Accounts (ABHA) and the use of artificial intelligence for hyperlocal public health strategies to enhance preventive care and overall healthcare outcomes.
  • Women-Led Health Panchayats: Establishing all-women health councils in every panchayat to audit local health facilities, allocate health funds, and improve rural health governance, empowering women and improving health outcomes.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Prelims

Q:1 Which of the following are the objectives of the ‘National Nutrition Mission’? (2017)

  1. To create awareness relating to malnutrition among pregnant women and lactating mothers.
  2. To reduce the incidence of anaemia among young children, adolescent girls and women.
  3. To promote the consumption of millets, coarse cereals and unpolished rice.
  4. To promote the consumption of poultry eggs.

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

  1. 1 and 2 only
  2. 1, 2 and 3 only
  3. 1, 2 and 4 only
  4. 3 and 4 only

Ans: (a)


Mains

Q:1 “Besides being a moral imperative of a Welfare State, primary health structure is a necessary precondition for sustainable development.” Analyse. (2021)

Source:  TH

Keywords: GS- 2, Health – Government Policies & Interventions, GS-3, Government Budgeting – Planning
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Mission Karmayogi: National Programme for Civil Services


Context: 

  • Recently, the Indian Institute of Public Administration assessed the impact of Mission Karmayogi by soliciting feedback on trained staff. The assessment reported increased proficiency in data analytics and e-governance tools among the personnel.

Mission Karmayogi:

  • Mission Karmayogi is India's National Programme for Civil Services Capacity Building, launched by the Prime Minister to enhance the efficiency of governance and empower civil servants. 
  • The mission aims to transform three million civil servants into citizen-centric, future-ready, and result-oriented 'Karmayogis'. 
  • This initiative is crucial for realising India's vision of becoming a global manufacturing hub, a significant exporter of value-added services, and a major supplier of human skills to the developed world by 2047.

How will it work?

  • The capacity building programme will operate through the Integrated Government Online Training (iGOT-Karmayogi) digital platform, offering content sourced from global best practices rooted in Indian national ethos. 
  • This platform will serve as the cornerstone for the National Programme for Civil Services Capacity Building (NPCSCB), enabling comprehensive reform of capacity building at individual, institutional, and process levels. 
  • Officers will undergo evaluation based on the courses they undertake throughout their careers to enhance their skills. 
  • An online database will track their completed courses, performance, areas of expertise, etc.
  • This database will facilitate easy access for appointing authorities to review officers' training records when considering vacancies or appointments.

Need for Transformation:

  • The historical challenges of delayed infrastructure projects in India, stemming from inter-ministerial permissions and siloed approaches, necessitated transformation.
  • The emergence of the PM Gati Shakti platform aimed to address these issues by integrating legal, geographic, and planning layers to facilitate a holistic approach to infrastructure development. 
  • However, for the platform to succeed, civil servants require expertise in emerging technologies and Geographic Information Systems (GIS). 
  • India's aspirations to become a global manufacturing hub, a significant exporter of value-added services, and a mass supplier of human skills to developed countries underscore the importance of this transformation. 
  • With 46 lakh Central government employees at all levels, the civil service needs to evolve to meet the demands of a $30 trillion economy by 2047

Approach For Mission Karmayogi:

  • Capacity Building Commission (CBC): Providing policy guidance and tools to enhance civil servants' capabilities at all levels.
  • Collaboration with Institutions: Partnering with institutions like Gati Shakti Vishwavidyalaya and the National Academy of Customs, Indirect Taxes, and Narcotics to curate digital training courses.
  • Competence Rooted in Indian Ethos: Fostering a competent civil service grounded in Indian values, with a shared understanding of the country's priorities for effective public service delivery.
  • Technology-Enabled Karmayogis: Focusing on making civil servants more creative, constructive, imaginative, and proactive, while promoting transparency and leveraging technology for better governance.
  • Content Development: Offering carefully crafted and vetted content from top-notch institutions, universities, private content providers, and individual resources as training modules, either in-house or through knowledge partner

Under Mission Karmayogi, six key pillars form the foundation:

  • Policy Framework: Offers strategic direction for capacity-building initiatives.
  • Institutional Framework: Establishes the organisational structure to support the program's implementation.
  • Competency Framework: Defines the skills and knowledge necessary for effective civil service.
  • Digital Learning Framework (iGOT-Karmayogi): Provides a comprehensive online learning platform.
  • Electronic Human Resource Management System (e-HRMS): Streamlines personnel management processes.
  • Monitoring and Evaluation Framework: Ensures continuous improvement and impact assessment of the program.

iGOT Karmayogi:

  • It is an online learning platform integral to the Digital India stack, aimed at capacity building for all government employees.
  • It seeks to offer 'anytime-anywhere-any device' learning, reaching around 2.0 crores users, a feat unattainable through traditional methods.
  • Envisioned as a vibrant marketplace for content modelled on FRACs, it will be supported by a robust e-learning content industry, with content curated by individual government ministries or organisations.

Potential of Mission Karmayogi:

  • Enhanced Proficiency: Recent assessments by the Indian Institute of Public Administration have highlighted increased proficiency among trained staff in areas such as data analytics and e-governance tools.
  • Continuous Capacity Building: Mission Karmayogi offers a mechanism for ongoing capacity building, ensuring that civil servants remain updated and skilled in evolving domains.
  • Equal Opportunities: The program strives to provide equal opportunities for personal and professional growth to government officials at all levels, fostering inclusivity and meritocracy.
  • Ideal Civil Servants: Through enhanced post-recruitment training mechanisms, Mission Karmayogi aims to cultivate ideal civil servants who are citizen-centric, future-ready, and result-oriented, aligning with the evolving needs of governance.

Key Outcome Under Mission Karmayogi:

  • PM Gati Shakti Platform for Infrastructure Development:
    • Integration of Layers: Integrates legal, geographic, and planning layers for mega infrastructure projects, streamlining development processes.
    • Training and Certification: Over 24,000 officials completed PM Gati Shakti learning modules, with 3,88,000 personnel certified in emerging technologies, enhancing project implementation capabilities.
    • Increased Infrastructure Pace: New rail lines increased from 4 km/day to 12 km/day by 2024, demonstrating accelerated infrastructure development.
    • Project Preparation: Facilitated preparation of 15 highway projects under Bharatmala-2, contributing to enhanced connectivity and economic growth.
    • Environmental Sensitivity: Efforts to avoid sensitive wildlife habitats during rail and highway alignments, demonstrating environmental consciousness.
  • Mission Karmayogi for Citizen-Centric Policing:
    • Personnel Training: Over 50,000 police personnel underwent two-day training sessions on self-reflection and proactive problem-solving, enhancing service delivery.
    • Addressing Biassed Behavior: Field research addressed complaints regarding biassed behaviour, fostering accountability and trust in law enforcement.
    • Enhanced Citizen Satisfaction: Impact assessment revealed increased citizen satisfaction in Puducherry post-training, with notable improvements observed in Mumbai, Asansol, Bengaluru, and Lucknow divisions.
    • Extension to Rural Areas: Gramin Dak Sevaks and village-level Common Service Centers (CSCs) also received enhanced training, ensuring comprehensive coverage of citizen-centric policing initiatives.

Challenges:

  • Skill Gap: 
    • Despite training efforts, bridging the skill gap across diverse ministries and field-level officials remains a challenge. 
    • Proficiency in emerging technologies and Geographic Information Systems (GIS) is critical for successful implementation of initiatives like PM Gati Shakti.
  • Inter-Ministerial Coordination: 
    • Achieving a 'whole of government' approach requires seamless coordination among ministries. 
    • Overcoming silos and ensuring collaboration remains an ongoing challenge, impacting the efficiency of governance.
  • Adaptation to Change: 
    • Encouraging civil servants to embrace technology, innovation, and citizen-centric approaches may face resistance due to entrenched practices and bureaucratic inertia.
  • Monitoring and Evaluation: 
    • Effective monitoring mechanisms are essential to track progress and address bottlenecks.
    • Establishing robust evaluation processes is crucial for identifying areas of improvement and optimising resource allocation.

Conclusion:

Hence, mission Karmayogi stands as a transformative endeavour aimed at revolutionising India's civil services, equipping them to meet the nation's evolving needs and aspirations. By fostering a cadre of citizen-oriented and technologically adept civil servants, the initiative aligns with India's vision for inclusive growth and development. As we empower Karmayogis to lead with dedication and innovation, we lay the foundation for a prosperous and developed India by 2047.

Source: (IE)

Keywords: GS-2, Polity & Governance- Education– E-Governance- Government Policy and Intervention
Monthly Editorial Analysis

India’s Economic Growth Outlook


In News: 

  • S&P Global has upgraded India's outlook from stable to positive, citing policy stability, ongoing economic reforms, and significant infrastructure investments as factors supporting sustained long-term growth.

India’s Recent Economic Growth Projections: 

  • IMF Projection (World Economic Outlook, April 2024): The IMF raised India's GDP growth forecast for FY 2024-25 to 6.8%, up by 0.3 percentage points from its January 2024 projection. For FY 2025-26, the IMF forecasts India's GDP growth at 6.5%.
  • United Nations Projection (World Economic Situation and Prospects, mid-2024): India's economy is projected to grow by 6.9% in 2024 and 6.6% in 2025. The 6.9% growth forecast for 2024 marks an upward revision from the earlier 6.2% projection made in January 2024.
  • Reserve Bank of India: The Reserve Bank of India expects India's real GDP to grow by 7% in 2024-25. The GDP growth is pegged at 7.2% in the June 2024 quarter, and is expected to moderate to 6.8% in the September 2024 quarter.

The Major Factors Propelling Economic Growth in India:

Strong Domestic Demand: 

  • Deloitte reports a robust 3.5% year-over-year growth in private consumption expenditure in Q3 of FY 2024, fueled by increasing incomes and a growing middle class. Additionally, demand for luxury and premium goods and services is outpacing that for basic goods.

Robust Investment Activity: 

  • Private investment surged by 10.6% year-over-year in Q3 of FY 2024, signalling a strong revival in private capital expenditure. Initiatives such as the National Monetization Pipeline aim to unlock value in Brownfield infrastructure assets, attracting private investment. 
  • The IMF suggests that liberalising foreign investment and boosting exports could further bolster growth. Government-budgeted expenditure classified as capex is projected to rise to approximately ₹11 trillion in 2024-25, nearly 4.5 times the level in 2014-15.

Moderating Inflation: 

  • Retail inflation stood at 4.83% in April 2024, signalling a downward trajectory. This stable environment fosters spending and investment by providing businesses and consumers with confidence.

Manufacturing Resurgence: 

  • The manufacturing sector expanded by 11.6% year-over-year in Q3 of FY 2024, propelled by initiatives like Make in India and PLI schemes. The government's emphasis on self-reliance (Atma Nirbhar Bharat) is enhancing domestic manufacturing capabilities.

Services Sector Resilience: 

  • Accounting for a significant share of India's GDP, the services sector grew by 7% year-over-year in Q3 of FY 2024. The IT and IT-enabled services sector continues to drive growth, buoyed by increasing global demand for digital solutions. 
  • With the relaxation of Covid-19 restrictions, contact-intensive services like tourism, hospitality, and entertainment have experienced a robust recovery. The travel market in India is anticipated to reach USD 125 billion by FY 2027.

Resilience to Global Headwinds: 

  • Despite global economic uncertainties, geopolitical tensions, disruptions in supply chains, and tightening financial conditions in major economies, India's domestic demand has remained resilient.
  • In 2023, while world food prices saw a significant decline, India's food inflation remained high at 9.5% in December 2023, in contrast to global deflation of -10.1%. 
  • This resilience to external shocks has sustained growth, even as major economies face slowdowns or recessions.

Supply Chain Diversification

  • Amid global supply chain disruptions, India has emerged as an attractive destination for manufacturing investments, particularly in electronics and pharmaceuticals. 
  • Trade agreements like the India-UAE Comprehensive Economic Partnership Agreement (CEPA) have facilitated this supply chain diversification

Major Challenges in India’s Economic Growth:

  • Employment Challenges: Despite consistent GDP growth, India faces the issue of jobless growth, with unemployment at 8.1% in April 2024 according to CMIE's Consumer Pyramids Household Survey.
  • Export Competitiveness Challenges: Despite policy support, India's exports declined by 3% in FY24, with a merchandise trade deficit of USD 19.1 billion in April 2024.
  • Potential Fiscal Slippage Risks: S&P Global projects India's general government fiscal deficit to be 6.8% of GDP by FY28, posing risks to credit ratings and borrowing costs if the fiscal consolidation path is deviated from.
  • Skill Mismatch and Labor Quality: India grapples with a skills gap, as only 45% of graduates are deemed employable. This mismatch hampers productivity and job creation.
  • Income Inequality: India's wealth disparity is pronounced, with the top 1% owning 40.1% of wealth. The Gini coefficient stood at 0.4197 in 2022-23, reflecting significant income inequality.
  • Informal Sector Dominance: Approximately 83% of India's workforce is employed in the informal sector, characterised by low wages and limited social security benefits. This hinders economic growth and formalisation efforts.
  • Infrastructure Bottlenecks: Despite recent strides, India's infrastructure deficit persists, particularly in power, transportation, and logistics. The NITI Aayog estimates a need for USD 4.5 trillion in infrastructure spending by 2040 to sustain growth.

Measures can India Adopt to Accelerate Economic Growth:

  • Expanding Manufacturing Sector: To bolster job creation and absorb transitioning agricultural workers, targeted training programs and incentives for industries can be introduced. Promoting food processing industries can also enhance income opportunities for farmers.
  • Gig Economy Skilling: Partnering with online platforms can facilitate micro-skilling programs relevant to the gig economy, offering in-demand skills for immediate job opportunities. A national online marketplace for freelance work can connect skilled individuals with businesses, fostering flexible work arrangements.
  • Export Processing Zones (EPZs) 2.0: Establishing sustainable EPZs with tax breaks and streamlined regulations can attract green technology and high-value manufacturing companies. Financial incentives and training programs can prepare SMEs for e-commerce exports.
  • Smart Taxation and Revamped PPP: Leveraging technology for "smart taxation" and partnering with fintech companies can improve tax collection. Developing performance-based PPPs attracts private capital for infrastructure projects while ensuring value for money.
  • Industry-Academia Collaboration: Strengthening collaboration between universities and industries can align curriculum with industry needs. Introducing micro-credentials allows individuals to continuously upskill and adapt to job demands.
  • Green Infrastructure Bonds: Issuing green infrastructure bonds attracts private capital for sustainable projects like renewable energy. Utilising big data analytics and artificial intelligence optimises resource allocation for infrastructure development.

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Questions (PYQs)

Prelims

Q:1 In the ‘Index of Eight Core Industries’, which one of the following is given the highest weight? (2015)

(a) Coal production

(b) Electricity generation

(c) Fertiliser production

(d) Steel production


Ans: (b)


Q:2 Increase in absolute and per capita real GNP do not connote a higher level of economic development, if: (2018)

(a) Industrial output fails to keep pace with agricultural output.

(b) Agricultural output fails to keep pace with industrial output.

(c) Poverty and unemployment increase.

(d) Imports grow faster than exports.


Ans: (c)


Q:3 In a given year in India, official poverty lines are higher in some States than in others because: (2019)

(a) Poverty rates vary from State to State

(b) Price levels vary from State to State

(c) Gross State Product varies from State to State

(d) Quality of public distribution varies from State to State


Ans: (b)


Mains

Q.1“Industrial growth rate has lagged behind in the overall growth of Gross-Domestic-Product(GDP) in the post-reform period”Give reasons.How far are the recent changes in Industrial Policy capable of increasing the industrial growth rate? (2017)


Q.2 Normally countries shift from agriculture to industry and then later to services, but India shifted directly from agriculture to services. What are the reasons for the huge growth of services vis-a-vis the industry in the country? Can India become a developed country without a strong industrial base? (2014)

Source: IE

Keywords: GS Paper - 3, Economy- Growth & Development
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Reimagining India’s Agriculture


In News: 

  • As India traverses the road to Amrit Kaal, the agriculture sector’s journey will be difficult, and filled with challenges.
  • Over 58% of rural households depend on agriculture  and agriculture contributes to a nation's GDP around 18-19% and share of Gross Value Added (GVA) of agriculture and allied sectors in the total Indian economy is 18.3%.

The Significance of the Agriculture Sector in the Indian Economy:

  • Contribution to GDP: Agriculture contributes approximately 15-16% to India's Gross Domestic Product (GDP), highlighting its pivotal role in the nation's economic growth and development.
  • Resilience during the Pandemic: Amidst the Covid-19 pandemic, while many sectors faced downturns, the agriculture sector remained resilient, contributing 18.8% to the Gross Value Added (GVA) of the country in 2021-22.
  • Employment Generation: The Periodic Labour Force Survey (PLFS) report for 2021-22 (July-June) indicates that the farm sector employs 45.5% of the country's labour force, especially crucial in rural areas with a significant population engaged in agricultural and allied activities.
  • Food Security: With a population exceeding 1.3 billion, ensuring food security is a critical priority for India. The agriculture sector plays a vital role in meeting the country's food demand, producing staple crops like rice, wheat, pulses, and vegetables.
  • Foreign Exchange Earnings: Agricultural exports contribute significantly to India's foreign exchange earnings, with exports surpassing USD 56 billion in 2021. India ranks as the world's largest producer of milk and pulses and the second-largest producer of wheat and rice.
  • Raw Material Provider for Industries: The agriculture sector not only fulfils domestic food demand but also serves as a source of raw materials for various industries, including cotton for textiles, sugarcane for sugar, and oilseeds for edible oils.

Challenges Related to India’s Agriculture Sector:

Fragmented Landholdings:

  • The National Sample Survey Office's Situation Assessment Survey (SAS) reports that 89.4% of agricultural households own less than two hectares of land, exacerbating these challenges.

Menace of Climate Change: 

  • Erratic monsoon patterns, rising temperatures, Cyclones and unpredictable crop yields disrupt agricultural planning. 
  • In 2022, early heat waves affected India's wheat production, leading to an export ban. 
  • In absence of adoption of adaptation measures, rainfed rice yields in India are projected to reduce by 20% in 2050.

Water Scarcity: 

  • India faces a water crisis due to over-exploitation of groundwater and inadequate irrigation infrastructure, impacting agricultural productivity. Water levels in main reservoirs dropped to 23%, exacerbating concerns about water-intensive crops like rice.

Market Inefficiencies and Price Fluctuations: 

  • Farmers struggle with access to fair markets and pricing due to middlemen and complex supply chains, leading to price disparities.
  • Inadequate storage and transportation infrastructure contribute to post-harvest losses, particularly for perishable produce.

  • Around 74 million tonnes of food is lost in India every year, which is 22% of foodgrain output.

Limited Access to Credit and Insurance: 

  • Small farmers struggle to access affordable credit and insurance, limiting investment in technology and resilience to shocks.

Soil Degradation and Resource Depletion: 

  • Overuse of chemical fertilisers and poor soil conservation practices lead to  58% soil degradation, reducing long-term fertility and productivity.

Inefficient Agriculture Policy: 

  • Complex policies and poor implementation hinder progress. Only 6% of Indian farmers actually benefit from minimum support prices.

Measures can be Taken to Revitalise India's Agriculture Sector: 

  • Implementing Agroecological Intensification: Explore and promote agroecological intensification to mimic natural processes, enhance biodiversity, and build resilience. Practices like permaculture, agroforestry, and regenerative agriculture, including Zero Budget Natural Farming (ZBNF), can be adopted.
  • Establishing Agricultural Innovation Clusters: Develop agricultural innovation clusters or agri-parks to foster collaboration among research institutions, agri-tech startups, farmer cooperatives, and related industries. The "Agri-Food Innovation Park" in Singapore serves as a model.
  • Implementing Drone-based Precision Agriculture: Utilise drone technology for precision agriculture, enabling targeted crop monitoring, variable rate input application, and early detection of pest and disease outbreaks to improve efficiency and reduce resource wastage.
  • Genetic Editing Techniques for Crop Improvement: Explore genetic editing techniques like CRISPR-Cas9 to develop climate-resilient, disease-resistant, and high-yielding crop varieties. For instance, CRISPR-Cas9 was used to produce drought-tolerant variants of ARGOS8 in maize.
  • Fostering Public-Private Partnerships for Agricultural Extension: Encourage public-private partnerships for agricultural extension services, leveraging private expertise to provide farmers with localised advice, training, and support. A reallocation of India's farm subsidies towards enhancing agricultural capacity and infrastructure is suggested.
  • Developing Agri-Logistics and Cold Chain Infrastructure: Prioritise the development of efficient agri-logistics and cold chain infrastructure to minimise post-harvest losses and improve market access for perishable commodities. Initiatives like the "Kisan Rail" in India can be expanded.

The Major Indian Government Initiatives Related to Agriculture:

  • National Mission on Sustainable Agriculture
  • Paramparagat Krishi Vikas Yojana (PKVY)
  • Sub-mission on AgroForestry (SMAF)
  • Rashtriya Krishi Vikas Yojana
  • AgriStack
  • National e-Governance Plan in Agriculture (NeGP-A)
  • Pradhan Mantri Kisan Samman Nidhi
  • Agriculture Infrastructure Fund

 

UPSC Civil Services Examination Previous Year Question (PYQ)

Prelims:

Q1. Under the Kisan Credit Card scheme, short-term credit support is given to farmers for which of the following purposes? (2020)

  • Working capital for maintenance of farm assets
  • Purchase of combine harvesters, tractors and mini trucks
  • Consumption requirements of farm households
  • Post-harvest expenses
  • Construction of family house and setting up of village cold storage facility

Select the correct answer using the code given below:

(a) 1, 2 and 5 only

(b) 1, 3 and 4 only

(c) 2, 3, 4 and 5 only

(d) 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5


Ans: (b)


Q:2 Consider the following statements: (2017)

  1. The nation-wide ‘Soil Health Card Scheme’ aims at expanding the cultivable area under irrigation.
  2. Enabling the banks to assess the quantum of loans to be granted to farmers on the basis of soil quality.
  3. Checking the overuse of fertilisers in farmlands.

Which of the above statements is/are correct?

(a) 1 and 2 only

(b) 3 only

(c) 2 and 3 only

(d) 1, 2 and 3


Ans: (b)


Q:3 Consider the following statements: (2019) 

  1. According to the Indian Patents Act, a biological process to create a seed can be patented in India. 
  2. In India, there is no Intellectual Property Appellate Board. 
  3. Plant varieties are not eligible to be patented in India. 

Which of the statements given above is/are correct? 

(a) 1 and 3 only 

(b) 2 and 3 only 

(c) 3 only 

(d) 1, 2 and 3 

Ans: (c) 


Mains

Q:1:1 What are the present challenges before crop diversification? How do emerging technologies provide an opportunity for crop diversification.(2021)  

Q:2 What are the challenges and opportunities in the food processing sector in the country? How can income of the farmers be sustainably increased by encouraging food processing? (2020)

Q:2 How is science interwoven deeply with our lives? What are the striking changes in agriculture triggered by science-based technologies? (2020)

Q:3 Given the vulnerability of Indian agriculture to vagaries of nature, discuss the need for crop insurance and bring out the salient features of the Pradhan Mantri Fasal Bima Yojana (PMFBY). (2016)

Keywords: GS - 3, Economy- Irrigation- Agricultural Marketing- E-Technology in the Aid of Farmers
Monthly Editorial Analysis

Chabahar port


Context:  

  • Recently  India signed a 10-year agreement with Iran to develop and manage the Chabahar port, marking a pivotal development in bilateral ties between the two nations.  This agreement comes at a tumultuous time in West Asia, marked by ongoing conflict in Gaza, heightened Israel-Iran tensions. 

Chabahar Project:  

  • In May 2016, India signed a tripartite agreement with Iran and Afghanistan to develop the Shahid Beheshti Terminal at Chabahar.  This marks India's first foreign port project. 
  • The agreement aims to establish an international transport and transit corridor in Chabahar. 
  • The major highlights of this project include the construction of the Chabahar Port and a rail line from Chabahar Port to Zahedan. 
  • The port is intended to enable India to bypass Pakistan and access Afghanistan and Central Asia. 
  • Additionally, the port could serve as a hub for transit trade between India, Iran, and Afghanistan, providing an alternative route to the traditional Silk Road that passes through China. 

Chabahar Port Important for India: 

  • Alternative Trade Route: Offering an alternative to transit routes through Pakistan, Chabahar Port reduces India's dependence on its neighbour for trade with Afghanistan and beyond. It facilitates access to Iran, a crucial gateway to the International North-South Transport Corridor (INSTC), enhancing connectivity with Russia, Central Asia, and Europe. 
  • Economic Benefits: Chabahar facilitates India's efforts to strengthen connections with resource-rich Central Asian countries and Afghanistan. It diversifies trading routes, providing access to markets beyond Iran and Afghanistan, including Russia, Eurasia, and Europe. Cargo movement via the INSTC route is cost-effective, saving 30% in costs and 40% in transportation time. 
  • Humanitarian Assistance: The port serves as a vital entry point for humanitarian aid and reconstruction efforts in Afghanistan. It has played a significant role in supplying aid during crises, such as the Covid-19 pandemic, with India trans-shipping wheat, pulses, and pesticides to Afghanistan via Chabahar. 
  • Counterbalancing China's String of Pearls Strategy: Chabahar serves as a crucial component of India's Necklace of Diamond Strategy, allowing India to monitor and potentially disrupt China's strategic encirclement in the Indian Ocean region. By establishing a presence in Chabahar, India can counterbalance China's strategic facilities in locations like Gwadar (Pakistan) and Hambantota (Sri Lanka).
  • Diplomatic Engagement and Multilateralism: India's collaboration with Iran, Afghanistan, and Central Asian nations in the Chabahar project underscores its commitment to diplomacy and multilateralism. The port aligns with international efforts to enhance connectivity across Eurasia, positioning India as a key player in regional development initiatives. 
  • Energy Security: Chabahar Port offers a strategic gateway for importing Iranian oil and gas, diversifying India's energy sources. This diversification strengthens India's energy security, ensuring a stable and resilient energy supply for its growing economy. 

The Major Challenges India Faces with the Chabahar Port Project:  

  • Impact of New U.S. Sanctions: Recent U.S. sanctions on Iran, triggered by drone strikes on Israel, exacerbate the risk of companies avoiding involvement in Chabahar, potentially hindering project progress and investment. 
  • Internal Political Instability in Iran: Iran's political volatility and internal conflicts threaten project continuity, creating uncertainties that could disrupt infrastructure development at Chabahar. 
  • Regional Instability and Conflicts: Ongoing conflicts in the region, such as Israel's war in Gaza and disruptions to maritime trade by Iran-backed armed groups, contribute to regional instability, impacting the operational efficiency of Chabahar. 
  • Challenging Business Environment: Iran's low Ease of Doing Business ranking reflects its challenging business environment, presenting hurdles to the smooth execution and success of projects at Chabahar. 
  • Competition from China and Pakistan: Iran's openness to Chinese and Pakistani investment in Chabahar alongside India introduces competitive pressures, influencing India's strategic positioning and investment decisions. 
  • Divergent Regional Priorities: India's involvement in Chabahar may strain its relations with key regional players like Saudi Arabia and Israel, who perceive Iran as a destabilising force, necessitating diplomatic efforts to reconcile divergent priorities. 
  • Environmental Concerns: The delicate ecosystem of the Gulf of Oman, where Chabahar is located, faces risks of pollution from increased shipping traffic and potential oil spills, underscoring the importance of proactive environmental management in project planning and execution. 

Measures can India Adopt to Curtail Issues Related to Chabahar:  

  • Multilateral Financing Mechanism: India could establish a multilateral financing mechanism involving like-minded countries such as Russia and European nations. This diversified investment pool would mitigate risks associated with unilateral sanctions and political pressures. 
  • Regionalize the Project: Instead of a strictly bilateral initiative, India could regionalize the Chabahar project by inviting participation from Central Asian nations. This approach would address concerns about Iran's influence and foster regional cooperation. 
  • Green Shipping Corridor: Positioning Chabahar as a pioneer in green shipping practices would attract international support and financing. By adopting environmentally sustainable measures, the port could mitigate ecological concerns and gain broader backing. 
  • Digital Silk Road: India could leverage Chabahar to establish a Digital Silk Road, promoting digital infrastructure and e-commerce along the INSTC route. This initiative would diversify stakeholders and reduce reliance on traditional players affected by geopolitical tensions. 
  • Soft Power Diplomacy: Complementing economic efforts with soft power diplomacy, India could foster cultural exchanges and educational partnerships with countries along the INSTC. These initiatives would build goodwill and mitigate geopolitical tensions affecting the Chabahar project 

UPSC Civil Services Examination, Previous Year Question (PYQ) 

Prelims 

Q. What is the importance of developing Chabahar Port by India? (2017) 

(a) India’s trade with African countries will increase enormously. 

(b) India’s relations with oil-producing Arab countries will be strengthened. 

(c) India will not depend on Pakistan for access to Afghanistan and Central Asia. 

(d) Pakistan will facilitate and protect the installation of a gas pipeline between Iraq and India. 

 

Ans: (c) 

 

Mains 

Q:1  In what ways would the ongoing U.S-Iran Nuclear Pact Controversy affect the national interest of India? How should India respond to this situation? (2018) 

Q:2 The question of India’s Energy Security constitutes the most important part of India’s economic progress. Analyse India’s energy policy cooperation with West Asian countries. (2017) 

Source: (HT

Keywords: GS - 2 –International Relations– Effect of Policies & Politics of Countries on India's Interests – Regional Groupings
Rating 0.0
Please rate the article below, your opinion matter to us
A notification message..

Share the article

Subscribe now

Get Latest Updates on Offers, Event dates, and free Mentorship sessions.

*you’ll be agreeing to our Terms & Conditions
Get in touch with our Expert Academic Counsellors

Get in touch with our Expert Academic Counsellors 👋

Preferred time to call

FAQs

UPSC Monthly Current Affairs refers to a compilation of relevant and significant news, events, and developments from various fields that are important for the UPSC (Union Public Service Commission) civil services examination. This curated collection helps aspirants stay updated with recent happenings, enhancing their knowledge and analytical skills, which are crucial for various stages of the UPSC exam, including the Preliminary, Main, and Interview rounds.

UPSC Monthly Current Affairs plays a crucial role in UPSC preparation as it helps aspirants cover a broader range of current affairs topics within a specific time frame. By reviewing monthly current affairs, aspirants can gain a deeper understanding of significant events and issues, analyze their implications, and connect them with the UPSC syllabus. It aids in building a holistic perspective and enhances the ability to answer questions effectively.

UPSC Monthly Current Affairs provides a comprehensive overview of important events and developments across various domains. It covers national and international news, government policies, economic updates, scientific advancements, environmental issues, social issues, sports events, cultural festivals, and more. The content typically includes summaries, analysis, infographics, and practice questions to facilitate effective learning and revision.

You can access UPSC Monthly Current Affairs through various sources and platforms:

  • Online Education Websites: Websites like Edukemy, Unacademy, BYJU'S, and others often provide monthly current affairs compilations tailored specifically for UPSC aspirants.
  • Newspapers and Magazines: Reputed newspapers like The Hindu, The Indian Express, and magazines like Yojana and Kurukshetra provide comprehensive coverage of current affairs. Many coaching institutes also compile and publish monthly magazines focusing on UPSC-related current affairs.
  • Mobile Apps: There are dedicated mobile apps that are available on platforms like Google Play Store and Apple App Store that provide UPSC-focused current affairs content. Edukemy's app is the best in the industry for current affairs preparation.
  • YouTube Channels and Podcasts: Many educators and institutes have YouTube channels and podcasts that discuss and analyze current affairs topics relevant to the UPSC exam. Visit Edukemy's YouTube channel and get covered with all the current affairs required for UPSC preparation.
  • Coaching Institutes: Many offline and online coaching institutes like Edukemy offer UPSC Monthly Current Affairs as part of their study materials or subscription plans.

When accessing UPSC Monthly Current Affairs, ensure that the content is reliable, well-researched, and covers a wide range of topics relevant to the UPSC syllabus. It's essential to stay updated with national and international developments, government policies, socio-economic issues, and more to excel in the UPSC exam.

Ask an Expert

Enquiry

Help us make sure you are you through an OTP:

Please enter correct Name

Please authenticate via OTP

Resend OTP
Please enter correct mobile number
Please enter OTP

Please enter correct Name
Resend OTP
Please enter correct mobile number

OTP has been sent.

Please enter OTP